Info - Mildenhall Montessori

Event: Reading with Children

Fri, 10 Apr 2026 13:46:40 GMT

Please register for this event here

Casa vs Kindergarten

rebekka@mildenhallmontessori.com (Rebekka Mildenhall) — Wed, 05 Feb 2025 20:18:18 GMT

The year it comes together

It's admissions season across the GTA and the time of year we see parents look to their children’s educational future. Parents of Casa students, in particular, begin to weigh multiple factors including the cost benefits of public schools, perceptions of French Immersion, and the marketing pressures of other private schools (“If we don’t enroll in JK we won’t get in for Elementary!”)

The three year cycle is one of the primary benefits of the Montessori method and moving on for Kindergarten is one of the most common mistakes we see Casa parents make.

Don’t let go of your investment. Here are 3 important reasons why we think every family should stay for the 3rd year.

When spooning beans becomes math

Montessori materials are intentionally, specifically sequenced in a continuum aligned with the sensitive periods of development.

In the preliminary work of the first two years, children develop refined fine motor skills, an innate understanding of sequence and order, practiced concentration & frustration tolerance. In their third year, students use these hard-won skills with more challenging materials to investigate addition, multiplication, subtraction, and division.

Ditto for language and culture.

The materials students use to explore these more advanced academic concepts relate directly to materials they’ve progressed through since their first day in Casa (and YPC!)

Not based on a single pedagogy, Kindergarten classes can rely heavily on arbitrary manipulatives and worksheets to introduce “brand new” concepts in numeracy and literacy.

Individualized and limitless

Expectations for 5 year olds in Kindergarten are understandably lower than in a Casa classroom. Kindergarten can be a child’s first experience with formal learning. Teachers in conventional classrooms are expected to teach the same concept at the same time to large classes with a wide a diversity of ability.

Alternatively each 5 year old in a Casa classroom is progressing independently with lesson plans customized to their specific development.

If your child is diving into language work, the only limit to how much they can access within a Casa classroom is the pace at which they consolidate previous concepts.

In comparison, a great Kindergarten teacher may be able to offer your child more books to read and more worksheets to complete, but they are unlikely able to offer deeper instruction of more advanced concepts.

Back in the Casa classroom, while your language enthusiast motors through phonograms, a child compelled by different work can pursue other areas of focus at a pace that suits them.

In this example, both children are exposed to the concepts the other is introduced to and will be inspired (and encouraged!) to explore these other areas themselves. Each child is getting exactly what they need when they need it.

Foundations for future success

3-year cycles and mixed-aged groupings bear fruit in the final year of Casa in a way that single year, single-age programs can't replicate.

Third year Casa students have access to bigger work, more collaborative projects, and they become the leaders of their classroom environments. They have opportunities daily to offer assistance to their younger peers, practice pro-social behaviours, and develop conflict resolution skills.

In witnessing and experiencing the progress from novice to expert, the 3rd year is where we see the cultivation of perseverance, self-discipline, curiosity, self-assurance, conscientiousness, and determination. Qualities of character that studies indicate will determine a student’s future success at school and beyond.

Learn more

Using all the skills they've developed within their classroom environment from the previous years, your 5 year old will explore more advanced academic concepts while cultivating the internal qualities for continued success.

If you want to learn more about the benefits of the 3 year cycle and what your child can be looking forward to, please reach out to your classroom teacher or school Principal. We are nerds for Montessori and would love to share the research with you.

What does assessment look like in Montessori?

Mon, 24 Jun 2024 11:00:01 GMT

So often we get asked how Montessori guides assess children’s work and progress without relying on quizzes, tests, or grades. If we remember that Montessori is about learning for life, we can flip this question and ask, how does assessment work when we move outside school walls and step into the world of work? In our work environments, do we have tests and grades? If so, how do they help us grow and improve in what we do?

Interestingly, a 1999 document “An Employer's Guide to Good Practices” from the U.S. Department of Labor Employment and Training Administration, has a whole chapter on issues and concerns with assessment, including the “limitations of tests in providing a consistently accurate and complete picture of an individual's related qualifications and potential.”

Before we dive into how we can get an accurate and complete picture of skills and potential, let’s first think about traditional forms of assessment and how they are designed to monitor students’ learning.

What do tests, quizzes, and grades really measure?

Rather than a measure of how much students have learned, grades tend to measure how good students are at getting good grades. If we want students to have curiosity and intrinsic motivation to understand, it’s important to first recognize that grades inhibit that process. Rather than concentrating on learning, students’ focus becomes on doing what it takes to get a good grade.

When students are preparing to take a test or quiz, they are trying to anticipate what will be asked. In the process, they are trying to fulfill external expectations. Often after the exam is over, students lose interest in the content because their relationship with the material is about learning certain information to achieve a grade or pass the exam.

It’s important to thus recognize that grades don’t measure students' effort, creativity, grit, compassion, sense of place in society, character, capability, or even intelligence.

Grades do measure students’ ability to memorize and anticipate what will be asked. With that in mind, students do need to show some knowledge and skill when taking an assessment. While we hope that grades measure how well students have mastered central concepts, the very act of administering a test and assigning a grade means that the outcome is based more on how well students take the test rather than how much they actually learn.

What if we designed assessments that provide a more accurate reflection thinking and problem-solving?

So it’s worth thinking about what we actually want to assess. Do we want students to just acquire new content knowledge or be able to apply this knowledge to new or existing situations? Do we want to see if students can produce something that demonstrates their understanding of the content or skill? Do we want to assess their writing ability, speaking skills, creativity, collaborative process, or organization?

If we focus on authentic assessments, we are asking that students apply what they have learned to a new situation, or perhaps we are requiring them to use some judgment to think about what information and skills are relevant and how they can be used. Similar to how adults are “tested” in work or personal life, often authentic assessments are tied to a real-world or complex situation.

In addition, authentic assessments offer students the opportunity to rehearse, practice, consult resources, and get feedback so as to refine what they are doing. Students can be innovative in this process and as a result, are often extremely self-motivated.

In Montessori classrooms, authentic assessments may take the form of:

Role-playing or performing a historical event and exploring what might have happened if things during that time period had changed.
Drawing a diagram of how a process works and showing what happens if a variable changes.
Creating an advertisement or brochure to highlight qualities or review something learned.
Writing a diary entry for a real or fictional character.
Composing a poem, play, newspaper article, or persuasive letter to share important concepts.
Writing a letter to a friend explaining a problem or technique.

Montessori students love demonstrating what they have learned in creative, authentic ways. They present to their peers. They grapple with concepts. They even sometimes teach younger classmates.

But how do teachers keep track of this learning?

In addition to authentic assessment, Montessori guides are also using their extensive training in observation techniques to understand students’ learning process, steps toward mastery, and needs for support. This is called formative assessment.

Formative assessment is a continuous, low-stakes, responsive process. This means that students are getting feedback and information while their learning is taking place. Through observation, the teacher is gauging students’ progress, determining what has been effective, and identifying what could be improved in the learning process. There are no grades involved, however the goal is mastery of the skill or content.

In a Montessori classroom, formative assessment can look like:

The guide observing students during a lesson presentation and during the students’ independent follow-up work.
Student reflection in work journals.
One-on-one conferencing with the guide and the student.
Discussion and review of content or skills.
Students informally or formally presenting their work.
Student self-evaluations.
Students correcting their mistakes and reflecting on what they learned from those mistakes.

Formative assessment doesn’t have to be teacher-driven. In fact, in Montessori classrooms, students are often getting feedback and information about their learning from the classroom materials, many of which are designed to help children learn from their mistakes as they check their own work.

Formative assessment is a collaborative process that happens “with” students rather than “to” students. Montessori students and guides partner to get to know their strengths, interests, and needs. Because this is an ongoing, collaborative process, the guide and students can make small, immediate, impactful decisions to support well-being, learning-goal achievement, and self-efficacy.

What are the results?

When students experience authentic and formative assessment as integral aspects of their education, they become self-directed learners because they are active agents in their learning process. This translates to agency in other environments and throughout life.

In Montessori classrooms, we focus on getting an accurate and complete picture of children’s skills and potential. Schedule a tour to learn more about what this looks like in action!

Developing Body Awareness

Mon, 17 Jun 2024 11:00:04 GMT

We know that our youngest children are sensory-motor learners. They are learning constantly through their movement and sensory input. Think about babies and how fascinated they are with their own hands and feet – moving, touching, looking at them with wonder and delight. This experience gives them feedback about their body, so they can identify what makes up themselves and what is external in the world.

What is Body Schema?

Body schema is the internal awareness we have of our body and the relationship of our body parts with one another. It’s essentially a perception of where our body ends and the external environment begins.

Our senses and movements are key to this awareness. When newborns feel the sensations of clothes on their bodies or when something touches their skin, these experiences give an awareness of body boundaries.

Why is the Development of Body Schema Important?

The development of body schema helps build the idea of the essence of ourselves. To have a positive idea of who we are and what our essence is, we need to have positive experiences both physically and psychologically. When children get feedback from their environment, they develop their ideas of their body scheme and ultimately their self-image.

A healthy development of body schema and self-image leads to the unity of mind and body. When our children start any kind of movement, they need the coordination of their mind and body. And to achieve more deliberate and precise movements, they need clear awareness of all of their body parts.

How Does Body Schema Develop?

Body schema is developed through sensory experiences and movement and this begins in utero! By 12 weeks unborn babies can feel the amniotic fluid, umbilical cord, and their hands in their mouth. After birth, newborns’ body schema develops more intensely through ways that we feed, handle, hold, bathe, change, and massage them.

In their first year of life, children experience dramatic changes to their body schema as they move from lying down, slithering, crawling, standing, and then walking. We thus want to offer our infants lots of opportunities to freely explore so their body schema can adjust through new accomplishments.

As children move into toddlerhood, early childhood, and middle childhood, their body schema continues to develop, but much less rapidly. However, once our children reach adolescence, they experience dramatic body changes which lead to the development of a new body scheme. For this reason, adolescents benefit from various forms of exercise and physical expression so they can develop better awareness and control of their bodies.

How Can We Help?

We want to give children activities that encourage them to use their maximum effort. This begins with the motivation to slither and crawl, then progresses to carrying items while walking upright, pushing wagons, jumping, and so much more! When our little ones use their whole body in effortful ways, they are fully present and aware of their bodies and their movements.

We can also help by using correct language for body parts. When we are giving our babies and toddlers a bath, or supporting them with getting dressed, we can playfully and positively name each body part: I’m washing behind your knee. Push your heel down into your shoe. I’m pulling the sleeve over your elbow. As children grow older we can play games of imitation where they can mimic others’ body positions. Children love games like Simon Says which provide a playful way to hone in on body awareness. Obstacle courses are great for older children.

What Should We Avoid?

Children need so many opportunities for movement! However, we rely so much on car seats and other containers that we can inadvertently hinder our babies’ development of body schema by limiting their ability to move freely. We can take them out whenever possible and let them be on a blanket on the floor.

It’s also helpful to ensure children have clothing that promotes movement and allows children to use their hands and feet. In our worry about newborns scratching themselves, we cover their hands at a time when they most need to explore this amazing part of their body and develop an awareness of how their hands and fingers move in the space around them.

When babies have prolonged use of pacifiers, they can also begin to feel like the pacifier is part of their body, which leads to great upset when the pacifier isn’t available!

The key is to remember that children need sensory feedback to develop a healthy sense of where their body is in space and how they can move their various body parts in coordinated ways. This leads to a mind-body connection that builds a healthy self-image.

What is the Result?

When children have these formative sensory-motor experiences with their bodies, they develop a strong trust in the world and themselves. The self-confidence that emerges leads to a healthy integration of mind and body and an accurate and positive perception of body scheme and self-image. Ultimately this leads to a positive attitude towards life!

If you’d like to learn more about how we support this development, visit our school . We love sharing what we do!

Looking Deeper: Understanding Needs Behind Behaviours

Mon, 10 Jun 2024 11:00:03 GMT

Now that we are transitioning into the summer months, it’s a good time to take stock of some family dynamics. Usually when thinking about how things are going, we focus on children’s behaviours. Yet reflecting upon ourselves and our actions can also be a helpful first step.

First Look at Needs

Psychiatrist Rudolf Dreikurs has explored how human behaviour has a purpose. Sometimes we are aware of the purpose and sometimes it is unconscious. Through his work with children, Dreikurs described how to understand behaviour by first acknowledging the needs a person is trying to fulfill.

At the most basic level, we all need food, sleep, love, and protection. Certainly, if children (or adults) are starting to act out in some way, the first question to ask is if they are hungry, tired, or not feeling well. Once those basic needs are met, we can consider what else might be at play.

As humans, our need for belonging, connection, or significance is a strong force. If we don’t feel loved or accepted, we may do something (often unconsciously) to get affection or attention, maybe lash out to get even with whoever doesn't seem to be noticing these needs, or perhaps even retreat into a discouraged mode.

Understand Mistaken Goals

Dreikurs identified how many behaviours stem from four mistaken goals: the desire for attention, the need for power, the hunger for revenge, and the assumption of inadequacy. If our goal is attention, the coded message behind the behaviour is "notice me" or "involve me usefully" If we need power, our behaviour sends the message that we need meaningful ways to contribute. If we are trying to get revenge, we are communicating that we are hurting or need our feelings validated. And when we assume inadequacy by giving up or wanting to be left alone, the message behind the behaviour is that we need people to believe in us and show small steps toward success.

Although Dreikurs focused on children, the principles apply to us all. When we "act out," what are we trying to communicate to those around us? First and foremost, we should check and see if our basic needs are being met. Are we taking time to breathe? Are we eating nourishing food? Are we getting substantial sleep? If we are taking care of our basic needs, we can reflect upon what else might unconsciously be motivating our actions. Do we need someone to notice our efforts? Do we feel powerful in our lives? Are we doing work that matters? Are we holding onto a grudge? Are we discouraged?

Practice Self-Acceptance

Children need the adults in their lives to peer behind their behaviour, consider underlying causes, and provide empowering support. As adults, however, we often need to do this for ourselves first. At the heart of the process is self-acceptance. We need to love ourselves unconditionally and give ourselves the time and space to attend to our unconscious motivations.

One of the first acts of loving kindness we can do is take care of ourselves, notice our own needs, and patiently honour our efforts. When we are clear about our own needs, we can then be more effective in interpreting our children’s unmet or unspoken needs.

Examine the Clues

Once we have given ourselves some grace, we can better pause and notice what might be behind our children’s behaviour. If we’ve considered our own unmet needs, we can have more empathy for what might be unconsciously motivating our children.

A key to this is to see what emotions we feel when our children act out in some way. The Positive Discipline approach, which is based on Dreikurs’ work, offers a helpful tool called the Mistaken Goal Chart .

When our children display some sort of bothersome or upsetting behaviour, we can use this chart to hone in on three significant clues that let us know what our children actually need.

The first clue can be found in recognizing what emotions our children’s behaviour brings up for us. Do we feel annoyed and irritated, angry and challenged, hurt and disappointed, or hopeless and inadequate?

The next clue is how we react to the behaviour. Do we coax? Give in? Fight back? Retaliate? Give up? Try to over-help?

The third clue is how our children respond to our reactions. Do they stop temporarily but then resume the behaviour? Does the behaviour intensify? Is there retaliation? Or just passivity?

Peel Back the Layers

By using the Mistaken Goal Chart, we can begin to peel back the layers and start to understand what beliefs may be underlying children’s behaviours. This process helps us also look at how we may be contributing to the behaviour and what the coded messages mean. Once we understand all of those pieces we can shift our responses so as to better empower our children in proactive and helpful ways.

Rather than falling into unconscious patterns this summer, let’s first consider and acknowledge our own unspoken needs and proactive ways to take care of ourselves. Then, let’s take the same compassionate approach with our children. Often, we all just need to feel a sense of belonging, connection, and significance. Here’s to creating that together this summer!

As always, please also feel free to schedule a visit. We love connecting about all things children and child-rearing!

Our Montessori Bookshelf: The Parent Corner

Mon, 03 Jun 2024 11:00:02 GMT

This summer is a great time to carve out a little adult time and disappear into some good books! While we certainly advocate for some mindless escape, we also recognize that all the extra time with family might mean you’d like some parenting resources, too!

With that in mind, we’re sharing a few of our recent favourite resources for parents and caregivers. While these aren’t specifically Montessori books, they are so aligned with what we do that we just had to share!

Hunt, Gather, Parent: What Ancient Cultures Can Teach Us About the Lost Art of Raising Happy, Helpful Little Humans

by Michaeleen Doucleff

While in the midst of parenting a feisty toddler, NPR correspondent, Michaeleen Doucleff was covering medical stories in remote areas of the world. An exhausted and slightly strung-out new mom, Doucleff noticed distinct differences in the parenting practices of cultures she visited and those she was trying to uphold in her home in San Francisco. So she shifted gears and immersed herself, with her two-year-old in tow, in three cultures — the Maya, the Hadzabe, and the Inuit, all of which excel in instilling confidence, kindness, and helpfulness in their children.

What Doucleff experienced and learned as she lived with families in these three cultures is quite simply profound. She saw firsthand how her host families interacted differently with her daughter, Rosy, who blossomed as a result. As Doucleff began to internalize different parenting practices, she also found that her relationship with Rosy transformed.

It’s worth noting that none of the cultures Doucleff experienced are frozen in time: the families have smartphones, children have plenty of screen time, junk food exists, and the kids still have to get out the door to get to school on time. However, a significant difference that Doucleff found is that the families’ parenting is grounded in thousands (perhaps tens of thousands) of years of tradition that support the gentle and kind growth of helpful, self-sufficient little humans.

One of the most endearing parts of the book is Doucleff’s vulnerability in sharing her parenting challenges. So often we want to keep those parenting fails tucked away within the confines of our home, and feel mortified when they rear their heads in the drop-off line or at a play date. Doucelff shares the messy details with honesty and in the process inspires a whole new level of compassion for what it means to parent in the Western world where we don’t necessarily have easy access to our extended families, a wide social safety net, and long-standing traditions that support our parenting journey.

With an engaging narrative flow, Hunt, Gather, Parent offers a clear organization of four core elements that comprise a common thread of what Doucleff calls a universal (non-Western) approach to parenting. Plus, in each section, she offers practical steps for trying out these different elements, including ways to “dip your toe” into the approach, as well as ways to “jump in.”

While Doucleff wrote the book to explore how to better connect with and support her toddler, the concepts and advice apply for all-aged children (and even work for teens and pre-teens!). The results are stunning. Even just dipping your toe into a few strategies is transformative.

If there is one book to make sure you read this summer, this is it!

13 Things Mentally Strong Parents Don't Do: Raising Self-Assured Children and Training Their Brains for a Life of Happiness, Meaning, and Success

by Amy Morin

So often we want to rescue our children, clear the path for their success, and ensure they are happy. But in the process, are we helping them develop the internal skills they will need throughout life?

After experiencing a series of personal tragedies, Amy Morin, a clinical social worker, psychotherapist, and foster parent, began thinking about what helps people be resilient. Ultimately this led to her book, 13 Things Mentally Strong People Don’t Do. As people read her book, she heard time and time again that readers wished they had learned the skills of mental strength and resilience from an early age. So she created this incredibly helpful guide for parents and caregivers.

Each chapter is devoted to what to avoid so that good, healthy habits can be cultivated. The 13 things mentally strong parents don’t do are:

They Don’t Condone a Victim Mentality
They Don’t Parent out of Guilt
They Don’t Make Their Child the Center of the Universe
They Don’t Allow Fear to Dictate Their Choices
They Don’t Give Their Child Power Over Them
They Don’t Expect Perfection
They Don’t Let Their Child Avoid Responsibility
They Don’t Shield Their Child from Pain
They Don’t Feel Responsible for Their Child’s Emotions
They Don’t Prevent Their Child from Making Mistakes
They Don’t Confuse Discipline with Punishment
They Don’t Take Shortcuts to Avoid Discomfort
They Don’t Lose Sight of Their Values

To make it manageable, Morin provides real-life examples and breaks them down to examine any underlying problems and key issues. She also provides a little self-reflective opportunity for readers to take a look at how these issues might come up in our personal and parenting lives, before then examining why we might be falling into some unhelpful patterns.

With a better grasp of what we are doing and why, Morin helps us look at how each approach can affect our children in the long run and what we can do instead. Every chapter is full of concrete techniques and steps, as well as troubleshooting guidelines and common traps. To drive the message home, Morin recaps each of the 13 points with what is and isn’t helpful.

If you need a straightforward, easy-to-digest guide to changing some parenting habits, this is the book for you!

No More Mean Girls: The Secret to Raising Strong, Confident, and Compassionate Girls

By Katie Hurley

Many of the books written to address the “mean girl” dynamic are geared toward pre-teens and teens. However, in her work, child and adolescent psychotherapist, Katie Hurley, observed more and more of this “mean girl” dynamic starting as early as age three. Even though they are in the midst of these interactions, our young girls don’t necessarily have the skills to cope with such sophisticated social challenges.

Recognizing that these difficult topics can also feel overwhelming for parents and caregivers, Hurley breaks down the components of how we can support our young girls in a variety of ways. In addition to digging into the bigger concepts – such as developing healthy friendships, distinguishing between likability and popularity, building an authentic self, having a voice and expressing yourself, and developing leadership skills and social responsibility – Hurley weaves in two key ways to practice concrete support through sections she calls “Parent-Teacher Conference” and “Girls Can!”

The Parent-Teacher Conference boxes offer key points to digest, look for, or try. They are incredibly helpful as touch-points throughout the book and offer an easy-to-access way to flip back and reconnect with essential elements of each chapter. The Girls Can! sections provide games and activities to try with the girls in your life, as well as ways to introduce concepts we might not be used to talking about.

While this is primarily a guide for parents of girls ages three to thirteen, so much also applies to our boys, especially those who are perhaps more sensitive. Incredibly practical and chock full of what to do, this is the type of book in which you’ll thoroughly dog-ear the pages!

We’d love to hear what you think of these books! Please reach out to schedule a visit and we can talk more about parenting challenges and how we can support you.

An Expansive Experience: Music in Montessori

Mon, 27 May 2024 11:00:02 GMT

In Montessori, music is both interwoven into the curriculum and its own area of study. Like with the other subjects in Montessori, music begins sensorially, isolates difficulty through key lessons, and engages children in spontaneous forms of expression.

Sensorial & Connected Experiences

In our Toddler and Children’s House classrooms, we first offer sensorial experiences and impressions related to music. We encourage listening and awareness, perhaps hearing the snap of the snaps of the dressing frame or noticing the delicacy of the sound when placing a glass vase on a tray. The sound cylinders also help children distinguish fine gradations of softness and loudness. In the Silence Game, children become attuned to the many types of sounds around them when they sit quietly and listen.

Children are also able to link music and movement through the rhythm work in walking on the line activities, as well as simple activity rhymes, chants, and a wide repertoire of songs. In fact, we sing with the children every day because singing together is a powerful community builder!

We also offer children opportunities to listen to the music of various cultures. They love the challenge of identifying instruments by the sounds that they make, too.

Keys to Music

We use the bells in our primary programs, and the tone bars in our elementary classrooms, for music literacy (the reading, writing, and playing of music), as well as music theory, including notes, scales, chords, rhythm, melody, harmony, and form.

With the lovely Montessori bells, children begin to discriminate pitch by first playing individual bells, and then pairing and grading according to pitch. Next, they move on to naming the pitches and matching the pitches with their notes. Eventually, children learn the placement of the notes on the musical staff, as well as how scales and melodies can be written with notes on the staff.

In elementary classrooms, the work continues with the tone bars, as children learn about the degrees of the scale, intervals, the sequence of major scales with sharps and flats, key signatures, transposition, and the naming and notation of minor scales.

In Montessori, music is not a separate subject, only to be taught in a separate room by a specialist teacher. We want music to be an integral part of the daily life in the learning environment. As such, the Montessori music program provides keys to music that can be presented by any trained Montessori teacher regardless of musical background.

A Form of Language

Ultimately, music is a language of communication. Because music is a language, we think about music development as we do children’s language development and honour both the “spoken stage” and “written stage.”

Within the spoken stage, we may observe children picking away at bells or tone bars, striking notes without any apparent purpose. We treat this activity with respect as it represents the babbling stage of music.

The children eventually sing and play (on the Montessori’s bells and tone bar materials, as well as other instruments) and later they write and read music. Just like with the moveable alphabet for language, children can use a moveable alphabet for music notation to be able to write their own compositions. At this point, we often see children explode into music performance and notation, just as they explode into writing and reading.

While the bells and tone bars are used for many purposes, including work with music notation, they are first and foremost musical instruments and children love incorporating songs into classroom performances and sharing.

Expansive Program

In our primary and elementary communities, the music program is vast and includes music appreciation and history, singing, movement/dance, rhythm, pitch, intensity, timbre, form, style, listening, instrumental work, music theory, and the science behind the music.

By isolating difficulties and providing various preparation of skills, even our young children come to extemporaneous and spontaneous composition.

Music is part of culture and thus we want to ensure that our children have contact with the world of music. The future musicians among them will connect to their life’s path and their life’s work at an early age! Even those who don’t go on to study music develop an appreciation for and understanding of this important part of human culture.

We’d love for you to hear this harmony for yourself! Please reach out to schedule a tour!

A Summer Path to Independence

Mon, 20 May 2024 11:00:01 GMT

Has your child ever vehemently resisted the idea of summer camp? Perhaps between not knowing anyone and having to try new things, they may think the experience is just short of sheer torture!

In the face of our kids’ resistance, it can be hard to insist on our children’s engagement in a summer camp experience. But it’s important to remember the very real benefits of having broader social experiences, stretching in new ways, and trying new skills.

Offering Clear Support

In these moments when our children resist, it’s important to both acknowledge their feelings while also staying firm about what will happen. Often they have an underlying desire to take on a new challenge, and maybe are even experiencing some frustration, perhaps with their own fears and uncertainties.

The process is a bit like what happens with infants on the cusp of crawling. They rock back and forth on their hands and knees, sometimes crying in exasperation. They want to crawl, to move toward some interesting object on the floor, but seem to feel unable to make that first move.

A Path Toward Independence

From birth, our children are on a path toward independence. When they are very young we can clearly see the stages, from being held in arms to sitting, then from sitting to crawling to walking. We witness them begin to babble and then talk. With each new skill, our children develop self-confidence and learn what they are capable of achieving.

The more children have the opportunity to confidently explore their environment, the more they master developmental tasks and establish new skills, all of which help to support a widening sense of independence.

The urge to become independent is strong. As adults, we can be supportive of this natural process, even when our children are entering into activities that feel challenging and even initially unattainable.

Letting Go

If you are exploring summer camp as a step toward independence, be sure to check out Dr. Michael Thompson’s book, Homesick and Happy: How Time Away from Parents Can Help a Child Grow. Thompson clearly outlines how important it is for our children to have their own experiences, especially those that are not under parents’ purview.

This letting go can take great effort for both children and their parents. “Every child has to practice being independent,” reminds Thompson, “and every parent has to practice letting his or her child be independent.”

In order to achieve independence, children need to be able to experiment with what they can do and be able to accurately judge their own limitations and abilities. The summer camp experience, whether overnight or day programming, offers children this chance to push their limits, without worrying about varied reactions from parents.

Their Own Experiences

Thompson conducted hundreds of interviews with campers and former campers for his book, Homesick and Happy, How Time Away from Parents Can Help a Child Grow . Overwhelmingly, children described how their camp experiences helped them realize how strong and competent they really are. Thompson reminds us of the importance of being away from home and out of parents’ loving, yet sometimes overbearing, watchful eye. “When children are away from their parents, they do not have to view their own life and achievements through the lens of my-athlete-father-standing-on-the-sidelines-watching-me or my-mother-is-worried-that-I’ll fail. When a child is on his own, the experience is his alone, the satisfaction belongs only to him and he does not have to filter it through what his parents think and feel.” When in a summer camp program, children can fail, learn, and succeed on their own terms.

With an engaged and expanded learning environment that is often extremely experiential, camps help our children realize new abilities and different ways to deal with challenges, which helps them feel more competent and capable. As a result, they build up their problem-solving skills and sense of agency.

Opportunities Abound

In addition, our children get to form healthy new relationships, with peers and friends, as well as adults who are not their parents. In a summer camp atmosphere, children get to practice social skills in a relaxed environment and with adult leaders who can offer different kinds of guidance.

In addition to introducing new people and activities, camp experiences help children learn about their strengths, weaknesses, likes, and dislikes, all of which help them form a strong sense of identity. Finding their strength, as well as making hard-won progress in areas of difficulty, helps children build self-esteem and identify worthwhile hobbies and interests that they can continue to pursue as they get older.

Often children’s response after the camp experience speaks to their awareness of claiming their space and being aware of a parental reaction. For example, one eight-year-old, after the first day of camp, told her camp counselor: “Don’t tell my mom, but summer camp is really fun.”

This summer, let’s offer our children the opportunity to face something that might at first feel uncomfortable, but that offers them so much.

The Power of Colour

Mon, 13 May 2024 11:00:01 GMT

When you look inside a Montessori classroom, you’ll notice the general attractiveness and warm quality of the room. As you peruse the environment, you may also notice the array of colourful materials on the shelves and how they stand out in contrast to some of the neutral feel of the rest of the room.

These colourful learning materials are designed for beauty so that our young children will be drawn to them. However, this isn’t the only reason Montessori materials have distinct colours. The colour-coding also helps with organization and structure in the learning environment, and perhaps even more importantly, plays an important role in facilitating children’s cognitive development and learning.

Creating External and Internal Order

In our toddler and primary classrooms, practical life—activities like scrubbing a table, cleaning a window, watering a plant, or creating a flower arrangement—are set up so that all of the objects for a particular activity are arranged by colour. This way young children can rely on colour cues to know what objects go together and to independently access supplies, like getting a dry apron.

Sensorial materials often use colour to help isolate a quality and help children develop their perception. For example, when discriminating dimensions with the pink tower, all of the cubes are the same shade of pink. Colour-coding is also used to help children pair two identical sets of materials, like when matching sounds with the sound cylinders.

These forms of colour-coding help children with both the order in their surroundings and also in constructing an internal sense of order.

Integrated Throughout

The colour-coding gets even more interesting as children move into more academic subjects, like language, mathematics, and even geography.

When our primary children begin to use puzzle maps, they start with the continent map, a two-dimensional representation of Earth, and the continent globe, which shows the planet as a sphere. The puzzle map and the globe show the continents, and each is painted a distant colour: North America is orange, South America is pink, Europe is red, Asia is yellow, Africa is green, Oceania is brown, and Antarctica is white. As children begin to learn the physical representation of each continent, they also associate a colour with that continent. All other learning materials that involve the continents–such as picture packets, information cards, or booklets–maintain this colour scheme.

In the math materials, children learn to associate a quantity with both the number of beads represented and the colour of those beads. The beads are the same size but change only by the number on the bead bar and the colour. So a ten bar is always constructed of ten gold beads, a nine bar with nine dark blue beads, eight with brown, seven with white, six with light purple, five with light blue, four with yellow, three with pink, two with green, and one with red. This colour scheme is consistent throughout all the math materials that use the bead bars, from the simplest lessons in the primary to advanced cubing and cube roots in the elementary and beyond.

Similarly, there is clear and consistent colour coding in other materials and concepts, such as with the hierarchy of numbers to designate place value or the role of different parts of speech with the grammar materials.

Strengthening Neural Pathways

While this colour coding does continue to help with organization and structure, now the colour also helps children with their cognition and memory. Color has long been used as an effective tool in marketing, through brand recognition, consumer attitude, and purchasing decisions.

How the brain processes colour impacts our children’s attention, comprehension, and retention. Dr. Maria Montessori may not have had all the current-day studies at her disposal, but she did recognize the power of colour in the learning process.

We now know that colour connects neural pathways and integrates different forms of intelligence, which allows learners to construct more consolidated meaning and make deeper cognitive connections with content.

When learning the quantity of six, children count the six light purple beads on the bar to determine the quantity of six. At the same time, neurologically they are creating pathways in their brain for quick and easy recall when they see the light purple bead bar so they can immediately think “six” in the future rather than having to count the beads.

Later, when children start to use the bead bars for advanced work with compound multiplication, the distributive law, squaring, cubing, and so much more, the neural connections they have are strengthened by both a clear and concrete understanding of the quantity and the associated colour.

Leading to Abstraction

The colour-coding in math, language, and other subjects, also helps children move from the very concrete to more abstraction and symbolic representation.

Because they learn to associate nouns with black equilateral triangles and verbs with red circles, as children analyze sentence structure they can begin to parse out the subject and predicate by using those two colour-coded shapes and eventually even just the colour.

With the understanding that our decimal system place values have associated colours–units are in green, tens are blue, hundreds are red–children can better conceptualize the pattern in the numerical hierarchies because unit thousands are also green, ten thousands are blue, hundred thousands are red, and then unit millions are green, and so on.

This colour-coding also helps when we move into operations with larger numbers and quantities. When children move from very tangible representations of a bar of ten beads to represent ten and a square of one hundred beads to represent a hundred, they use small colour-coded tiles with just the colour and number. Thus children can manipulate a blue tile with 10 printed on it and a red tile with 100 printed on it, and (thanks to the neural pathways established) fully understand what those tiles represent as they add, subtract, multiply, and divide.

A Powerful Aid

The power of colour is fully integrated throughout Montessori classrooms and provides an amazing aid to children’s cognitive development. In addition to helping memory and learning, the colour brings beauty and appeal to our learning environments while also supporting children’s independence!

We recommend coming to see this for yourself. There are so many examples of how colour brings learning to light. Schedule a tour today!

Walking on the Line

Mon, 06 May 2024 11:00:00 GMT

Our young children are developing their body control, concentration, and equilibrium. So in Montessori, we intentionally provide opportunities for them to practice these skills.

Dr. Maria Montessori was especially curious about helping children acquire equilibrium. She developed the “walking on the line” exercises after observing children's interest and delight in walking on curbs or along any line they could find.

What is Walking on the Line?

We first start by creating a designated place for children to practice the balance, control, and focus needed to walk along a line. The “line” is often in the shape of an ellipse and can be in the classroom, another indoor space, or even outdoors. The line can be temporary (e.g. chalked on the ground), slightly more enduring (e.g. created with fabric or electrical tape on the floor), or painted onto the surface for a more permanent line.

Walking on the line is a favorite activity and although it is mostly found in primary classrooms, elementary children also enjoy walking on the line challenges, too!

Preliminary Activities

The first activity on the line is simply walking on it with natural steps. That being said, we start with preliminary exercises to help children master small components to ensure success when multiple children are involved.

The first stage is learning how to come to the line. We introduce a signal (e.g. one drumbeat) and show children how to put their toes on the line and face towards the center when they hear that signal. Then we play a short game with the children. We might have them hop inside the line, then use the signal as an indication to come back to the line, or go for a walk and come back to the line, take a step backward and come back to the line, and so forth. All of this is to practice hearing the signal and coming to the line in the designated way.

When children can do this consistently, we may introduce another challenge. This time, with a new signal (perhaps two drumbeats), children learn how to make space so they can spread out on the line without touching their neighbors.

With this mastered, children are ready to learn how to turn to face the same direction. We often need to assist so children learn how facing the same way means looking at the back of their neighbor’s head (rather than at another student’s eyes). This new skill requires a new signal (e.g. rubbing the drum)!

Learning and practicing these various preliminary activities can take a series of days or even weeks. We take our time, rather than rushing the process, as children find delight with each component. Once they know all three signals, children love playing a game that incorporates coming to the line, making space, and turning to face the same direction.

Walking to a Beat

With these foundations in place, we introduce walking to a beat. Children know how to come to the line, space themselves out, and turn to face the same direction. Now they try to walk on the line with each step corresponding to the beat of the drum. When the beat stops, they stop. This is quite a challenge for our little ones, but also great fun.

As always, we make a game of the experience. We may offer little suggestions, or points of interest, to aid in their success. If we notice little feet moving off the line, we can suggest that children “follow the line” if. Or we may challenge them with different kinds of instructions: walk with your whole body, hold your chin up, relax your arms, or keep your body very still.

We also try to model a natural heartbeat rhythm for the children to walk to. When the beat stops, we teach the children to stop and turn to face the inside of the ellipse.

Walking with Changing Rhythms

When children are walking consistently to a beat, we let the children know we may change the beat and they can change their steps to follow the beat. We start with the natural beat, then introduce different modulations, from speeding up, coming back to a natural rhythm, slowing down, to coming back to the original beat. We always end with the natural rhythm, for it brings children back to a place of calm.

Equilibrium Exercises

With equilibrium exercises, we introduce challenges such as walking on the line heel to toe or carrying objects such as beads on a string, a container of water, an object on a tray, or a sphere on a spoon. Sometimes children try to walk carrying a bean bag on their head without the bean bag falling as they walk. As an added challenge, children can try turning their heads to the right and left.

We also introduce ways for children to adjust to a changed center of balance. In a “follow the leader” method, we start by walking with hands at our side, but then change and move them in the air, or on hips, or even hands on shoulders. While these adjustments may seem simple for adults, continuing to walk heel to toe while making these movements can take a lot of concentration and balance for our young ones!

Rhythm Exercises

When children have made good progress with their equilibrium, we can help them turn their attention to walking on the line with music. We may use the bells, tone bars, or prerecorded music, so children can walk on the line when they hear the music and stop when the music stops. We eventually introduce different types of music that inspire different types of movement, from walking to marching to galloping or skipping.

Alternating between the types of music helps children become attuned to how their movements change according to what they hear. We always end with a slow, sedate walk on the line to bring everyone’s heart rate and energy level down.

Movement as Expression

With all of the walking on the line activities, children begin to become more aware of what they can do with their bodies and as a result, develop more conscious control of their movement. Ultimately movement is an essential component of human expression. To see more about how these kinds of movement activities help children’s development, please be sure to schedule a tour to visit our school!

Materials Spotlight: The Timeline of Life

Mon, 29 Apr 2024 11:00:02 GMT

Nothing quite captures the imagination of elementary-aged children more than the Timeline of Life. Developmentally our six- to twelve-year-olds can start creating temporal order and timelines are a perfect way for them to visually explore and understand the passage of time.

We share timelines as a key part of the Montessori Cosmic Education curriculum, through which we provide a holistic understanding of the universe, Earth's history, and humanity's place within it. The Timeline of Life is the first in a series of prepared timelines in Montessori elementary classrooms and it provides a series of engaging activities designed to help children grasp the vastness of time, the interdependency of all living things, and how human life is a continuation of much that has come before.

Presentation & Introduction

When we first present the Timeline of Life, we often share it in panoramic form, unrolling the timeline as we tell an overarching story. But one of the gifts of the timeline is that it can be used in multiple ways! We can also focus on one panel of the timeline and explore the pictures from a particular period or epoch, provide information about one specific organism across the timeline (e.g. the development and decline of the trilobites), delve into details about one picture on the timeline, or even just explore the various symbols, terms, and conventions used in the timeline.

Our presentation of the Timeline of Life can be a combination of a historical overview of the progression of life through the ages, an examination of the influence that life has had on the non-living parts of the world, and a corresponding examination of the influence that the non-living parts of the world have had on living organisms.

These presentations provide the children with the opportunity to sequence details of the story of life on Earth while also offering almost unlimited opportunities for more in-depth research throughout their years in the Montessori elementary classroom.

Highlights & Possibilities

The timeline visually illustrates several major milestones of life on Earth, including:

how life forms arose in the oceans,
the appearance of multi-cellular organisms,
the evolution of creatures with a spinal column and backbone,
how some plants and animals began to move onto the land,
the appearance of land-based plants with roots and stems,
how amphibians were succeeded by reptiles (who placed the water that their eggs required inside the eggs),
the emergence of flowering plants,
how birds and mammals were better able to deal with variations in the temperature around them and devoted more care to their young, and
how humans, with neither fur nor feathers, sharp teeth or claws, could use their hands, heads, and hearts to adapt to their environment.

After presenting Timeline of Life basics, we return to the material repeatedly to explore more details and offer new avenues of investigation. We might introduce more of the creatures on the timeline, the names of the eras and their etymology, the red lines showing linkages through the timeline, or the visual cues demonstrating the timing of the ice ages. We might explore the rising of mountain ranges, the deposition of salt and coal, the shapes of land masses throughout prehistory, the rise of flowering plants, and creatures (like the horseshoe crab) that appear now as they appeared in those ancient times. The Timeline of Life can inspire children to explore fossils and fossilization, and even embrace aspects of organic chemistry! As children become more sophisticated in their thinking, we present new facets of the timeline.

Children also enjoy using a blank timeline to see if they can recreate the Timeline of Life by placing loose pictures held in a folder or container for each era. When all of the loose pictures are correctly placed, the result matches the Timeline of Life. As a result, children often use the blank timeline to test themselves on how much they remember.

Children are often inspired to set up little Going Out trips to learn more about something on the Timeline of Life or create scale drawings of the massive and minute creatures they learn about from the timeline. Children also love to share their discoveries through carts, dioramas, models, and booklets.

Awe & Wonder

Above all, the Timeline of Life helps children grasp the wonders of deep time and the complexity of life that surrounds us wherever we look. They are fascinated by how long the earth went with no life to just how long it has taken for life to develop from proto-organisms to complex mammals.

In Montessori elementary classrooms, the Timeline of Life is not merely a subject of study but a source of wonder and inspiration. As they use the timeline, children are immersed in the rich tapestry of life's history and as a result, develop a deep sense of connection to the natural world and a profound respect for all living beings.

We invite you to schedule a tour to see how children embark on a lifelong journey of learning and discovery through hands-on experiences with materials such as the Timeline of Life!

Our Montessori Bookshelf: The Power of Plants

Mon, 22 Apr 2024 11:00:02 GMT

In Montessori, we want to ensure that children are immersed in the wonders of the natural world and biology is interwoven into daily life through experiences and more formal lessons.

Certain themes permeate our study of biology, one of which is the fact that all forms of life have needs, which must be satisfied if the organism is to be able to survive and reproduce. A top priority is the need for food. This is one way we distinguish plants from animals. Plants can make their own food. They have to satisfy their needs wherever they grow.

Our presentations help children appreciate how alive plants are! We want to help children identify the miraculous powers of plants, which leads to explorations of plant anatomy and the functions of parts of plants. Often children are then inspired to cultivate and care for their own plants.

Children are captured by the beauty and power of the plant world. Because they often love to pore through botany books, we’re sharing some of our favourites. We hope these books inspire more investigation, exploration, and perhaps even some home-based growing and gardening!

Flowers are Calling

By Rita Grey, Illustrated by Kenard Pak

This book is an excellent introduction or companion to Montessori lessons on the story of the flowers, parts of the flower, and how flowers ensure pollination. Grey weaves together a lovely narrative of what creatures do or don’t respond to flowers’ calls. The simple rhyming storyline appeals to the youngest children, while specifics about adaptations of particular flowers and pollinators can spark the interest of older investigators. The end of the book offers an invitation to children to look again at the flowers before them and offers insights into what children may see–color, pattern, shape, smell, and time of opening–and what those means in terms of the types of pollinators the flowers are trying to attract.

From Seed to Plant

By Gail Gibbons

Although seemingly simple in its illustrations and text, this picture book provides an excellent overview of multiple botany lessons we explore in Montessori classrooms: from pollination to seed dispersal, parts of a flower to parts of a seed, and more! This is a handy reference book for young children and a perfect introduction to complex concepts. Plus, a seven-step “From Seed to Plant” project at the end of the book is a perfect activity for young botanists.

Gregor Mendel: The Friar Who Grew Peas

By Cheryl Bardot, Illustrated by Jos. A. Smith

Although in picture book form, this is an excellent introduction for more advanced thinkers and budding scientists who are curious about genetics and/or botany. The story follows the life of Gregor Mendel, a curious young boy who, despite great obstacles, was able to continue his studies and eventually conduct elaborate experiments to better understand how species pass on genetic traits to their offspring. This fascinating story of perseverance and exactitude also overlays nicely with a study of botany. The author’s note at the end is worth a read, too!

Harlem Grown: How One Big Idea Transformed a Neighborhood

By Tony Hillery, Illustrated by Jessie Hartland

This true story by the founder and director of Harlem Grown provides an inspiring reminder of the power of people coming together to create change. A trash-filled lot across from a school gets transformed into a community garden. Little details in the story, like the protagonist’s wilting plant, offer a reminder that it’s possible to try again, with bountiful results! Additional resources at the end of the book offer steps for starting a garden anywhere, as well as websites and additional books for both children and adults.

Jayden’s Impossible Garden

By Mélina Mangal, Illustrated by Ken Daley

Sometimes it is the power of many that makes a difference and sometimes it is the power of a few. This story is about one boy who believes that there is nature amidst his city streets, how he finds someone who feels the same way, and what they create together by paying attention to the little things that bring them joy. The result? They highlight the beauty around them and can show others the magic of nature, right in the middle of their city. For children inspired by this story, there are instructions at the end (which require a bit of adult support) for inviting nature into our lives through recycled crafts, such as a coffee container planter and milk jug bird feeder.

Living Sunlight: How Plants Bring the Earth to Life

By Molly Bang and Penny Chisholm, Illustrated by Molly Bang

With classic Molly Bang vibrant colors, this picture book brings the complexity of how photosynthesis connects the energy of the sun and all living things on Earth into a format that even young children can enjoy. The text provides a perfect balance of being accessible to all ages and yet rich enough with scientific concepts to appeal to elementary learners. For those especially keen on the science, the authors provide a complete breakdown of the concepts with each idea connected to thumbnail images from pages throughout the book. And if that weren’t enough, the book provides a meditative, heart-centered message that can help readers feel both grounded in themselves and connected to the universe.

Miss Rumphius

By Barbara Cooney

Although not specifically about botany, this inspiring tale is a must-have for any home library. A little girl shares the story of her great-aunt Alice (or Miss Rumphius), a story with an underlying message of how one person can make the world more beautiful. After many worldwide adventures, Miss Rumphius realizes she can help the wind and birds spread lupine seeds. So she does. One of the most beautiful aspects of this story is how it weaves together the cycles of life with how we can inspire the next generation to continue making the world more beautiful, in whatever ways we can.

Plants that Never Bloom

By Ruth Heller

An excellent follow-up to The Reason for a Flower, this book explores the magical world of fungi, ferns, algae, and more. It references the ancient nature of some of these non-flowering plants and also the peculiar exceptions, such as gymnosperms. This picture book provides a wonderful launching pad for further studies of the plant world!

The Reason for a Flower

By Ruth Heller

In her rhyming prose and vivid illustrations, Heller takes us on a lively journey through the purposes and practicalities of flowering plants. She artfully blends text and image, while ensuring the information is precise and accurate. The Reason for a Flower is a wonderful companion to any study of flowers and at the very end plants a seed (pun intended) for the companion book, Plants that Never Bloom.

Up in the Garden and Down in the Dirt

By Kate Messner, Illustrated by Christopher Silas Neal

From the creators of Over and Under the Snow, this picture book takes young readers on a seasonal journey through the seen and unseen of a backyard garden. While a child and her grandmother tend the soil, enjoy their harvest, and shift with the seasons, a whole host of organisms also do their work down in the dirt. This is a great way to introduce the interconnectedness of life and how humans are amongst many amazing creatures doing beautiful work. The end-of-book details about all the animals illustrated throughout the pages are an amazing bonus, too!

We hope these books inspire some outdoor exploration. If you’d like any inspiration for how to incorporate botany studies into your child’s life, come visit our school . We love to share more about what we do.

Let’s Go Outside: Benefits for Our Children (and Ourselves!)

Mon, 15 Apr 2024 11:00:01 GMT

Our world–and as a result our children’s world–is increasingly dominated by screens and schedules. As such, the importance of reconnecting with nature has become more important than ever.

Dr. Maria Montessori believed in providing children with an environment that encourages exploration, independence, and self-discovery. Central to Montessori philosophy is the concept of the prepared environment, where every element is thoughtfully designed to support a child's natural development. Nature, with its infinite wonders and stimuli, serves as the ultimate prepared environment, offering boundless opportunities for social interaction, emotional regulation, and self-awareness.

Social-Emotional Benefits of Outdoor Play

As humans, we are biologically designed to be outdoors. E.O. Wilson described this predisposition to connect to nature as the “biophilia hypothesis.” Numerous studies outline quantifiable benefits to being out of doors. Business Insider even offers “11 Scientifically Proven Reasons You Should Go Outside.”

For children, spending time outdoors promotes emotional well-being and resilience by providing opportunities for risk-taking and self-discovery. In nature, children can push their boundaries, overcome obstacles, and learn from their mistakes.

Think about the very act of climbing a tree. In addition to practicing courage and perseverance, children have the chance to trust their instincts, assess risks, and develop confidence in their abilities. The result? Children develop a sense of agency and self-efficacy, laying the foundation for healthy emotional development and positive self-esteem.

Another profound social-emotional benefit of outdoor experiences is the opportunity for unstructured play and peer interaction. In the natural world, children are free to engage in imaginative play, negotiate conflicts, and develop essential social skills. Whether building forts, climbing trees, or playing games, outdoor play fosters cooperation, communication, and empathy as children navigate social dynamics and collaborate with peers.

Time in Nature Promotes Self-Regulation

Time in nature also helps us heal. The children’s book, When Sophie Gets Angry – Really, Really Angry by Molly Bang offers a reminder about the power of going outside when we need to find some inner peace. In the story, Sophie, a young child upset by a sibling interaction, runs outside. Dis-regulated and angry she runs and runs until she can't run anymore. Then she cries. She climbs her favourite tree and the wide world comforts her.

When children hear this book, they hang onto every word, as if soaking up Sophie’s experience. Yet how often do we let our children slam the door, run outside, and seek solace in nature? How often do we, as adults, do this?

One reason why we can find solace in nature is due to being immersed in a unique sensory experience. From the soothing sound of rustling leaves to the calming sight of flowing water, the outdoors provides a multisensory environment that promotes relaxation, stress reduction, and emotional grounding.

Cultivating Inner Calm and Interconnectedness

By spending time in nature, children have an opportunity, like Sophie, to connect with their inner landscape while being immersed in an external landscape. This process cultivates a sense of belonging, purpose, and interconnectedness. As children explore natural ecosystems, observe wildlife, and experience the cycles of the seasons, they develop a profound appreciation for the beauty and complexity of the natural world. This sense of awe and wonder instills a deep sense of stewardship and environmental responsibility.

In Richard Louv’s book, Last Child in the Woods , he coins the phrase “nature-deficit disorder” to describe the costs of our alienation from nature. Think about your children. Do you see a difference after they’ve spent time outside? Maybe it’s the fresh air, or the room to run, or just the possibility they find in a corner of a grassy field. Think about yourself and the difference in your feelings when you take the time to be outdoors, even if only to take a stroll down the street as the day shifts to dusk.

In this age of trying to provide our children with the best opportunities, shouldn’t we be giving them more time outside? This spring is an excellent time to pay attention to those opportunities for children to connect to their place and just be outside. If you need fresh ideas for the children in your life, and even for yourself, Richard Louv’s recent book, The Essential Guide to a Nature-Rich Life: 500 Ways to Enrich Your Family’s Health & Happiness , is an excellent resource.

A Collective Responsibility

We have a collective responsibility to ensure that our children have ample opportunities to explore, discover, and connect with the natural world around them. By prioritizing outdoor experiences in education, we support children's social-emotional well-being, resilience, and sense of connection with nature and each other.

Our approach to education emphasizes the vital role of the outdoors in children’s development. Our Elementary and Middle School programs include a vital Outdoor Education component – 1 day every week spent in outdoor exploration, rain or shine. We invite you to visit us to learn more about the symbiotic relationship between Montessori principles, time in nature, and the profound benefits of outdoor experiences.

Setting up a Montessori-Based Space at Home

Mon, 08 Apr 2024 11:00:01 GMT

As parents, we want to nurture our young children's growth and independence. Because Montessori philosophy centers on supporting children’s natural development through a carefully prepared environment, we can turn to Montessori principles to help us create ideal home spaces for our toddlers.

Understanding the Montessori Philosophy

At the heart of Montessori is the understanding that children are active, self-directed learners. Dr. Maria Montessori observed how children thrive intellectually, emotionally, and socially when provided with a nurturing environment and the freedom to explore. A Montessori room embodies these principles by offering a space where our toddlers can engage in purposeful activities, make choices independently, and develop essential life skills.

Their Developing Personality

The interrelation between children and their environment is vital, as experiences in the environment help form our children’s personalities. During the first few years of life, children are forming an incredible number of neural connections and there is a continual feedback loop between a child’s genetic code and the environment.

A child’s genetic code determines how they interact with their environment, and then their interactions influence how the genetic code is expressed. As children interact with their environment, mental pathways form. Patterns in the brain are established and repeated experiences have a larger impact. Ideally, we want our children’s neural pathways to be healthy patterns of emotion and thought.

As such, our toddlers’ space should have both boundaries and opportunities that help them develop a healthy sense of security, order, and engagement.

Practical Tips for Creating a Montessori Room at Home

Choose the Right Furniture

We can begin by selecting furniture that aligns with our toddler's needs and capabilities. Opt for child-sized pieces such as low shelves, a small table and chair, and a low bed or mattress on the floor. These elements empower children to navigate their environment with ease, promoting a sense of autonomy and confidence.

Create Inviting Spaces

Designate distinct areas within the room to cater to various activities and interests. A cozy reading nook outfitted with books at eye level encourages literacy and quiet reflection, while open shelves with a few manipulative toys invite exploration. Be sure to also have ample space for movement. Try getting down to your child’s level to see how the space looks and feels from a child’s perspective.

Simplify and Declutter

Embrace minimalism in a toddler's room by paring down to the essentials. Make sure that each item has a designated place and that part of the routine is returning the item to where it goes. This cultivates your child’s sense of order. Over time, gradually rotate toys to help maintain interest and engagement.

Promote Independence

Foster your toddler's burgeoning independence by arranging the room to facilitate self-care and autonomy. Install a low mirror to aid in dressing and grooming activities. Provide accessible storage solutions for clothing and personal belongings. Incorporate a step stool in the bathroom to allow your child to practice handwashing, toothbrushing, and general self-care.

Include Natural Materials

Infuse the room with elements of nature by incorporating toys made from natural materials and limiting the amount of plastic and battery-operated items. Look for natural items that stimulate children’s senses and foster a deeper connection to the natural world. Opting for sustainable and eco-friendly options also promotes environmental stewardship.

Prioritize Safety

In order for your toddler to navigate the space independently, you’ll want to feel assured that the room is meticulously childproofed to eliminate potential hazards. Anchor furniture to the wall to prevent tipping, secure cords out of reach, and regularly inspect the room for any safety concerns.

Follow Children's Lead

Above all, honour your toddler's unique interests, preferences, and developmental pace. Observe their interactions with their environment and adapt the room accordingly. If you see them wanting to climb on a table or shelf, offer safe alternative climbing options. By tailoring the space to their evolving needs and abilities, we support their developing curiosity and engagement. In this process, they develop a sense of agency and self-confidence that will serve them well throughout life.

Creating a Montessori-inspired room at home doesn’t have to be hard! Plus, by thoughtfully curating the environment to align with your toddler’s developmental needs and interests, you lay the foundation for a lifetime of joyful learning and exploration. Embrace simplicity, foster independence, and above all, cherish the wonder and curiosity that define childhood. In a safe, inviting space created especially for them, your toddler can thrive, flourish, and become the best version of themselves.

If you would like some inspiration, come visit our school to see how we create spaces for young children that cultivate curiosity, independence, and a love for learning.

A Subtle Art: The Beauty of the Montessori Three-Period Lesson

Mon, 01 Apr 2024 11:00:01 GMT

In Montessori education, we have a subtle art for connecting children to new concepts, a technique we call the Three Period Lesson. This structured approach is designed to introduce and reinforce new concepts in a way that works with children’s natural learning tendencies. It consists of three distinct phases, each serving a crucial purpose in the learning process.

The First Period: Naming

In this part of the lesson, we focus on helping children create an association of the item or sensorial perception with its name. This is basically a statement of vocabulary, but its simplicity should not disguise the great importance of this period. Proper execution is vital to success and as such Montessori guides execute this part of the lesson with extreme exactitude. We take great care to avoid any peripheral information which would serve only to cause confusion. The emphasis here is on clear articulation and repetition, allowing children to absorb the information through auditory and visual cues.

If the lesson is focused on sensorial perception, we first help a child awaken that sense before giving any vocabulary. For example, if we are introducing a very young child to the vocabulary for temperature, we use a set of thermic bottles. We first isolate the hottest and coldest of the bottles. We feel the “hot” bottle, invite the child to feel it, and state: “This is hot.” Then we have the same procedure with the cold bottle, first feeling, then stating: “This is cold.” If necessary, we may repeat the experience, associating the bottle with its attribute: “Hot….Cold.” We take great care in pronouncing the vocabulary or attributes clearly and distinctly so that children can easily absorb the vocabulary. We also make sure to avoid any additional descriptions or explanations.

The purpose of the first period is to help children connect the sensory data stored in the right hemisphere of the brain with its precise language, stored in the left hemisphere of the brain. This neural connection fixes the perception in children’s minds and provides an index to the sensorial impression, making it accessible to the conscious mind.

The Second Period: Association

In this phase, we focus on having children recognize the object in correspondence to the language. It is a way for us to see if a child has been successful in the association of the perception with its name as presented in the first period. In the second period, we use the vocabulary in a series of lively and fun declarative commands that encourage repetition.

For example, if presenting large and small with a cylinder block, we might ask: “Which one is large?” “Which one is small?” “Put the large one here.” “Put the small one here.” “Show me the large one.” “Point to the small one.” This activity has a game-like feel and offers children the chance to repeatedly hear the vocabulary and associate it with the corresponding attribute or object.

During this period, we do not ask children to recall the vocabulary. Because there is active participation that reinforces the association between the name and the object or concept, this period is about reinforcement. It is the longest of the three periods and is the most important one in terms of serving as an aid to children’s memory. Every time a child hears the vocabulary and associates it with the corresponding attribute/object, it activates the necessary synaptic connections in the brain and strengthens neural pathways.

If a child is not successful in the second stage, we have two choices: return to the first period or gracefully end the lesson and offer it again another day. It might be that a child just needs more time to work with the materials sensorially. Regardless, if the child isn’t experiencing success at this stage, we recognize that we need to re-associate the sensory impression with the name. We don’t point out the error to a child, though, because that only serves to embarrass the child or cause them to feel defeated. Nor is it helpful to continue on with the lesson, for if the associations are not happening, more repetition would only serve to cause further confusion.

The Third Period: Recall

This last part of the lesson is just a quick test and serves as a verification that a child has successfully retained the association given in the first period. For the first time, we no longer provide the vocabulary, and instead, the child must produce it from their memory. We simply ask: “What is this?” If the child can successfully answer, then we can verify that the association has been created. If the child is not successful, we end the lesson by repeating the first period. This is not done as a means of correction, but to ensure the child leaves the material with an accurate impression.

Once the Three Period Lesson is over, we allow children to continue working with the material. Often we see that they have renewed enthusiasm for the material after making these new mental associations.

A Powerful Approach

By following this structured approach, we provide children with multiple opportunities to engage with new information and reinforce their learning through repetition and active participation. This approach is powerful and effective for three main reasons:

Respect for the Child's Learning Pace

The three-period lesson respects the individual pace of each child's learning journey. By breaking down new concepts into manageable steps, we cater to the diverse needs and abilities of children.

Promotion of Active Engagement

Through interactive questioning and hands-on activities, the Three Period Lesson encourages active engagement and participation. Children are not passive recipients of information but rather active participants in their learning process, leading to deeper understanding and retention.

Facilitation of Meaningful Connections

By associating new concepts with real-life objects or experiences, the Three Period Lesson helps children make meaningful connections between abstract ideas and concrete examples. This approach fosters holistic understanding and lays the groundwork for future learning.

Above all, the beauty of the Three Period Lesson lies in its simplicity and effectiveness. The technique is subtle yet consistent, the lessons are brief yet powerful, and the language is precise yet expansive. Ultimately, the Three Period Lesson empowers children to become active learners, capable of exploring the world with curiosity and confidence. We invite you to schedule a tour to come see this technique in action!

Why Do Our Children Do What They Do?

Mon, 25 Mar 2024 12:00:04 GMT

The scene may feel familiar. We sit down for a family dinner. Our youngest starts tapping their spoon against a bowl, fascinated by the sound it makes. Our middle child begins asking a series of questions: “What does it mean to get an education? Why do people go to school? Why was Malala shot? Why are there wars?” The oldest starts getting frustrated with the other two, wanting them to follow directions and have their dinner places in order.

In that chaotic moment before dinner, it’s easy for exasperation to take over. As adults, we might sometimes wonder what in the world propels our children. Really, what are they thinking when they try making holes by poking the table with a fork?

Innate Human Tendencies

We are born with innate human characteristics. We are hard-wired to explore, work, connect, and communicate. We crave order in our surroundings. We imagine possibilities. We create. We need to orient to what is around us, move our bodies, and wonder about the how and why. These human tendencies are unconscious, universal drives and they are at play from birth.

Thus, the newborn has familiar landmarks when hearing their mother’s heartbeat. If allowed to be on the floor, the infant will rotate their body and move in amazing ways. This drive to move propels babies into scooting, crawling, and eventually coming to that upright position that allows them to use their hands and explore the environment.

We recognize these needs in our infants, yet that vital life force is powerful for older children, too. When our child is exploring the noise of the spoon against the bowl, they aren’t trying to aggravate us. They are just exploring cause and effect, and delighting in the auditory result.

Awareness of Internal Drives

When we take time to remember that children are compelled by basic human tendencies, we can begin to explore those tendencies and, as such, help our children become their best selves.

Our home and learning environments can provide children with a sense of order. Knowing where one’s things go and how to help contribute to a task provides children with a sense of security and belonging. Just think about the feeling of uncertainty you can get when you visit someone’s home and don’t know whether to take off your shoes, where to hang your coat, or even how to be useful. By making sure our children feel welcome and purposeful and providing consistent routines, we help children develop an orientation to the world around them.

We can prepare our children for routines and offer accessible spaces that allow them to participate in the functioning of the day. They can help set the table, feed the cats, gather the laundry, prepare their lunches, and so much more. By participating in a meaningful way, they feel significant and ultimately more confident.

Our children’s constant questioning merely comes from a need for intellectual exploration. These big questions speak to their newfound mental ability to ponder expansive ideas about the world. As our children venture into new territory, either physically or intellectually, they benefit from opportunities to test their ideas and make connections to what they already know.

As social beings, we have to learn ways to collaborate effectively. The earliest humans had to cooperate to survive. An older child trying to force cooperation may just need some light support to find a way to communicate and connect with younger peers or siblings, rather than lapsing into exasperation.

Supporting Development

Human tendencies are unconscious, universal drives that support our adaptation to our particular time and place. We are hard-wired to adapt to our environment! The human tendencies – to orient, explore, order, abstract, imagine, calculate, work, be exact, perfect oneself, and communicate and associate with others – help aid this adaptation and really our ability to become our best selves.

In Montessori, our classrooms and curriculum are designed with these human tendencies in mind, with particular attention to how these innate drives manifest themselves at different stages of development.

We work to recognize, honour, and support innate characteristics in children so that we aren’t obstructing their important development. When supported in this way, our children can reach new heights. Come visit our school to learn more!

Six Steps to Problem Solving

Mon, 18 Mar 2024 12:00:02 GMT

So often when we are bumping up against frustrating behaviour from our children, we forget that one very effective way to work through the challenge is to include our children in the process!

Step 1: Identify the Issue

The best way to approach this is to first identify the challenge. Perhaps your child is having a hard time getting ready in the morning. Or maybe you are experiencing bedtime struggles. It might be as seemingly small as cooperation with brushing teeth. Or the issue may revolve around food: packing foods your child will eat, being willing to engage during dinner time, or eating a hearty breakfast before heading to school.

Whatever the problem, first identify it in one simple sentence. Hone in on exactly the challenge or conflict, so it’s easy to state clearly.

Step 2: Ask For Time to Talk

Then you’ll want to find a time when everyone is in a mellow mood, perhaps feeling particularly happy, or even just well-fed and rested. At this point, it’s important to check in with your child by asking something like: “Is now a good time for us to talk?” Or “I’d like to brainstorm with you. Is now a good time?”

It’s best to be at your child’s eye level and/or get together in a comfortable place that encourages connection. Then state the problem as simply and clearly as possible. It is especially important to avoid guilt, blame, shame, and exaggerations. One way to frame the conversation is to start with something like: “I have a situation that I want your help with.”

For example, if your child has been struggling with leaving the house on time in the mornings, you might try stating: “I’ve noticed that our mornings have felt stressful and rushed.”

You can then share the impact or how you feel: “As a result of rushing, I feel anxious and then start to get impatient and a little grumpy.” Followed by what you want: “I’m hoping we can figure out a new routine for our mornings so we can leave the house on time.”

Step 3: Listen to Your Child’s Perspective

After stating your take on things, it’s important to allow your child the space to share how they feel and what they want. All too often, we push our agendas, our perspectives, and our needs onto our children without opening up space and listening to what might be going on for them.

By sharing your perspective without accusation or insistence, and then asking for their feedback and needs, you are demonstrating that you are committed to a collaborative approach. After your child has shared what is happening for them and what they need, you can explore if brainstorming possible solutions could help.

Step 4: Brainstorm Together

If brainstorming seems helpful, get a piece of paper and create a list of ideas or solutions. If your child is younger, you can do the recording. Regardless, free up each other’s thinking by not criticizing or rejecting any ideas during this brainstorming process. Let your imaginations run free. If possible, try to model some “out of the box” thinking and make the process as fun as possible. It’s even okay to get a little silly: “I know! We could invent a robot that puts on your coat and gloves for you!” Offering encouragement can help, too. “That’s a great idea. I never thought of that.” Or “Oh, that gives me another idea!”

It’s important to not go into this process with a hidden agenda. Children are attuned to when we just want things to go our way. In the process of being open to ideas, you’ll likely find some unexpected solutions. Whenever possible, it’s also helpful to generate ideas in which both parties can win.

Step 5: Cross Items off the List

Once you’ve generated a list of possible solutions, go through the list together. Give your child the opportunity to first cross out any ideas that won’t work for them, and you can do the same. In this process, you can both talk about why particular ideas will or won’t work from your particular perspectives. After crossing out ideas, you’ll be left with some options. Together you can pick one of the suggestions, or a combination of ideas, as a solution to try.

Step 6: Test it Out

Emphasize that you can both agree to try the idea and then come back together in about a week to see if it is still working. You can write the agreement on a fresh sheet of paper and, if appropriate, both sign the paper to show a commitment to trying this new idea. Be sure to also thank your child for their cooperation! Be sure to also follow through with checking in with each other after trying out the solution for a week. If it isn’t working, review the list together and see if there is another idea worth trying.

Creating an agreement ahead of time models respect. The result? Our children feel more willing to cooperate because the process has been collaborative.

Curious to learn more about how to include children in a problem-solving process? Schedule a time to come in to observe and talk more!

Navigating Sibling Dynamics

Mon, 11 Mar 2024 12:00:01 GMT

As parents, we want our kids to get along. Yet sibling dynamics can vex even the best of us. We cringe at how much our children can hurt each other, then melt when we see them treating each other with kindness. Their fights can drive us crazy, causing us to worry about whether they will like each other as adults.

Fortunately, we can implement strategies to prevent problems between siblings, set the stage for healthy interactions, and practice some techniques for managing conflict in the moment.

One of the first steps is taking time to understand our children, ourselves, and the situation. Without taking time to assess these three aspects, we often end up interfering in sibling conflict, which may stop the fight in the moment but that may also inadvertently increase competition and misunderstanding.

Check-In with Ourselves

When conflicts arise, it helps to first check in with our own feelings. Having awareness of our mental and physical responses allows us to practice self-regulation. We can breathe in deeply through our nose and our mouth. We can pause before responding. We can even express our emotions: “I’m realizing that I’m not feeling very calm right now. Because I’m starting to feel upset, I’m going to take a minute to try to regain some control.” Our children don’t need us to get on the roller coaster!

Describe and Empathize

Another technique to help in the moment is to describe what we see and to empathize. When we describe what we see in a non-judgmental way, we help our children become aware of what they are doing. This allows them the opportunity to choose if they want to continue. The real key is to do this in a neutral way: “I’m noticing that both of you seem to really want to sit on the bean bag chair. Sometimes it can be hard to both want the same thing.”

Examine the Hidden Beliefs

When children exhibit behaviors, they have unspoken beliefs behind that behavior. To better understand our children and these beliefs, can start to reflect on any hidden messages. Some questions to consider include: Do our children feel like they need to win, be first, have an item, etc. to be significant in the family? Are they trying to determine their place in the family? Do they feel wronged in some way and want to cause hurt back to others? Do they feel they are being treated unfairly? Are they trying to fight back to have a sense of justice? Is fighting a way to assert power in the situation?

We don’t need to have answers to the questions but rather recognize that our children might be operating based on some mistaken beliefs. It’s important to remember that what happens to us isn’t as important as the beliefs we have about what happens to us. Our children just want to belong and feel significant and might need some support in developing new beliefs to feel accepted and important.

Shift the Beliefs

One way to shift their thinking is to practice putting children in the same boat. When we take sides in an argument or conflict (for example, by reminding an older child to be kind to their younger sibling or assuming wrongdoing in some way), we reinforce competition or hard feelings between siblings. Instead, we can give our children a choice or hold both responsible. If something has been broken, both can be involved in making repairs or amends. If they are fighting in the car, we can pull over and explain that we’ll be happy to get going again when they have resolved their conflict or have decided to stop arguing. If tattling is a regular occurrence, we can empathize and wonder how they will solve the problem together. We can also make sure we aren’t setting up situations that cultivate jealousy or competition by forcing sharing or putting one child’s needs before another’s.

Provide Special Time

Another way to help our children feel belonging and significance is to schedule special time. Our children need our undivided attention, yet so often as parents, we are pulled in so many directions. One way to address this is to commit to having five to ten minutes of one-on-one time with each child. Let your children know that this is time that you will be with them 100% and that they get to choose what you both do together during that time. Even if it is that activity that you just can’t stand, remember it is only for a short duration! Use a timer and stay committed to having the time each day. This undivided attention helps children feel secure and connected. The result? They are more cooperative with us and each other.

New Skills

Ultimately helping our children navigate sibling dynamics involves teaching new skills. We can help our children learn how to express themselves kindly and firmly, perhaps even practicing how to share concerns during family meetings. We can involve our children in finding solutions through problem-solving strategies. We can emphasize the value of different perspectives and needs by appreciating each child’s unique qualities and building gratitude into our routines.

What we model and promote in our families helps set the stage for how our children navigate not only sibling relationships but their interactions in the world. If you’d like to learn more about how we cultivate respectful, cooperative relationships and help children learn how to resolve differences with respect and kindness, come visit our school!

The Impact of Grace and Courtesy

Mon, 04 Mar 2024 12:00:04 GMT

In Montessori, we emphasize two words on a pretty regular basis: grace and courtesy. But what does grace and courtesy really mean? How are they an essential part of Montessori classrooms? And what role do they play in supporting the development of social relationships?

What is Grace? What is Courtesy?

Let’s first isolate each word. Google’s Oxford Languages defines “grace" in two parts: 1. simple elegance or refinement of movement, and 2. courteous goodwill. Courtesy is defined simply as: the showing of politeness in one’s attitude and behaviour toward others. Stated another way, grace and courtesy comprise how we move through the space around us showing respect for ourselves and others.

Grace & Courtesy Lessons

In our toddler and primary classrooms, grace and courtesy are considered to be part of practical life learning and we devote significant time to grace and courtesy lessons. For example, the adults give explicit instruction on how to walk around someone’s work on the rug, how to wait your turn, how to offer help, how to tuck a chair under the table, or how to introduce oneself. These lessons are offered one-on-one or in small groups and we often use role playing as a technique for exploring the skills.

We are very careful about how we introduce grace and courtesy to children. If we see something that needs to be addressed, we try to avoid confronting the child in the moment and we never offer grace and courtesy lessons as a form of punishment or correction. We are careful about this because children are often embarrassed when corrected by adults on the spot. When this happens, they can feel disrespected and not safe, and thus much less likely to perform the act on their own accord.

In the Older Years

As children enter their elementary and adolescent years, our approach shifts slightly. Elementary-age children are more focused on their social interactions and are learning how to navigate the ups and downs of friendships. As such, much of the grace and courtesy work at this level provides children with tools for communicating directly and respectfully, sharing perspectives thoughtfully, and even being discreet about something potentially embarrassing. In addition, they are learning how to interact with the broader community as they arrange visits or interviews, conduct themselves according to the norms of different communities, and explore how to be a host or be a guest.

The Goal

The goal in Montessori education is that these acts of grace and courtesy aren’t rigid expectations, like insisting that children say please and thank you. Rather, they become part of how children want to be and interact. Dr. Montessori is quoted as saying: “…the essential thing is that [the child] should know how to perform these actions of courtesy when his little heart prompts him to do so, as part of a social life which develops naturally from moment to moment.”

Like all other exercises in Montessori prepared environments, we offer opportunities to regularly practice and repeat grace and courtesy skills. Because these experiences are part of the normal functioning of the day, they provide a respectful way for young people to learn expectations and for adults to provide scaffolding and assistance for social skills.

The Results

In time, as we offer these grace and courtesy opportunities and give children a safe place to practice, our young people eventually perform these skills independently.

When you visit our school, you’re likely to see two young children sitting together one patiently showing the other how to tie their shoes. Or perhaps if you observe in a classroom, a couple of students might ask if you would like them to serve you tea or water.

Our children bring a sad classmate a tissue or rush to assist when someone has a spill. They tuck their chairs under tables so others don’t trip over them. They carefully place a tray upon a table. They greet each other and adults in the hallways. They hold the door open when they see someone coming their way.

In the process, Montessori children move beyond the basic niceties and think deeply about their impact on those around them. We’d love to show you this in action! Schedule a tour to see the ways that grace and courtesy help children recognize themselves as caring individuals within a supportive community.

Materials Spotlight: The Geometry Cabinet

Mon, 26 Feb 2024 12:00:02 GMT

Nestled on a shelf in Montessori primary classrooms you’ll find a small wooden cabinet with six to seven slim drawers. It may not look like much from the outside. Even when you slide out one of the drawers, you’ll just see six wooden square divisions each with a wooden inset with a small knob in the center. As you continue to pull out the different drawers, you’ll discover that each wooden inset is a series of geometric shapes: circles that vary in diameter, rectangles with the same height but varying in width up to the square, different triangles, regular polygons, quadrilaterals, and curved figures.

This is the Geometry Cabinet, an important and well-used material in Montessori primary (and elementary) classrooms. With a multitude of uses, this material serves to help children not only enhance their visual and muscular memory, it also provides a foundation for advanced geometry work as well as preparing children’s hands for writing.

The Foundation for Geometry

First and foremost, the geometry cabinet introduces plane geometry. Often, you’ll see a demonstration tray on the top of the cabinet. This tray contains insets of the equilateral triangle, square, and circle. These three shapes form a foundation in geometry: the circle calculates angles, the triangle constructs, and the square measures area.

Another fun way to think about these three shapes is in terms of polygons. The equilateral triangle is the polygon with the least possible number of sides. The circle can be thought of as a polygon with infinite sides. The square represents the rest of the polygons. Of course, this is something Montessori children get to explore in their elementary years. In the primary classroom, we use this demonstration tray to introduce how to use the geometry cabinet trays and insets, as well as to provide children with the first impression of the three fundamental shapes in geometry.

A Tactile Experience

One of the first things we do with the geometry cabinet is demonstrate how to use the knob to pick up the shape with the non-dominant hand and then trace the whole perimeter of the shape with the index and middle fingertips of the dominant hand. We also show how to trace the outline of the aperture that the shape fits into. This careful, meditative action is designed to both give children a tactile impression of the shape and to help them develop the fine motor control necessary for writing.

Once children have this experience with a few shapes, they move on to tracing and matching the shapes from a whole drawer and then even mixing up the shapes from multiple drawers to trace and match into their aperture. When children get good at this process, we introduce taking away the visual sense by wearing a blindfold!

From Concrete Objects to Abstract Symbols

We also introduce sets of cards for each geometric shape. In the first set, the figure is filled in completely. In the second set, each figure has a one-centimeter wide outline. In the third set, each figure has a one-millimeter wide outline. Children select an inset shape and go through the stack of the first set of cards until they find the one that matches the shape. Then they place the inset exactly onto its matching card.

By placing the inset shapes onto the cards with thick to thin outlines, children are learning how an abstract symbol can represent a concrete object. This is preparation for reading! If children can recognize and distinguish between a trapezoid and a parallelogram, they will be more likely to be able to distinguish two other shapes like a cursive b and a cursive z. When children have a lot of experience recognizing shapes, they will be more able to recognize the shapes they encounter in letters because symbols are shapes defined by lines. Think about the progression of abstraction from a filled-in trapezoid, to the outline of trapezoid, to the letter A.

Rich Language

As children are working with these shapes, we also revisit the material to introduce vocabulary. Even the youngest children are learning the names of quadrilaterals (rectangle, square, rhombus, parallelogram, isosceles trapezoid, right-angled trapezoid), curved figures (circle, oval, ellipse, quatrefoil), triangles (equilateral triangle, right-angled isosceles triangle, acute-angled isosceles triangle, obtuse-angled isosceles triangle, right-angled scalene triangle, acute-angled scalene triangle, obtuse-angled scalene triangle), and polygons (pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, nonagon, decagon). Because young children absorb this language effortlessly, we offer them the exact names. Rather than just “triangle,” Montessori children learn how to differential triangles based on their angles and sides. They can just as easily name an acute-angled scalene triangle as they can an ellipse.

Memory Games

We also use the Geometry Cabinet to play a series of sensorial games that help children perfect their perceptions and make their mental classifications conscious.

In the first memory game, the geometry shapes and their apertures are mixed up between two locations in the room, far enough apart to allow more time for children to hold the memory of the shape as they move through various potential distractions to find the match. The second game is a little harder because the shapes are placed in scattered locations around the room. When children go to find a specific shape, they must retain the impression in their memory for a much longer time and not be distracted by the other images they are receiving. In this process, children are exercising their skills of memory and recognition.

The third memory game is one in which children try to find an object in the room that has the exact match of the shape. This experience allows children to move from working with the geometric qualities in their isolated form in the material to helping discover the qualities of the shapes in the world around them.

The final game is a group experience with one of the trays containing one type of shape that changes in dimension, such as the six circles with increasing diameter, or the six rectangles with increasing width. In this game, the children work together to show the sequence of gradation in the shape. In a more difficult version of this game, children take their piece and experience it (look at it, touch/feel it, etc.) and then put the shape behind their backs. They then try to lay out the pieces in the correct order of size without seeing each other’s shapes!

Multiple Benefits

While the main purpose of the Geometry Cabinet is to help children develop the visual discrimination of shapes (an important skill used in learning and especially reading), there are so many other benefits. The activity of tracing their fingers along the edges of the shapes and frames helps prepare children for using a pencil to make the shapes that form letters. Grasping the knobs helps them refine their pincer grasp. They learn important vocabulary and also increase their concentration and fine motor control.

A simple material with so many benefits, the Geometry Cabinet is a material worth coming to see. We invite you to visit to experience first-hand how children interact with this foundational geometry material. Schedule a tour today!

We Can Serve as Guides

Mon, 19 Feb 2024 12:00:04 GMT

As adults, we often step into particular kinds of roles with children. We can be parents, aunts, uncles. We can be coaches, mentors, teachers. Each role has a set of expectations, often with an unspoken rule that the adult knows best and that children will learn from us.

Yet the roles adults can play in children’s lives can be much more nuanced. We can facilitate, suggest, model, and observe. The world can teach and the adults can serve as guides in a process of learning and discovery.

Be Curious

In the Positive Discipline approach, adults guide growth and learning by asking “curiosity questions.” The key is not to rely on scripted questions but rather to be genuinely curious, perhaps asking questions like:

How do you feel about what happened?
What were you trying to accomplish?
What did you learn?
How do you think you might use what you learned?
What ideas do you have for solutions?

Avoiding the question “why?” is also important as it can sound accusatory and can lead to a child feeling defensive.

Sometimes a young person in our life is struggling, perhaps lashing out verbally or doing everything they can emotionally hurt others. If we can wonder what might be behind their behavior, we can shift our approach. We can also be curious about what we want or need in the interaction. For example, sometimes when a young person is struggling, we just want to know how we can help that person feel better. If that is the case, we can ask the question full-heartedly: “What can I do to help you have a better day?”

Shift to Support

When we shift our roles and think about how to learn more about what our children are feeling, thinking, and exploring, we become meaningful guides. Rather than dispensing information, we can help children make discoveries. This is an essential part of what Montessori teachers do each day in our learning communities.

For example, elementary-aged children often make amazing connections in their learning. An elementary student can be ecstatic due to a discovery about the periodic table, as recently happened with a young learner: “Look!” she exclaimed. “Gold has the symbol Au, because the Latin name for gold is aurum. Au for aurum!” Because this young person had discovered this connection on her own, the knowledge was so much more invigorating and inspiring than had an adult instructed her about etymology and periodic table symbols.

Honour the Process

In How Children Learn, John Holt describes children’s process of learning: “The child is curious. He wants to make sense of things, find out how things work, gain competence and control over himself and his environment, and do what he can see other people doing. He is open, perceptive, and experimental. He does not merely observe the world around him. He does not shut himself off from the strange, complicated world around him, but tastes it, touches it, hefts it, bends it, breaks it. To find out how reality works, he works on it. He is bold. He is not afraid of making mistakes. And he is patient. He can tolerate an extraordinary amount of uncertainty, confusion, ignorance, and suspense.”

Children naturally want to figure out the world and themselves. Thus, we can be thoughtful guides through this remarkable world of ours. We can entice. We can inspire. We can show possible paths.

In our Montessori classrooms, we recognize the incredible power in children’s process of experimenting, observing, making mistakes, and experiencing the world around them. Rather than serve as the experts dispensing knowledge, we act as guides.

Curious to see how the role of adults can shift? Schedule a tour to see how we support children in nuanced ways.

Our Montessori Bookshelf: Cultivating Emotional Intelligence this Valentine’s Day

Mon, 12 Feb 2024 12:00:03 GMT

Valentine’s Day is just around the corner and it’s a great time to highlight social-emotional skills. A great place to start is empathy. Showing care and compassion is critical in relationship-building and forming strong connections. The cornerstones of empathy are being able to understand and appreciate others’ perspectives and having a shared emotional response.

Books are a tremendous tool for helping our young people develop social-emotional skills. One analogy for why this is the case is how books can be mirrors, windows, and sliding glass doors. When we see our lives reflected in the pages of a book, the book is like a mirror of our experience. When we view lives and stories that are different from our own, books are like windows that allow us to see new vistas. When we feel transported into the story and feel empathy for the characters, books become sliding glass doors that allow us to step into new worlds of understanding.

To celebrate the social-emotional opportunities this Valentine’s Day offers us, we are sharing some of our favorite books that cultivate emotional intelligence. We hope you can share them with your children and explore how they are like windows, mirrors, or sliding glass doors!

Anh’s Anger

By Gail Silver, Illustrated by Christiane Krömer

Big emotional reactions can be hard to understand. This story helps illustrate how anger is just one part of us. If we can give that part the attention it needs, we can take care of the feeling rather than letting it control us. This story also shows the power of adults staying calm and controlled in the face of big feelings. Illustrated with handmade collages, the images create a textured representation of Anh’s experience. Note: Due to having the anger characterized as an external monster, this book is most appropriate for children aged five and up.

A Book of Feelings: Starring Sam, Kate, and Fuzzy Bean

By Amanda McCardie, Illustrated by Salvatore Rubbino

This story starts with two children, their dog, the love in their family, and the emotion of feeling happy. Then through the ups and downs of changes, arguments, loss, and more, we travel through a variety of emotions that emerge in children’s lives. Although the text and images are simple, the content moves into the complexity of what we can feel in our lives. The author shares some helpful questions to explore at the end of the book and an index identifies which pages highlight the different emotions: angry, cross, embarrassed, frightened, grumpy, happy, hurt, jealous, loved, loving, nervous, sad, shy, and upset. This is a book that can be revisited many times as children grapple with different feelings.

Because Brian Hugged His Mother

By David L. Rice, Illustrated by K. Dibble Thompson

With one act of kindness at the beginning of the day, Brian initiates a domino effect of good feelings and actions. Each act leads to different kinds of positivity which then leads to more kind actions! This is a great book to share to counteract when children get caught up in a cycle of negative feelings and actions. The best part is how all the goodness returns (like good karma!) to Brian at the end of the day. And because Brian goes to sleep feeling loved, he wakes up feeling great, which sets up the day to start with another lovely act of kindness!

Bravo Anjali!

By Sheetal Sheth, Illustrated by Lucia Soto

All too often girls are navigating how to balance doing something well with being liked. In this story, Anjali is shining in a traditionally male space, which brings taunts and disdain from her closest friend. Fortunately, an older girl reminds Anjali to never dim her light which helps Anjali stay true to her passion. In the process, she inspires a younger girl to see what is possible. This story is also an excellent one to share to help children understand what can be behind unkind behaviors and how it is possible to make amends after not-so-great choices.

A Friend Like You

By Frank Murphy and Charnaie Gordon, Illustrated by Kayla Harren

This celebration of friendships highlights the multifaceted nature of connecting with people and how we gain so much in the process. If you have young people in your life who are discovering what it means to make friends and, perhaps even more importantly, what it means to be a friend, this is a must-read. The vivid, diverse, and inspiring illustrations bring this book to life and also offer a vision of what is possible in this world!

Jabari Jumps

By Gaia Cornwall

With sweetness and simplicity, this book follows a young boy’s excitement and nervousness about jumping off a diving board. With support from his dad, Jabari works through some helpful tools for managing his feelings. The reassurance that it is okay to feel a little scared (plus ideas for how to help that feeling shift into something positive) is helpful for our little ones (and even for us as adults!).

Listening with my Heart: A Story of Kindness and Self-Compassion

By Gabi Garcia, Illustrated by Ying Hui Tan

So often children’s books focus on everything going right. Yet how we handle ourselves, including our self-talk, in the face of disappointments and mistakes is important for emotional regulation. This is a story of Esperanza’s day: from her excitement about her part in the play, to her awareness of spreading love and kindness, to her heartbreak when she feels like she’s ruined the play, to her realization that we also need to be loving and kind to ourselves. This story can be read again and again, during good days and days that stink. The resources at the end of the book are also incredibly valuable for helping our children develop self-compassion and positive self-talk.

The Many Colors of Harpreet Singh

By Supriya Kelkar, Illustrated by Alea Marley

Change is hard for children. When Harpreet Singh’s family moves, he has to leave the place he knows. As a result, the colors he uses to express himself fade into a white, colorless, shy need to not be seen. However, one small connection to a classmate changes everything for Harpreet. This story is an excellent reminder of the power of friendship and the importance of small acts of connection. The author’s note at the end also provides a window into why Harpreet’s patka (a specific style of turban for young boys) represents important values of equality.

My Cold Plum Lemon Pie Bluesy Mood

By Tameka Fryer Brown, Illustrated by Shane W. Evans

Navigating the ups and downs of family life can bring up all sorts of feelings. The shifting colours of one boy’s mood come to life in the jazzy prose of this book: from a gloomy gray when brothers get pushy, to gentle green from a little sister’s smile, to racing red to get home before dark. Despite the challenges, everything comes full circle as the family comes together. A bonus to this book is that the author is a Montessori mom!

Ruby Finds a Worry

By Tom Percival

This is a helpful picture book for young children who are struggling with any kind of worry or anxiety. The concept of a “worry” is materialized as a little fuzzy blob that grows over time and becomes ever-present for Ruby as she goes about her days. And the more Ruby worries about her worry, the larger it grows. Finally, Ruby encounters a boy sitting alone with his own worry. As Ruby and the boy express and share their worries, they realize that their worries shrink to the point of non-existence! Note: Due to having the “worry” externalized in a fantasy-based way, this book is best for children aged five and up.

Sometimes I Feel Like a Mouse: A Book About Feelings

By Jeanne Modest, Illustrated by Robin Spowart

Simple and straightforward, this picture book demonstrates feelings through similes. The text is large and clear with the emotion words highlighted in colours that coordinate with the feelings. This is a great introductory book for our younger children and helps set the stage for identifying and naming how we feel at different times.

When Sophie Gets Angry–Really, Really Angry…

By Molly Bang

This Caldecott Honor Book is a must-have. Molly Bang uses colour and image to show the shift into surprise, hurt, and then intense anger at the unfairness of an interaction with a sibling. A volcano ready to explode, Sophie slams the door and runs straight into nature. It is here that cool colours begin to ease and soothe. She finds a place of calm that allows her to reenter her home with love.

We hope these books offer you and your children new ways to explore the many aspects of our emotional lives. You can click here to download a printable booklist . We also invite you to schedule a tour to see how social-emotional learning is woven into the fabric of Montessori classrooms.

The Capstone Years

Mon, 05 Feb 2024 12:00:00 GMT

There are key times in children’s lives when they can consolidate emerging parts of themselves before moving into a new area of growth and change. Two significant times of change for young people are around age six and then again around age twelve, the kindergarten and 6th-grade years. Both biology and Montessori theory offer insight into why these are significant times in children’s lives.

Montessori’s Planes of Development

Dr. Maria Montessori believed that children’s work is to construct the adults they will become. This is really important work! Adults can support children’s own self-construction, but not actually do it for children. Children are able to accomplish self-construction through their own activity and interactions with the environment.

Dr. Montessori’s observations of this self-construction led her to develop a theory of four planes of development. When looking at children’s development from a scientist’s point of view, Dr. Montessori found that development did not occur steadily but rather occurred in phases or planes. Dr. Montessori considered that the change in children, as they moved from one plane to another, was so profound that it resembled a rebirth.

Each plane or phase of development lasts for approximately six years: infancy (0 to 6), childhood (6 to 12), adolescence (12 to 18), and adulthood (18 to 24). The turning point around age six is when children are moving from infancy into childhood, and similarly, around age twelve they move from childhood into adolescence.

Biological Changes

Biologically, considerable hormonal changes are happening during these two transition times in children’s lives. While our society generally recognizes the biological shifts that happen as young people move into adolescence, we are less well-versed about what happens in our six-year-olds.

It doesn’t take much, though, to realize change is afoot! Think about what we see in terms of dramatic physical changes around age six: their teeth start to fall out, their hair gets coarser, they lose that baby-soft skin, and they start to become leaner and lanky. Similarly, our twelve-year-olds are on the brink of adolescence, another period of dramatic physical growth and change.

However, there can be a gap between these physical signs of maturity and the cognitive and emotional development happening for our six-year-olds and twelve-year-olds. Often children at these ages are moved too quickly into an environment that both doesn’t meet their needs and doesn’t honour the internal growth that still needs to occur. When this happens, they lose the environmental stability that allows them to develop a deeper sense of self-confidence and to truly consolidate the intellectual and emotional skills they have been developing over the previous years.

Capstone Years

In Montessori, we recognize the importance of these transitional years and intentionally design our learning communities to support young people during this time. The six-year-olds and twelve-year-olds are the oldest in their classroom learning communities. They know the routines and expectations, they have secure relationships, and they get to help others who are newer to the classroom communities.

Because they aren’t trying to assimilate into a new environment, our six- and twelve-year-olds can serve as leaders for their mixed-age classrooms. They can focus on challenging work and big personal achievements. By being with their younger classmates, they can see where they have grown and how they got to where they are now.

These are the capstone years, the final piece to complete the critical building-up that has been happening during the previous formative years. The level of mastery allows our young six-year-old and twelve-year-old leaders to integrate their social, emotional, and intellectual selves.

During these capstone years, children gain a sense of self-confidence and self-satisfaction from their ability to successfully navigate the bigger projects that were beyond their capabilities in the earlier years. Plus, they do so in a community of adults and peers who have shared in their learning experience over several years.

By having the opportunity to integrate their learning in a safe, stable, and secure environment, our young learners can do their important work of self-construction. We invite you to visit our classrooms , so you can see for yourself the significance of these capstone years.

Trust the Process: Montessori as an Intentional Approach

Mon, 29 Jan 2024 11:00:08 GMT

In Montessori, we focus on supporting children’s intellectual, emotional, social, and academic growth. A scientist first and foremost, Dr. Maria Montessori was interested in creating optimal learning environments so that young humans could reach their potential with as few adult-created obstacles as possible.

Thus, in Montessori, we think differently about the role of the adult and even how learning materials are used. One of the adults’ roles, for example, is to put children in touch with activities so that children can learn through doing. With this experiential approach, children can use their hands, engage through movement, and even make mistakes. The adults are not the dispenser of information or even the right answers. Rather, we help children learn how to learn, which includes understanding themselves as learners, figuring out how to use failure as a starting place for growth, and exploring the process as much as coming to an end product.

To achieve this, the Montessori method has a very intricate approach that relies on providing children with building blocks over the course of their educational journey. Montessori guides engage in an individualized, long-term process of introducing children to a series of skills and information, all to help children experience ah-ha moments. We know that when children discover something for themselves, they own that information deeply. Sometimes we’ve seen children feel like they are the first discoverers of a new piece of knowledge, a linguistic tool, or a mathematical trick.

For example, when children are learning the process of compound multiplication, we move them through a series of activities that connect their prior knowledge of place value, patterning they have experienced for years through different Montessori materials, and a colour-coded system for quantities. As they work through steps that show how compound multiplication works, children often realize that they can take shortcuts rather than putting out and exchanging various coloured bead bars on a material called the chequerboard. Once they start taking these “shortcuts” they are demonstrating that they have internalized the steps for multiplying multi-digit numbers. Sometimes in this process, children feel like they are discovering a fabulous secret or have invented a new mathematical method. However, we know that they are taking the necessary steps to abstractly compute the answer in a compound multiplication problem.

One of the gifts of a Montessori education is that children have the opportunity to discover so much in their own way and in their own time. Rather than rote learning or memorization, children are given the chance to make connections. Through multiple learning experiences, these connections become interconnections that create complex neural pathways that often show up later in life. There is a reason why a Wall Street Journal piece coined the term “Montessori Mafia” to refer to a number of former Montessori students who have gone on to become what could be called tech titans and engaged innovators!

If this process of discovery isn’t happening for some reason, Montessori guides are trained (and the materials are designed) to provide scaffolding so that children can still build upon prior knowledge and make progress toward excellence. Even so, sometimes extra support is needed and when this is the case, collaboration is key. Montessori works most effectively when there is a strong alignment between home and school. So, if a child needs some additional help or outside services, we work to coordinate with a tutor or support person so that everyone is working in alignment.

If you ever want to show your child a shortcut or introduce some outside-of-school practice, we request that you take a moment to check in with your child’s classroom teacher. It might just be that your child is on the brink of discovery. They could be at the culmination of years of carefully designed preparation. They might be just about to make an important connection or realize a significant insight. And when someone is on the edge of understanding, it is a tremendous gift to allow them to have their moment!

We thank you in advance for appreciating the intricacy of our approach and for connecting directly with us if you want to explore how to support your child(ren)’s learning. And of course, if you are interested in more about what happens when children can discover the process for themselves, we’d love to show you! Schedule a tour to see how Montessori students own their knowledge in powerful and profound ways.

In Support of Spoken Language

Mon, 22 Jan 2024 11:00:01 GMT

Our children’s early years are essential for developing strong language skills. So, in Montessori, we pay particular attention to how we support young children’s receptive and expressive language development.

The exercises we use to enhance children’s spoken language development don’t have a large physical presence on the classroom shelves because many are games or conversations. But the integration of these spoken language activities into a prominent part of children’s daily experience in our Montessori classrooms.

The Purpose

Young children are expanding their vocabulary at an astonishing rate: from recognition of about 50 words at age one, to about 1,000 words by age three, to at least 10,000 words by age five! We know that children absorb language effortlessly, so in Montessori we provide children with expansive vocabulary enrichment through a series of mindful oral language exercises.

We also recognize that the adult is the most important language material in the classroom, so we use precise language whenever we are communicating with children. We offer rich, full, and beautiful language because we know we are providing an essential foundation for children.

Our Favourite Activities

We keep oral language alive and lively through a variety of purposeful activities.

Classified Picture Books

We choose wordless picture books that focus on a theme that is familiar to children or that are classified around a sequence (e.g., Amanda’s day). In the classroom, we sit down with one child and take a “picture walk” through the book to help the child interpret the picture clues. The adult doesn’t tell what is happening and rather asks the child about what they see. This process not only helps children develop their expressive language skills but also sets the stage for future reading and story interpretation.

True Stories

When we tell true stories, we invite a group of three to five children to join us. Sometimes we use little cultural artifacts or objects as we share stories about everyday life, or we offer little snippets about geography, art, music, biology, and geometry. The key to these stories is that they are based in reality and are not fictional stories. In sharing these stories, we offer children interesting and rich language, as well as spark their interest and imagination!

The Question Game

For this activity, we gather a small group of children who have a common experience. Then we ask a series of questions about that event. Being mindful to solicit answers from a variety of children, we focus on asking questions that can form a sequence and illuminate details. We then summarize the story based upon the children’s responses.

Because children live in the moment and often don’t remember what happened yesterday, we try to do this activity on the day the common experience occurs. In addition to modeling how to tell a story and how to create complete sentences from one-word answers, we are also providing preparation for creative writing by taking an event and structuring it sequentially and highlighting details.

Conversation at a Picture

To engage children in this activity, we invite a small group to a piece of artwork on display and start a conversation about what the children observe in the picture. We focus on using “w” questions such as: What do you see? Where do you think they are? Why do you think…etc. We keep eliciting conversation by asking more questions: Do you see anything else in this area? Do you notice anything else about this scene? When the conversation begins to fade, we summarize the observations in a small narrative or story.

Reading Literature

We work to read quality children’s literature every day! When we do so, we highlight the book’s title, the author, and the illustrator. Under the age of six, children live in the present and are trying to adapt to the world around them. Because they are still too young to distinguish between fantasy and reality, we make sure to choose books that are grounded in reality.

Reciting Poetry

When reciting poetry, we do so from memory. We recite poems over a series of days and, just like with singing, children learn the poems by themselves and love to recite them. Children also absorb phonetic skills from any onset rhyme. Popular nursery rhymes support children’s process of learning to read!

Objects in the Environment

This activity is actually a series of games that follow a “listen and do” type format. After gathering a group of children, we explain that will say something to do and when a child hears their name, they get to do that action. We start with simple, one-step commands: Touch a shelf. Stand by a window. Walk around a table. We then progress both in complexity in terms of the types and categories objects as well as by offering double commands: Find a friend and shake hands. Choose a book and place it on a table. Play a bell and hum a tune. While quite fun, these games also have the added bonus of helping children develop their auditory memory.

Classified Pictures

For this work, we have collections of pictures representing categories of objects (types of transportation, furnishings, appliances, playground equipment, etc.), as well as cards with illustrations of geographical, geometrical, biological, and scientific terms (parts of a flower, land and water forms, polygons, etc.). When doing this activity with a child, we first name the classification (“These are all fruits.”) to help establish mental order. Then we play a little game to teach the vocabulary for the items pictured on the cards.

The Sound Game

The sound game helps children become aware of the phonemes in our language. We collect ten known objects on a tray and play an I Spy type game that isolates the beginning sounds of the objects, then later the ending sounds, and eventually the sounds in the middle of the words. The whole purpose of this game is to help children become aware of the sounds that make up words.

Spoken language activities are the foundation for children’s receptive and expressive vocabularies. In addition to enhancing their vocabulary and providing an overarching structure for future work in writing and reading, engaging children in language games also helps increase their listening and comprehension skills. Above all, we take the time to listen to children’s own spontaneous efforts to express themselves, so that they gain confidence in speaking and feel that their thoughts have meaning.

Come see (and hear!) all this spoken language work when you schedule a visit . We love to share what we do!

Our Montessori Bookshelf: In Honour of MLK Day

Mon, 15 Jan 2024 11:00:01 GMT

Today is Martin Luther King Jr. Day, a federal holiday in the USA marking the birthday of Dr. King, a key spokesperson for nonviolent activism in the American Civil Rights movement. In Montessori, we also work to uphold the values of Dr. King. Both humanitarians, Dr. King and Dr. Montessori upheld a dream for humanity and believed reverently that peace could be realized.

In his Nobel Peace Prize acceptance speech in 1964, Dr. King asserts: “Nonviolence is the answer to the crucial political and moral questions of our time; the need for mankind to overcome oppression and violence without resorting to oppression and violence. Mankind must evolve for all human conflict a method which rejects revenge, aggression, and retaliation. The foundation of such a method is love.”

In Education and Peace, Dr. Montessori states: “An education capable of saving humanity is no small undertaking; it involves the spiritual development of man, the enhancement of his value as an individual, and the preparation of young people to understand the times in which they live.”

Both Dr. King and Dr. Montessori recognized the profound personal shift required to support a societal shift toward peace and equity. To support this work, we are diving in to the American Civil Rights movement and offering some of our favourite books that highlight the legacy and vision of Dr. King.

Child of the Civil Rights Movement

By Paula Young Shelton, Illustrated by Raul Colón

The author, daughter of civil rights leader Andrew Young, shares a simple yet profound view of what it was like to live through the household experience of organizing, marching, and forming community. From the child-like “ah ha” moment of realizing Jim Crow wasn’t a bird to overhearing dining room conversation among some of the great civil rights leaders, this story brings the movement home to children. The “More About the People in This Book” section at the end is a helpful reference, too!

I Have a Dream: Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

Forward by Coretta Scott King

This presentation of Dr. King’s inspired speech from August 28, 1963, is all the more stunning with an overlay of paintings by fifteen Coretta Scott King Award or Honoured artists. In addition to a short biography of Dr. King, the book also includes the African-American artists’ statements about their pieces. This is a perfect book to both read aloud and use to explore how art tells a story.

Let the Children March

By Monica Clark-Robinson, Illustrated by Frank Morrison

Told from the perspective of a young girl in Birmingham, Alabama in 1963, the poetic verse of this story begins with Dr. King's call to action. Inspired and determined, the girl and her brother realize the children can march even if their parents can’t. The book is filled with hope, as well as images that don’t shy away from the pain and horror of the police response to the march. Moving and powerful, this story is an essential one to share. The Afterword and Artist’s Statement at the end are also helpful for older readers, as well as the creative timeline of events that spans the endpapers.

Martin Rising: Requiem for a King

By Andrea Davis Pinkney, Paintings by Brian Pinkney

A powerful collection of what the author calls “docu-poems” accompanied by rich sensorial images provides a narrative of the days and events leading up to Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.’s death. Older children who have some knowledge of Dr. King’s life and legacy and who have perhaps begun exploring poetry will no doubt appreciate the artistry of Martin Rising. The author and artist's reflections at the end provide additional options to explore – performing the narratives aloud, searching for repeated visual symbols, and creating a play. This work of art is a must-have!

Martin’s Big Words: The Life of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

By Doreen Rappaport, Illustrated by Bryan Collier

Collage illustrations combined with actual quotes from Dr. King carry the reader (or listener) through the rhythms of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.’s life. From his early childhood days to his ministering to the long years of protest, this picture book flows powerfully through the arc of Dr. King’s “big words.” A perfect introduction to Dr. King for young children, the book’s simplicity makes the messages all the more resonant.

Memphis, Martin, and the Mountaintop: The Sanitation Strike of 1968

By Alice Faye Duncan, Illustrated by R. Gregory Christie

Nine-year-old Lorraine Jackson’s story of the Sanitation Strike in 1968 is both moving and informative. The book merges both the appeal of a picture book, the organization of a short chapter book, and the beauty of short poetic verse, and the level of detail is most suited for elementary ages. Dr. King’s profound influence is woven throughout the story, including the impact of his assassination and the reminder that “freedom is never free.”

My Brother Martin: A Sister Remembers Growing up with the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.

By Christine King Farris, Illustrated by Chris Soentpiet

Dr. King’s sister shares the story of their childhood, including the silly and the serious. Her firsthand account captures not only the joy of siblings growing up together, but also how formative experiences can set the stage for our future. This is a beautiful account to share with children of all ages and a powerful reminder of the potential each of us has to do something great in the world.

My Dream of Martin Luther King

By Faith Ringgold

Artist, Faith Ringgold, weaves together art and story as she recounts a dream she had of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. While not a precise historical sharing, the story does provide plenty of opportunities for conversation about the Civil Rights Movement. For reference, there is also a timeline of Dr. King’s life at the end of the book, as well as suggestions for activities to help children explore and reflect on what they've learned.

Pies from Nowhere: How Georgia Gilmore Sustained the Montgomery Bus Boycott

By Dee Romito, Illustrated by Laura Freeman

This true story is a perfect illustration of how one person leaning into their strengths can have a big behind-the-scenes impact. Georgia Gilmore, a cook, heard about Rosa Parks’ arrest and the Montgomery Bus Boycott. She heard Dr. King speak and she decided she could “help the best way she knew how.” She made food and lots of pies and used the money to secretly support the bus boycott. The story continues with challenge and progress (and even Dr. King’s encouragement!). There is even a bonus recipe at the end for Georgia Gilmore’s Homemade Pound Cake!

We hope these books inspire you and your children as they have inspired us. We especially love how many of the books illustrate how meaningful change happens when many people are working together. If you explore any of these books with your children, let us know what you think! We also invite you to schedule a tour to see how we work toward peace and equity.

“Our goal is to create a beloved community and this will require a qualitative

change in our souls as well as a quantitative change in our lives.”

–Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

Social Benefits: The Elementary Years

Mon, 08 Jan 2024 14:00:05 GMT

It is easy to focus on the academic benefits of Montessori education. In fact, an August 2023 meta-analysis of 32 studies highlights how students in Montessori programs, in comparison to students in traditional schools, show higher performance in language, math, general academic ability, and executive functioning. Clearly, the Montessori method has a powerful impact on student performance. Academic vigour, though, isn’t the only thing that matters in our children’s lives.

The social-emotional benefits of a Montessori education are also incredibly significant. This is especially apparent at the elementary level when children are figuring out who they are as social beings. The near-peer learning in mixed-age Montessori elementary programs helps our young people develop their collaboration strategies, problem-solving skills, and conflict-resolution techniques. Plus, Montessori environments support what our children are going through developmentally. We are working with human nature, rather than against the strong forces that drive our young people.

Collaboration

At the elementary age, it is all about the “we” because children of this age have a strong gregarious nature. They want to do things together and thus group work is an integral part of Montessori elementary classrooms. In the process of working together on projects, elementary students practice important communication skills and learn how to lift each other up in their group work. We want elementary children to know that collaboration will take us further than competition, so we help children learn how to spurn each other on in supportive ways.

As they develop these collaborative skills, each individual comes to recognize not only the power of the group, but also what it means to belong to a group in a meaningful way. As children experience themselves as part of a group, they are engaged in important social construction.

Practice Society

This social construction can be seen as the way that elementary-age children begin to practice what it means to create societal structures. In Montessori, we sometimes think about elementary communities as “practice societies”.

It is “practice” because children are engaging in something they haven’t already totally figured out, which means they aren’t going to be good at it at first! We recognize that children need to work at creating their “practice society” and there will be gradual improvement. This also means that there will be mistakes, including conflict and hurt feelings. In Montessori communities, we have the time and space to support children as they work through this process. We value the importance of this social development!

The word “society” comes from the Latin root for companion. Thus, being in society implies having friendly associations with others. We want elementary children to find joy in associating with each other. During the elementary years, children benefit from real jobs that contribute to their community and begin to appreciate how to make sure everyone gets their needs met collaboratively. So, we support children in this work of forming a society based on joint cooperative work in a positive, productive environment.

Hero Worship

Elementary children look up to power, strength, and beauty in whatever form that occurs. Because they look toward heroes, we use the elementary years to introduce a variety of different types of heroes (even non-human ones!).

In looking toward heroes, children are thinking about how to actualize their own potentials. They become very observant of others. They love to research and look into the histories and stories of their heroes. They begin to recognize individual strengths and apply those to their own practice society, community, and family. They even begin to invite each other to work based on their strengths. As a result, individual children begin to feel truly seen. Eventually, they even begin to recognize that the strength of the group is their own strength. Hero worship drives all kinds of prosocial development.

Part of hero worship also involves stepping into leadership roles in the community, which means both learning how to lead and learning how to follow. Rather than just acquiesce, Montessori students develop a joyful obedience. They find joy in belonging to the group and being part of something together.

Building & Solidifying Skills

In the process of working with peers of varying ages, children make connections with different types of people and realize that learning can happen from those who are both older and younger! Through connection and conversation, children practice their patience, listening skills, and communication strategies. As classmates engage collaboratively on both projects and classroom responsibilities, they learn how to work toward one goal, lean into each other’s strengths, prioritize tasks, and organize their time. Part of this happens because in mixed-age elementary classrooms, students don’t have the stress of comparing themselves to peers of the same age. They have space and time to develop their skills, collaborate based on interests, and practice what they have recently learned.

We see much of this social and emotional growth in how Montessori children interact with people both in school and out in the broader community. Because they have had the experience of adults as partners and allies, we see that Montessori graduates know how to seek help, ask questions, and generally converse with people of all ages.

But don’t just take our word for it! Come visit our school to see how our students are developing and practicing the social-emotional skills that lead to their success as thriving, whole people in the world. Schedule a tour today!

Why Intrinsic Motivation Matters

Mon, 01 Jan 2024 11:00:05 GMT

Think of a time when you did an activity because you wanted to do it–maybe weeding your garden, reading a book, taking a walk, or rearranging your bedroom. Your motivations arose entirely from within you. You likely felt pure joy or satisfaction in the very act of what you were doing. In these activities, you may have also felt a sense of meaning or purpose. Or maybe you felt like you were accomplishing something positive. This is the experience of intrinsic motivation. Stated another way, intrinsic motivation is when we engage in a behavior because it is personally rewarding rather than for an external reward or to avoid punishment.

Now contrast that experience with when you feel like have to do something. Let’s imagine the same activities, but the impetus for doing them was different: weeding because you were stressed about the neighborhood association expectations, reading an assigned book because you got roped into a book club, taking a walk to keep up with a workplace exercise challenge, or rearranging furniture to make your house more attractive to a potential buyer. When you are motivated by extrinsic factors, rather than those from within, the experience is different.

Why Intrinsic Motivation Matters

In Montessori, we work to help children develop their intrinsic motivation. But why do we care so much about intrinsic motivation?

There are three main elements of intrinsic motivation: being able to act independently, feeling that one’s efforts matter, and developing satisfaction from the experience of mastery. We want our children to have these three experiences as they move through learning and life. When we are intrinsically motivated, we think and act with a sense of our growth potential and how we can have a positive impact on the world.

In Montessori environments, rather than handing out punishments and rewards, we encourage children to find and connect to internal motivations. In doing so, children develop a sense of autonomy, purpose, and mastery, all skills that contribute to high emotional intelligence.

In addition, intrinsic motivation is connected to having a growth mindset. When children have a growth mindset, they understand that they can learn from mistakes and that their abilities can evolve and grow. This leads to a willingness to embrace challenges and to see failure as an opportunity to learn. Some describe this as having cognitive hardiness, which is when we are motivated to work hard, try again, and incorporate new learning when facing challenges.

Extrinsic Motivators are Everywhere

All too often, children have a barrage of extrinsic motivators in their lives: from the seemingly positive external incentives like verbal praise (“good job!”), sticker charts, and grades, to more negative methods like punishments, time outs, and verbal reprimands.

Alfie Kohn, author of Punished by Rewards: The Trouble with Gold Stars, Incentive Plans, A's, Praise, and Other Bribes , explains how incentives can seem to work in the short run, but that the strategy ultimately fails and can even cause lasting harm.

Research shows that extrinsic motivators work for the short term but that they don’t produce long-term change. For example, Mary Budd Rowe, from the University of Florida, found that students who were generously praised by their teachers responded to questions in an unsure voice, backed off from an idea as soon as an adult disagreed, were less likely to persevere with difficult tasks, and didn’t regularly share ideas with peers. Joan Grusec, from the University of Toronto, discovered that young children who received frequent praise for displays of generosity tended to be slightly less generous on an everyday basis than other children were.

Likely this backsliding happens because every time children hear “good sharing” or “good job” the actions they were doing become something that aren’t important in their own right. Rather their actions become a means to an end: getting praise. The actual value of the action becomes usurped by the adult response. In addition to creating praise junkies, we can actually rob children of the opportunity to have satisfaction and meaning because of what they have done. When we dole out external motivators, we encourage children to look to adults for approval or attention.

Lifelong Benefits

When children are intrinsically motivated, they want to do well because it’s the right thing to do or feels personally satisfying. As a result, they develop a sense of pride in their accomplishments. Furthermore, when facing bad days or setbacks, intrinsically motivated children can persevere. They are able to get back up when they feel knocked down. With this kind of cognitive hardiness, children are able to believe in themselves. They are confident in their abilities. These skills can last a lifetime and help our children find true success in the world.

Curious about what this looks like amongst a community of learners? Come visit the school and see how Montessori children use their intrinsic motivation in powerful ways!

Creating Family Rituals

Mon, 25 Dec 2023 11:00:02 GMT

During this time of togetherness, we have an opportunity to create family and holiday rituals with our children. In his book, Ritual: How Seemingly Senseless Acts Make Life Worth Living , anthropologist Dimitris Xygalatas explains how rituals provide balm for our anxieties, encourage our connections with each other, and help us find meaning in our lives.

Our children depend upon rituals, too. In fact, rituals provide our children with an awareness of family identity and positive experiences that help them cope with stress. When we have rituals in our lives, we can draw upon those connective times and rely upon an internal sense of having a web of support rather than feeling alone.

Rituals also help our children develop a growing sense of themselves as a member of a greater whole which promotes positive developmental outcomes. Plus, rituals can be great fun!

If you need some ideas for new rituals this holiday season, we thought we would share a few ideas.

Craft (or Re-Craft) Cards Together

Repurposing holiday cards is a fun way to go back through the greetings your family received and extend the spirit of the season. Children can cut out pictures from the cards, or even cut off the half without writing. These pieces can be pasted onto a blank piece of paper or card stock to create a collage or new card. The half-cards can also be used as post-cards with a brief note or thank you jotted on the undecorated site.

This low-cost activity not only offers children a way to creatively express themselves, but it also can provide practice with several fine motor skills. If your child is not yet writing, they can dictate their message. Older children can learn how to make a homemade envelope and even practice writing the mailing and return address.

Sing Together or Compose a Song

Music is a powerful way to cultivate togetherness and belonging. When we sing (and dance!) together we build trust and empathy, while also alleviating stress. The holidays offer so many opportunities for creating music. If you aren’t keen on traditional carols or songs of the season, another fun option is to gather different music-making tools, like different-sized bells or even glasses with different amounts of water in them. Experiment with gently shaking the bells or tapping glasses with a pen or similar item to create a little melody. If everyone likes the tune, play around with adding some words to describe a funny part of the day, tell a story of the holiday, or share about a favourite food!

Cook & Bake Together

Time in the kitchen is always a wonderful way to create some holiday memories. With extra time during days off, you can really revel in the experience of gathering ingredients, measuring, mixing, decorating, and even getting sudsy during the clean-up.

Young children might enjoy dipping pretzels or peppermint sticks in melted chocolate and then (before the chocolate hardens) twirling them in sprinkles. Or you have a favorite cookie recipe for the holidays. Your children can help make a batch and then package the cookies with a fancy bow to deliver to neighbors or to those working over the holiday (like firefighters, police officers, hospital staff, etc.).

Listen to or Share Stories Together

Storytelling captures our imaginations and transports us to other times and places. During the holiday season, we can create special moments when we come together and share stories, memories of past years or stories from our own childhoods. We can invite our children to share their stories, too! This kind of story time could be an opportunity to read treasured picture books aloud. Even older children will delight in the opportunity to revisit old favorites.

We can also create a scene like that of the days when families would gather to listen to a radio drama. Make it cozy and special with pillows, soft blankets, and special snacks. Bring the Alexa (or another device) to the center and listen to an audio story. Sites like Story Nory or Light Up Your Brain offer short pieces (roughly 5 to 10 minutes long) if you want to warm up to the story-listening experience!

Become a Tourist in Your Town

With all the holiday lights, it’s a wonderful time to have everyone get into pajamas, take a thermos or to-go cups of hot chocolate, and take a neighborhood tour with plenty of stops for sipping cocoa. For some added fun, you can rate favourite front-yard displays, create a scavenger hunt, or try to fill out homemade bingo cards . Playing some holiday music also helps set the mood.

Rituals are a significant part of our human experience and offer us ways to ground ourselves and form connections. As the holiday busyness subsides, let’s use these days together to connect with our children and create new family memories. Please also share your favourite rituals. We’d love to hear from you!

Babies to Toddlers: Communication for Connection

Mon, 18 Dec 2023 11:00:01 GMT

Our ability to communicate through language is a key part of what makes us human. Indeed, it is language that binds together communities and provides the communicative power for people to work together.

As these human connections and civilizations developed, language has played a significant role in how the human mind has developed. This powerful force begins to arise before birth and significantly impacts our developing children.

Prenatal through Birth

In utero, the baby’s auditory system begins working quite early. A 13- to 14-week-old fetus is already listening to sounds. Thus, talking to a baby while in utero is extremely important not only for providing the baby with familiar points of reference after birth but also for providing the unborn baby with the opportunity to develop their auditory skills.

After birth, the newborn is able to recognize the mother’s voice and shows an awareness of human voices over other sounds in the environment. Babies’ brains are designed to not only perceive speech sounds but also to discriminate and categorize many diverse phonemes (individual sounds of speech).

Two to Three Months

During the first two or three months, the baby’s cries are a form of early communication, and biological changes in the baby allow them to begin modulating their sounds. With some physical changes maturing by around three to four months of age, babies engage in lots of experimentation. They will begin cooing and gurgling, which then eventually develops into babbling. They can clearly produce vowels and do so in an almost joyful way!

Thus, as adults in the baby’s life, we should respond to these vocalizations with interest, to begin a back-and-forth dialogue that provides the baby with feedback and engages their interest in communicating more.

Five to Seven Months

Next, the baby will begin to produce consonants and later put together a string of syllables. Between five and seven months, babies begin to play around with sounds. Now they aren’t just expressing their physical and emotional state of being, and instead are experimenting with sequences of all sorts of sounds, including consonants. Between seven and eight months syllables emerge in their babbling and by the end of the first year they will create more variation that starts to mimic sentence format.

As the child discovers their ability to produce sounds, they experiment with various possibilities and joyfully exercise these abilities. They will also begin to notice how certain sounds (like mama) can cause delighted responses in adults.

This give-and-take in communication elucidates another aspect of language development. Not only is the child learning how to produce language through sounds, they are also learning that sounds, especially when put together in certain ways, have meaning. Babies begin to find patterns in the stream of spoken language. By the time babies are nine months old, they are able to do more than just notice sounds; they are able to hear sequences of sounds.

Nine to Twelve Months

From nine to twelve months, babies enter an exciting period of identifying more words in the language stream, wanting to communicate and share, remembering units of sound that form words, and beginning the early stages of actually pronouncing words. As a child enters this time of intentional communication, it is worth noting that their understanding of language is more progressed than their ability to produce language.

In this phase, a child will often use one word over and over, perhaps to communicate different things. This is a critical time. When we respond to a baby or toddler’s intention to communicate, we give a message that legitimizes these attempts to communicate, thereby empowering the child to keep trying. How we respond to an emerging communicator in fact determines how successfully the one-year-old will be able to communicate.

“Babies at nine months whose mothers followed the baby’s lead, who responded to what the baby was interested in, had larger comprehension vocabularies at thirteen months.”— How Babies Talk: The Magic and Mystery of Language in the First Three Years of Life

12 Months and Beyond

The period from 12 to 20 months (about 1 and a half years) is marked by remarkable growth in vocabulary. Although new words seem to accumulate slowly and with effort in the first part of this phase, there reaches a point at the end of this period of growth in which new words emerge daily and effortlessly. This is when children have an explosion in their awareness of and use of nouns, and is a valuable time for the young toddler to be introduced to a meaningful and rich vocabulary.

After a toddler learns about 50 words, there is a tipping point, and their vocabulary development takes flight. After about 20 months (about 1 and a half years), the child experiences an increase of hundreds of new nouns, prepositions, verbs, and adjectives, as well as the use of grammar and parts of speech. The almost two-year-old is learning new words at an astonishing pace: approximately nine new words a day, which is 63 new words per week.

Their use of phrases lengthens and becomes more complex as the child in this phase quickly acquires all the basic rules of syntax. The other remarkable aspect of this language development is that the child is able to understand that a leaf is a general term for a variety of types of leaves, whether maple leaves, willow leaves, oak leaves, etc. As toddlers add words to their vocabularies, they are actively sorting and categorizing the words.

This is when our little ones begin to describe not only their surroundings, but also their own emotions and responses to different stimuli. From eighteen to twenty-four months, the toddler uses simple sentences for self-expression. The turning point is when the child is able to refer to themself in the first person, rather than the third person.

With this increased sophistication, the older toddler begins to use language in a more practical and social way. Language is used to accomplish goals and the child becomes more aware of the pragmatic use of language.

This pattern of language development is predictable, although with some typical ranges in terms of the child’s exact age of mastery of each stage. With only a few slight differences based on particular languages, the general pattern of developing language fluency is the same.

Humans are hard-wired to communicate, and thus connect and collaborate. The interactions and support we provide to the child from before birth and through these sensitive first three years are instrumental. Visit our school to see the power and potential of providing a rich language environment!

Materials Spotlight: The Interdependencies Cards

Mon, 11 Dec 2023 11:00:03 GMT

In Montessori, we talk a lot about independence. Yet interdependence is another vital aspect of our humanity and a key part of Montessori learning communities.

All of us depend on the help of other people. We are social beings and we evolved to be interdependent with our fellow human beings. None of us exist in isolation.

Interdependence is woven into how our classrooms operate and at the early elementary level we also have a material that provides children with a window into how humans depend upon each other.

The Interdependencies Cards

To introduce this material, we start by gathering a small group of children and asking about a recent meal or their favourite foods. When someone mentions bread, or perhaps the adult offers that they ate toast that morning, we ask where the bread came from. Together the group follows the trail of origin of the food, exploring questions like: And where did the supermarket get the bread? Who baked the bread? From where did the baker get the flour? Finally, the trail leads back to the farmer.

As a group, we marvel at how many people it takes to bring bread to us. If the children are interested, we continue with other food or breakfast items, always arriving at the beginning when the farmer has planted the seeds.

At this point, we often go to the shelf and get the first set of Interdependencies cards.

Where do we get our food from?

These cards provide a physical representation of the group’s discussion of the origin of our food. Because someone bought their bread at the supermarket, we place the “shopkeeper” card. We continue explaining how the shopkeeper bought the bread from the baker, placing the “baker” card to the left of the shopkeeper card. We continue the process until the array is complete: the farmer - the miller - the baker - the shopkeeper.

We comment on how many people are involved in the process before asking another question: How does the miller get wheat from the farmer?

The children discuss and we explore how the farmer needs some way to get the wheat to the miller. Perhaps a truck is used, or maybe a train, but some form of transport is needed. We then place the cards to represent that transportation and repeat for other producers.

Then we suggest thinking about the baker a little more. We explore if the baker needs help and can discuss adding a dough maker, oven tender, and packager around the baker card.

If the baker needs help, then likely the miller, farmer, and even the transporters need help, too! All these people work together to bring us our bread. What would it be like if we had to do it all for ourselves?

These interdependency exercises bring awareness to children in a developmentally appropriate way. Though the materials are quite simple, the children feel great satisfaction from using their reasoning minds to make the chain of production and human work apparent. The cards also help the children order the sequences we discuss.

Production & Exchange

At another time we use other sets of cards to explore what farmers produce, who depends upon the farmer, and who the farmer needs. When children have worked with these different sets of cards and explored the interconnections, we can use the cards to introduce how goods are exchanged among people and how the medium of exchange today is money.

We introduce this concept by thinking about how people generally can’t just trade what they produce. The baker, for example, won’t want shoes every day that the shoemaker needs bread! Thus, people invented money, which is exchanged instead. So, when the shoemaker needs bread, she gives the baker some money, and receives some bread in return!

We continue in this manner, discussing various exchanges and visually representing the connections by drawing coloured lines between the different producers to show how there is a complicated network of goods flowing from person to person and of money flowing in exchange.

Additional Services

Once children appreciate this initial introduction to economic exchange, we explore how each of the people on the cards also needs services like police, roads, water supply, garbage collection, libraries, and health services.

We talk about how people got together and decided to 'chip in' to pay for these services. Then in the center of the array of cards, we place a card showing a red bowl. We draw a green line to the bowl card and talk about how each person pays some money to a central collection agency. This money is called 'taxes', and the government uses tax money to provide services.

Young elementary students are often fascinated by this work and like to lay out the cards to show different models. Even older elementary students have ah-ha moments as they begin to understand economic concepts and the idea of what taxes represent. Sometimes children even want to make a set of interdependencies cards of their own for some product they choose. At other times children extend the work by organizing Going Out trips to a bakery or a farm.

Although the material we use to highlight interdependencies is relatively simple and seemingly unsophisticated, it is quite important. Plus, elementary children find the work intriguing and love the message the material conveys.

Curious to learn more or see this kind of work in action? Schedule a tour to visit our school. We love to share what we do!

Family-School Partnership

Mon, 04 Dec 2023 11:00:01 GMT

Our children really thrive when home and school environments work cooperatively, communicate well, and share similar educational values and expectations. When families devote sincere effort to learning about Montessori principles and how to reinforce these at home, there are positive effects. We want to partner with you in support of your child!

What does a home-school partnership look like in action?

In order to reinforce and extend your child’s experience at school, we recommend exploring how to support your child’s independence and problem-solving, staying up to date with school-home communication, and learning about positive-based discipline.

Supporting Independence

To support independence, it’s important to remember that even the youngest child can engage in real-life activities around the house. They can help set the table, fold the laundry, feed any pets, and tidy a room. Older children can contribute to home life by participating in household chores such as loading and emptying the dishwasher, putting away groceries, gathering trash/recycling, preparing simple meals, and more elaborate pet care.

In this process, we want to provide children practice with self-care skills. This can range from putting on their own shoes, to picking out their clothes for the next day, to planning and packing their lunches. Providing children with these opportunities builds independence, confidence, and life skills. Even with very young children, the Montessori approach is “help me to do it myself.”

We also want to give our children the opportunity to overcome challenges. They might struggle to get their shoes on at first. Rather than swoop and just quickly do it for them, we can break down the steps and offer some simple verbal guidance: open the velcro first, pull here, open the straps, slide your toes into the shoe, push down, etc. With older children, this scaffolding may take the form of brainstorming how to communicate with friends about a social misunderstanding, or offering to draft an email together to the teacher to share what has been upsetting your child. When we provide support for problem-solving rather than “fixing” a problem, we help our children build self-esteem, their sense of purpose, and the determination to master life skills.

Communication is Key

Although staying up to date with communication seems like a simple step to staying in partnership, lives get so busy! To prioritize our children’s educational experience, we can take some simple steps to make sure we are in alignment and not working at cross purposes.

At the core, we want to maintain respectful, direct, and active communication with each other. This can be as simple as communicating with your child’s guide(s) in a timely manner about significant changes or events in your child’s life. Life outside of school has an impact on your child’s classroom experience, and communicating with your child’s guides will allow them to better support your child during times of transition or challenge.

Although conferences offer a lovely opportunity to collaborate, please remember that you don’t have to wait until regularly scheduled conferences! Please share observations and concerns about your child or their classroom experience directly with the child’s lead guide. Doing so allows the adults at school to be more responsive to your child’s needs in a timely manner. We want to know your thoughts and feelings sooner than later!

Another good step is to familiarize yourself with the parent handbook each year. It’s easy to think it only requires one read, but it’s worth revisiting the parent handbook annually to review school policies and remember important procedures and expectations. Similarly, reading communications from the school and classroom is an effective way to stay current about any updates or changes and to build a trusting partnership with your child’s classroom guides.

We want to hear and understand your perspective. We also want to share how we work to uphold the mission and vision of the school and Montessori pedagogy in a way that balances individual needs with community needs. Communication is key!

Practice Positivity

We work hard to model respect and positivity. To support this, we ask that you also model respect for your child. This can take the form of practicing positive discipline (read more about this on the Positive Discipline website).

Practicing positivity can also mean assuming the best intent. For example, if misunderstanding or conflicts arise, either at home or at school, as adults we can demonstrate respect. We can work toward resolution with graciousness and model being open to hearing another’s perspective. Children are watching and listening. If we speak of community members in positive terms, even if there is a concern or disagreement, our children will learn how to approach potentially tense situations with thought and care.

Thank you for being willing to understand and support the school’s policies, stay in communication, support independence, and serve as a role model for all children. We appreciate it when families are willing to learn about and trust the Montessori model of education. This awareness helps us work together to collaboratively support children’s development most effectively. Children thrive when they experience their home and school environments as being in sync!

One of the best ways to learn more about the Montessori experience is to observe. Schedule a tour ! We would love to connect!

Our Gifts to Children

Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:00:00 GMT

The brain of a young child works differently than the brain of an adult. Sensorial experiences shape children’s brains, forming neurological webs that last throughout their life.

The fact that our interactions with young people help shape their future selves opens up an incredible opportunity. Each experience can be a gift. Often the simplest moments can carry the most meaning.

During the rush of this season, we have the opportunity to slow down and really be present with the young children in our lives. By being open to the wonder and delight our children experience, we gain new perspective while also giving the best gift of all: our total attention.

This may mean taking a deep breath and momentarily turning off the chatter of the to-do list, squatting down to a child’s eye level, smiling, and just listening or seeing what they want to share. A helpful holiday mantra can be: Talk less. Listen more.

In addition to giving our full attention, whether for 20 seconds or 20 minutes, we can also offer to teach a young person a new skill. The key to these teaching moments is to focus on each distinct step so the skill is simple and attainable. Even very young children can be involved with tasks like setting the table, wrapping gifts, and tending to simple household maintenance. They appreciate being involved with routine activities and they want to contribute in a meaningful way.

Dr. Jane Healy, author of numerous books, including Your Child’s Growing Mind, reminds us that children need the opportunity to repeatedly practice activities that seem second nature to adults: “Self-help skills and household jobs are very important for the child to master–help your child, but encourage him to do it himself even if the job isn’t done exactly your way!”

When encouraging or supporting a child in trying a new skill or participating in a new task, be sure to take the child’s perspective into account. Showing how to do something is often the most effective and verbalized instructions can be kept to a minimum. In fact, it is best to not talk while showing something and to not show something while talking! This allows the child to focus on absorbing one kind of sensory input, thus keeping the information clear in their mind.

These kinds of ordered and clear experiences are key to a child’s development. “Impressions do not merely enter his mind; they form it,” explained Dr. Maria Montessori a physician turned educator who spent intensive time observing children, making scientific notes, and thus coming to an enlightened understanding of childhood development.

Dr. Montessori observed how children respond positively to organization, both in terms of expected routines and physical space. Current research, such as that comparing the HOME inventory (Home Observation for Measurement of the Environment) to longitudinal information collected in the Bayley Mental Development Inventory, shows that organized environments lead to higher intelligence scores.*

We all know that the holiday season throws our routines and even our physical settings a bit askew. With this in mind, children benefit greatly from adults in their lives maintaining a calm sense of order during this busy time.

In order to create a calm, ordered environment, we ourselves need to have balance and clarity in our own lives! Staying present in the moment, breathing deeply, and ultimately taking care of our own needs allows us to offer our best selves to the children around us.

What we offer to our children, in terms of our presence, special activities, or toys, can provide opportunities to aid their development. During this time of gift-giving, for example, we can provide objects that have an intelligent purpose and help children contribute in a meaningful way to the order around them. Child-sized, yet real, items are particularly valuable: cooking tools, building tools, yard tools, and even mops and brooms.

Children don’t stay young for long, and the early years are extremely formative. In her book, Understanding the Human Being: The Importance of the First Three Years of Life , Silvana Quattrocchi Montanaro explains the significance of a young child’s experiences: “Everything that comes from the environment is received, processed and stored in the brain cells with no effort using a form of unconscious absorption. This intense mental activity is always going on, even in prenatal life, and it characterizes ‘the absorbent mind’.”

For those interested in learning more about optimal environments for these “absorbent minds,” schedule a visit to our school. We can share more about setting up home environments that best support child development and show how our learning environments are specifically designed for neurological growth.

Knowing that the young children around us are absorbing everything about their surroundings, this season let’s give them our attention, meaningful ways to contribute to daily tasks, and a calm, ordered environment. As a result, we’re helping some remarkable young people as they develop into capable, caring young adults.

*For more information on this research, check out the book, Montessori: The Science Behind the Genius by Angeline Stoll Lillard.

The Stereognostic Sense

Mon, 20 Nov 2023 11:00:02 GMT

In Montessori toddler and primary classrooms, we offer specially designed materials to help young children refine their senses. In addition to the five senses—tactile (touch), visual (seeing), auditory (hearing), olfactory (smell), and gustatory (taste)—we also support children’s stereognostic sense.

What is the stereognostic sense?

The word stereognostic comes from the Greek words “stereo” which means “around” and “gnosis” which means “to know.” Having a stereognostic sense means being able to identify the shape and form of a three-dimensional object, and therefore its identity, through tactile manipulation without any visual or auditory input.

“They are very proud of seeing without eyes, holding out their hands and crying, ‘Here are my eyes!’ ‘I can see with my hands!’”
– Dr. Maria Montessori, The Montessori Method

Children develop a mental picture of an object through the use of touch and movement. This tactile and muscular experience allows them to recognize an object by feeling and palpating without seeing or hearing the object. Everything we touch helps form a memory.

Young children are absorbing everything, so the more experiences they have with objects and parts of their environment, the more accurate their perceptions will be. Thus, the combination of language (naming objects), the tactile experience, and muscular memory provides children with a more complete and precise understanding of the world.

Mystery (or Stereognostic) Bags

In our toddler and primary classrooms, we have special “mystery bags” or “stereognostic bags” to support the development of children’s stereognostic sense. These drawstring bags contain objects children have already encountered in their environment. We make sure children know the names of the objects, too.

The first bag we introduce has a set of four to six objects that belong to a classified group, such as kitchen utensils, art supplies, bathroom items, etc. These are real items that children have used in their lives.

The next bag has four to six general objects that are not grouped in any category (e.g. a comb, rock, sponge, funnel, cloth, etc.).

The third bag has three to four pairs of objects that are very different from each other.

The Experience

When we introduce each of these bags, we first show how to carry the bag and invite the child to take the bag to a table. We then carefully demonstrate how to open and close the bag and give the child a turn to try opening and closing. Next, we peek inside the bag and remove one item at a time, naming each object as we remove it from the bag and place it on the table. We also give the child a turn to feel each item. When all the objects are removed from the bag and lined up on the table, we name one and invite the child to place it in the bag. We repeat this until all the objects are back in the bag.

Then the fun begins! We explain that we are going to reach into the bag to find an item. Putting both hands into the bag (and without looking in the bag) we feel around and grasp an object. With some enthusiasm, we say the item’s name before we remove the item. Then we take the item out of the bag and show it to the child. Often the child watching takes great delight in the fact that we were able to name the object before seeing it. We repeat with the other items and then invite the child to try. When using the bag with the paired objects, the only difference is that we select one item, name it, remove it from the bag, and then try to feel for the matching item.

We regularly rotate the items in the bags so children have lots of opportunities to feel for what is in these “mystery bags”. Children find the experience to be absolutely delightful!

The best part is that when children try to recognize an object through touch alone, their brain receives the sensorial input and then forms a three-dimensional image that provides a more complete understanding and precise perception of the object.

“When the hand and arm are moved about an object, an impression of movement is added to that touch. Such an impression is attributed to a special, sixth sense, which is called a muscular sense, and which permits many impressions to be stored in a ‘muscular memory,’ which recalls movements that have been made.”
– Dr. Maria Montessori, The Discovery of the Child

The stereognostic bags are just one example of the many carefully designed materials we introduce in Montessori classrooms. We always love to have you come visit to see or experience these sensorial delights firsthand. Schedule a tour today!

Collaborative Problem Solving

Mon, 13 Nov 2023 11:00:00 GMT

So often, when we get really upset with our children, the first thing we want to do is solve the problem. Tell them what needs to happen. Take control. Sometimes even become a bit dictatorial!

In those times of frustration or anger, our rational thinking tends to take a back seat to our emotions. We forget what might be happening in our children's internal (and sometimes external) lives. We rush ahead instead of taking the time to help guide our children.

Yet our children look to us for assistance and support. When our children are struggling, they need us to show compassion, patience, and empathy.

Changing Our Perspective

Dr. Ross Greene, a clinical psychologist and author of Raising Human Beings, among other publications, makes an impassioned plea on his website, Lives in the Balance , asking adults to recast how we think about challenging behavior. When children are behaving in challenging ways, Dr. Greene explains, it is "because they're lacking the skills not to be challenging. If they had the skills, they wouldn't be challenging.”

Dr. Greene also emphasizes two vital themes to better support our children. "Kids do well if they can," he states, and, "Doing well is always preferable to not doing well.”

If we wholeheartedly embrace the fact that our children want to do well if they can, we can take what Dr. Greene calls a “dramatic departure from the view of challenging kids as attention-seeking, manipulative, coercive, limit-testing, and poorly motivated. It’s a completely different set of lenses, supported by research in the neurosciences over the past 30 to 40 years, and it has dramatic implications for how caregivers go about helping such kids.”

How can we help?

It's worth noting that all children at some point demonstrate challenging behaviours. So how do we, as adults and caregivers, help children with these challenges?

The first step is to think about what difficulty a child is facing. The challenging behaviour arises because of a difficulty. Listing specific difficulties helps us shift our thinking away from the behaviors that can cause us frustration.

Next, at a time when the behaviour isn’t happening, we can find a time to connect and make sure it's a good time to talk. At that point, we can state what we've observed: "I've noticed it's been difficult for you to finish breakfast before we need to leave for school.”

The Empathy Step

Then (and this is key) we ask, “What’s up?” or “What’s going on?”

This statement of a non-judgmental observation, and then an invitation to share, initiates what Dr. Greene calls the Empathy Step. The Empathy Step is an information-gathering process in which we really try to understand the child's perspective and experience. We listen without reacting and ask questions or reflect back answers in order to peel back the layers of what is really going on for the child in those moments of challenge.

During this time of reflective listening and questioning, it's essential that our child is heard, really heard. All too often, we try to jump in too quickly with advice or solutions, without giving enough time and space for our young person to share valuable perspectives and insights. Just this process of listening can be incredibly healing. If a child isn't used to us really listening, or we aren't used to asking questions rather than offering solutions, check out this cheat sheet for how to get to the heart of the matter.

Assuming our child has been able to share what's really going on in those moments of challenge, we summarize what is distressing to them and share our own concern. For example, "I understand, and my concern is that I feel stressed and anxious when we are rushing to get out the door in the morning." We then invite our child to work together with us to find a solution that can meet everyone's needs.

Being Heard and Validated

When using this process with children, it’s often the case that we sometimes don’t even get to the last steps of stating a concern and initiating a collaborative problem-solving process. Sometimes it makes sense to listen to what our child has to share about what is going on and then let that really settle. Sometimes just the process of being heard is significant enough for shifts to occur for our child, as being heard helps them feel validated.

In those moments of frustration or upset, let's try to slow ourselves down and remember that the child in front of us wants to do well. Our job can be to listen and empathize. And in doing so, we can support that young person in solving problems, learning new skills, and becoming a more whole human being.

Please schedule a tour to come visit our school and see how collaborative problem-solving works with children. We’ve found that it can also be helpful in our interactions with adults, too!

The Parent Teacher Meeting

Mon, 06 Nov 2023 11:00:00 GMT

November is here. We’re half way through the first term, classrooms are settled, and in addition to teaching, teachers have had some time to observe their classroom environments and individual students. This makes it the perfect time to invite parents in for one-on-one conversations. Parent Teacher Meetings are an opportunity to connect and foster continued partnership with your child’s teacher around your child’s learning and social/emotional development.

In this meeting, you can expect to hear about your child’s academic progress and behavioral development since September. Your teacher will likely also touch upon any noteworthy social interactions in addition to your child’s strengths and challenges within the classroom. It wouldn’t be uncommon to expect some questions about bedtime routines, screen time and device use.

This is also a great time to share your observations with your child’s teacher. Sharing your insights, as the people who know your child best in the world, evolves our understanding of your child and informs how we guide them.

How does your child feel about school? Are there any family stressors or other challenges that may be impacting your child academically or socially? Have you noticed any behavioral changes? What do you see as your child’s strengths and challenges? Do they have any special interests? What are your goals for your child this year and how are you supporting them with those at home? Some parents may have specific academic goals while others may place value on reinforcing prosocial traits like compassion or self-regulation. At this point in the year, your child’s teachers can put strategies in place to support your family’s priorities.

That’s A LOT to think about and cover in 20 minutes, so here are some tips to prepare for and facilitate a smooth Parent Teacher Meeting this November:

1 Attend!

Attending school events - especially those with direct conversation about your child with your child’s teacher - demonstrates to your child that you are engaged and place value in their learning and their life at school.

2 Bring your list of questions and insights.

We’ve compiled a list of suggested questions . This list is by no means exhaustive, and you will want to begin with your highest priorities in case you run out of time.

3 Talk to your child.

No one knows what’s happening in the classroom better than your child. Ask them if they have any questions or concerns for their teacher and discuss them in your meeting.

4 Ask to see samples of work or materials your child is currently working with.

It’s been a long time since your primary school days! Look at examples of your child’s work and the materials they are currently engaging with, to better understand what your child is working on and working towards.

5 Schedule a follow-up meeting.

It’s respectful of your teacher’s time (and the parents following you) to stick to your designated 20 minutes, however that may not feel like enough time. Schedule a follow-up meeting with your teacher to get to the questions you weren’t able to get to or to check-in on any concerns raised.

The biggest impact of a parent-teacher meeting is its power to bring both parents and teachers together to ensure your child's steady progress —socially, academically, emotionally— to foster lifelong learning, success, and happiness.

Halloween, Montessori-Style

Mon, 30 Oct 2023 11:00:02 GMT

Whether we are excited about the delights of Halloween or reluctant to face the excess of sweets, the holiday is upon us! In Montessori, we try to approach holidays as an opportunity to learn more about culture, which includes understanding the history as well as related traditions. As with other aspects of culture, we also think about how to give and show respect in a way that is developmentally appropriate. Above all, we keep in mind what makes sense for each child.

Teach the History

How did Halloween begin? This is an excellent time to explore the origin of Halloween with your child. Young children appreciate a very simple explanation that is linked to the rhythm of the year. For example: “Around this time, when the nights are getting longer and darker, different cultures have different ways of marking this shift from summer into winter. In our culture, one way people have celebrated the change of seasons is by dressing up and visiting neighbours.”

With older children, it’s fun to do a little research together into Halloween’s ancient Celtic origins. Telling a little teaser story can spark some interest in learning more. For example: “Did you know that Halloween began over 2,000 years ago? It wasn’t called Halloween then, though. Its name was Samhain (pronounced ‘sow-in’), which means ‘summer’s end.’ Back then winter was a dangerous time, so people got together to face some of the superstitions and fears, and also to play games and eat together before winter began. Let’s see what else we can discover about this celebration and traditions over time!”

If you are interested in learning more with your children, here are some helpful links for collaborative research:

The Origins of Halloween Traditions

This History of Halloween for Kids

Halloween History for Kids: Six Facts They Should Know

Practice Grace & Courtesy

It’s not often that we march up to multiple houses and demand treats! As such, we want to be thoughtful about how we introduce the practice of trick-or-treating to our children, uphold our family values, and model showing manners while having fun.

Young children will likely benefit from some demonstration before they jump into the experience. Role-playing with a family member, friend, or neighbour can set children up for success before they are in the awkward situation of standing before a stranger uncertain about what to do (or not do).

With older children (and their friends if they are trick-or-treating as a group), it’s also helpful to collaboratively review expectations such as walking on people’s sidewalks rather than marching through yards, only approaching houses with porch lights on, the protocol for knocking and/or ringing the doorbell, how to politely respond or engage when someone comes to the door, and what to say as you leave (e.g. “thank you” or “Happy Halloween!”). In addition, Halloween is an excellent time to review road safety around crossing the street and checking for cars.

Remember Developmental Appropriateness

Our young children are still distinguishing between what is real and what isn’t. As such, Halloween can be an exciting and yet sometimes disorienting time. Our language can help. Just like with toddlers when we say, “This is a picture of a giraffe” rather than “This is a giraffe” when we present a language card with a giraffe image, during Halloween festivities, we can be specific about how we talk about people in costumes or even decorations. For example, we might say, “Oh look, there is a person dressed up in a witch costume!” rather than “There is a witch!” Or we might offer some explanation if our children are hesitant, “Those bat and spider figurines hanging on the porch look so real, but when I look more closely I see how they are made of plastic. Can you see that, too?”

If fears do arise, acknowledge your child’s feelings, let them know it’s okay to feel scared, and make sure they feel heard and supported. The last thing we want to do is minimize our children’s fears. Sometimes this means making some modifications to the Halloween plans. Ultimately, we want to make sure the festivities are fun for our children. This might mean considering other options, like decorating pumpkins versus dressing up like zombies. Low-key or autumn-themed activities might be best if children are feeling anxious or fearful.

However your family chooses to celebrate the season, remember we have an opportunity to model respect and thoughtfulness, as well as the importance of having some fun! Let us know what you love to do this time of year. We would love to hear about your family’s favorite autumn and Halloween traditions!

Materials Spotlight: The Colour Tablets

Mon, 23 Oct 2023 11:00:00 GMT

Young children are constantly absorbing information about the world around them! Some of it is very concrete, while some is abstract.

Colour as an Abstraction

Think about the colour red. Red as a quality does not exist in nature. Red can be represented in physical things, but you can’t bring “red” to another person. We can find a red apple, a red street sign, a red flower, but we can’t find just red. Red is an abstraction.

In Montessori environments, we are mindful of how we introduce young children to these kinds of abstractions. We try to represent the intangible quality in a physical form and to isolate it so that children can really focus on the quality and the language connected to that attribute. Every variable is held constant except for the one characteristic to experience and explore. We do this to give children the clearest, most precise images we can.

These materials that we use to introduce the abstract concept of colour are called the colour tablets because each colour is represented on a tablet. The tablet with red looks exactly like every other tablet in our colour box, except for its colour. Each tablet has the same size, weight, and shape. The only variation is the colour. This materialized abstraction allows us to put “red” in the child’s hands to experience and explore. The Montessori colour tablets are organized into three boxes.

First Colour Tablet Box

The first colour tablet box is composed of three pairs of colour tablets: red, blue, and yellow. These primary colours represent the extremes of colour. With this first box we awaken children’s sensory awareness by introducing how to pair the matching colour tablets. There are two of each variable and children find the mates. Cognitively it is easier for children to notice sameness than difference.

In this first stage, we also demonstrate how to handle the material and how to experience the sense. If a child can’t distinguish the extremes of the set, we get important information about their sensorial perception. Sometimes the child isn’t successful at this first stage because they aren’t yet comprehending the concept of sameness. Thus we must be very careful to let children know how we are pairing the items by finding the matching the tablet that looks exactly like the one we have selected first. This isn’t just random pairing, but rather is based upon a specific perception. Often children don’t spend too long with this first box of colour tablets, although some young children will be drawn to the simple beauty of the three primary colours.

Second Colour Tablet Box

With colour box two, the focus is still on finding similarities, however, there are more variables. For example, colour box two has primary colours and secondary colours, as well as brown, grey, black, and white. This adds more variables for children to search through to find the match and thus requires them to use a finer level of discrimination. When we add more variables, the differences between them become smaller and not as extreme. This challenges children’s exactness and precision.

Third Colour Tablet Box

The third box of colour tablets is divided into seven or eight compartments each with a gradation of one colour from dark to light. Children begin using this box when they have been successful pairing with more variables because grading by shade requires a higher level of discriminating difference. Children’s attention has to be focused on a slight unit of difference. Is the blue just lighter than the last shade of blue? This is cognitively much harder!

Just these three steps are not enough to ensure the maximum amount of depth of experience with the materials. Thus, we extend work with the colour boxes by offering language and memory games.

Language Extensions

After children have some experience with the material and we observe that they are successful in consistently pairing two colours together, we offer children language to accompany the abstraction. Language fixes the sensorial quality in their minds and aids memory and recall. We don’t want to give language to images that are not clear, because that confuses children. When children are successful pairing colours, we offer the names of the colours. Then when children are successful in grading the shades of a colour, we offer the comparative terms (darker than, lighter than) and superlative expressions (darkest red, lightest red).

Memory Games

Memory games help children discover sensorial qualities in the world around them. In the first memory game, children put one set of the paired colour tablets in one location and the second set in random order somewhere else in the room. The trick is to have the second location be just far enough away so as to allow enough time for children to retain a memory of the colour. To play the game, children place a “memory marker” next to one of the colour tablets lined up in the first location. They then hold that colour, such as “red”, in mind and walk to the second location. There they find the red tablet and bring it back to place it by its mate. Children then move the memory marker to another colour tablet and continue.

When children are successful with this, they can try a harder variation of this game in which they use a tray to place the second set of colour tablets in scattered locations around the room. When children go to find the matching colour tablet, they must retain the impression in their memory for a longer time and not be distracted by the other things they see as they walk around the room.

Children can also play a game of matching each colour tablet to a material in the classroom. For this game, children use the memory marker to indicate which colour tablet they are using. They then study the colour tablet, leave it on the rug or table, and then search the environment for an object that has the same exact shade of the colour. When they find the object, they bring it back and place it next to the selected colour tablet.

Keys to the World

If we think about the world of colour, we realize there are an infinite number of colours, shades, etc. We don’t give children every colour of the world. We give the keys: the primary colours, then the secondary colours, then black and white, and a few other colours. Every other colour is made from those keys!

The colour tablets are one of the more lovely and inviting materials we use in the Children’s House or primary classrooms. Come visit our school and see how young children internalize these kinds of abstract concepts and, in the process, develop a refined sensorial ability!

Our Montessori Bookshelf: Captivating Chemistry

Mon, 16 Oct 2023 11:00:01 GMT

In Montessori classrooms, elementary students are able to study every fascinating thing under the sun (and beyond!). Montessori children are exploring the world, not the inside of a textbook.

That being said, there is structure to the Montessori learning environments as we provide the room for young people to explore threads and interconnections as they consume everything they can about the universe. In this quest to understand the physical world (past and present), children find themselves in the realms of astronomy, physics, meteorology, geology, and chemistry.

We thought we’d share some of our favourite books that support children’s fascination with the chemical world. While most of these books are most appropriate for elementary ages and up, younger children might also enjoy a few of them.

Chemistry for Curious Kids: An Illustrated Introduction to Atoms, Elements, Chemical Reactions, and More!

By Lynn Huggins-Cooper, Illustrated by Alex Foster

This is a helpful reference book for children who are just starting their foray into chemistry, as well as those who are further along in their understanding. Although the book is organized into chapters–States of Matter, Chemical Building Blocks, The Chemistry of Life, the Periodic Table, In the Lab, and Chemicals All Around Us–it’s quite easy to flip to different pages and peruse what draws your interest. The pages are chock-full of beautiful, colorful illustrations that draw attention to key concepts and the easy-to-access texts makes even dense information understandable.

Every Day, Chemistry

By Julia Sooy, Illustrated by Bonnie Pang

This picture book takes us on a little journey through a child’s day and how chemistry is part of just about everything we do. Younger children will enjoy this book’s engaging illustrations, while also taking in foundational information that will inform their elementary years. Older children can benefit from the big picture context of how chemistry doesn’t just happen in a laboratory, and is rather an essential aspect of life. The last few pages of the book provide some easy to access explanations about the difference between chemical reactions and physical changes.

The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Elements: The Powers, Uses, and Histories of Every Atom in the Universe

By Lisa Congdon

After some introductory pages, this book dives into a visually appealing investigation into each element on the periodic table. The simple yet powerful illustrations accompany fascinating descriptions for hydrogen through fermium. Accentuated with little standout tidbits–like the element category, year discovered, who discovered by, and fun facts–the information is clear and easy-to-read and includes amazing historical details. Young researchers will love this book!

The Kitchen Pantry Scientist: Chemistry for Kids: Homemade Science Experiments and Activities Inspired by Awesome Chemists, Past and Present

By Liz Lee Heinecke

More than just a random collection of science experiments, this book offers a thoughtful expedition through time, highlighting 25 chemists from ancient history through today. Moving in historical order, each overview of a chemist is accompanied by a lush illustration and fascinating facts, as well as a step-by-step way to have a hands-on experience with the concept or their work. This book is a must have for kids who both love history and science!

The Usborne Illustrated Dictionary of Chemistry

By Jane Wertheim

This reference book is jam-packed with information and illustrations. For those who want to keep digging into the details, the bottom of each page references which pages to go to for more details about a term or concept. This higher-level reference book will definitely appeal to visual learners and provides excellent review or jumping off points for further research.

Women in Chemistry

By Mary Wissinger, Illustrated by Danielle Pioli

We want our children to ask questions about this world, and this book encourages just that! A girl’s question, “What is the world made of?” takes us along a path of inquiry that artfully weaves in women’s contributions to chemistry, foundational information about matter to ribosomes, and ultimately the power of curiosity. This book not only serves as an excellent introduction to chemistry, but also way to center female scientists!

You can click here to download a printable booklist . If you explore any of these books with your children, let us know what you think! We also invite you to schedule a tour to see how children at our school learn about advanced concepts in a way that appeals to their interests and curiosity.

The Power of Three

Mon, 09 Oct 2023 11:00:00 GMT

In Montessori, the number three shows up a lot! We have the three-hour work cycle, three-year age spans, the three-period lesson, and the three-stage learning cycle. While there is considerable spiritual significance to the number three throughout human history, in a Montessori context, the importance of these threes is grounded in scientific observation of human development, characteristics and needs during different stages of growth, and how our brains synthesize information.

If you are curious about the three-hour work cycle and three-year age spans, check out some of our past blog posts ( this one for example). This time we are going to focus on the learning process and how the three-period lesson and three-stage learning cycle meet young people’s needs for internalizing and synthesizing new information.

Three-Period Lesson

The three-period lesson model came from Édouard Séguin (1812-1880), a physician and educator known for his work with children with disabilities. Séguin used the three-period lesson to help children make an association between an object and its corresponding term.

The three-period lesson captivates young children and rouses interest. Dr. Maria Montessori began to use three-period lessons to help young children connect language to the perception of an idea, and ultimately create a permanent acquisition in their memory. There are three discrete stages to this approach.

The First Period: Naming

This first stage of the lesson is when we introduce vocabulary and help children make the connection between their experience and the language. In this first stage, we want to isolate both children’s impressions and the matching word.

At the infant and toddler level, we start with real objects or small replicas. With young children, we have about four objects in a basket. We pick up one object and name it. We then allow a child to have a turn feeling the object and having their own sensorial experience of the item. In the process, the child brings together the name and their sensorial experience. We continue this with each object, saying the name multiple times. For example, “This is the _____. You can feel the _____. You can place the ____ here.”

We also use a similar process for introducing vocabulary through language cards which have a picture of one isolated object on the card.

As children get a little older, we start introducing language for more abstract concepts. For example, if we are introducing tactile experiences, we offer children two different tablets that are identical except for one feature: one has rough sandpaper on it and the other has smooth paper. We feel the rough tablet and say: “It is rough.” Then the child feels the rough tablet. We repeat the same process for the smooth tablet.

The Second Period: Recognizing

This is the longest part of the lesson because we want children to have many experiences with the object or quality and its name. We rearrange the objects or cards and then ask children to place them in different locations or to point to a particular one. We might ask, “Which is rough?” Or say, “Place the _____ on my hand. Place the ______ here.”

We approach this second stage in a playful, game-like way although the goal is to cement the concept in children’s memory. If children make a mistake, we do not correct. Instead, we merely reinforce the correct vocabulary: “You handed me the picture of the cheetah.”

The Third Period: Remembering or Recall

We ask children aged three and older to recall the name that corresponds to the object by isolating the object or image and asking for its name: “What is this?" If children aren’t able to remember, we just try the three-period lesson again on another day.

We don’t use this third stage with children younger than age three because they might not yet be ready to produce the sound. Plus, this request for recall isn’t a great idea to use with children when they are in their oppositional stage (around age two)!

The Elementary Years

Elementary-aged children engage with new material in a similar, yet more sophisticated way. The learning process echoes the three-period lesson but isn’t exactly the same.

The first period involves a presentation by the adult, which can include the great stories, impressionistic charts, materials, experiments, and demonstrations. The focus is on introducing specific concepts, activating student interest, and providing a big-picture view before going into specific details. Rather than being vocabulary-based as with younger children, these lessons are intended to introduce elementary students to the wonder of the universe. In this first period, the adult gives only what is absolutely necessary for the lesson, so the students can move into their own exploration.

The second period is the longest part of the learning activity and is an exploratory phase of learning when students freely choose follow-up work. We want to see how far children can go with what they have learned, so the second period offers repetition with variation and encourages extension and elaboration of original concepts. Once they have done extensive work, students have reached the third period.

During the third period, the adults are discreetly and indirectly assessing children’s learning. Through conversation and observation, adults can see if the students can recognize the concept and perhaps apply it to a new or novel situation. Unlike with younger children, there is no expectation for students to perform or produce evidence of their learning. The onus is on the adult to observe and gather data that will help direct future lessons and even re-presentations.

In Adolescence

A similar learning cycle also exists in the Montessori adolescent community as a way to support learning, development, and self-creation for teens.

Similar to what happens in the elementary, this first stage is a lesson or experience offered by an adult. It is an invitation to work and contribute to community needs by addressing a specific, concrete issue. In the first stage, adults can also elicit student input by asking adolescents for options and choices about the work they want to do and how they want to do that work.

During the second stage, students engaged in freely chosen work that is activated by interest or a recognition of a need in the community. The adults are there for guidance as adolescents work with skills and ideas and begin to consolidate them. This stage can include research, experimentation, inquiry, data collection, discussions to enhance collective understanding, physical and practical work to accomplish a task, and consultation with experts. Throughout the second stage, the adults are looking for what draws students into the task, what keeps them working, and what drives contribution to produce, think, and question.

In the third stage, adolescents can offer what they learned by giving back to their community. Unlike in the elementary years when the adults are discretely observing for understanding, now there is an expectation that adolescents can produce a product at the end of their work. This sharing of knowledge and understanding is both a consolidation of concepts and skills, and a way to acknowledge that the work exists within the context of community. Products of the third stage can include a demonstration, publication, or implementation.

While these three stages take on slightly different forms from infancy through adolescence, the goal is the same: to effectively support young people as they integrate their learning. Come visit our school to see the power of three!

After Orange Shirt Day

Mon, 02 Oct 2023 11:00:02 GMT

Orange Shirt day is a meaningful day each year where we wear our orange shirts to honour the Indigenous experience of residential “schools” in Canada. For generations, Indigenous children were removed from their homes and families, placed in government institutions, and systematically and intentionally stripped of their cultural identity. We use this day to acknowledge the impact of colonialism on the Indigenous experience in the past and the present.

Now that Orange Shirt Day has passed, what else can we do to continue the process of Truth and Reconciliation throughout the rest of the year?

To help ourselves and our children become more aware, informed, and accountable, we can start by celebrating the present-day life and culture of Indigenous Peoples in Canada, supporting indigenous activism, and digging into the history of the people whose land we live on.

All too often our children have unconsciously absorbed harmful stereotypes about Indigenous Peoples, such as that they only existed in our country’s past. Therefore, we need to be very intentional about providing current, accurate, and respectful information on Indigenous culture throughout the year, not just on a single day.

Show Representation

Mainstream culture sometimes presents Indigenous peoples as fierce, war-like, and to be feared, or sometimes in a more romanticized, “pure” way. Children absorb these kinds of stereotypes through sports mascots, books, movies, and even place names. Non-native authors sometimes also unintentionally reinforce stereotypes or conflate different tribes’ cultures and histories.

Countering these messages takes conscious work.

An easy way to begin is by infusing our home and school libraries with books that celebrate contemporary Indigenous culture written by Indigenous peoples. One of the best sources we’ve found is the IBBY Sea to Sea list featuring 25 of the best indigenous picture books published in Canada between 2020-2022.

In addition to reading stories and sharing books with more accurate representation, we can also incorporate books, art, and music created by Indigenous folks. If you’d like some sources to help begin this journey, check out:

6 Indigenous Canadian Musicians to know

Embracing Contemporary Native American Art as Contemporary Art

Some of the best books (for adults) by Indigenous authors in Canada

Through their own words, music, performance, and advocacy, Indigenous artists share important insights into their hopes, fears, traditions, and stories. In the process of taking in more respectful representation, our young people can offer more acceptance and experience more genuine appreciation.

Focus on Your Community

We can also accompany our children on a journey of learning about the original people who lived on the land we now occupy. This investigation is most suitable for children as they enter their elementary years, as it means digging into some history. In this process, we can help our children appreciate how there are multitudes of Indigenous nations in what we now call “Canada” and that each has their own language, culture, history, and traditions. As we learn about the Indigenous Peoples of our place, we can then be more specific as we talk about native culture. For example, “This book is about the Ojibway people.”

An amazing interactive resource that can help children also appreciate geography through a cultural lens is the Native Land Digital map: https://native-land.ca/ . Because the map does not show political boundaries, children can visually discover some of the fluidity of native territories and languages. The site also provides links to local Indigenous nations for more information.

Celebrate Activism

As we learn more about contemporary Indigenous culture, it’s also important that we and our children are aware of contemporary Indigenous struggles and victories. We can start by introducing our kids to some of the young Indigenous activists in Canada. We can also find local events to attend or support that give back to the Indigenous community.

As we learn with our children, we can also explore ideas for making reparations. The Land You Live On: An Education Guide by Vancouver based Native Land recommends first honouring a nation by taking the time to learn how to pronounce a nation’s name correctly. Three options listed in The Land You Live On are:

Respectfully ask someone from the nation.
Check the nation’s website for a phonetic pronunciation on their “About” page, an audio recording of their name, or videos that include people saying the nation’s name.
Call the nation after hours and listen to their voicemail recording.

The Native Land Education Guide also encourages thoughtful reflection in order to make Land Acknowledgements more meaningful. Helpful questions provided include:

Why is this acknowledgment happening?
How does this acknowledgment relate to the event or work you are doing?
What is the history of this territory? What are the impacts of colonialism here?
What is your relationship to this territory?
How did you come to be here?
What intentions do you have to disrupt and dismantle colonialism beyond this territory acknowledgment?

Starting today, let’s commit to having a greater consciousness and disrupting false narratives throughout the year. In this process, we can help our young people feel more empowered to provide support and take action!

Culturally Responsive Practices: An Interview

Mon, 28 Aug 2023 11:00:06 GMT

To support our children most effectively, it seems like we, as parents and caregivers, need to make our own cultural lens visible. How do you recommend starting this process?

Making our cultural lens visible is actually the first step for everyone, no matter our background. One of my favourite authors in the education space is Zaretta Hammond who wrote Culturally Responsive Teaching and the Brain. She says that culture is the way the brain makes sense of the world. We all come from a cultural background. We all come from families who told us things about the world.

One of the things my mom did when I was a child was to always tell me that brown was her favorite colour. She would call it beautiful, warm brown. As an adult, I realized she was actually purposefully counteracting the messages I was getting from the rest of the world. So that is a piece of cultural messaging from my mom that I really, really appreciate and stand behind as an adult.

On the other hand, my mother would always say “put your knees together and sit like a lady.” As an adult, I can question what sitting has to do with gender and also what sort of expectations are we reinforcing. My thinking brain knows that, but every time I sit down and my knees are spread, my mother’s voice still comes into my head. Sometimes I listen to it and sometimes I don’t, but it is something that is so deeply ingrained in me.

Our cultural lens and cultural background are like that. They are all these tiny things engrained into us: how close we stand to someone, what voice to use in different settings, and how much time to leave until someone else is finished talking. Many of these are harmless or cause mini-misunderstandings. But others can be actively harmful depending upon what your family or society has told you about what makes people intelligent or the characteristics of people of different races and genders.

Some frameworks present this cultural awareness as an iceberg. There is the tip of the iceberg above the water, like the language we speak and the music we listen to. Then there is the part below the surface of the water, which is largely unconscious.

This is the unconscious basis upon which we make decisions. It is the work of a lifetime to uncover those many unconscious factors.

So when we realize those unconscious assumptions that are part of our own cultural lens and cultural background, it allows us to judge situations with more clarity and to allow for different perspectives. For teachers, families, and all humans in the world, we can’t necessarily do this work by ourselves. We can do a lot of reflection by ourselves, but we need a coach or outside view to help us see those unconscious aspects.

You have done a lot to support culturally responsive practices. What led you to this work?

Part of this is based on my identity characteristics. The other is that my journey in Montessori was a little different from what other folks have experienced.

I started as a Montessori child at a school in Metro Detroit that was about 80% Southeast Asian and South Asian, with a smattering of white kids, a smattering of black kids, and some Middle Eastern kids. It was very diverse and I was a minority, but in a different way than has been true for the rest of my life.

As an adult, I took Montessori primary training in France where we had a very international cohort of folks. Then I worked with a woman from Côte D’Ivoire to open a school in Senegal. It wasn’t until I came back and did my elementary training at the Washington Montessori Institute [in Maryland], and heard other people talking about their Montessori experiences, that I realized how different my experience had been.

As a black queer woman within the Montessori space who had a childhood Montessori background where I was both represented and not, it was always sort of immediately obvious to me that children need to feel socially and psychologically safe and see themselves represented in environments, in order to learn and grow.

Although Maria Montessori originally founded this pedagogy in a homogenous society in Italy in the 1900s, I believe that the philosophy itself is meant to be adapted to and reflect the identities of the children, families, and community in which it is seated. So I feel it is really important that we actually do that, which is adult work.

Will you share a little more about how this is adult work?

It is really fascinating that the education world is so focused on children and what children do. Are they doing enough? Are they learning enough? Are they doing the right things?

As Montessorians, we know the prepared environment and prepared adult are the foundation of children’s experience. If something isn’t going right, we first look to the environment and then we look to ourselves. We also need to take an additional step back and look at who we are and what we are bringing into the environment.

When we are talking about making sure classrooms are culturally responsive and reflect the experiences of the children who are in them, it is easy to talk about this as window dressing. Are your books diverse? Is your art diverse? Those things are important. Yet it’s really about having a strengths-based lens, examining our own biases, and understanding that in order for children to grow we need to be really individualized when understanding their strengths and building their abilities.

This is work that adults need to do on themselves. It isn’t about what the children do or how the children learn. It is about the adult figuring out where they are seeing clearly and where they aren’t, what knowledge they have and what knowledge they don’t have.

We need to be okay with being in that growing and learning space, which can be hard because it requires dismantling a lot of unconscious beliefs that everyone holds.

Do you have recommendations for how adults can start some of that work, for ourselves and with our schools?

For adults, this work starts with reaching out and doing research. We, as human beings, tend to be afraid of what we don’t understand. Researchers say that this is biologically programmed into us as a defense mechanism. So part of it is just figuring out what are the facts and learning what is true. There are a lot of organizations that lead folks in this work and help bring information into your environment that actually widens your perspective.

This answer is also different for folks who are and aren’t in the global majority. For folks of the global majority, especially in the United States, often perspectives that are outside of our own are just part of life all the time. It’s not something we can avoid. Whereas if you are white or have other majority identities, you need to actually take steps outside of the world where most of the folks around you share your identities. Find out about considerations that are super present for other folks but not for you.

To partner with schools, be an advocate, but also understand that everyone is on a different part of their journey, including schools. A lot of schools are trying to figure out how to best support all the children in their care, which goes beyond race and includes gender, sexual orientation, different types of families, ability status, and citizenship status. There is a lot of work that needs to be done.

While the onus shouldn’t be on the person or family experiencing discrimination or not getting an equal experience, it is also important to be an advocate for your child. I see a lot of families, especially families who are multilingual, or who are from under-resourced communities, be less vocal when things go wrong. So I would say advocate.

There are folks out there that provide support. There is a great resource from Learning for Justice called Speak Up at School . They have a whole packet with four strategies for how to respond when you see injustice. It also talks about the difference between calling folks in and calling folks out, and when you make a decision to do each.

The other thing I would recommend to families is to spend time with teachers and spend time in the classrooms. Also, know that Montessori is a hard way to teach. It is a lot easier to have all the children doing the same thing at the same time. Teaching in a methodology that focuses on individual work, builds up children’s intrinsic motivations, where every child in the classroom might be working on something different and at different levels and at all kinds of different places, and where we are trying to build children’s ability to interact with a minimal amount of adult support in like a microcosm of society – that is not small work! So Montessorians are often hesitant to include other adults in that practice.

That being said, I believe that Montessorians need to do a better job of explaining to families the why of what is going on and providing deep and thoughtful opportunities for families to engage with their children’s learning and with the co-creation of curriculum.

There are some parts of the Montessori curriculum in which families can have a huge contribution. One example in the primary classroom is practical life. The practical life curriculum is meant to reflect children’s activities in their own homes. So a way families can engage is to offer classroom experiences, like providing small group cooking or showing how to do different activities from home. For example, some cultures use upright mops while some use floor cloths. Sharing some of those activities with the classroom allows both your child’s identity to be reflected and other people’s eyes to be opened and perspectives broadened. So that is one clear opportunity where families can interact to co-create the curriculum.

In elementary, another place for collaboration is the history curriculum where children are learning about how people satisfy their fundamental needs. Families do this in different ways. This is a great opportunity for families to be interviewed, explain ways they do things at home, talk to children about what they celebrate and why, and share their traditions. This helps children learn about different customs.

When it comes to children and their identities and feeling comfortable, unfortunately, it often falls on families to get ahead of that in some environments. For example, family members might come in to read a book about adoption or work with the teacher to coach their child about talking about adoption. We can help children who have started gender transitions to lay the groundwork for that awareness or support children on the autism spectrum who at some point want to explain to friends how their brains work. Families can lean in to help educators grow and to make sure their children have a safe space in school.

Knowing there is work that needs to be done collectively, what resources would you share to help folks along their journey?

That depends on how you learn! For some, reading is the first step. There are book lists out there and some have little workbooks. One wonderful resource is Collectively Renewing Montessori: An Invitation .

For some, watching or listening is the first step. There are podcasts, Instagram reels, and YouTube videos to watch.

For some, conversations are the first step. What I would not do is go up to your nearest person of the global majority or non-binary person, and say, “Hey, can you tell me about your experience?” That is a little tiring for them.

Find places where folks are already having these conversations. There are free groups in many cities and online where folks get together for discussions and to do social justice work. Embedding yourself in those communities widens your lens. There are also actual classes and organizations, like Embracing Equity or Crossroads , that support folks in this work.

Those are first steps, yet this is work that takes a lifetime. There are a lot of facets to it. Talking the talk and walking the walk are different. This isn’t about learning and saying the right things. It is about developing our lens for analysis. We are all continually learning. Have the willingness to do your own work and examination. Continue to reach out with a lens of curiosity and inquiry.

Supporting Independent Sleep

Mon, 14 Aug 2023 11:00:00 GMT

In Montessori, we talk a lot about independence because we want to help children in their process of becoming capable young people! For our youngest children, this means supporting them in mastery of basic functions such as eating, toileting, and sleeping. Supporting independent skills in these three areas is pretty significant because these are parts of life where children ultimately have complete control over what does or doesn’t happen. So it makes sense for us to avoid setting up obstacles in these areas and instead help children develop skills that will build up their confidence.

Our Language Matters

The language we use is indicative of our goals. For example, when children are learning to use the toilet, we make sure our language reflects that process. We aren’t “training” children like we might train a pet. We are helping them learn life skills so they can be well-functioning humans who understand cultural norms. In fact, we even call what we do “toilet learning” because children are learning how to take care of their bodily needs by using the toilet.

Similarly, when thinking about children and their sleep, we are not “sleep training” like we might crate train a new puppy. Rather, we are supporting children’s natural process of learning how to settle themselves, self-soothe, and eventually fall asleep independently.

Importance of Sleep

With more and more research about the role sleep plays in brain development, growth, and learning, we have a responsibility to educate ourselves about how best to promote healthy sleep hygiene. A 2007 study states “that the most fundamental requirements for healthy growth and development in young children include a) loving support and protection by parents/caretakers, b) adequate nutrition, and c) adequate sleep.” A 2020 review of sleep and early brain development details how “sleep plays a critical role in learning and memory, emotional regulation, and related brain structure development.” Establishing healthy sleep practices in the early years is critical for our children’s development. So how can we best do this?

Focus on Four Factors

In order to help our children have trust in us and strengthen a secure attachment, we need to provide safe boundaries. This includes helping them learn what is acceptable and what isn’t in regard to sleep. Just like we hold boundaries for dental hygiene, we can uphold healthy sleep habits, too!

To promote healthy sleep hygiene, we can focus on four factors:

establishing an environment that is conducive to sleep,
maintaining regular routines,
providing suitable associations for the onset of sleep, and
upholding limits while making adjustments throughout childhood.

Sleep Environment

To create a place that is conducive to sleep, it can be helpful to think about our own sleep needs. Are we more likely to fall asleep in a bright, noisy, active environment, or in one that is dark, quiet, and calm? The same applies to our children. A comfortable sleep environment should be dark because sleep hormones are triggered by darkness. Plus, natural and blue-based artificial light stimulates alertness. Black-out blinds or curtains (as well as aluminum foil over the windows in a pinch) help immensely. The designated sleep space, whether a bedroom or other area, should also be calm, quiet, and free of distractions like toys or other interest-provoking items. Finally, it’s best if the room temperature is slightly cooler.

Regular Routines

Our children depend upon us to establish healthy and consistent routines, including times for rest. When children stay up past their nap or bedtime, they can enter into an overtired zone. At this point, they experience a stress response, which leads to the release of adrenaline and cortisol. This influx of chemicals causes a “second wind” and children can become even more energized and awake, despite their intense need for sleep.

To avoid this vicious cycle, it’s important to learn our children’s sleep window, which is the time it is easiest for the brain to switch to sleep. Children actually give us cues as to when they are in a window for sleep. They might begin to have some difficulty listening, lose focus, or become a little more irritable. Some children may rub their eyes, go for a comfort object, or seek contact with a caregiver.

Every child is a little different, but when they start to indicate they are in a sleep window, it is time to wrap up the routine. The process should be very simple, for example, pajamas, toileting, teeth, one story, a hug, and a kiss. It’s better for extensive reading and a long bath to happen before the sleep window because these activities can very easily push children past the window of opportunity and lead to them entering the overtired zone. A predictable, simple pre-sleep routine allows children to unwind and feel secure in knowing that sleep is happening next.

Sleep Onset Associations

When children fall asleep, they form associations with the conditions that are present at the time when they actually drift off. So if we rock our children, read to them, or even snuggle in their bed next to them until they fall asleep, our children learn that they need that condition to be present in order to fall asleep. This also means that as children awake slightly during normal sleep cycles, they look for the same conditions they had when they first fell asleep. If children can’t recreate those on their own, they become dependent upon adult intervention, which can then can lead to more frequent night wakings.

Thus we need our children to go to bed when they are drowsy but still awake, so they can develop appropriate sleep onset associations. We can sing a song, read a book, or rub their back. However, we need to end any of these activities before our children actually fall asleep. We need to leave them while they are heavy-eyed but not yet asleep! Transition objects can help children, too. Some might like a special blanket, doll, or stuffed animal, which they can use to self-soothe as they drift off to sleep.

Limits & Adjustments

Sleep patterns change throughout early childhood and beyond. So while children need us to be consistent, they also need us to understand developmental changes. It can help to use resources like the Sleep Foundation to check on recommended hours of sleep for different developmental stages.

As children get older, they also get more sophisticated in trying to prolong the bedtime routine or keep us engaged when actually we should be stepping out of the process to allow them to fall asleep on their own. Work collaboratively with your child to establish or re-establish the routine (and the limits). Write down the routine and revisit it before bedtime. Stay calm and consistent.

Children are hard-wired to test the boundaries and are just checking to make sure we are going to stay true to the agreement. If you feel like you are going to break down and not be able to uphold the agreement, find someone who can be your backup or reinforcement. If you are doing bedtime alone, find a friend who you can text or call and who will remind you about staying true to what was established.

Above all, make sure you are taking care of yourself! If you are sleep-deprived it is much harder to hold limits or think clearly about the long-term goal of helping children become independent and capable young humans. If you ever want to talk or need support, we are happy to help. We love to share resources and support families!

Participation in Practical Matters

Mon, 14 Aug 2023 11:00:00 GMT

In our daily lives, we do so much to take maintain our surroundings, as well as care for ourselves and others. As adults, we take these activities for granted. Young children, however, yearn to participate in practical matters.

Everything we do to care for the environment, ourselves, and others make up what can be called "practical life" activities. In a Montessori home or school environment, practical life activities help children learn about cultural norms, while also helping them develop internal motivation, intellect, and body coordination.

Purposes of Practical Life

With this in mind, we can really think about how practical life activities have two purposes: one is external and one is internal. The first purpose is to help children engage in something meaningful and real. For example, washing a table leads to a clean table. The second aim is to help children develop their internal worth and sense of competency.

Practical life activities help children become psychologically and physically independent. By the time 24-year-olds begin life on their own, they should be able to provide for themselves, be responsible for their actions, plan for their future, and perhaps even help support others. The little things we do early in children’s lives set them up for later success.

As children engage in purposeful work, they develop a sense of being an important part of the family or community. By beginning to help take care of their personal needs, they also develop a sense of accomplishment.

In a Montessori environment, children have a place where practical life activities are carefully prepared and presented to support emerging independence. The sink is at children’s height. The faucet is easy to turn on and off. The soap container holds just enough soap to wash hands. Children can perform activities that were perhaps previously done for them.

Practicing Self-Care

The practice of self-care can begin early in children’s lives by approaching tasks with an attitude of collaboration. Even if a baby can’t do an action, they can have a sense of participating. We can invite this participation by saying things like, “I’m going to put on your shirt. Let’s put your arm through the sleeve.” As we allow for more and more collaboration, children’s active participation gradually increases. Opportunities for collaboration can be as simple as offering something in front of a child rather than actually putting it into their hands.

Caring for Surroundings

In addition to self-care, a Montessori environment provides numerous ways for children to care for their surroundings. In order for children to be successful in this process of caring for their surroundings, we thoughtfully prepare the environment. Child-sized materials give children an opportunity to participate successfully. Their work must be real work, rather than activities to just keep them busy. Plus, the impact on the environment needs to be clear. If the plants need water, then children can water the plants. If the floor is wet, children can mop the floor. If a table is dirty, children can wash the table. Through real and meaningful activities, children develop a strong sense of belonging within a community.

Supporting Practical Life at Home

Parents often ask how to support their children’s practical life work at home. One easy and meaningful strategy is to create routines that help children care for their surroundings. They can clean up toys at the end of the day, set the table for dinner, or put dirty clothes in the laundry basket. The preparation for these kinds of activities isn’t elaborate and merely requires carefully selected items or furniture: a basket in the laundry room for dirty clothes, a special shelf for toys, or a low drawer in the kitchen prepared with items for setting the table.

When thinking about how to create practical life activities, consider the following:

Will the activity help develop independence and coordination of movement?
Can it be done independently?
What skills are needed?
Will this activity allow repetition?
Is it culturally appropriate and necessary?
Is it beautiful?
Is the material child-sized?
Is it logical?
Is it safe?

With these guiding questions in mind, we can create simple yet purposeful ways for our children to learn how to care for themselves, those around them, and their surroundings. In the process, children observe what is essential and then make the activities their own. Plus, as they internalize the procedure, children start to realize how capable they are! They put their whole focus into their work and experience great satisfaction in completing the activity. Meaningful engagement in practical life activities allows children to develop a strong sense of belonging and ultimately flourish into their fullest selves.

During these summer days, take a look at where your children might be able to contribute to the daily rhythms of the household, or even take more ownership of their own routines for self-care. Children will begin to imitate adult actions, which leads to them performing tasks in their own unique ways.

Keep in mind that this process is not completely linear, as some days children need more support than on other days. At this point, we can offer loving assistance while still upholding a sense of their involvement: “I see your clothes are still on the floor. Let’s pick them up together.” We all can use a little help sometimes!

From infants to adolescents, our young people are quite capable and benefit greatly from participating in practical life activities. If you would like some inspiration for how children are involved in caring for themselves, their surroundings, and others, please contact us !

Making Amends

Mon, 07 Aug 2023 11:00:01 GMT

Mistakes are a part of life. We all make them. Hopefully, we even learn from them!

Intellectually we probably understand that mistakes are part of our children’s process of learning and growing. Yet as parents and caregivers, it can be hard to know how to handle situations when our children don’t do the right thing.

Think about those times when your child is rude, breaks something, or hits a playmate. In those moments, we all too often want our children to immediately apologize. However, apologies can quickly become an easy and surface-level response. Plus, our children might not (yet) feel sorry for what they did.

Although apologies can be a good first step, they are just that…a first step. Really it is the process of making amends that is the most meaningful.

Making Amends

How do we support children who have made a mistake and aren't sure about how to make amends? Genuine apologies certainly aren't easy, but it's a lot easier to apologize for a mistake than it is to fix it. Diane Gossen's book, Restitution: Restructuring School Discipline , provides a framework for helping young people learn from their mistakes and hopefully make the right choices in the future.

The definition of restitution revolves around the restoration of something damaged, lost, or stolen, which basically means restoring what was affected to its original state. When we make mistakes, it can feel like squeezing too much toothpaste out of the tube. Getting the excess back in can feel impossible. Yet the process of cleaning up and restoring what we can is how we make things right again.

Recipe for Restitution

Gossen's recipe for restitution is designed to help the mistake-maker experience a healing process, which can be considered self-restoration. According to Gossen, the process of making things right again should include the following components:

The person(s) affected by the mistake will feel that the restitution is acceptable and appropriate.
The restitution will require effort.
By making amends, the mistake-maker will be discouraged (or at least not encouraged to repeat the mistake.

For the process to be really exceptional, three other characteristics may be involved:

The restitution will be logically connected to the mistake.
The process will connect to a deeper understanding of the big picture of how people treat each other.
The experience will actually strengthen the mistake-maker.

In supporting the process of making amends, we must be very careful to refrain from criticizing, inducing guilt, or expressing anger. Also, we must not feel like we are overextending ourselves. The person trying to fix the mistake must own the process.

Opportunities

If we are attentive to opportunities for our children to make things right, we can approach mistakes differently. For example, if your child has been rude to someone, take some time after the fact to hear what your child was feeling at that moment. Perhaps they were upset about something that happened prior. Or maybe they were just hungry. The key is to let your child know that you are genuinely curious about what they were feeling. In the process, you can acknowledge and affirm those feelings. Likely your child already feels remorse for how they behaved. The next step is to brainstorm ways to make amends for those actions. Often children want to start with an apology, so it’s worth exploring if they want to apologize with words or with actions. From the apology, you can start to dig into how to make things right. For example, think together about how the relationship can be repaired so that the other person feels secure and safe, rather than uncertain or hurt.

Perhaps your child, in a fit of frustration, ends up dropping a plate on the floor. When it shatters, the trick is to not react. Rather, let your child feel the intensity of the moment. Take some deep breaths. Offer to help and yet be clear that all the broken pieces need to be cleaned up so they don’t cut anyone’s feet. The process may be long and effortful. Yet your child’s care of the broken plate is part of the experience of making amends. Later, you can acknowledge how hard your child worked to fix the mistake.

A similar process applies if your child hits a playmate. Staying non-reactive is especially important in these moments, as we are modeling how to stay in control when emotions get heightened. Check-in with the hurt child to make sure they are okay. Then wonder about and acknowledge your child’s feelings. “You seemed really frustrated and then you hit. It can be hard when we have big feelings. It’s also not okay to hit.” There is no shaming or forced apology. Just a clear translation of what happened. When your child feels calm and grounded, you can offer some ways to make amends. “I wonder how we can show your friend some kindness.”

Younger children need our support in working through these steps. They often will need some modeling or suggestions for restoring the relationship or repairing the damage. As our children mature and internalize the restitution process, they will need less guidance and perhaps only a bit of gentle support.

If you are curious about how all of this works amongst a community of children, please schedule a tour of our school. We would love to share how we help children embrace mistakes as part of their learning!

Our Montessori Bookshelf: Wordless Picture Books Part 2

Mon, 31 Jul 2023 11:00:01 GMT

Because we love wordless picture books so much, we wanted to share a few more of our favourites. If you are exploring wordless picture books for the first time, or have been enjoying them for quite a while, we hope you enjoy this collection.

If you are looking for some new ways to “read” wordless picture books, we offer these tips:

When you first look at the book, think about the experience as a picture walk. Notice and discuss the illustrations and details, especially how they tell a story of what is happening.
The next time you explore the same book, take time to name what is happening on each page. This is a little bit like constructing the outline of the story.
The third time you “read” the book, narrate the story as if you were reading text.
After these experiences, invite your child to use their own words to tell the story of what they see.

These steps strengthen children’s ability to be storytellers. As they “read” wordless picture books, they build the skills for their own future story writing.

Just a quick reminder that the books we are sharing are grounded in the real world. There are some wonderful fantasy-based wordless picture books for older children, too. Our two-part collection is appropriate for any age!

A Ball for Daisy

By Chris Raschka

This award-winning book shows a bit of life from a dog’s perspective. The story begins with Daisy, the dog, and her big red, beloved ball. When Daisy goes on a walk and another dog plays with (and bursts) the ball, Daisy tries to still use it but to no avail. The kindness of children shines through and Daisy gets a new ball (as well as a new friend).

Float

By Daniel Miyares

A simple origami boat leads a young boy on a neighbourhood adventure. The story begins with a bit of rain and puddles of fun. But what happens when the boat drifts away and through the grate? The arc of the story, as well as the use of colour in this book, bring a resounding sense of a young child’s struggle, the support that allows for resilience, and the joy of possibility.

Found

By Jeff Newman and Larry Day

This lovely story of loss and connection begins with a girl gazing sadly out her window and a little dog in the rain. The simple line drawings, with just the right splash of colour, give us clues about the girl’s own lost dog as she brings this new pup into her care. We witness the two bonding only to discover that this dog is someone else’s lost pet. The story unfolds with the girl’s internal struggle (brilliantly illustrated), her decision to return the dog to its owner, and her discovery of another dog wanting to be found.

The Lion & The Mouse

By Jerry Pinkney

Based on Aesop’s fable of the same name, this richly illustrated book uses every space on the page to show the expansiveness of the African Serengeti and the power of relationship. The story begins when a mouse escapes an owl, only to find itself on the back of a lion. Given the gift of freedom, the mouse returns the favor when the lion gets caught in a trap. The illustrations are enhanced by the sounds in written form. The squeaks, growls, roars, and scratches remind us of the power of communication in all its forms!

Mirror

By Jeannie Baker

Inspired by her travels and the idea of seeing ourselves reflected in those who could be considered strangers, Baker has created two stories within one book: one set in southern Morocco and the other in her home of Sydney, Australia. Each story follows a family throughout their day, from waking up to meals to errands to time as a family. The lives of the boys in each story may look very different, yet Baker offers a delightful challenge to find what connects them.

That Neighbor Kid

By Daniel Miyares

When a new boy moves in next door, a young girl’s curiosity gets the best of her especially after he uses planks from the fence to create a ladder up a tree. When she goes to investigate, she discovers not only a new friend but also the power of collaboration. As they create a treehouse together, even the leaves of the tree come to life with colour and joy.

Click here for a downloadable PDF of this booklist! We hope you and your children enjoy these books as much as we do!

In Honour of Grandparents

Mon, 24 Jul 2023 11:00:02 GMT

Aleta Ledendecker was a Montessori teacher for nearly 40 years. She started her own Montessori school and taught early childhood through adolescents. Aleta was also a Montessori teacher trainer. She is now retired and has three grandchildren. Aleta kindly shared some thoughts about Montessori and grandparenting.

As a former Montessori teacher, how has Montessori shaped the way you grandparent?

A new world of love and support revealed itself to me with the birth of my grandchildren. Being a grandparent is so different from parenting. Parenting is hard, so of course, when my grandchildren were born, I had the desire to help out in any way that could ease the burden.

As a Montessorian, I also know the importance of those first years. We are the grandparents who give the developmentally appropriate “toys” and art materials. We read to the grandchildren when we are visiting. And I tell them stories about when I was a little girl. I knew how much my Montessori students enjoyed those stories from “long ago” and, with my grandchildren, they take on new meaning as a way to share a tangible piece of the past with the future.

I remember a parent from my classroom commenting that one of the things she appreciated was that I used a respectful and mature communication style with the children. This was something I have tried to continue as a grandparent. I use words that may be slightly beyond my grandchildren’s comprehension level so they can “grow” into the vocabulary through context clues.

What do you consider to be the role of a grandparent?

I see grandparenting from an alternative view. I often see grandparents using grandparenting as a chance to utterly spoil the children. I never really thought about grandparenting that way. I see being a grandparent as being an additional resource, an additional trusted adult, in the lives of my grandchildren. In that way, I want to support their passions and help them develop as best they can at every stage of their lives.

With all of this in mind, what does that look like when you are with your grandchildren? What do you do?

I think about what they enjoy, what their passions are, what they want to do, and what they want to become. I don’t always know what that is, but sometimes I get glimpses. So I like to be there to support their interests, whether that is learning to play the drums or how to invest. I want to be the kind of grandparent my grandkids feel comfortable saying, “Can you help me with this?”

With parents, this kind of help can be very direct. As a grandparent, how do you offer support, especially if you are grandparenting from a distance?

It’s really, really hard to grandparent from a distance. Sometimes I feel like I don’t know my grandchildren as well as I wish. But in my role as a grandparent, I try to listen as hard as I can to what it is they are saying and what it is they are not saying. I try to look at what it is their parents want from them. I think deeply about what their lives might be like in the future and what I can do to help them become the best people that they want to be.

When you are with your grandchildren, what do you prioritize?

One of the things I think is really important is that grandchildren see their grandparents as whole people, not just the veneer of being a grandparent. I like to show them that I have a life too, that there are interests and passions of mine. Because I think if they see that, they get a better sense of how to rely on me as a real person and not just a figure or role. They can see me as a real, whole personality. If they know what I like and what I’ve done in my life, it can give them an idea of how they can better use me as a resource. One of the things I really like to help do is share experiences with them. They get to know me and their grandfather as being people they can experience things with and not just get stuff from.

How do you see your role?

Grandparenting is an adjunct to parenting. As grandparents, we have parented the parent of your grandchildren! One time I said to my granddaughter, “My job is not to entertain you.” In saying that I really meant that I have a responsibility as an adult to help lay a foundation for my grandchildren to grow into wonderful people. I don’t want to just entertain or be the gift giver. I don’t want to play the role of spoiling the children so their parents have to be the ones who discipline. I don’t see that as my role. My role is to be responsible and to help my grandchildren to be responsible as well.

Is there anything else you would like to share?

I want to say to other grandparents, especially those who have grandchildren in Montessori, that this system of education may look very different from what they are familiar with. It may seem foreign. But it really is a wonderful experience for children and will help them grow into wonderful adults.

Thank you, Aleta!

Montessori at Home: Caring for Pets Montessori-Style

Mon, 17 Jul 2023 11:00:01 GMT

The summer months can be a wonderful time to integrate some Montessori principles and practice into our home environments. With that in mind, our focus this week is on how to care for pets, Montessori-style.

Montessori classrooms regularly have pets as part of the community for a number of reasons. When children have contact with the natural world, especially when they are part of taking care of living things, they develop a deep reverence for life in all its forms. In addition, as children are learning how to independently care for themselves, they can apply their skills to caring for an animal, leading to increased self-control and responsibility. Becoming aware of and attuned to another being’s needs supports the development of increased empathy and compassion.

“Children have an anxious concern for living beings, and therefore the satisfaction of this instinct fills them with delight. It is therefore easy to interest them in taking care of plants and especially of animals. Nothing awakens foresight in a small child, who lives as a rule for the passing moment and without care for the morrow, so much as this.”

— Dr. Maria Montessori, The Discovery of the Child

Daily Care

If you already have a pet or pets at home, encouraging children’s participation in their daily care is a good place to start. The easiest first step is giving a pet food and water. Even young toddlers can do this! The key is having the correct amount of food prepared in an easy-to-dispense container. The container can be placed on a tray or consistent place that is available for your child to access, carry to the pet’s food bowl or space, and then pour or place for the pet.

If the pet is a fish, a small dish for the food can work. A hermit crab might need a small piece of fruit stored in a container that can be easily opened so the fruit can be retrieved and placed into the habitat. Whereas a larger animal like a dog or cat, will likely need a portion of food in a container that can be poured into their food dish, or, in the case of wet food, scooped out and transferred to the food dish.

The same approach can be applied to refilling a water bottle for hamsters or gerbils or pouring water into a water dish for larger pets. Ensure your child can access the water source and has a child-sized pitcher or measuring cup that holds just the right amount of water for your pet.

Break it Down

To make the process most successful, it’s best to think about breaking down the steps and making sure the materials are accessible and child-friendly. Does the container open easily? When pouring does the food or water come out from one place so it goes where intended? How far is the reach to get food into a habitat? Look at everything from your child’s perspective and anticipate any obstacles.

After figuring out the best materials and set-up, the next step is to show your child how to complete each part of the process. For young children, always make sure there are a limited number of steps. It can help to have a visual guide available, too. For example, if the pet needs to be fed once in the morning and once at night, you can have a picture that represents this. The visual guide can be laminated or put in a sheet protector and hung at your child’s eye level. Older children can use a dry-erase marker to check off when they have fed the pet.

Cleaning or Grooming

The same practice can be applied to other parts of pet care. Perhaps the food area needs to be cleaned by washing the dishes, wiping a mat wiped, or sweeping spilled food. The learning process can be incremental. In the beginning, maybe your child is just misting something like a hermit crab habitat but over time learns how to clean the enclosure, too. Other animals might need their bedding replaced or washed. If a pet needs a bath, a young child can be part of filling the tub with water or scooping water for rinsing. Eventually, children can take ownership of more and more of the process. If your child is ready for more responsibility, they can also learn how to independently clean or groom your pet. From brushing to bathing, children can be involved in various aspects of pet care!

Interacting & Playing

Learning how to interact with pets offers children opportunities to learn how to read non-verbal cues and anticipate needs. In treating animals with care, children get to practice grace and courtesy which helps them extend these skills throughout all their relationships. We all appreciate gentle touches, soft approaches, and respectful care!

Different pets require different kinds of toys and handling. Children can be involved in creating some play items for particular pets, such as toys on a string for cats to chase or making a yarn pull for birds. Children can get creative with finding things around the house for a pet to use, like recycling toilet paper rolls for gerbils to chew. Older children can research healthy treats or training tips.

Children can take on other responsibilities, too, such as taking a dog for a walk or being involved in training. Even small animals can often experience different levels of training, such as parakeets learning how to make certain sounds or to perch on a finger. Having books and resources available for children to learn more about their pets is another nice extension and cultivates more curiosity about what living things need and how to provide for them.

Ultimately, children like to be involved in the care of their pets. It is important for them to feel the connection with their beloved animals, and foster the feelings of responsibility and self-confidence that come with it.

Transformations: Montessori & Stage Theory

Mon, 10 Jul 2023 11:00:01 GMT

Trees start out small and then generally keep their form as they get progressively bigger and stronger. Children, however, change so much as they develop. Think about the transformations that happen from a newborn baby to a running toddler to a nine-year-old playing soccer to an adolescent driving a car. They almost don’t even seem like the same being as when they began!

Prior to the mid-1800s, people considered human development to be linear. A child was considered to be like a young adult who just got older and bigger, like a tree. However, the study of psychology changed the way we look at human development. Psychologists began to realize that humans pass through a sequence of different stages at different ages. This understanding of development as a progression was termed Stage Theory.

Origins of Stage Theory

Stage theories were popular during the time that Dr. Maria Montessori was developing her pedagogy. Stage theories take development and break it down into characteristically distinct stages assigned to specific ages. The theory assumes that certain characteristics are going to be developed during each stage. Stage theory also postulates that because certain aspects of development are supposed to happen during a particular stage, there are some innate powers available to individuals during that time. Those innate powers help individuals acquire the developmental progress for that stage. Stage theories also imply that there is also going to be a sequence to development and that stages can’t be skipped. The outcomes of one stage become the foundation for the following stage.

Examples of Stage Theory

A number of Dr. Montessori’s predecessors, contemporaries, and students were likely influencing her work, and likely she was influencing theirs. Some key individuals include:

Jean-Jacque Rousseau , of Geneva, postulated a stage theory of development in his book, Emile (1762). Rousseau presented an idealized “natural man” who was uncorrupted by modern society. He also proposed a system of education formulated around a specific pedagogy for each stage of life and the particular characteristics of each stage of human development.

Sigmund Freud , of Austria, constructed a stage theory to describe the psychosexual development of humans. He described personality development as a series of stages and he believed that early childhood was the most important stage, with the individual’s personality being formed by about the age of five.

Erik Erikson , a German-American who also earned a Montessori certificate, proposed a theory describing eight distinct stages of development. He felt that how individuals face the challenge in each stage determined the outcome of the stage. He focused on the psychosocial aspects of humans.

Jean Piaget , of Switzerland, also developed a stage theory that described the psychosocial aspects of humans. Piaget proposed that children go through four stages of cognitive development.

Lawrence Kohlberg , an American, was likely influenced by Piaget but focused on moral reasoning and the stages of moral development.

Gail Sheehy , author and journalist, has documented stages of adult life and has written numerous books about stages, or what she calls passages (e.g. Passages: Predictable Crises of Adult Life).

Montessori’s Model: Planes of Development

Dr. Montessori didn’t develop stage theory but used this construct to help her better understand human development. What is different about Montessori’s stage theory is that it doesn’t focus on a particular aspect of development. Rather her framework is holistic and incorporates physical, social, emotional, and intellectual development.

Dr. Montessori called her holistic stage theory the “planes of development.” Each plane is a distinct psychological learning period that spans about six years: birth to six, six to twelve, twelve to eighteen, and eighteen to twenty-four. Each plane is characterized by the physical and psychological changes that take place, as well as the environmental needs of each plane.

Dr. Montessori observed how the differences between each plane were so dramatic that the shift from one stage of development to the next was metamorphic. The same individual emerges from each plane, unrecognizable from the individual they were when they entered the previous plane.

Characteristics of the Planes of Development

Dr. Montessori passionately describes how education needs to follow these periods of development, so as to be sensitive to the rebirth that is happening for each individual.

“The child does not grow in a uniform way day by day, at the same rate. In growth there are crises, somewhat like the metamorphosis of the insects….In fact, it is the child himself who will be the guide of education.” – Dr. Maria Montessori, The Four Planes of Education

The metamorphosis that happens in different periods of growth demonstrates the unique needs, behaviours, and characteristics of children at different ages.

Since each developmental plane is distinct, it follows that the needs of individuals will also be distinct. Plus, at each stage children require different things from their environment. Furthermore, the successful completion of one phase sets individuals up for successful development in the next stage.

Dr. Montessori was an optimist and didn’t see this need for successful completion of each stage as being fatalistic. She thought that missed opportunities within a plane of development could be overcome with conscious effort and work. Granted, this development wouldn’t happen as easily as if happened at the right time, but Dr. Montessori thought that if individuals applied themselves and worked, they could overcome some of these obstacles. The work accomplished outside of an intended plane, however, would never be as fully integrated as if it had happened during its intended time.

Montessori’s Unique Approach

When Dr. Montessori developed her theory on the planes of development, she didn’t describe development in a culturally specific context or time. She described universal aspects of human development in all cultures.

Two other aspects set Montessori’s work apart from stage theory. One was that she focused on what is normal development for children rather than what is abnormal. Also, she not only articulated her theory of the planes of development but then went a step further and developed an educational approach that supported it.

In Montessori, everything we do for children–all of our methods, materials, and environments–is reflective of our understanding of the planes of development. We understand the needs of children in the different stages of their development and know we have a profound responsibility to support those needs.

We would love to have you schedule a tour to see how we create environments for the specific needs of children at each stage of their development!

Adolescence: Time of Transformation

Mon, 26 Jun 2023 11:00:01 GMT

Adolescents have such power and potential. They can achieve so much when they have a supportive space that helps them develop their incredible abilities and ultimately realize their possibilities.

The book, The Teenage Brain: A Neuroscientist’s Survival Guide to Raising Adolescents and Young Adults , shares a helpful analogy for understanding adolescence: “...the teenage brain is almost like a brand-new Ferrari: it’s primed and pumped, but it hasn’t been road tested yet. In other words, it’s all revved up but doesn’t quite know where to go.”

To best support adolescents who are all primed to go but don’t yet know where, we can work to better understand their developmental characteristics and needs.

Time of Transformation

The first three years (ages twelve to fifteen) of adolescence are comparable to the physical and cognitive transformation that happens from zero to three. Adolescents are forming themselves, physically and psychologically, into the adults they will become.

This is a transition from childhood into adulthood, evidenced by dramatic bodily changes. The relative calm and stability of the previous years shifts to a more tumultuous time. During this period of intense change, adolescents’ health becomes more fragile. They require more sleep and are more prone to acne, depression, bulimia, anorexia, mono, etc. As Frances E. Jenson, MD, and Amy Ellis Nutt explain in The Teenage Brain: A Neuroscientist’s Survival Guide to Raising Adolescents and Young Adults: “Adolescence is a time of increased response to stress, which may in part be why anxiety disorders, including panic disorder, typically arise during puberty. Teens simply don’t have the same tolerance for stress that we see in adults. Teens are much more likely to exhibit stress-induced illnesses and physical problems, such as colds, headaches, and upset stomachs. There is also an epidemic of symptoms ranging from nail biting to eating disorders that are commonplace in today’s teens.”

Adolescents need a special kind of care and protection during this time of transformation. Like caterpillars that need a chrysalis in order to metamorphose into a butterfly, adolescents need a protective space for reconstruction.

Neural Changes and Emotional Needs

The adolescent brain is also undergoing dramatic changes, from neural pruning when unneeded neural synapses are removed, to an increase in myelination which allows for faster neural transmission.

Due to these dramatic physical and cognitive changes taking place, adolescents can have difficulty concentrating and staying focused. This also leads to a decrease in their organizational skills and judgment, as well as a reduction in their executive functioning abilities like working memory, flexible thinking, and self-control. Because of this diminished executive functioning ability, adolescents often make decisions based on emotion. Their brains are relying upon the limbic system rather than their developing prefrontal cortex.

Thus, adolescents can experience strong and tumultuous emotions and it can be a struggle for them to gain mastery over these emotions. As such, adolescents need time for personal self-reflection, and yet this need exists in the midst of an intense desire to be within and accepted by a group.

Rational and logical expression can be challenging during this time, thus adolescents also need creative outlets for releasing and exploring emotions, thoughts, and any conflicting experiences. Creative outlets can include dance, writing, art, music, sports, etc. In addition to providing an expressive outlet, physical activities also release endorphins and help regulate hormonal balance.

Finding Equilibrium

Because adolescents are working to integrate their new physical and emotional selves, they need as many opportunities as possible to integrate manual work (work of the hand) and academic work (work of the head). In addition to experiencing an equilibrium in mental and physical activities, adolescents need opportunities to explore their personal identity in the context of their social identity.

Like younger children, adolescents are somewhat ego-centric. After leaving the elementary years of calm and confidence, early teens become self-conscious and are highly sensitive to peer acceptance. This results in a sensitivity to the looks, comments, or actions of others, which is further complicated by adolescents having difficulty reading facial expressions. It’s no surprise, then, that our teens often imagine that someone is upset with them or thinking negatively of them. Close relationships and feeling accepted by their peer group become extremely important to balance these feelings.

Being Valued

Because this is a time of extreme vulnerability, adolescents need to be treated with understanding and respect. They want to know their value, their role, their contributions, and their worth. Adolescents benefit greatly from opportunities to contribute to their community in meaningful ways. This is best achieved through adult-level work. When this contribution is acknowledged by their peers, adolescents feel valorized, or recognized, which leads to a bolstering of their self-confidence.

Having choices is also a vital component of adolescents’ work. This opportunity to make a choice about what to do and when to do it provides teens with a strong sense of empowerment and allows them to practice making constructive choices.

Role of Adults

Adolescents need the guidance and support of adults. They also rely upon and appreciate the opportunity for side-by-side work. We can shift into more of a supportive, coaching role with our adolescents, which can more easily be achieved when we are working alongside each other. Adolescents relish this opportunity to collaborate in what it means to be an adult by engaging in adult-level work.

This side-by-side work also offers us, as adults, the opportunity to respectfully share information and teach skills, without risking offending our adolescents. In “Three Ways to Change Your Parenting in the Teenage Years,” Christine Carter explains: “When we give our adolescents a lot of information, especially when it is information that they don’t really want or that they think they already have, it can feel infantilizing to them. Even if we deliver the information as we would to another adult, teenagers will often feel disrespected by the mere fact of our instruction.”

Respectful treatment connects to adolescents’ need to feel a sense of justice and personal dignity. While elementary-aged children focus on distributive justice (e.g. fairness), adolescence is a time when young people begin to grapple with and understand restorative justice, social justice, and economic justice.

Adolescence is a period of dramatic growth and change. Although the dramatic physical changes that accompany the onset of puberty can rock the stable foundation of elementary years, if we understand adolescents’ needs, we can help our teenagers emerge as empowered and full of creative energies.

A Supportive Summer

Mon, 19 Jun 2023 11:00:01 GMT

The summer months can sometimes feel like a long stretch, especially when we are trying to figure out how to keep our children engaged, or at least entertained. However, if we think about the big picture of what children really need, it can be easier to think about activities that will satisfy those needs and support natural development.

What do our children really need?

When Dr. Maria Montessori first began working with children, she approached her work with a scientific mindset. She observed tendencies, needs, and behaviors of human children the way a scientist might observe animals in the wild. In this way, Dr. Montessori was able to identify inclinations young humans have toward particular behaviors or characteristics. Some of the tendencies Dr. Montessori observed include:

to explore
to orient
to have or create order
to work
to strive toward self-perfection

Let’s take a look at these human tendencies in relation to how we structure summer days with our young children.

Exploration

Humans have a need to explore. Early humans needed to explore their environment to discover where and what to eat, to find shelter, etc. Our infants, babies, toddlers, and young children explore in order to adapt to their environment and learn about the world. From our infants’ early days when they explore using their senses (smelling, tasting, hearing, and then tracking with their eyes) to when our babies grasp, slither, scoot, crawl, stand, and walk, children under the age of six are sensorimotor learners. They have to explore using movement and their senses to make sense of their boundaries of self.

Exploration may be one of the easiest parts of summer. With the warm weather and long days, there is ample opportunity to find new parks, traverse new trails, or even just see what happens when you wander down the sidewalk with your child. The key is to focus more on the process than the destination. A simple nature walk may be long in duration but short in distance. For example, young children will appreciate the time and space to stop and explore what is happening with the busy ants in the sidewalk cracks.

Incorporating different senses and movements makes exploration most meaningful for children. Get creative! After a trip to the farmer’s market, collaborate with your child to create a colourful array of foods to sample together. Pick a few places outside where you can lie down with your child, listen, and gather sounds. Share what you heard. Draw pictures of what you think made the sounds. Or maybe go on a scent journey around your yard or neighbourhood. See what smells you can find!

Orientation

Orientation is needed to find our way. In order to be able to explore, humans have needed to be able to orient themselves. We need to put ourselves in relation to our surroundings in order to find our way around in a new environment. Disorientation comes from not being secure in our surroundings. The process of orientation is a process of creating relationships: where or what am I in relation to this place?

Young children have a need to orient themselves to culture (through customs, food, language, etc.), as well as routines and places. They need to know what life is like so they can adapt accordingly. We can support this orientation by introducing our children to the routines, customs, and expectations of the summer months.

If regular library visits will become part of the summer routine, take time to visit the library space and orient to different components of the building (the bathroom, the checkout counter, the reading nook, etc.), as well as norms of behavior within the library walls. If you’ll be outdoors picnicking or connecting with friends for lunch, taking a few moments to make sure your child knows what to expect can make all the difference.

Order

We rely upon order in our environment, from segmenting 24 hours of a day to having laws that lend order to our communities. Order helps us have a sense of safety, control, and stability. For children, order is essential. They need constant points of reference to be able to orient themselves to the world. Children need to be able to anticipate the day. If we change the order of events, that can throw our children off balance. In fact, it’s not uncommon to see some regression in our children when change happens.

How do we create order during the summer, a time when schedules can be less constant? Building a little time into the morning routine to go over the plan for the day is one easy way to help children feel secure about what to expect. While slightly older children can grasp an overview of the week, especially if presented in visual form, younger children live more in the moment. They depend upon a regular rhythm. So even if summer schedules shift, it’s best to try to keep some regular touch points to ground the day. Even if the time gets adjusted slightly, keeping true to things like rest time after lunch or bath before bedtime, helps young children feel like the day has a predictable order.

Work

All of us have a natural tendency toward activity. Work is the way we achieve a purpose or result through mental or physical effort. Our children want to contribute in meaningful ways to the work of our lives. This is most successful when we can build in time for our children to accompany us with household chores or general maintenance.

During the summer months, much of this kind of work can happen outdoors–washing the car together, watering the garden, cleaning outdoor furniture, or sweeping the patio. Whatever you decide to offer, make sure you’ve tested out the tools to make sure they work. For example, can your child squeeze the sponge and reach down into the bucket of soapy water? Can your child carry the watering can? How much water comes through the hose when it is turned on? By paying attention to a few details, we help our children experience successful work and contribution.

Self-Perfection & Repetition

Mastery is achieved through bringing our work to completion and often this requires a great deal of repetition. This tendency for perfection is what has allowed for the advancement of human civilization. Becoming more proficient requires repetition, exactness, and a quest for self-perfection. We can see children perfect their skills as they learn to walk and talk. They keep trying until they achieve mastery.

To help our children master what they set out to do and then be able to advance, we can be sensitive to how our young children are observing movements around them and perfecting the movements they see through repetition and precision.

Summer is a fabulous time to focus on large gross motor activities that perhaps couldn’t happen as easily during the colder months. Find a space outdoors for your child to practice walking along a line or a board lying flat on the ground. Or create little obstacle courses for your child. This can be as simple as creating chalk circles to hop in, then crawling under something, before finally tossing a bean bag into a bucket. Or you can blow bubbles that your child can chase and try to catch (or pop!). Follow your child’s lead in terms of what is engaging and allow them plenty of time for repetition.

As we move into the summer months, keeping these tendencies in mind can help us provide satisfying experiences and opportunities for our children.

Equity Q&A with Britt Hawthorne

Mon, 12 Jun 2023 11:00:00 GMT

Britt Hawthorne is an antiracist educator, teacher, speaker, visionary, and advocate. She is committed to raising a generation of antiracist children by centering families of the global majority and fostering equitable learning environments for students and children of all ages and backgrounds. We recently had a little Q&A with Britt and we are delighted to share this with you!

Britt is the author of the highly-anticipated, New York Times Bestseller, Raising Antiracist Children: A Practical Parenting Guide . The book is an interactive guide for strategically incorporating the tools of inclusivity into everyday life and parenting.

Your book, Raising Antiracist Children, is subtitled: A Practical Parenting Guide. Practicality seems so important for busy families. With this in mind, what do you see as important priorities? Where do you suggest families begin?

Begin by fostering brave spaces at home. Brave spaces are intentional spaces focused on coming together with a new understanding. For example, I grew up with narrow racial and cultural representation. Many books in my childhood home featured white or Black main characters. Hardly ever did the books in my home represent Latino, Native Hawaiian, Native American, South Asian, or Hispanic characters.

I know our commitments live in our actions. So, I shared my concern with my partner and we discussed how this lack of representation caused misconceptions to persist. We could then prepare a home environment that shows we value diversity. Because we’re fostering brave spaces, together we can reflect, discuss, and choose what we want for our children.

What are some priorities or practices that you uphold in your family?

I lay out five parenting principles in Raising Antiracist Children: A Practical Parenting Guide . One of the parenting principles is that we believe children have the desire to learn. Learning means we welcome questions, mistakes, and new understandings.

Therefore, we create curious moments with our children by asking questions.

“I wonder if there are more white people in the world or people of colour?”
“Have you ever wondered why Europe and Asia are considered separate continents?”
“Do you hear people talking about race? What do you hear?”

We also respond with curiosity rather than fear, silence, or frustration. Here are some examples:

“Oh, you’re noticing that you have larger eyes than she does. I wonder if she has eyes like her mom, like you?”
“That’s a curious question. I wonder where we could find the answer together. I bet a book from the library could tell us more about it.”
“Thanks for asking me. I don’t know the answer, so I’m just as curious as you. I can do some digging to figure it out. I’ll let you know what I find over dinner.”

When you think about this ongoing work, how do you see it connected to Montessori philosophy and/or practice?

The Montessori philosophy has everything it needs to serve every child, regardless of background. Amelia A. Sherwood said it best, “Montessori education has the ability to liberate the child!” As Montessorians, we deliberately practice this cycle of spiritual preparation: take care of ourselves, take care of others, and take care of the environment. Those three commitments are the same commitments antiracists and liberation workers use to guide their work.

And it’s not just about wondering how we can care for ourselves, others, and the environment. It’s creating the time and offering the resources to be culturally affirming, intentional, and purposeful in our work. That’s why you can go into almost any Montessori environment and witness practical life, grace and courtesy, and community care happening. While we might use different words, we describe very similar practices.

What are some resources you recommend for families and educators?

For parents and grownups, I recommend Raising Antiracist Children: A Practical Parenting Guide by Britt Hawthorne (me!) with Natasha Yglesias.

Here is a list of books for learners:

Bodies Are Cool by Tyler Feder
My Face Book by Star Bright Books
Together: A First Conversation about Love by Megan Madison, Jessica Ralli, et al.
You Hold Me Up by Monique Gray Smith
The Antiracist Kid: A Book about Identity, Justice, and Activism by Tiffany Jewell
Eyes That Kiss in the Corners by Joanna Ho
Flying Lessons & Other Stories edited by Ellen Oh
The Assignment by Liza Wiemer

We hope you’ve gathered some helpful insight from Britt about how we can collaborate to move the idea of educational equity from goal to reality. Britt partners with action-orientated educators to create classroom environments that are inclusive and equitable for all learners. And most importantly, she’s rooting for you!

To learn more please visit britthawthorne.com .

The First Six Years: Conquests of Independence

Mon, 05 Jun 2023 11:00:01 GMT

As caregivers and parents, we have a bit of a bittersweet role. While we want to keep our children close, we ultimately need to support their path toward independence.

We expect dependence at the beginning. Yet our newborns take their very first step toward independence at birth. Once born, they have to breathe on their own. And rather than get nutrition through the umbilical cord, they use effort to begin latching on or suckling.

Throughout their first six years of life, our children achieve so many milestones of independence. Let’s take a look at some of these conquests of independence. You can use this framework as a guide and reminder of how we can support our children as they grow and develop.

Birth to One Year

The first conquest of independence is birth which comes with the cutting of the umbilical cord. At this point, infants must breathe and gain nutrition on their own. Even our expression “It’s time to cut the cord” indicates the shift to increased independence.
Movement is another acquisition of independence in the first year as children begin to use their arms and legs, sit up and crawl, and move from one place to another. With this increased locomotion children no longer need to be held or carried.
Our children also begin to feed themselves. Even in the beginning when babies are nursing, we want them to indicate hunger. The weaning process and shift to using the weaning table supports this path to independence. As our children begin to eat and drink on their own, it is important to have foods and tools they can use independently (e.g. a shot glass for water, finger foods, etc.) rather than having an adult putting a utensil or bottle in their mouth.
Children can also start to practice basic use of utensils. Having utensils that are child-sized and functional is key to independent use.
In addition, our children need the opportunity to develop the ability to be by themselves. To become independent, they need to practice separating from their caregiver(s). Healthy separation depends upon healthy attachment, and our children need the chance to have some time without adult engagement.
Around the end of the first year, children begin to develop language to communicate their needs. Prior to this time, they are able to use other methods to communicate: crying, cooing, smiling, etc. This communication is the beginning of social skills and children’s ability to relate socially to others.

One to Three Years

During this time children can walk confidently and begin to run and climb. Once children can walk, they can begin the process of becoming independent in toileting.
They become more independent with the use of their hands, which become tools for exploration. Because of this, children no longer need to rely on others to hold and carry items.
Language use allows children to begin to express themselves independently.
Children can start to become independent in dressing themselves.
They begin to be able to use simple tools (crayons, sticks, cups, utensils, etc.).
They become more capable of caring for their own personal hygiene (brushing their teeth, washing their face, brushing their hair, etc.).
Children become more proficient with and capable of carrying their own items.
They have the capacity to clean up after themselves (putting away belongings, folding clothing, wiping spills, sweeping crumbs, etc.).

As children get older, they need opportunities to develop their will. Thus, during this stage of independence, it is really important that children can make choices. Making a choice means they are acting for themselves and exercising their will.

From Three to Four and a Half

If it hasn't happened already, children experience separation from the family (e.g. going to school). To be able to separate from one’s family is a new skill of independence. For children who haven’t been able to be by themselves, this is a harder process. During this time, children realize they can survive and trust others, which is a significant step in independence.
Children develop a wider range of social skills.
Children’s motor and visual skills become more developed and refined.
They are able to engage in more games (e.g. catching and throwing a ball).
They have finer manual dexterity (using individual fingers) as well as refined fine motor skills (when all fingers are working in unison).
Children begin to develop the ability to use language to express their emotions. They can learn a multitude of words to be able to express feelings.
They can use utensils and tools to prepare their own food (which ideally happens prior to age three). Research shows that children involved in preparing their own food are more likely to try diverse foods.
Children learn to master fasteners (zippers, buckles, bows, etc.) and thus the self-care involved with dressing and undressing.
They can contribute to their community and care not only for themselves but also for the environment through simple responsibilities like setting the table, folding towels, etc.
They are more independent in caring for their own hygiene needs.
Because their vocabulary is expanding, children can use words to express emotions, as well as to better express their thoughts.

Four and a Half to Six

Children have more social independence and can not only do for themselves but can also use acquired skills to help others.
They become more independent in their social skills so they can internalize and apply the social norms of their community (e.g. pushing in chairs, greeting visitors, communicating that they need space, etc.).
Children become proficient in dressing themselves and can help younger peers with the dressing and undressing process (e.g. getting dressed for going outdoors).
They acquire the capacity to have empathy and compassion.
They have a basic understanding of quantities and how they are represented, instead of just mimicking or rote counting.Children begin to recognize and use the symbols of our language (e.g. expressing themselves through writing or interpreting the thoughts of others through reading).

These conquests of independence are ultimately about becoming functionally independent. Young children are in a process of mastering different aspects of their lives and they need us, their caregivers, to support them in this process.

Our children are so capable and they benefit when allowed to move toward increasing independence. If you’d like to see how our Montessori environments set children up for success, please schedule a tour !

Supporting Our Adolescents

Mon, 29 May 2023 11:00:00 GMT

Tanesia R. Hale-Jones is a Montessorian, educator, social activist, poet, artist, and parent, who believes deeply in the importance of community engagement and teaching young people to be global citizens. Tanesia serves as Jr. High Level Director and Adolescent Guide at Escuela del Sol Montessori, where she guides 7th and 8th-grade students and oversees a team of teachers and community partners. Tanesia lives and works on Tiwa Territory in Albuquerque, New Mexico, with her 18-year-old, two cats, and many house plants. She recently shared some of her insights from her many years of working with adolescents.

As a Montessori adolescent guide (and a parent of an adolescent), how do you see the role of adults needing to shift for teens? What is your advice for caregivers of adolescents?

It’s important to remember that our children aren’t living their parents’ adolescence. I talk to so many adults who had a traumatic or really emotional adolescence. Think back to being an adolescent and that moment of recognizing being connected to something bigger than ourselves. This is both really inviting and also pretty terrifying because it means leaving something behind. Adolescence is marked with a kind of grief of separating from family and yet wanting to separate. It isn’t as dramatic as people or movies sometimes make it out to be, but there is a separation that happens and a yearning for something bigger. I always reminded parents that this experience is really normal and healthy. Our job is to hold space for it to happen.

Also, watching someone going through their adolescence brings up a lot for parents, including our own feelings or insecurities. So the invitation is to do your own work. There is a healing process to go through–either by yourself or with partners, friends, or whomever you have in your adult community–that can allow you to be really present for the young people in your life.

There is also value in meeting it all with humour. That doesn’t mean laughing at our adolescents, but rather being able to recognize that you don’t have to get on the roller coaster with them. You can respond, acknowledge, and listen well. This means asking curiosity questions and pulling away from the need to fix it for them, which is hard because we don’t want them to be in pain. We love them so much. We long for them to be safe and whole. Yet we need to hold a space for curiosity.

My own adolescent is leaving their adolescence at the age of 18. They have been a beautiful reminder that can I be in the presence of someone else’s growth and that I don’t have to do anything about it. I can witness it and support it. Supporting that growth is the gift I can give.

How can we, as caregivers, support our adolescents while also giving them the space they need? Do we hold space or give space?

I think it is both. So many parents talk about how their adolescents just want to be in their rooms. Parents of one of my students told me how they were going to be away and realized their adolescent was old enough to be home alone. The parents checked in and found out their child was so excited about having the day to themselves. Their adolescent had a day of feeling respected and trusted. They had that space.

We can also hold space because when our adolescents do emerge, they often want cuddles and tenderness. Often we can be surprised by that need. But we can just be really present with and accept what they need right now. It might be something very different in the next moment! So just hold it now. It is precious. These moments are like building blocks for the emergence of their adult self.

With this awareness of how teens are building their adult selves, what is your take on how important electronics and social media are for our adolescents? How do we stay aware and sensitive to teens’ need to connect through social media platforms while also being aware of the challenges of social media channels?

A lot of younger adolescents have grown up in this [high-tech] world and there is a learning curve for adults and parents. I think about how to stay interested in what adolescents are interested in. What are they listening to? What are they watching? In some ways, it’s about getting ahead of it all. For example, so many songs are sampled, so I often go back and ask if they know who wrote the original song.

With social media, it’s so tricky. I talk with parents about this all the time. I think a lot of it is about really being honest about who social media was designed for and the repercussions of it for adults and young people. We can help our adolescents examine the content they look at and help them build a critical lens. Building critical awareness and visual acuity about who is being represented leads to great conversations about equity, race, and gender roles and appeals to an adolescent's desire for justice and personal dignity. We can engage in conversations about what they are getting out of the content and what it says to other people.

This process isn’t about changing their minds. That’s not really the point. The point is that we are teaching our adolescents to be critical thinkers about what they are consuming and why they are consuming it. We can ask, how does it make you feel? We can explore other moments when they felt that way and how to amplify those moments as well. Do you feel connected? Great! Are there other experiences or activities that make you feel just as connected? It is about teaching discernment, critical analysis on multiple levels, and visual acuity.

In some ways, it is also about rooting back to the values you hold as a family and maybe even helping your adolescent to develop their own personal values. This can be hard, especially if our adolescent’s values start to become different from our family’s values.

How do you approach these kinds of difficult conversations with adolescents in a way that is respectful of adolescents’ emerging adulthood?

It goes back to what I said earlier: you have to do your own work. Difficult conversations can be tricky even when we are communicating adult to adult. When confronted with difficulty or tension, what do we do? I have been practicing stepping toward the conflict or conversation, not with an “I’m going to win” approach, but rather with curiosity. I can explore what is going on for me in that difficult moment. When I am shutting down, how can I turn toward that experience with curiosity? What is getting activated in me when my adolescent says something triggering?

We can respond by asking questions: What does this mean to you? What do you mean by that? For example, there are many young folks who are pushing the rigid boundaries of gender and trying on new pronouns. This is both identity formation and also discarding, putting on, and taking off. We can just ask questions and then not get too precious about the answers. If we can tell they are trying something on, we can explore how to be less attached to their process of experimentation. For me, it is always about coming from a place of curiosity and entering from a place of wonder. This is different than getting stuck in a place of thinking that what our adolescent does or says means I have failed as a parent.

We want what is best for our children and want them to be successful. Sometimes that means looking at what we think success is. What does the world need from our adolescents? What is the world asking of them? These two things can be really different. So that means looking at the reality that young people are met with and then being willing to be open.

I have students who range from having no phones to having TikTok accounts and starting YouTube channels so they can be YouTube stars. As their teacher, I can feel myself getting precious about it and wanting them to be something like an inventor of healing technology! But really, social media can be fun and silly. So I ask questions about it. Which ones do you like? What do you like about them? Oh, that little sample of a song came from a whole song. We could listen to the whole song together!

My kid loves memes, which can be so snarky. But there is something really cool about memes and the way they have distilled culture and humour. I think about how there is something clever here. I see the process as my kid understanding their own humour better and being able to critique society in a way that is pithy and ridiculous.

Both as a parent and a teacher, I’ve tried to step into adolescents’ world. I often say, “I love that for you .” I don’t have to like it, but I can start to get why they like it.

Sometimes adolescence hits and it takes everybody by surprise. With that in mind, do you have any recommendations for entry points or resources for families and caregivers?

There is so much written about adolescent brain development, which has been helpful. The work of Sarah-Jayne Blakemore is really powerful. She has a great TED talk and short articles, as well as her book, Inventing Ourselves: The Secret Life of the Teenage Brain .

Britt Hawthorne’s book, Raising Antiracist Children: A Practical Parenting Guide , is really, really great and she posts nice videos that are short and to the point.

I do think there is something valuable to articles that Montessori adolescent practitioners have published through the years. They are really powerful tools. I will often choose one or two to send to my families during the school year. It’s about rooting back to who these young people really are. This helps me to remember where they are and what they need. Then I can reflect more accurately on who I need to be for them.

I think being outside and doing projects is important. Resources for this can range from engaging with local and national parks or restoration projects–things that inspire them to connect with the land– to going to farmers' markets. Adolescents need things that make them feel a little adult and also are opportunities for them to be independent.

There is something really great about connecting adolescents to support groups if they need that. For example, where I live we have a transgender resource center that is gender-affirming. There are also resources like GLSEN [Gay, Lesbian and Straight Education Network] and GSA s [Genders & Sexualities Alliances], depending on what kids need. I also think therapy is great for adolescents! Especially when you can find people who are good at working with adolescents. It can be nice to have another person to talk to who isn’t your family.

Any other last thoughts?

Adolescence brings up a lot for the adults who are offering love and care. But it is a magical time to witness. It’s really fun to watch. There is a tenderness of exploring what the end of something means and how young people are beginning something that they don’t have any clue of how to begin. It is such a liminal space. As adults, we are very much in our thinking brains and can’t really imagine hanging out in a liminal space. However, think about being in the presence of something that is yet to be! That is the invitation that Montessori gives.

Adolescence is very internal time. Sometimes adolescents externalize their experience, but often it is very internal. We realize that there is so much happening. Accept the invitation of being curious, playful, and joyful with our young people. Enjoy it and remember what a gift it is to be witness to this process.

Memory, Learning, and Montessori

Mon, 22 May 2023 11:00:01 GMT

Memory is such a critical component of learning. We perhaps take this for granted without fully understanding how memory works and how to support our children in the process of creating and retrieving memories.

What is memory?

Memory is essential to being human. Our brains have evolved to remember what is most meaningful. That being said, we also tend to forget things! Interestingly enough, not remembering is often just a case of not giving our brains enough input to support the creation and retrieval of the memory.

How are memories created?

We take in a great deal of information through our senses. This perception includes the

sensory, emotional, and factual components of experiences. In order for any of that information to become a memory, our brains have to create and connect all those bits of information into a pattern of neural activity. That pattern persists in a structural change that is created in our neurons. This pattern can later be re-experienced (or remembered) by reactivating the neural circuit.

There are four steps to this process of creating a memory:

Encoding
Consolidation
Storage
Retrieval

Encoding is basically just the process of capturing information through sights, sounds, emotions, the meaning of what we perceive, and what we pay attention to in the moment. This information is changed into a neurological language.

Consolidation is the brain’s process of linking activity into a single pattern of connections and associations. Consolidation is a time-dependent process and it can be disrupted or impaired. If a new memory is in the process of consolidation and something interferes, then the memory can be lost or degraded.

Storage is a pattern of activity that is maintained over time through chemical changes in neurons and create physical/structural changes in the brain. Then through retrieval, we reactivate the same connections so we can revisit, recall, or recognize what we learned or experienced previously

All four of these steps have to happen to create a long-term memory that can be consciously retrieved.

Why is this significant?

If we want to remember something, we need to notice what is happening. This requires perception and attention. We might perceive something, but if we don’t actively give it attention, the neurons activated during perception won’t be linked and a memory won’t be formed. In other words, memory is not like a video camera. Our memory can only capture and retain what we give our attention to.

When children (and adults, too!) forget things it is because they didn’t give it attention in the first place. It’s worth noting that paying attention isn’t always easy for the brain. We pay attention to things that are interesting, new, emotional, or important to us in some way. Those are the details our brain captures. The rest we ignore and forget. Paying attention requires a conscious effort. We have to wake up the brain and become consciously aware to remember something.

Memory & Montessori

With all this in mind, we can see how learning is going to be most effective when our children have a connection to the content. Basically, it’s easier for children to learn things that they are interested in. In a Montessori classroom, children have the freedom and opportunity to focus on learning information and skills that are personally exciting and inspiring. As a result, the process feels less like school and more like play.

Also, remember how the formation of memories depends upon the process of consolidation (something you read just a few paragraphs before)? Well, because consolidation can be disrupted by any interference, it’s important for children to have uninterrupted time to engage in their learning. They need to be able to focus without having to regularly shift gears. In Montessori, a three-hour work cycle allows children to settle into their learning and fully consolidate the information they are encountering. They have the time and space to allow their brains to link their activities into a pattern of connections and associations.

Focusing on the Positive

If you’ve ever heard the reminder to water the flowers rather than the weeds, you’ll appreciate the power of paying attention to positive experiences. There is a neurological reason why this matters. If we invest our attention toward positive things, those are the experiences that we will consolidate into memories. If we pay attention to the negative, that is what we will synthesize and store. We find what we are looking for because that is what we paid attention to in the first place!

Again, this is applicable to Montessori education where we focus on what children are doing right. Plus, we use opportunities to reteach skills so children can be successful and experience a positive feedback loop. As a result, children can enjoy learning, which then becomes self-perpetuating as they find engaging activities, interesting information, and meaningful accomplishments throughout their lives.

If you are interested in learning more about memory, be sure to read Remember: The Science of Memory and the Art of Forgetting by Lisa Genova.

A Montessori Dictionary: Elementary & Adolescent Terms

Mon, 15 May 2023 11:00:09 GMT

As is often the case, specialties or practices have their particular lingo. Montessori is no different! In this Montessori Dictionary post, we’re focusing on a few terms (some familiar, some far from familiar) that apply to the elementary and adolescent years. When possible, we’ve included some quotes from Dr. Maria Montessori. We encourage folks to take a look at her work. Dr. Montessori was a woman well before her time and her books continue to be a source of inspiration!

Cosmic Education

“Since it has been seen to be necessary to give so much to the child, let us give him a vision of the whole universe.” –Dr. Maria Montessori, To Educate the Human Potential

Dr. Montessori developed Cosmic Education as an educational approach for children in their elementary years. This approach is based on the needs, tendencies, and characteristics of children ages six to twelve, and provides an awareness of the interconnectedness of all things, as well as a sense that the universe is ordered, governed by rules, and is inspiring. Cosmic Education also provides an understanding that all we know and learn is built upon the great work of those that came before us in the whole of human history.

“If the idea of the universe be presented to the child in the right way, it will do more for him than just arose his interest, for it will create in him admiration and wonder, a feeling loftier than any interest and more satisfying….his intelligence becomes whole and complete because of the vision of the whole that has been presented to him, and his interest spreads to all, for all are linked and have their place in the universe on which his mind is centered.” –Dr. Maria Montessori, To Educate the Human Potential

Erdkinder

Dr. Montessori’s vision for adolescence was to have a land-based program where adolescents can engage in meaningful work that balances intellectual and physical pursuits. This program is ideally a residential farm school in a country setting where adolescents can pursue the real work of the farm and create a community separate from their families. This kind of work allows adolescents to cultivate social and economic independence through valuable experiences in social organization, economic vitality, and intellectual pursuits.

“This means that there is an opportunity to learn both academically and through actual experience what are the elements of social life….We have called these children the ‘Erdkinder’ because they are learning about civilization through its origin in agriculture. They are the ‘land children’.” –Dr. Maria Montessori, From Childhood to Adolescence

Imagination

Imagination allows us, as humans, to understand and shape the world in significant ways. Dr. Montessori emphasized that children have great imaginative power that is essential to their self-construction and human development. Imagination is what has allowed humanity to make advances, create, invent, and work through problems that have not yet been solved.

Imagination is the superpower of elementary-age children. They have built up their sensorial experiences and impressions during their early years and are now able to use this foundation to imagine through time and space. Thus, a great deal of the elementary curriculum appeals to the imaginative ability of children ages six to twelve.

Occupations

Occupations are opportunities for adolescents to try on adult-level activities and work that integrates the mind and the body. These experiences are focused and purposeful and allow adolescents to experience how they can contribute to their society. Often adolescents will ask, “What will I use this for?” They deeply want and need to use their knowledge to make an impact in the world. Occupations can range from beekeeping to bookkeeping. They are practical experiences, typically connected to the land or other non-academic pursuits.

Plan of Study and Work

“…the aim should be to widen education instead of restricting it.” –Dr. Maria Montessori, From Childhood to Adolescence

At the adolescent level, Montessori education is based on a general, holistic program of study that integrates with work on the land, production and exchange, and support for the developmental needs of adolescents. This general plan includes:

the moral and physical program that emphasizes how adolescents should be treated as vulnerable growing young humans;
a syllabus and methods for education, which includes activities and methods for self-expression, cognitive and intellectual development, and preparation for adult life; and
practical considerations for prepared environments, ways for adolescents to be involved in economies, and varied and supportive adult involvement.

Psycho-Discipline

To understand the term psycho-discipline, it can be helpful to look at the two parts of the word. The prefix, psycho, means relating to the mind or psychology, and comes from the Greek for “breath, soul, and mind.” Discipline is a branch of knowledge. Thus psycho-discipline is the knowledge that is presented according to the psychology of the learner.

In Montessori, we focus first on the whole young person and figure out how to support the characteristics and needs of that individual and where they are in the stages of development. As such, the learner connects to what they are learning because they are naturally engaged with, and own, their process of learning. The learning process ultimately helps the individual’s process of self-construction.

“Education should not limit itself to seeking new methods for a mostly arid transmission of knowledge: its aim must be to give the necessary aid to human development.” –Dr. Maria Montessori, From Childhood to Adolescence

If education in the “disciplines” is to aid human development, the focus becomes on the individual and their holistic growth, rather than solely on the content.

Please be sure to schedule a tour of our school so you can see how Montessori education aids human development, inspires the imagination, and gives a vision of the whole universe!

Our Montessori Bookshelf: Wordless Picture Books

Mon, 08 May 2023 11:00:33 GMT

Even though they don’t have a written narrative, wordless picture books can be an essential part of young children’s language development. These books have pictures but no text and are often classified around a theme or sequence that is familiar to children. In our toddler and primary classrooms, we have two or three of these books on a shelf at any given time and rotate them throughout the year. Because young children are still distinguishing between what is real and what is of the imagination, we also make sure that the books are plausible, rather than focused on fantasy or imaginary themes. Really, we just take care to choose books that highlight the wonderful world as it really is.

As our students get older (even into the elementary years), we use wordless picture books to help with storytelling, sequencing, and making predictions. Taking a “picture walk” through the story helps children interpret visual clues and helps lay the foundation for becoming better readers.

After children have had time to explore a wordless picture book, we may ask them to share their interpretation of what is happening in the story. Children love dictating the story for an older peer or adult to scribe, creating speech bubbles, or even writing their own narration to accompany each page.

When “reading” a wordless picture book with your child or children, you can describe the illustrations, ask questions about what they see, and even encourage narration of a story to accompany the pictures.

Anno’s Journey

by Mitsumasa Anno

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/1076038

This classic book with its full-page, detailed illustration shows the progression of one person’s exploration across a European countryside. The discerning eyes of children find all sorts of delights and connections across the pages. In addition, Anno has woven in treasures for more advanced searching, such as scenes from famous stories and paintings, as well as numerous cultural references. This is a wordless picture book that children can easily lose themselves in for an extended period of time.

A Boy, a Dog, and a Frog

by Mercer Mayer

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/654093

This book is part of a collection of perfectly sized books for little hands. Each title ( Frog on His Own, Frog Goes to Dinner, One Frog Too Many, and A Bog, A Dog, A Frog, and a Friend ) provides an illustrative journey of all sorts of backyard adventures, often spurred on by the frog who hops into a heap of trouble (or fun, depending upon one’s perspective!). Particularly pleasing is the ease and comfort of the boy in his outdoor ramblings.

Here I Am

story by Patti Kim, pictures by Sonia Sánchez

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/17658592

With its more complex story line, this wordless picture book is probably best suited for slightly older children, although the vivid and textured illustrations appeal to any age. The story follows a child immigrating from one country to another and portrays the emotional journey of what it means to move from loss into a feeling of belonging. After your child consumes this lovely tale of connection, be sure to take a peek at the author’s moving letter at the end at the end of the book.

I Walk with Vanessa: A Story About a Simple Act of Kindness

by Kerascoët

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/35758098

The story begins with images of a young girl, Vanessa, moving and starting at a new school. The other children go about their day not really noticing her. But then the pictures zoom in to a scene as they all leave school, when a child is scary and mean to Vanessa. Another child notices, though, and eventually realizes she can take the initiative and walk with Vanessa to school. This one small act changes everything for Vanessa (and maybe even the boy who was being unkind). The author also shares some resources to help children and adults when confronted by bullying behavior.

In the Pond

by Ermanno Cristini and Luigi Puricelli

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/2114487.In_the_Pond

In the Pond is a must have book for those young nature lovers who can’t get enough of seeing ecosystems in action. Each page highlights a section of the pond and provides an elegant piece of the puzzle of life moving through the water, hovering at the edge, and slipping into the scene. At the end of the book, we get to see the whole array of pages put together, complete with a key identifying each of the 33 organisms represented.

Inside Outside

by Lizi Boyd

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/15015619

The pages of this book take us on a seasonal journey moving back and forth from inside a child’s home and the backyard. This delightful book features small windows that show the dynamic link between these two spaces, while also providing a new view or focus on particular details that might at first be easy to miss. The clever illustrations highlight a child’s experience in all its glory and, although the pictures are simple, they provide enough richness for multiple trips, back and forth and back again.

One Little Bag: An Amazing Journey

by Henry Cole

https://www.goodreads.com/fr/book/show/44575061

The book begins with a picture prelude of a tree being harvested, transported to a paper mill, and transformed into a paper bag. This bag becomes part of a child’s experience of growing up, sharing love, and creating family. This love story of sorts is also a moving reminder of the importance of conserving the resources of our precious planet. And the author’s note at the end isn’t to be missed!

Pancakes for Breakfast

by Tomie DePaola

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/309554

This simple story line shows a woman waking up to the thought of enjoying pancakes. The pages follow her process of checking the recipe, preparing the ingredients, and bumping up against the challenge of missing key elements from the recipe. This requires her to gather eggs, milk the cow, churn the butter, and even go to a neighbour who has tapped some maple syrup. With all of these obstacles almost overcome, she encounters one more big one. But that doesn’t stop her from enjoying some pancakes! One of the delights of this book is how it incorporates words as part of life: from the recipe book, to labels on the dishes or containers, to the final picture hanging on the wall at the end.

Sidewalk Flowers

by Jon Arno Lawson and illustrated by Sydney Smith

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/25928556-sidewalk-flowers

One girl’s walk home with her busy (and slightly preoccupied) dad becomes a tribute to how even the smallest of acts can bring kindness and colour into others’ lives. In the process of noticing small details, the girl collects sidewalk flowers and shares the beauty with those she passes who most need a little love and care.

Wave

by Suzy Lee

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/3171606-wave

The line drawings and blues of the ocean perfectly capture the childhood experience of running to the beach and dancing with the ebbs and flows of the water. Seagulls stand by while a girl goes through a series of interactions with the waves. From initial stand offishness to full-fledged immersion, the girl and the wave (and even the seagulls) go through a kind of transformation, which is enhanced by the blues that begin to wash across each page as the story unfolds.

Window

by Jeannie Baker

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/1401164

Through one window, we witness a story of change. What begins as a lush, tropical backyard eventually becomes a bustling neighborhood. Within this story is also the transition from babyhood to childhood to adulthood and even parenthood. From the items on the windowsill to the various kinds of interactions outside the window, Baker’s collage constructions provide not only a textured story, but also host of fascinating details.

Download a PDF of this booklist! We hope you and your children enjoy these books as much as we do!

Pandemic Impacts on Older Kids and Teens

Mon, 01 May 2023 11:00:32 GMT

While there has been a certain amount of awareness of how COVID has impacted young children, we thought it would be helpful to shift our attention toward those in their elementary and adolescent years. While the impacts may manifest differently, those in the middle of their school years also experienced considerable disruptions from COVID. From increased anxiety and physicality to challenges in social interactions and work engagement, elementary-aged children and adolescents are facing their own share of struggles.

Social Development

Those who experienced the start of the pandemic during their elementary and early adolescent years were at home during a time when developmentally they needed to connect with peers and figure out their social identity. It’s during this time that our kids develop their own sense of individuality within the context of community. This interplay amongst peers allows older children to both develop their ability to communicate with others while processing how their individual actions impact those around them. The result? Our young people begin to learn how to practice empathy for others while also advocating for themselves.

During the locks-downs and distancing from COVID, many children missed out on key formative experiences, like how to join a group, how to invite others into a group, and even how to have positive conversations. Without some of these skills, navigating social situations, especially those that involve more than one other person, can be trickier.

Even children’s awareness of others’ physical space has been impacted, perhaps due to maintaining six feet of distance or even having more time in close proximity to screens. As children have been able to be together again, the boundary line of what is too close or what is too physical is something they are having to discover.

Direct instruction and guided practice can help. Elementary-age children love to role-play, so even acting out different scenarios can be beneficial. To foster developing friendships and healthy peer interactions, have conversations with your children and teens about the qualities of a good friend and how to be a good friend to others.

Regulating Emotions & Managing Anxiety

During the elementary time period, our children are developing their emotional skills, which provide an important base before young people enter their more tumultuous adolescent years. Major emotional skills mastered during this stage include how to adjust to different rules and social norms for behaviour, understand others’ feelings, acquire more control and management of emotions, and develop strategies for patience and general adaptability.

In addition to not having as much opportunity to flex these social-emotional muscles, so much was outside of our children’s control during the early COVID years. As a result, more young people have developed increased anxiety, which can manifest in a multitude of ways.

For some children, just the transition into the school building and away from parents or caregivers can cause anxiety to flare up. For others, trying to figure out how to interact with peers in-person can be anxiety-provoking.

To help, we can focus on communication and collaboration. This can range from recognizing and discussing emotions when children are calm, to remaining open and empathetic when strong emotions surface. It’s essential that, as adults, we model emotional regulation so our young people can see how we use coping strategies, like taking deep breaths or stepping away from a situation, rather than just reacting.

We can also be sure to address our kids’ behaviour rather than their emotions. This helps young people understand the distinction between their feelings and their actions. For example, if someone feels angry, that is just a feeling, which is neither good nor bad. However, if someone acts on that feeling by hitting another person, the behavior of hitting is unacceptable. When we handle disciplinary situations, our responses can help our kids begin to internalize that it is okay to experience a range of emotions and that they have choices and limits in terms of how they behave.

Involving our children in the conversation is essential. They might need help voicing or expressing their emotions and anxieties so worries don’t stay hidden inside where they can easily proliferate. Most importantly, we need to help ensure that children don’t keep avoiding whatever is causing them stress or anxiety.

Getting Back Into the Rhythm

Healthy routines are important for older children and teens, who need structure and predictability to offset the stress associated with the changes they begin to experience in their social lives, their bodies, and even their emotional experiences. With all the disruptions of the pandemic, we need to be especially sensitive to the importance of following through and following up. Our children need us, as adults, to hold consistent, firm, and kind boundaries, so that they can feel secure and settled.

From regular sleep and predictable mornings to completing chores and finishing assignments, routines can be the guide. With older children and teens, we also need to engage in respectful, curious conversations about what causes them to feel stressed, tired, or overwhelmed. Ideally, we are encouraging our young people to take an active role in planning routines that will help them manage themselves better. If we brainstorm with our kids and write down the plan together, we can more easily revisit what is going well and what might need to be modified. Also be sure to celebrate the wins and compassionately communicate if something isn’t working well.

Above all, our young people need our patience and understanding. This requires us, as adults, to practice our own mindfulness and grounding so we can be present and supportive. If concerns arise, we can work in harmony to compassionately identify possible problems and strategize practical solutions.

To see how we support students' emotional regulation, social development, and intellectual engagement, come visit our school . We love to share what we do!

Observation to Instruction

Mon, 24 Apr 2023 11:00:02 GMT

Do you see your child throwing their clothes on the floor in a heap? Maybe leaving things out on the kitchen table? Interrupting during mealtime?

It’s so tempting in these moments to jump in, perhaps correcting or reminding (often for what seems like the umpteenth time).

One of the keys to a Montessori approach is taking the time to observe what is happening, noting what you see, and waiting for an opportune time to teach what to do rather than what not to do.

Supporting Undeveloped Skills

For example, a Montessori teacher saw that a child new to the classroom was regularly cutting to the front of the line as children prepared to wash their hands. Other children were getting quite upset with this young friend’s tactics to get to the front of the line.

Instead of reprimanding the child, the Montessori teacher observed that he wasn’t acting maliciously. He just seemed to not yet have or know the skills to line up successfully. At a quiet moment, the teacher connected with the young boy and let him know that when there is a line, we just go to the end of where the line is forming. Grateful for this information on social graces, the child then happily started going to the end of the lines. It turns out the child just didn’t know the expectations!

It can be so tempting to jump in when we see something happening that we don’t like. Yet as long as children aren’t hurting others, their surroundings, or themself, we practice observing and determining what children still need to learn to be successful.

Observation is Key

The heart of the Montessori method is learning how to observe children in an objective and meaningful way. Adults learn how to look rather than merely see . In order to look without judgment, expectation, or preference, adults work on developing a deep inner awareness. This requires that we observe to understand rather than see something and jump to conclusions.

Thus Montessori education is focused on the natural emergence of young humans at their own pace. The role of adults is to prepare the environment and support children in their optimal development. In order to do this, we have to become constructive observers. We focus on waiting and observing, rather than intervening right away.

How This Can Work at Home

This is something that we can try at home, too. Perhaps your child is throwing their clothes on the floor in a heap. Rather than scold or lecture in the moment, try taking a deep breath and making yourself a little note to remember to circle back to the undeveloped skill. Later, when everyone is relaxed and content, take the time to connect with your child. Let them know you want to show them how to either put their clothes in the laundry basket or fold and store them for later use. Practice these options together. Finally, thank your child for taking the time with you to learn this skill.

Or perhaps you can go over the steps to loading dishes in the dishwasher. Or how to wait for a pause in the conversation. The trick is to observe for the need and wait to give instructions. Children want to do well. Often they just need us to observe, pause, and later take the time to show them how to be successful.

This doesn’t mean that our children will always remember how to do what we’ve shown. Sometimes they’ll need a smile and a gentle reminder. Sometimes they’ll need us to cycle back and demonstrate something again. The key is remembering to observe, rather than reacting in the moment.

The Montessori Approach

Through observation, Dr. Maria Montessori discovered how children’s character is formed through experiences in the environment, how children adapt to their culture, and how children have sensitive periods for acquiring all sorts of important skills.

Observation allows us to provide children with opportunities to become competent and capable. Come observe this for yourself! Schedule a tour today!

Raising Anti-Racist Kids: An Interview with Rebekah Gienapp

Mon, 17 Apr 2023 11:00:01 GMT

With a social justice and community organizing background, Rebekah Gienapp knew that she wasn't the only parent out there who didn't want to wait until her child was an adult to talk to him about the things that mattered most. As a result, Rebekah started a business focused on nurturing brave kids who seek justice and also wrote a book Raising Antiracist Kids: An Age-By-Age Guide for Parents of White Children . Her youngest son went to a Montessori school and she recently shared some insights about how she has made anti-racist parenting a priority.

Conversations with our children about difficult subjects like race and racism can sometimes feel insurmountable. How do you recommend tackling topics that might feel weighty to us as adults but that are important to have with children?

The important thing is to begin with more straightforward subjects, especially with our youngest children. We can name skin tone and help kids correlate those skin tone words with the words our society uses for race. This can be really confusing for children. I call myself white but I’m not white like a piece of copier paper. You may have a friend who calls themself black, but their skin is some shade of brown. Talking about things like where our skin colour comes from–that it comes from melanin–and where our ancestors are from. That’s where children’s natural curiosity starts. And I think this is more accessible for adults. We aren’t yet talking about the more complicated levels of social injustice and racism. So I would say start with the simpler, less charged topics.

Another thing I always encourage, especially for white families, is to make sure you have lots of positive representations of people of color in your child’s books, the media they watch, the toys they play with, and hopefully in your social circle. Do this before you get into talking about prejudice. Around the time my son was about four or five, I started looking more closely at our children’s books. I realized that almost every book we had with a black character was about social injustice and I was sending him a message that being black is mostly about experiencing oppression. So make sure you are laying the groundwork by providing stories and experiences about children playing and doing normal kid stuff.

Once you lay that foundation, the next step is talking about prejudice that children might be observing in their everyday world, like personal prejudice between children or that they see in adults. For example, microaggressions are things that kids commit without realizing it. One example I saw is when a new Asian co-teacher came into a preschool room, one of the kids said, “Oh, your English is so good.” The teacher had a method in place: her students knew that if she said “ouch” they would come back to that moment because something hurtful had been said. When it was circle time, they could address the “ouch” and talk more about why a comment was hurtful. So that is the next level, those interpersonal relationships.

Then I would bring in some examples of systemic racism that kids can wrap their heads around. With three to six-year-olds, I suggest talking about children’s books. Most Montessori children are in a literacy-rich environment. At your own home, in a library, or a bookstore, take a look at the covers of the books and who the characters are. Likely what you are going to find is that there aren’t many books starring kids of colour. This is an example of injustice, but it doesn't have to do with violence and is a little more accessible. Plus, young children are used to thinking about books.

With older children, one example is explaining that there are schools that have dress code policies. Sometimes these dress code policies will specify what kind of hair style people can wear, which can be discriminatory against traditional black hair styles. So I would suggest starting with these kinds of topics and laying the foundation before talking about something like police brutality.

But obviously, if your child has heard about something, especially something that has happened in your community, you might not be able to do this careful scaffolding. You might need to jump right in and address it.

I made a video on Instagram with the example from my city [of Memphis] of Tyre Nichols about how to talk with kids about that event. Take a look for four suggestions when there is something traumatic in the news.

How do you see this ongoing anti-racist work being aligned with Montessori principles?

The Montessori concept of planes of development is a really helpful tool in figuring out how to say enough, but not too much, for your child to be able to process the information. I also think about the ways that Dr. Montessori wanted children to engage with the real word. That is why even the three-year-olds use glass. Dr. Montessori trusted that if the adults around the children are preparing them in the right way, that they can handle these things. I think this also extends into the realm of values and justice. Obviously we don’t want to overwhelm our children, but we also don’t want to shield them from the world as it is.

I also think about the first time I heard about fundamental human needs: people have similar needs but the way they meet them varies according to their time and place and culture. I think one of the roots of racism and oppression is this idea that some ways of meeting needs or expressing culture are better than others. So I think Dr. Montessori’s appreciation for the many different ways people have met their needs through time can be a helpful bridge into anti-bias work.

Beyond what we talked about at the beginning, such as engaging in conversation with our children, where do you recommend that parents, caregivers, and educators begin when starting this work?

If we already have a strong commitment to anti-racist/anti-bias work and perspectives, we can get into really trying to cram it all into our kids. So just a reminder that we need to be pacing ourselves. We can do a little at a time and remember that there are lots of years. That’s not an excuse not to start! But remember we are starting and we don’t have to get from A to Z in a couple of years.

In addition to making sure we have these positive representations and have books and media about social justice issues, it’s also helpful with children to just periodically sprinkle in what you are learning. Sometimes they will be interested and want to talk about it and other times it’s going to go right past them. Sometimes you will think they weren’t listening and then later they will say something that shows they were. This can be a good way to open conversation and, if we do it the right way, it can model for our children that this is a journey and all of us are learning and changing. It’s not about getting it right all the time, or saying I am an expert, or I know what to do. We can model learning and curiosity, and how to change our thinking and behavior when we realize that something was harmful or not true.

What do you see as some useful resources for families and educators?

For parents who are raising white children, I have a guide called “ What’s Wrong with Saying We Are All Equal .” It’s five conversations to have about race with white children.

Parents of all races would probably find my booklists useful. The blog on my website has all kinds of children’s book lists, everything from toddlers through the younger teen years.

Britt Hawthorne ’s work is really helpful. She sends out really practical emails. She also has really good Instagram videos with practical nuggets. Tiffany Jewell has two books, which are especially for folks with older elementary kids and teens: The Anti-Racist Kid (which is great for kids around ages 8-12) and This Book is Anti-Racist (which is really good for teens). Both Britt and Tiffany are Montessori-based. Even when they aren’t talking about Montessori, you can see it coming through in their work.

The other thing, which is especially useful for parents of colour, but also anyone, is Embrace Race . It specifically focuses on children and race. They have lots of recorded webinars and upcoming trainings for parents, as well as tip sheets if you don’t have time to sit through the webinar.

Is there anything else you would like to share?

I often use the metaphor of the antiracism journey. It is so useful because we are on a path. We are never going to get to the very end and be able to say, “Oh, I’m here. I’m done.” It’s that way for us. It’s that way for our children.

I know there are biases that I’ve heard my younger son express that concern me. I’ve had a reaction like I’m doing something wrong if he says those things. Just remember that if you stay consistent and calm and in conversation and are an example to your child, those things will eventually resolve. So don’t panic. Think about how long it can take our children to learn how to use the potty or express their emotions in a way that is healthy. All those things take time. Why would this work be any different?

Caring for Community

Mon, 10 Apr 2023 11:00:31 GMT

Part of being part of a community is participating in the daily routines to care for our surroundings. In Montessori, we provide numerous ways for children to participate as community members.

Children love being able to help care for their environment through real and meaningful activities. In the process of helping maintain and care for their classroom and school, children develop a sense of belonging. They begin to feel at home.

Laying the Groundwork

In order for children to be successful in this process of caring for their surroundings, adults do a lot of behind-the-scenes preparation. We make sure we have materials ready that are both real and child-sized. Because young children learn from (and love!) repetition, we also want children to be able to continue working with the materials as long as they desire. This might mean having just the right amount of polish for cleaning the mirrors, or vases for arranging fresh cut flowers, or cloths for wiping the tables.

Real Outcomes

The activities we provide in Montessori environments are real work, rather than something to keep children busy. As such, the outcome of the activities must be clear and necessary. If the plants need water, children can water the plants. If the floor is wet, children can mop the floor. If a table is dirty, children can scrub the table.

Because our young people are learning how they can have an impact on their environment, adults work hard to not redo what children just did. Thus, if the table is still dirty, the adults leave it as is. Perhaps later another child can be invited to clean the table, but the adults refrain from swooping in and cleaning the table afterward.

Types of Activities

In order to determine appropriate care of the environment activities for the classroom, we observe children and also consider what practical maintenance needs to happen each day. If there is an easel with paint, we create a material for washing the easel. If there is an easel with chalk, we offer an activity for washing the chalkboard.

The specific kinds of activities depend upon community norms, the greater culture, the climate, and even the length of the day. Regardless of these variables, the activities always have an intelligent purpose and are part of the everyday, regular part of what happens in the community.

Individual Satisfaction to Community Impact

At first, children will pursue the activities for their own satisfaction. They will clean a table to enjoy the process of creating soapy bubbles and wiping them off the table. Later they will realize how they are caring for the environment in ways that benefit everyone. They will want to scrub a table because they see it is dirty and they want it to be clean. This realization causes children great joy. They love to contribute to the greater good!

To help children develop this awareness and sense of belonging, it is nice to acknowledge something a child has done that day to contribute to the community. However, we must tread lightly in this process so that children maintain a sense of doing the activity for themselves and the community, rather than for adult praise.

Responsibility

Ultimately, care of the environment activities help children learn how to be responsible for their actions. If a plant needs to be watered, and it isn’t watered, eventually the plant will die. We can offer children the opportunity to water the plant, but if no one is willing, there is a tangible and natural consequence. Children learn that their actions matter and they take great pride in being capable contributors.

Presentation

Before presenting these practical life activities, we work carefully as adults to practice the steps, ensure that the activity makes sense, analyze our movements, and be confident that the presentation flows. Once we create the activity, practice it, and present it, we step back and observe children working with the materials. In the process of observation, we ask questions like: Is this activity working? Do I need to change anything? Do I need to change some of the steps? Do I need to take out unnecessary steps? Does the activity need to be removed?

Ultimately though, children will observe what is essential in the activity and make it their own unique process. As children internalize the procedure, they will start to realize how capable they are. They will put their whole focus into the work and experience great satisfaction in the process of engaging with meaningful work in the community. They will develop a strong sense of belonging, and ultimately flourish into their fullest self.

Support at Home

As parents, we are often curious about how we can support our children’s Montessori experience at home. One of the best ways is to create care of the environment routines and activities at home. Children can clean up their toys at the end of the day, set the table for dinner, or put dirty clothes in the laundry basket. We don’t need elaborate preparation, but rather carefully selected items or furniture: special shelves for toys, a low shelf or drawer prepared with items for setting the table, or a basket in the room for laundry.

Taking a little time to think through the steps involved and what children will need to be successful goes a long way. As adults, we move through daily activities without having to think about what we are doing. Young children, though, are learning how to master their movements. Thus, when we are presenting how to do something, our children need us to slow down and really isolate each step of the process.

Significance and Belonging

For children, learning how to care for their surroundings is a remarkable gift. Through this meaningful work, children develop a strong sense of belonging and significance. They see how their contribution matters. Come visit our school to see how even our youngest children care for their community and develop personal purpose!

Independence: The Significance of Food

Mon, 03 Apr 2023 11:00:11 GMT

Throughout history, human survival has depended upon finding, preparing, and consuming different kinds of food. It is certainly understandable why food is a central part of our lives!

In Montessori, we recognize that food plays a bigger role in our young humans’ development. While nutrition is key, food also represents so much more! Therefore, we offer children the opportunity to use food as a way to develop a richer understanding of the world, master abilities to function independently, and develop a rich language for communication.

Understanding the World

As children develop their relationship with food, it’s important that they get to experience food in its natural state rather than only prepackaged. During the sensitive period for refining their senses, young children need to be able to explore their food sensorially so they can experience the taste, texture, smell, appearance (uncooked and cooked), and even any sound food might make.

In Montessori environments, we offer children opportunities to see and taste fresh foods, and even experience creating homemade breads and soups. Rather than opening a can or package, we start with natural raw ingredients and let the children put all the pieces together so they can see the steps involved in making different foods.

Whenever possible, we also try to give children meaningful connections to nature and its bounty, including when foods are in season. It’s a bonus when we can have fruits, vegetables, and herbs growing in planters or in the outdoor environment! Our goal is for children to develop a connection to food and its growth cycle throughout the year. In the process, children can learn about the parts of plants we eat: leaves, stems, roots, seeds, and flowers.

As children get older, they become more involved with the production and exchange aspects of food, from purchasing ingredients to preparing whole meals for others.

Mastering Abilities & Movement

When children are preparing food, we start with basic skills such as cutting, dicing, peeling, grating, and juicing. As children gain more dexterity and skill, like holding and using a knife, we move toward teaching more complex skills, such as how to prepare the ingredients when following a recipe, or how to operate kitchen appliances such as toasters, openers, coffee makers, juicers, mixers, etc.

Whether using simple or complex equipment, children need items that they can learn to manage on their own. As such, we provide kitchen items that are sized appropriately. So children can master their movements and abilities, the kitchen tools must work for children and not cause unnecessary obstacles. Through plenty of repetition with food preparation and the varied kinds of tools involved, children begin to coordinate their movements and refine their skills.

Developing Language

While children are working with food preparation activities, adults take care to use precise terminology to name the ingredients, materials, and actions involved. When we do this, we help increase and expand children’s language and more permanently fix the concepts in their memory.

Table setting also offers a wonderful opportunity for language development. For the youngest children, we can say, “We need four plates.” Then together the adults and children can count to four. While our youngest children may not have an idea of the concept, they will set the plates one to one and lay the foundation for future math work. Table setting can also be an indirect lesson about prepositions. In a very natural way, we can ask children to put the spoon next to the plate, or to the right of the plate, or a napkin on top of the plate. The word “preposition” is never spoken but the experience gives children exposure to the concept of the function of a preposition in a sentence.

As children get older, we can introduce more complex language and also offer opportunities for them to interpret recipes, write their own instructional steps, and even tap into the expressive creativity involved with food preparation and presentation.

Cultural Importance

Where we live in the world dictates how and what we eat. Different cultures have disparate expectations about cooking or consuming. Yet in all cultural groups, people have explored and experimented with food. This makes sense, of course. People have needed to know what they can eat, if food needs to be cooked to be edible, how foods can be combined, and how our bodies might react to particular foods or food combinations.

Food also plays a key role in rituals and customs, from people coming together socially to religious ceremonies to relying on food for medical purposes. All cultures have some kind of beliefs about both the significance of food and different foods’ ability to make our bodies feel better or worse.

With all of the cultural richness woven into food, bringing in family traditions, customs, favorite recipes, and rituals around food can enhance the classroom community’s experience and provide a culturally responsive school-family partnership.

Food preparation is an essential part of our learning communities and a significant part of our children’s development. Please schedule a time to visit the school, see this work for yourself, and perhaps even share a bit about your own culinary traditions!

Going Out: An Expansive Elementary

Mon, 27 Mar 2023 11:00:06 GMT

At the elementary level, children want to know the how and why of everything. As a result, they have a strong drive to explore the world beyond their immediate family and even their classroom or school. New interests compel elementary-age children to explore anywhere and everywhere! Plus, they are creating their ability to function in society. In order to achieve this, our elementary children need to acquire new skills.

One of the ways Montessori elementary programs help six- to twelve-year-olds develop these new skills is through something called “going out.” Dr. Maria Montessori developed the idea of “going out” both literally and figuratively. She recognized how, developmentally, elementary-age children needed to go out the door of the classroom and that the door should open into the wider world.

What is Going Out?

Imagine that a group of two, three, or four children have been studying something in the classroom. They have exhausted all of the resources in the class or school library and are eager to learn more. For example, a group of children may have learned about falcons. They want to interview a falconer and see some falcons up close. Or maybe a couple of students have been interested in mice, so they visit the local pet store to learn about the care of rodents. Students who just researched the Titanic may discover a nearby museum with a display about the Titanic, so they arrange a visit. Children learning about a period in history might visit a local theater’s costume shop to find clothing from that time period and recreate what someone would wear. The options are endless.

Purposes of Going Out

This small group experience serves elementary children’s need for independence, collaboration, and experience. They need new opportunities for intellectual stimulation. They are curious to learn more. They want to learn everything about the universe and the universe won’t fit into our classrooms!

In addition, elementary children need to be social and collaborate. In preparing for a “going out” experience, students get to work together in an authentic and meaningful way. In the classroom, they share resources, make group decisions, delegate and divide labour, take responsibility, and celebrate each other’s success. Inevitably conflict can arise and can be a necessary and important part of their work. With support, children practice respectful problem-solving. So with all this practice, they are ready to apply these skills outside of the classroom through their “going out” experiences.

“Going out” trips also require a new level of self-discipline. Children must make decisions and take action. In order to have a successful outing, they have to organize their thinking, themselves, and each other. They also must demonstrate a high level of responsibility, as individuals and as a group.

Different than a Field Trip

Although field trips are important and delightful, they are quite different than the “going out” experience. Field trips involve the entire class and are often planned and executed by an adult. The “going out” trip, however, involves a small group of children who want to learn more about something they are studying or investigating. Those children are then responsible for all of the logistics of the “going out” trip. The outing is conceived, planned, organized, and carried out by this small group of children who have a mission to learn more.

The responsibility for setting up a “going out” experience can require a variety of skills ranging from letter writing, sending emails, filling out forms, making appointments, finding transportation, reading schedules, budgeting for the day, making a phone call, speaking to different kinds of people, using electronics respectfully, packing supplies, confirming appointments, and following up with acknowledgments or thanks.

Sometimes children may need little mini-lessons about particular forms of decorum related to their “going out” — how to enter a theater, how to conduct an interview, how to write a thank you note, how to show you are listening, how to pay an admissions fee, etc. These are all vital skills that help our children prepare for how they will enter society.

A Community Effort

A successful “going out” program requires the support of the whole school community and the community at large. Sometimes parents or school staff offer to transport children. Being a “going out” driver is very different than being a field trip chaperone. A “going out” driver relies upon the children to share the directions, where to park, and what to do. If the children have neglected to check the hours of the place they are visiting, and they arrive to find the doors locked, the driver merely waits for instructions from the children about what to do next. This requires a great deal of adult self-restraint and an understanding of the aims of the program!

The children take on the challenge and expectation of what is expected. They want to be capable and they want to know what successful entry into society requires. When they find out what the rules are, they feel more secure in the world. Over time, as children develop connections and relationships out in the greater community, they also pave the way for future “going out” trips.

Support at Home

The spirit of “going out” can be supported at home, too! Think about the various activities that happen in our daily routines and how our children can take on some ownership or responsibility. For example, going to the grocery store can become its own “going out” experience. Part of the planning and preparation can involve sitting with our children to peruse the weekly sale flier to map out some menus for the week ahead. Children can make a list of what to buy and even estimate how much it will cost or try to work within a predetermined budget. Before leaving for the store, they can gather what is needed: reusable bags, the shopping list, snacks so no one shops hungry, etc. Or perhaps a recent weekend hike sparks curiosity about a particular subject, like rock slides or mushrooms. Children can find out the hours of the local library, talk with the librarian about their interests, and initiate the process of checking out or requesting some resources.

Elementary children are capable of so much, physically and mentally. Thus, we want to acknowledge their potential and offer keys for our children to unlock new experiences and step into the wonderful world beyond the school. The best part? Not only does the “going out” experience meet elementary students’ developmental needs, it also promotes a future full of good citizenship and responsible community members.

Looking on the Positive Side

Mon, 20 Mar 2023 11:00:49 GMT

Our brains are hardwired to look for problems and generate solutions. In The Neuroscience of Change , Kelly McGonigal, a health psychologist and lecturer at Stanford University, explains how this brain state has been helpful for human evolution so we can improve our state of being. Looking for what’s wrong, however, often prevents us from seeing what is good in the present moment.

Because of our negative bias, we can easily become focused on what children need to do better: pick up their clothes, get ready faster, be quieter, solve math problems better, make less mess, and on and on. As a result, our children can easily be bombarded by what they are not doing right.

Clear Feedback & Encouragement

In Montessori environments, we focus on offering clear, accurate feedback and encouragement, which includes acknowledging children’s work and effort. We want children to develop an internal drive so they can be independent, responsible, thoughtful learners and community members.

To support this development, our feedback and encouragement are focused on what is happening for children internally. We acknowledge what children might be feeling and the effort involved. Instead of the focus being on what the adult is feeling, we reflect upon children’s experiences. So rather than saying “I’m so proud of you,” we might say “You look very proud,” or “You worked so hard. Congratulations!”

Phrases of encouragement or positive feedback work best when backed up by evidence. For example, “I noticed how your friends looked relieved when you offered to help sweep up the spilled rice. They seemed to really appreciate your kindness.” Or “I saw how you looked frustrated and then how you took a deep breath. You showed a lot of self-control at that moment.”

State the Positive

Developmentally, young children need to hear requests or reminders framed positively. They need to know the expected behavior and they need us to state what we expected to see. If we say, “don’t hit,” young children cannot easily differentiate between the commands “hit” and “don’t hit.” The last word they hear is “hit,” so that is the image that lasts in their minds. Thus, statements like “don’t run” or “don’t hit” aren’t as effective for our young children.

Rather than saying what not to do, we focus on the behavior we want to see. Statements like “walk, please,” “touch gently,” or “please talk quietly” offer a clear and positive image of what to do. Children hear how to be successful and thus can more easily be successful.

Catch Them Doing Something Right

In addition to these clear directions, we can recast children’s self-image by acknowledging times they are making a good choice. In doing so we are providing our children with positive attention. All too often children get attention when they are engaged in behaviors we don’t like. Children then quickly learn that they need to act out in some way if they want attention. To counter this trend, we need to catch our children doing something right.

Building a Foundation

If we are caught in a cycle of only seeing the negative, one way we can change our outlook is to make a list of all the things our children have done right over the course of a day. When we start noticing and acknowledging the good stuff, we help create a positive feedback loop. Young children also love hearing a story about their day that highlights the positive choices they have made.

In Different Learners , Jane M. Healy, Ph.D., offers a strong reminder about the profound influence we have on our children: “One thing brain research tells us – loud and clear – is that the way we raise and teach our children not only helps shape their brains, but can also influence or even alter the way genes play out their roles.”

In this season of new growth, let’s offer positive reminders and in-the-moment acknowledgments to help our young people develop successfully. By doing so we will also be helping ourselves see the world in a more positive light.

Pandemic Impacts & Optimal Child Development

Mon, 13 Mar 2023 11:00:06 GMT

We’ve enjoyed some return to normalcy after the intensity of the early COVID years. However, it’s important to remember that our young children are still living with some of the impacts of the changes we all experienced. One of the reasons the COVID years have affected our children is because so much critical development happens in the first few years of life.

While home is an incredibly nurturing place, many of our children were limited to only being at home which led to fewer opportunities for socializing and learning different kinds of relationship skills. To further complicate the scene, many of us were also trying to juggle our own changes in work and life.

With all this in mind, we’ve been focusing on identifying some impacts of COVID and sharing strategies to support optimal development in our young children.

Socializing with Peers

During the early COVID years, children didn’t have as much time to be around others, especially other children. Even when we could be with other people, we all needed to maintain a physical distance.

Yet children learn how to navigate social situations through play. Think of the rough and tumble romping of wolf puppies. It is through those interactions that the pups strengthen social bonds and learn how to navigate social status in the pack. Similarly, during interactive play, children learn to negotiate, share, wait for a turn, follow the rules of a game, and consider others’ feelings.

Our children now have an intense hunger for socialization while their socialization skills are still developing.

To support their social development, we can:

provide plenty of opportunities for unstructured imaginative play with peers
observe to see if children are hanging back or avoiding interactions
offer gentle help for joining into play or suggest phrases children can use to ask to participate
recommend tasks they can do to help the group
identify real-time emotions
model positive communication

Before intervening, though, it’s also important to give time and space for children to negotiate and problem-solve. Children learn best through opportunities to make some mistakes and, just like with the wolf pups, the learning might look a little messy at first!

Connecting to the Real World

Many of our children have had a lot more screen time over the past few years. According to Carlota Nelson, director of the documentary Brain Matters , too much screen time can impact children’s concentration and focus, reduce their ability to control impulses, and affect their capacity for empathy.

Young children need lots of opportunities for concrete, tangible, hands-on play. They need to use their bodies and hands to manipulate the world around them. Plus, multi-sensory experiences help children develop strong neural pathways.

To help this real-world connection, we can:

provide more time in nature and green spaces
incorporate more movement, exercise, and free play into the day
play board or card games with our children (or just play with them!)
make sure to practice and model face-to-face interactions and eye contact
engage in healthy human touch
reduce passive screen time

As an added bonus, these pursuits also provide children with more opportunities to experience a language-rich environment. As we know, the amount and quality of language children experience have a direct correlation with the rate of their language development. Thus, they need plenty of experiences to develop their language skills through listening to and interacting with a variety of people around them.

Developing Independence

Being home more with our children led to lovely family time, however it also may have increased our children’s reliance upon our presence while decreasing their tolerance for uncomfortable situations. Yet as children grow, they need opportunities to develop independence. These experiences are immensely important for children to build a sense of self while also increasing their self-esteem, frustration tolerance, and perseverance.

Rather than shield our children from challenging situations, we can make sure they have practice with experiences that can be a little anxiety-provoking. Anxiety is a normal human feeling and helps our bodies prepare us for something that might be hard. So our children can gain practice in how to regulate themselves, they need opportunities to be a bit out of their comfort zone.

To develop our children’s confidence, we can:

expose our children to experiences that can produce a little healthy anxiety
create opportunities for children to talk and share their thoughts
engage in warm, responsive conversation (with lots of listening!)
experience and discuss stories or situations together
teach practical life skills for self-sufficiency
include our children in household chores

As children become more confident, they are better able to handle transitions, experience less anxiety, and become more flexible. If you need any more convincing, Psychology Today references a study showing that children who started contributing to family chores at age three or four were more likely to have successful relationships, engage in rewarding careers, and be more self-sufficient in their lives.

As we shift into more regular routines after the intensity of the pandemic, let’s use this time to bring out the best in our children.

“We then become witnesses to the development of the human soul; the emergence of the New [Human], who will no longer be the victim of events but, thanks to his clarity of vision, will become able to direct and to mold the future of [human]kind.”

– Dr. Maria Montessori, The Absorbent Mind

What is the Montessori Three-Year Cycle?

Mon, 06 Mar 2023 12:00:47 GMT

When visiting a Montessori classroom, it can at first be surprising to see children of a range of ages in one room. Visitors often ask how children of very different sizes and abilities can all be supported and challenged in one classroom. There are many factors, but one reason the mix of ages works so well in Montessori is because we have “three-year cycles.”

What is a Montessori Three-Year Cycle?

In Montessori, children typically enter a classroom as the youngest children and then stay in the same learning community for at least three years. Over the course of those three or so years, they cycle through a rhythm of growth and development.

When children first come into a new classroom it is a bit like what happens when transplanting a perennial flower: they need some time to establish their roots and initially don’t show a great deal of external growth. This first year in a classroom is when children are exploring their environment and making sense of their new community.

During their second year, children are more established and, like perennial flowers, they often show more growth and blossom a bit more. This is when children are experimenting in a learning space where they feel comfortable and established.

By their third year, children are the experts in their community. Similar to perennial flowers, children’s growth becomes exponential and abundant. They truly blossom. The children who have benefited from a three-year cycle show what happens when they have had an opportunity to establish their roots, extend themselves, and then have the time and space to bloom in exciting new ways.

Evolving Roles

Because children in Montessori classrooms are with each other for a series of years, their learning community becomes a family. As they move through the years together, children get the opportunity to play the role of the youngest, middle, and oldest child, and experience the responsibilities and opportunities that come with those roles.

The younger children look up to their older peers, quickly learning through observation how to behave, what is acceptable, and even what to look forward to in terms of advanced work. The oldest in the class serve as mentors, leaders, and even teachers. As the older students master certain skills or materials, they have the opportunity to share what they have learned and in the process are able to synthesize their learning. Through this mutually beneficial process, children move through the process of developing aspiration, building confidence, and demonstrating excellence.

Consistency of Community

By having a consistent community for at least three years, children are able to build a foundation that serves them in multiple ways. In addition to having time to gain proficiency, children establish long-term relationships with their peers and the adults.

With their training and sensitivity to developmental needs, Montessori teachers understand individual children’s learning styles, rhythms, and needs. They can tailor their presentations to the individual, recognizing where and how to help children stretch beyond their comfort zones. As a result, children are able to feel secure enough to take risks in their learning.

One of the additional benefits is that over the course of multiple years, a meaningful and supportive partnership develops between families and the Montessori guides. A consistent community provides support that empowers our children and families.

As children solidify their learning and consolidate their knowledge, they experience new possibilities for growth in a family-like learning community. This mixed-age experience is an essential component of what we do and our three-year cycles make it possible.

What is Social Organization?

Mon, 27 Feb 2023 12:00:27 GMT

Adolescents require new opportunities for independence, as well as ways to contribute to their community. In Montessori we call this social organization.

As humans, we develop as social beings in our communities, society, and culture. In fact, associating with others is a fundamental human tendency. Therefore, in Montessori education we prioritize social development, even (or especially) as children grow into adolescents.

At the adolescent level, young people are experiencing a bridge from childhood into adulthood. They no longer need and want to create little practice societies as they did in their elementary years. Instead, adolescents need and want to understand and experience adult-level roles and responsibilities. Adolescents therefore require new opportunities for independence and valorization, as well as opportunities to contribute in purposeful ways to their community. In Montessori, we call this social organization.

In order to support this experience, Dr. Montessori envisioned an ideal setting where adolescents could live within as many aspects of society as possible. In her book, From Childhood to Adolescence, Dr. Montessori even outlines a road map for social organization at the adolescent level. In describing the practical aspects of social organization, Dr. Montessori suggests that adolescents live away from their families in a residential setting, preferably a farm that includes components such as a shop or store, a “museum of machinery," and a way to host others.

Residential Experience

Developmentally, adolescents need to break away from their families. Having some sort of residential setting or away-from-home option allows adolescents to figure themselves out in new ways amongst different adults. In addition, a residential opportunity allows adolescents to live in a community and recognize the impact they have within and on their community. Even if a full residence isn’t possible, adolescents can prepare meals for each other, make sure the kitchen and tools are ready for the next meal, ensure the compost is taken out, clean the dining area, and so forth, all of which allow adolescents to experience how their work matters.

This kind of experience is similar to how students in a Montessori primary or elementary environment become aware of how what they do in the classroom impacts others: if they run, are loud, or step onto someone’s work rug, that has an impact. Yet at the adolescent level, the experience of social organization needs to be in the context of real living. Adolescents need to step into adult-level roles. They need to coordinate lunch for their community or be the barn manager in charge of animal care. This also means they need to handle what happens if part of the work is left undone.

Land-Based Opportunities

Another ideal aspect of adolescents’ social organization is being on a farm or working on the land, which offers adolescents the opportunity to experientially understand our agricultural roots as humans. To survive, humans have needed to grow, raise, and harvest our food. When working on the land, adolescents get the experience of what it means to care for other living things and how those living things provide human sustenance. There are big moral questions that come up in this process: what do to when an animal is sick, how to honour an animal that will be butchered for meat, or how to handle pests that are decimating crops. Farm life allows adolescents to grapple with challenging questions that are part of living in a society.

Production & Exchange

Similarly, when operating a shop or store, adolescents get to experience the process of production and exchange as it works in society. They can labour to make sure a hive of bees is healthy and producing honey, and then determine how to package and market that honey to sell. Or they can create cutting boards in a wood shop and puzzle over how much to sell them for based on the cost of materials, the time for labour, and the value of their artistic work. They can harvest cucumbers and pickle them. They can create artwork for auction. They can harvest lettuce and wash it to prepare a salad for the community. Opportunities abound.

This experience also offers adolescents the chance to understand interconnections and interdependencies. Many people have done a great deal of work so that we can enjoy each thing we eat, purchase, or enjoy! Through the process of production and exchange, adolescents can also begin to understand the role of monetary systems and how to budget, plan, save, invest, share, and be responsible with their earnings.

Hosting & Using Tools

Other ideal options for adolescents include a hostel or host experience and a “museum of machines.” In hosting, adolescents get to experience how to give back to others. For example, in making a meal for guests or providing a place for parents to stay for the night, adolescents must put others’ needs first, while also taking on new roles and responsibilities.

Finally, Dr. Montessori’s “museum of machines” isn’t about having machines on display behind glass but rather means having many tools and machines available for adolescents to use, take apart, and repair. This collection of machines allows adolescents to learn and practice with tools that will help them on the land or farm, with their residential setting, in their shop, or with their hosting experience. Use of different tools of society helps adolescents learn skills and abilities that will serve them as capable adults.

Preparation for Adult Life

Preparation for adult life is a significant part of the adolescent experience. This isn’t preparation for a job, though! Rather preparation for adult life means that adolescents begin to understand the context for the human experience amongst other living things on earth, within the big picture of human progress, how we have used technology for the building up of civilization, and how each of us is a part and player in human history.

It is important to remember that adolescents are on their path to maturity. Social organization offers them the opportunity to step firmly onto the bridge from childhood to adulthood by living and experiencing aspects of what it means to be in society and the moral questions that arise as a result of being a human living amongst others in the web of life. In addition, social organization provides adolescents the chance to develop their own independence in the context of how we are all connected to each other.

In our families, communities, or schools, let’s keep these ideal principles in mind as we support our adolescents. We also welcome you to visit our school to see how we prioritize social development!

Toilet Learning: The Montessori Way

Mon, 20 Feb 2023 12:01:35 GMT

The toilet learning process for young children takes time but doesn’t have to feel daunting. Here are some key aspects of toileting the Montessori way

As parents we quickly learn that children have control over three things: eating, sleeping, and toileting. Rather than engage in power struggles, however, we can help children develop the skills they need to manage and gain proficiency over these essential aspects of life.

In Montessori learning communities, young children learn how to prepare snack, fall asleep without assistance, and dress themselves. In addition, they learn how to control their sphincter and stay dry. This process, which we call “toilet learning" or “toilet awareness” takes time, yet it is a vital part of becoming independent.

Because we are helping children with an important aspect of their independence, we try to avoid the terminology of “toilet training.” After all, we aren’t training our children like we might train a dog! Rather we are helping children feel the success of becoming fully independent as they become masters of their own body functions.

The process takes time but doesn’t have to feel daunting. Here are some key aspects of toileting the Montessori way.

Establish Body Awareness

Toilet awareness starts at birth. From the earliest days of life, we talk to our infants about what is happening as we change their diapers. We might say, “Your diaper is wet from your urine,” or “I am wiping your poop off your bottom.”

Useful phrases:

“Does your diaper feel wet or dry? Is there poop in your diaper?”
“Your underpants feel so heavy! You must have had a lot of pee come out.”
“I see you are squatting down and pushing. Your poop is coming!”

Collaborate

When a child is wet, we help them to the bathroom and collaborate with changing out of their wet underwear. We allow them to sit on the toilet to see if any urine is left that can be pushed or released into the toilet. Then once they have on dry underwear, they return to their activity.

Children need to feel involved in the toileting and changing process. They can assist in getting the clean underwear or diaper and putting any soiled items in their appropriate place. This gives children the feeling of some power or control in what is happening.

Useful phrases:

“You can hold your shirt up while I pull down your pants.”
“You can open the Velcro on this side of your diaper and I’ll open the Velcro on that side.”
“I’ll have a turn to wipe your bottom, and then you can have a turn!”

State the Facts

We are careful to stay matter of fact through the toileting process. Going to the toilet is a very natural thing to do, so we treat it as such. When children have wet or soiled their underpants or cloth diapers, we show them the dirty pair of underpants or diaper and where it should go. When appropriate we may even deposit feces from their underwear or diaper into the toilet. Children very quickly begin to associate and understand the process. Even when they begin to use the toilet successfully, we avoid clapping and celebrating and instead stick to the facts.

Useful phrases:

“Everyone poops!”
“Pee and poop go into the toilet.”
“It’s time to try sitting on the toilet.”
“Your underpants are wet. Let’s change into some dry underpants. Do you remember where to find your dry underpants in the bathroom?”
“Look, there’s some pee on the floor. Please bring me the clean-up bucket from the bathroom so that we can dry the puddle.”

Keep it Light and Friendly

Children are very sensitive to adults’ emotions, even when we try not to show them! Thus we make sure to have a positive, light, and friendly attitude toward the toileting process. Our approach helps children feel comfortable with their normal bodily processes. So we make sure to avoid any facial expression, comment, or tone of voice that conveys disgust or dislike, frustration or impatience. We stay relaxed and positive, so children can feel that way too.

Useful phrases:

“We can always change into dry clothes!”
“Everyone used to wear diapers—even Mommy and Daddy! Now we can use the toilet. You can, too!”

No Tricks or Treats

We offer the toilet, but we never force children to sit on the toilet. We also avoid asking children if they would like to sit on the toilet. There is a happy middle in which we suggest that they sit on the toilet or let them know it is time to sit on the toilet. Ultimately, we trust that children will incorporate this part of daily life into their routine. Young children love the consistency of routines, so we ensure, from the very beginning, that toileting is a regular part of the day.

Bribing, reward charts, and punishments may have short-term results, but do not work for the long-term goal of helping children develop independence, self-assurance, and competence in this essential part of their humanity. We allow children the time to be successful. Rather than scolding or over-congratulating, we know that children will learn through experience and feel proud of their accomplishments.

Useful phrases:

“It’s time to sit on the toilet.”
“You peed in the toilet. You did it all by yourself.”

Respect the Process

Often when adults change children it is all done so quickly that children aren’t even aware of their bodily functions. Rather than rushing, we take time to explain what is happening and offer opportunities for collaboration.

It’s showing the utmost respect to children when we help them learn how to do something for themselves. When children able to respond to their body’s needs, they are one step closer to being fully functioning, independent young people.

Art for Self-Expression

Mon, 13 Feb 2023 12:00:01 GMT

Art is a vital form of self-expression, especially for young children and adolescents. Explore the role that art plays in Montessori classrooms.

Numerous theories and lots of research expound upon the importance of artistic expression. For young children and adolescents, art is an especially crucial form of personal expression. As such, children need to experience their own process rather than to produce a piece that someone else wants. In Montessori, we also have sensitivity to different expressive needs throughout different stages of development.

Process vs. Product

For young children, the process of making art is much more important than the product. When infants and toddlers are engaged in art activities, they are expressing feelings that they may not yet have words to express. Thus, during these early years, we focus on offering young children a variety of different artistic mediums.

When children are using different art materials, we first provide opportunities to work with larger spaces and then later move into the smaller more refined possibilities. For example, we start with painting at the easel, then as children develop more coordinated hand movements, we offer smaller paper or objects to paint.

Use of Tools

In addition to introducing different kinds of materials, we also show young children how to use different tools. We show how to use just a little water and the tip of the brush with watercolour paints. We explore different techniques with crayons. We introduce various tools–like knitting needles, crochet hooks, or looms–for fiber arts. Whatever the form of art, we offer the tools required for successful expression through that form.

We also open up a range of possibilities for children to explore. For example, in introducing clay, we show how to carefully get out the clay, how to use different techniques such as forming coils and slabs, how to cut, carve, or roll the clay, and how to store it when finished. We may also show examples of clay sculptures, whether in books or museums. With all of this information, children have a range of inspiration when they decide to work with clay.

Adult Response

To support young children’s artistic expression, we offer objective comments: “Oh how interesting…the lines go up and down,” or “I can see you used a lot of red and blue paint today.” We want to be very careful with what we say so we don’t give any indication of judgment, either good or bad. Young children do not yet have the language to explain their art. Therefore, we want to make sure our comments don’t inadvertently create expectations for children.

In Montessori, adults don’t insist that children express themselves artistically, or tell children what to express. When children choose some form of artistic expression, adults allow them the freedom to be with themselves while in the process of creating art. With this in mind, children’s artwork is individual, creative, non-competitive, and often connected to other subjects. We don’t expect children to learn to imitate adult creations or turn out products that all look alike.

Into the Elementary Years

From six to twelve, children began to use art in a more cognitive way. Often elementary-aged children began to want their artwork to be very realistic. They may focus more on the finer details of a particular piece of art rather than on the overall composition. As a result, children of this age can become discouraged if they feel their art “doesn’t look right.” Their determination is relentless. Because they will often insist upon realism, even at the risk of giving up on their artistic ability, we offer many different sub-skills to help children refine their techniques.

Art in a Montessori elementary classroom is often connected to students' intellectual pursuits. When studying Ancient Egypt, students may want to create a portrait in profile or a model of a pyramid. If they are immersed in learning about a country, they might learn about the symbolism of the flag’s colors and sew a sample flag.

All of this work is aided by the fact that children of this age love big projects. To support their artistic and intellectual pursuits, we provide elementary students with a kind of mini-studio so they can access the materials they need to create big projects and share their learning with their peers.

Through Adolescence

During adolescence, young people need even more opportunities to form, shape, express, and clarify their inner thoughts, feelings, and experiences. Artistic expression can be a vital outlet during this turbulent time, and can allow adolescents to not only reach a better understanding of who they are but also to be able to connect deeply with others through shared expression.

Questions of identity and fitting in weigh heavily on adolescents. Without ample opportunities for expression, these already perplexing questions can fester. Adolescents need creative outlets to keep their spirits vibrant!

In addition, expressive opportunities allow adolescents to merge their emotions with their intellect. It’s best to have a variety of avenues for artistic expression: instruments readily available to pick up, an art studio to transfer complex feelings into visual art, or opportunities for dramatic interpretation of academic content.

Vital Form of Expression

In Montessori, we feel strongly that young people need artistic outlets so they can have balance in their physical, emotional, social, intellectual, spiritual, and creative development. A Montessori environment supports the development of the whole person, thus allowing children to explore their personal creativity.

Art is a vital form of expression throughout different stages of growth. Through art children can express what they are feeling, elementary-age students can integrate their learning and refine their skills, and adolescents can better understand themselves and their connections to others. Creating art can allow our young people to reveal feelings that they could perhaps not express in words. Thus, we offer children a variety of art mediums and different experiences, as well as the freedom to choose and experience the form they have chosen.

As always, we invite you to come to visit our school to see this artistic expression in action!

The Foundation of Freedom

Mon, 06 Feb 2023 12:00:17 GMT

Learn how Montessori supports children in becoming independent so they can ultimately be free.

In order to be truly free, we need to be able to make our own choices, which means having the skills and abilities to then act upon our choices. Without independence, we can’t truly be free.

As children’s independence grows, so does their opportunity for freedom. They have more choices available and more to consider. The freedom children experience in our prepared learning environments is directly related to their independence. Over multiple years in their classrooms, children feel like masters of their environment and younger children look up to them as if they have superpowers.

In order for children to develop this freedom and independence, we make sure that the following opportunities are present in our classrooms:

To Choose Their Own Activity

Even at a young age, children have ideas of what they want and don’t want to do. This independence will only increase when children have opportunities to make decisions. In Montessori classrooms, we provide opportunities to make choices, but it is not a free-for-all!

The classroom is set up with a variety of activities designed to meet developmental needs. Children are free to choose any material they have been shown or that they have the ability to do. Thus, children must have the skill before being able to choose.

To build this ability to make a choice, we start by offering children choices about very simple things. When an activity has two parts, we might ask: “Would you like to carry the box or the tray?” Then we give another opportunity to make a choice: “Lovely! You may carry the tray to any table that you choose.”

Over time children develop the ability to make increasingly more complex choices and they build the skills that allow them more options in their learning environment.

To Work Without Interruption

Once children choose an activity, they are free to do it for as long as they like without anyone else (adult or child) interfering with their work. In this way, we protect children’s focus and concentration. As a bonus, because the materials are self-correcting, children don’t need an adult for validation.

The adults in Montessori classrooms work to protect children who are actively engaged in purposeful activity from interruption (even if this is a three-year-old washing a table and water is pouring off the table!). If children get interrupted a lot, their concentration becomes broken which can result in them not wanting to take risks or engage with challenging learning material.

The experience of being interrupted can happen a lot to children. They try to start doing something and someone comes along and stops them or finishes it for them. Yet children need to be able to deeply dive into activity in order to develop concentration and focus.

To Move Freely

Children are free to move about the classroom. Rather than having an assigned table or workspace, they can choose to work where they want and also with whom they want. They have the liberty to get up and move, get a drink when thirsty, or go to the bathroom when needed. If there is a group activity in the classroom, children are even free to choose whether or not they want to participate.

To Communicate With Others

Children also have the freedom to communicate. They can speak to whomever they want and when they want, as long as it is not disturbing their own or others’ work. This freedom is a gift to children who are often asked to be quiet and not to talk. Children in our learning environments have the freedom to speak and the ability to be heard, which means that the adults in the classroom make it a priority to be respectful when children want to communicate something.

To Work at Their Own Pace

Unlike in traditional environments where children move together along the same path (this half hour is story time, this is math time, etc.), Montessori children have the freedom to work at their own pace. To facilitate this, our schedule is specifically designed to offer large blocks of uninterrupted time so children have the freedom to spend the time they need on the activities they choose.

Working with learning materials is how children are developing themselves. They need time to reflect and integrate what they are learning. Therefore, children also need to be able to repeat an action as often and as long as they would like to do so. When children are new to Montessori classrooms, we sometimes need to let them know about the opportunity to work at their own pace and rhythm by reminding them, “You can do this for as long as you like!”

Limits

In order to support this foundation of freedom, Montessori classrooms have a few basic limits that support independence. In addition to ensuring that children aren’t distracted or interrupted in their work, we help children learn that materials can only be taken off the shelf and must be returned to their proper place on the shelf. These basic rules are clear social signals to children as to when a material is available for use: when a material is on the shelf it is available, and when the material is not on the shelf, it is not available.

Children are also part of restoring materials so that they are ready in their proper place. In the process of making the activity beautiful for the next person, children learn how to replace wet towels with dry towels, how to dry drips of water off a tray, or how to replace anything that was consumable. When the materials are restored and returned to their proper place on the shelf, then children can access the materials independently.

Development of Independence & Freedom

As children gain skills and abilities, their independence increases and so do their choices. Activities are available and ready for use so that children are not dependent upon anyone to get things for them. Children can choose where they do their work. The lessons we offer are designed to provide just enough information for children to continue the activity independently. We offer these liberties in harmony with children’s skills, abilities, and level of independence so they can experience a variety of freedoms in their learning community.

Curious about how this all works? Schedule a tour to see how independence and freedom are interconnected!

Our Montessori Bookshelf: Mathematical Thinking

Mon, 30 Jan 2023 12:01:35 GMT

As humans, we are predisposed toward order, exactness, and precision. With this tendency to abstract and imagine, we could be said to have a mathematical mind. Children, young and old alike, are drawn to numbers and mathematical ideas.

For thousands of years, math has been a part of the human search for meaning. We have long tried to quantify our natural world. From carbon dating artifacts to analyzing voting trends in politics, from understanding traffic patterns to examining climate change, math continues to be an integral part of our search for understanding.

Learning to think in mathematical terms is an essential part of becoming a person adapted to our time and place. Math is such an integral part of our lives and we feel that it’s vital to ensure our children are not only in touch with mathematics but also captured by the beauty and wonder of math in our world.

With this in mind, we pulled some of our favorite books that promote mathematical thinking for young children through early adolescence.

Counting Is for the Birds

by Frank Mazzola Jr.

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/2850143-counting-is-for-the-birds

Written in rhyme, this picture book can be used in different ways with young children. Some may just enjoy the story and illustrations, others can clue into the counting aspect of the book, and older children might explore the ornithological details provided on each page. This is the kind of book that you can revisit again and again with your children!

4,962,571

by Trevor Eissler, Ruth Chung, Bobby George, June George

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/12054759-4-962-571

Written by a former Montessori parent, this picture book is a lovely introduction to and extension of the concept of place value. A young boy wants to see how high he can count, so he figures out ways to create groups of numbers so he can count to four million, nine hundred sixty-two thousand, five hundred seventy-one (and beyond!). Plus, anyone who has been in Montessori will appreciate the color coding of the numbers in the title!

How Much, How Many, How Far, How Heavy, How Long, How Tall Is 1000?

by Helen Nolan, illustrated by Tracy Walker

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/1471736.How_Much_How_Many_How_Far_How_Heavy_How_Long_How_Tall_Is_1000_

Children at the end of their primary years or those who have recently transitioned into elementary will definitely appreciate this exploration of the quantity of 1,000. Full of thought-provoking questions, this picture book takes readers on a journey through how a 1,000 can be represented in so many different ways – and how that can change our impression of the size of the number.

One Grain of Rice: A Mathematical Folktale

by Demi

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/417181.One_Grain_of_Rice

This stunningly illustrated picture book provides both a moral tale and an example of the exponential power of multiplying by two. After a raja in India has hoarded rice for his own benefit, a young girl returns some spilled rice to him and as a reward requests only one grain of rice, as long as the raja doubles what he gave her the day before over the course of 30 days. By the end, she has more than enough rice to share with all the starving villagers, as well as the goodwill to support the raja in continued kindness.

Anno's Mysterious Multiplying Jar

by Masaichiro Anno, Mitsumasa Anno

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/596697.Anno_s_Mysterious_Multiplying_Jar

For those who love Anno’s Journey , this is a must-read, but this time the illustrations and text take the reader on a mathematical journey through factorials. Then to show what happened mathematically, the Annos (father and son) illustrate the multiplication in a graphic way that fits so well with what children experience with the Montessori math materials.

Mathematicians Are People, Too: Stories from the Lives of Great Mathematicians, Volumes 1 & 2

by Luetta Reimer, Wilbert Reimer

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/1629218.Mathematicians_Are_People_Too

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/443990.Mathematicians_are_People_Too

This collection of short stories dramatizes conversations and lives of mathematicians throughout history and can easily capture the imagination of elementary-aged children who love the power of a good story. The stories can stand alone or be jumping-off points for further mathematical or historical investigations. We love the glossary at the end, the short biography at the start of every story, and the fact that female mathematicians are fairly well represented in these two volumes.

The Number Devil: A Mathematical Adventure

by Hans Magnus Enzensberger, illustrated by Rotraut Susanne Berner, translated by Michael Henry Heim

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/91358.The_Number_Devil

This is the perfect book for older elementary-aged children who aren’t quite sure they want to still love math. A boy meets a number devil in his dreams who leads an exploration of all sorts of fascinating aspects of numbers. The wildly fun and irreverent approach (led by the devil) makes even complicated math feel accessible. The whimsical illustrations certainly help, too! And for those wanting to go back and reference helpful information, there is a “Seek-and-Ye-Shall-Find List” (aka index) at the end of the book.

Doodle Yourself Smart . . . Math

by Helen Greaves, Simon Greaves

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/13235749-doodle-yourself-smart-math

For elementary children and adolescents who like to play around with mathematical thinking, this is a fun activity-style book that appeals to mathematicians and artists alike. Each page offers beautiful space for playing around with the problems (and yes, there are answers in the back for those who just need to know if they got it right!).

The Man Who Counted: A Collection of Mathematical Adventures

by Malba Tahan

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/1160800.The_Man_Who_Counted

Those who like a good mathematical challenge, combined with a taste of the adventure that comes with travel, will love this series of chapters that form a bit of a novel. Each chapter of this book can stand alone or work as a cohesive whole as the narrator and the “man who counted” move through the Middle East. They encounter a slew of social problems that are solved with a sophisticated level of number sense that feels both mystical and matter-of-fact.

Click here for a downloadable PDF of this booklist! As always you are also welcome to come visit the school and see how we support mathematical thinking for all ages.

Materials Spotlight: The Bead Chain Cabinet

Mon, 23 Jan 2023 12:00:15 GMT

Visit any primary or elementary Montessori classroom and you’ll immediately notice a stunning display of colourful glass beads hanging in an open cabinet. Children (and adults!) are drawn to the order and elegance of the bead chains. Beyond their initial aesthetic appeal, the bead chain material offers an amazing array of intellectual opportunities for young children to those in their elementary years.

Colour-coding

One of the brilliant aspects of the Montessori math materials is how they provide children with multiple ways to make neural connections. For example, each of the bead bars represents a quantity and each bead bar is also colour-coded so that the quantity is connected to a colour: a bar with two green beads represents two, a bar with five light blue beads represents five, a bar with eight brown beads represents eight, etc. This colour coding allows the child’s brain to establish multiple quick ways to understand the quantity: the number of beads, the colour, and the size.

Appealing

In Children’s House, young children are attracted to the beauty and fragility of these colourful, glass beads. Long before they are ready to use the bead chains, young children can learn how to dust and care for the beads. They develop a respect for the materials and understand how special they are. Often young children will watch in awe as their older classmates learn how to carry, lay out, count, and label the bead chains.

Linear & Skip Counting

As they practice counting the bead chains, four- and five-year-olds solidify their understanding of teen numbers, as well as quantities from units, to tens, to hundreds, to thousands. Eventually the focus of work with the bead chains shifts from linear counting to skip counting, as children begin to focus more on the labels that indicate the end of each bead bar. For example, on the 100 chain, children label and name 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, etc. Children can also layout, count, and compare the 100 chain and 1,000 chain side-by-side, providing the sensorial experience of the different quantities laid out in a linear fashion.

Multiplying

As children move into their elementary years, they are solidifying their skip counting in relation to mastery of multiplication. They love to quiz each other by turning over some of the labels to see if their friends can figure out which of the multiples is missing. So for the short chain of multiples of seven, for example, they might turn over one label to see if their friend can figure out the missing multiple: 7, 14, 21, __, 35, 42, 49.

The bead chains are also used to provide an impression of common multiples, which is critical for future work with fractions. Children lay out two long chains side by side, label the chains, and then find all the common multiples, and also begin to intuit the concept of the lowest common multiple.

Squaring & Cubing

The other fascinating aspect of the bead chains is how they geometrically represent the concept of squaring and cubing. Children learn how to fold up the bead chain so that it creates a square made up of four rows of four: 4 x 4 = 16.

This work can continue with the long chains, each of which creates the cube of numbers one through ten.

In addition to the hanging chains of bead bars, the bead chain cabinet also contains beautiful squares of each number, which can be stacked to create cubes, as well as the actual cubes for each number. The squares and cubes can be used for explorations with powers of numbers as well as more advanced work when students start to explore working outside of the base ten number system.

As children move into more advanced mathematics, they will often briefly revisit this foundational material to cue their memory when working with exponents.

Spiral Curriculum

The bead chain materials provide a perfect example of the spiral nature of the Montessori curriculum. From early linear counting, cycling into an understanding of multiples, to preparation for squaring, cubing, and base number work, children come back again and again to the beauty and breadth of the bead chains.

We invite you to visit our school to see the bead chains for yourself!

Montessori At Home: The Baby’s Room

Mon, 16 Jan 2023 12:00:02 GMT

When children come into our lives, we want to make sure we offer them the very best. Yet our children develop so quickly and their needs change so dramatically!

By having a clear, yet simple, plan we can prepare a bedroom space for our young children that not only supports optimal development but also helps us, as adults, feel prepared for each stage of development.

Clear Spaces

The child’s room should have boundaries that will help them be comfortable and thrive. One way to do this is to create a space that only has what is needed, with specific areas for each type of activity. For example, the child’s room needs to have areas for:

Physical care
Sleeping
Feeding (until weaned)
Moving

Although these spaces will shift a bit as our children develop and their needs change, we can prepare a room that is consistent yet easily adapted for each stage of development.

Above all, the child’s environment needs to be practical, beautiful, ordered, and safe, and at this stage, also needs to meet the parent’s or caregiver’s needs.

From Zero to Five Months: Birth to Weaning

Because young infants are adapting to a new world outside the womb, they need consistent points of reference to feel secure. This sense of security and consistency–with furniture, people, and daily routines–allows our newborns to feel able to explore their surroundings.

Physical Care

During these first months of the child’s life, the physical care area in the room has furniture and items for diapering and dressing. At this time the adult is the whole world for the child, so it is best for the changing table to be set up so the adult is at the baby’s feet so they can see the adult talking (describing what is happening, naming body parts, etc.).

Sleeping

Ideally the sleeping area has a low floor bed that provides an unobstructed view of the room and freedom of movement. Because this bed can stay consistent as our babies grow, it can help to start with a large-enough mattress (e.g. twin bed size). With room to move, babies will start to slither and eventually will be able to freely crawl into bed.

Feeding

The feeding area begins as a space designed for mothers and babies to bond during breast or bottle feeding. The space thus needs to be peaceful with a comfortable chair and a table or shelf with everything the feeding adult needs to have close at hand.

Movement

This area has three key elements: a mat, a mirror, and a low, open shelf. A hook in the ceiling above the mat can be positioned for hanging and rotating Montessori mobiles. A mirror mounted on the wall allows babies to begin to see themselves and their movements. A low, open shelf can store manipulative materials. Eventually babies will start slithering to the shelf to get these developmental aids.

From Five to Twelve Months: From Weaning to Walking

The room doesn’t need to change dramatically during this time and only needs a few, key modifications.

Feeding

The feeding area still has the adult chair for feeding and snuggling, although during this time children begin the weaning process. This important separation process allows children to form their personal identity.

The weaning table and chair are important new additions to the room. This small, wooden table is very heavy and stable, with rounded edges and a beautiful place setting. In addition to a small, stable, supportive wooden chair for children just learning how to sit upright, the parent or caregiver has a stool so they can also sit and offer some of the first foods.

Movement

To help children be able to pull up and cruise, we can add a bar to the mirror and eventually remove the mat. An ottoman in the movement area can be a used for crawling around, pulling up on, and cruising around. The ottoman could be the same footstool used with the nursing chair. As children begin to cruise and walk, it’s nice to also include a lighter weight table, chair, and stool that they can push and move around themselves.

From Twelve to Thirty-Six Months: The Walking Child

Walking is an incredible accomplishment in human development. Rather than using their hands to aid in transportation, children can use them to transform their surroundings.

Sleeping Area

The bed can stay the same (or a little higher since they can now use their hands and whole body to climb onto it).

Feeding Area

At this point, the feeding area can shift completely to the family eating area.

Physical Care Area

As children learn to walk and develop more muscle control, they will eventually shift from needing diapers to using the bathroom for toileting, or at least transitioning to standing diaper changes in the bathroom. We can thus remove the changing table and replace it with a small wardrobe with a mirror, so our children can see themselves dressing.

Movement Area

Once children don’t need the assistance of the bar, we can remove it, as well as the mat and the mirror. It’s important to remember that children’s furniture should be proportionate to their mental and physical strength, so they are challenged, but in a way that allows for successful mastery with some effort. Above all, the furniture should be child-sized.

General Considerations

It is important to keep in mind that children have their own developmental paths. With this in mind, the above changes in the room should be done only after thorough observation of how our children are developing.

Children’s awareness of their environment begins at home, later expands to school, then to the community and local culture, and then beyond to their country and the world. The experiences children have in these environments become part of who they are, so we want to take care to prepare the best spaces possible!

If you want some inspiration, come visit our classrooms to see how we prepare environments for children’s optimal development.

The Montessori Prepared Environment

Mon, 09 Jan 2023 12:00:49 GMT

In Montessori, we talk a lot about the “prepared environment.” Really, though, this concept of a prepared environment isn’t limited to Montessori. In fact, from the earth’s biosphere offering an array of support for life, to the fragrant and colorful flowers existing to lure pollinators, to a uterus preparing each month for the implantation of a fertilized egg – prepared environments are all around us!

A prepared environment has three essential purposes:

to offer protection,
to provide nourishment, and
to stimulate growth.

In Montessori, a prepared environment is a place for children that is specially designed to appeal to their sensitive periods for learning, as well as their fundamental human tendencies. When designing these prepared spaces for children, we take into consideration how to ensure children feel protected and nourished, so they can reach their potential. Basically, the Montessori prepared environment is a place where children can feel at home as they develop their inner selves and outer skills.

One of the ways we offer children safe, home-like learning environments, is through our attentiveness to how the physical space is set up to meet children’s developmental needs. The classrooms have small, easy-to-move tables and chairs, as well as plenty of windows that let in bright, inviting light. Large open floor space allows children to work on the floor on rugs and move freely about the classroom. Low, open shelves display orderly arrangements of beautiful materials which invite children to engage with an array of learning activities.

The materials on the shelves are quite aesthetically appealing and have been developed out of trial and observation in schools all over the world. The beauty of the materials and the classroom appeals to children’s development of an aesthetic sense, while the arrangement of materials from concrete to abstract provides children with a solid sense of order.

In addition to being beautiful, the materials in the environment are real and purposeful. Containers for items even offer different textures and sensorial experiences. Because the materials are authentic, they offer children clear guidelines regarding use and misuse. Fragile items help children learn how to handle items with control and care. Plus, having access to beautiful, breakable treasures conveys an essential message of goodwill and trust.

In the beginning, adults assist children in getting their bearings in the classroom and teach the precise use of each material. The children then have the freedom to choose what they do and to focus for long periods of time.

Although adults are not the focal point in Montessori classrooms, adults are of prime importance. While they may have an outward appearance of passivity, the adults are acutely alert to what is happening in the classroom community. In addition to this presence and awareness, adults in Montessori classrooms must prepare themselves in profound ways. They have extensive intellectual and practical training to be able to link children with different aspects of the learning environment as well as with the breadth and depth of educational materials. Because the adults model how to have a peaceful environment where everyone is respected and able to work without distraction, they also must prepare themselves on a personal and spiritual level.

In addition to this psychological safety, Montessori prepared environments also focus on the importance and value of living things and outdoor spaces so children can keep and develop their connection to nature. Ideally, the classroom includes a garden area in which children can sow seeds, care for living things, and participate in harvesting the fruits of their work. The indoor and outdoor spaces often blend together with plants and animals as integral aspects of the classroom. In Montessori, we consider this connection to nature to be an essential part of education.

The connection to nature both in and out of doors, the arrangement of open space with child-sized furniture, the ordered and aesthetic materials, and the centrality of children with adults offering background support, all provide children with the protection and nourishment they need to develop independence and active engagement.

Children in Montessori prepared environments love their learning spaces! Come visit our school to see how the classrooms appeal to children on so many levels as they engage with their community and construct their understanding of the world.

Discipline: The Positive Way

Mon, 02 Jan 2023 12:00:20 GMT

We are often asked about how we handle discipline in Montessori. It’s a great question because we think differently about discipline. Ultimately, we want our children to develop self-discipline and to understand how to balance being an individual within a community. We know that children need to have a sense of belonging and significance; they want to feel and be capable in the world. In the process of learning how to use their power constructively, we understand they will make mistakes along the way.

In thinking about discipline, it can be helpful to consider how we, as adults, want to be treated when we make a mistake. If we start arriving late for work, for example, how would we want our supervisor to respond? Imagine if we were reprimanded, especially publicly. We might slink into discouragement, feel resentful, or even lash out. Or maybe our supervisor doesn’t hold us to expectations of timeliness and we eventually don’t even feel the need to get to work promptly. However, if our supervisor kindly and quietly reminds us about arrival time expectations, perhaps even checking in about what is going on in our lives, their warmth and understanding can inspire us to do better.

Our children deserve and need the same kind of respect. They do best when they are encouraged rather than punished or pampered. Yet often we get caught in a cycle with our children. We punish or cajole. Our children rebel, maybe get back at us, or perhaps retreat. Things get worse. We may react and layout more consequences, as if making life more miserable will help our children make better choices. In reality, we are all more likely to do better if someone supports us to figure out what went wrong and how to make things right.

The practice of Positive Discipline aligns well with Montessori philosophy and helps us shift from being punitive or reward-based to being kind and firm at the same time. Positive Discipline is a respectful approach that acknowledges that when children feel worse, they do worse, and when children feel better, they do better.

To balance being kind and firm at the same time, while also ensuring that we are supporting our children in healthy ways, we can listen to what we sound like when we communicate with children. Are we issuing directives or asking for cooperation? Are we forging relationships or cutting off connections? Are we brashly belittling or kindly reminding?

One way to become more aware of talking with our children rather than to our children is to practice the Positive Discipline principle of connection before correction. Connection before correction means that we focus on creating closeness and trust instead of distance and hostility. If we notice a child has left their coat on the floor, it’s most effective to first connect with them in a loving way before reminding them to clean up after themselves.

Basic brain science explains why this is the case. Scolding, nagging, lecturing, blaming, shaming, yelling – all cause the recipient’s brain to shift into “flight, fright, or freeze” mode. Children (and adults, too) function best when they feel safe, trusted, and accepted.

Connection before correction can be as simple as first getting to a child’s eye level and smiling before addressing the need at hand. Or perhaps it’s saying, “I love you, and the answer is no.”

Other ways of making a connection include active listening, spending special time together, validating feelings, asking questions, and giving hugs. Effective connections are made when everyone involved feels significance and belonging.

When children feel a connection, their sense of belonging and significance increases. Often this connection is enough to stop misbehaviour and facilitate cooperation. The real bonus is that when we take the time to first connect rather than correct, we actually end up feeling better ourselves. Everyone benefits.

Positive discipline practices are an essential component of how Montessori communities function so effectively. We would love for you to come to visit our school and see how we are kind and firm at the same time, how we practice connection before correction, and how we see mistakes as opportunities to learn. Schedule a tour to learn more!

Roles & Goals: The Montessori Guide

Mon, 26 Dec 2022 12:00:00 GMT

Our society knows teachers. Teachers give information. Teachers provide an education. Teachers instruct.

In a Montessori classroom, however, the role of the adult is rather nuanced. The adult is there to facilitate, suggest, model, and observe. The materials teach. The adults advise.

Those of us accustomed to traditional models of education may find this odd or even worrisome. How can we expect our children to learn if the teachers don’t teach?

Traditional vs. Montessori

Because the Montessori model is quite different from traditional education, the adults responsible for providing a Montessori experience have very different responsibilities, skills, and abilities than those of teachers in a traditional method.

Historically children have been seen as blank slates or empty vessels that just need to be filled with information or knowledge. The teacher’s role has been to fill the vessel, to teach. Because the teacher passes information, correction, and validation to the student, the teacher is the material for learning.

Rather than seeing children as empty vessels, Montessori teachers see a bundle of potential just waiting to be realized. As such, the focus is on discovering these hidden potentials in children and supporting their development. This happens most effectively when children are actively engaged in their learning process.

In the traditional model, a teacher needs a number of tricks, including a system of rewards and punishments, to keep children focused on learning. But this framework of grades and evaluations isn’t actually necessary for children to learn.

In Montessori, we see the deep intellectual, social, and emotional engagement that happens when children get to learn through their own activities. Children get to use a variety of hands-on materials to explore, discover, and internalize key concepts and skills. Montessori teachers introduce how to learn from the materials in the classroom. As a bonus, because children are active participants in their own learning, they don’t have to sit passively while remaining focused on the teacher’s activity.

Roles & Goals

So, if a traditional model demands that the teacher’s presence is active and the student’s presence is passive, what does it look like in a Montessori classroom? When you look in a Montessori classroom, at first it may be hard to find the adults because the role of the Montessori teacher should be (or appear to be) a passive one. You may see an adult observing the room or particular children, inviting a child to a small group or one-on-one lesson, or sitting with children who are using the learning materials.

Sometimes it can be clear that the adult is presenting a lesson. In these moments, the adults do look a lot like teachers, just working with a small group rather than the whole class. Yet during these brief presentations, the goal is rarely to dispense information. Montessori teachers don’t want to teach the trick for compound multiplication, the names of all the countries in South America, the characteristics of mammals, or the function of a verb in a sentence. Rather, the goal is to give the children just enough of the lesson to pique their interest or capture their imagination. We want them to return to the learning materials again and again so that they discover the mathematical proof, scientific concept, geographical boundary, historical connection, or grammatical rule on their own.

Teachers vs. Guides

Because this goal and the role of the adult are so different, we often refer to our teachers as guides. This change in terminology shifts our thinking. Montessori teachers don’t lead a class from the front of the room. Our guides provide paths for children to learn that the quantity of 10 feels bigger than the quantity of two, that nouns name things, that equivalent fractions really fit into the equal space, or that 82 actually forms a square!

Montessori guides are acutely aware of how to support children on these varied and delightful paths of progress. Like the rudder of a ship, our guides allow children to embark on a journey of discovery while offering adjustments and changes to the course as needed. The result? Children flourish as active, creative, curious thinkers.

We’d love to have you come to visit our classrooms to experience how we guide children in this remarkable world, encourage active engagement, and support a life-long love of learning.

Time for Togetherness

Mon, 19 Dec 2022 12:00:20 GMT

During the holiday season, we can unintentionally become a bit edgy or stressed. Routines change. We might travel or have out-of-town guests. While our children may feel excited about the holidays, they also can feel the changes in family routines or shifts in family dynamics.

If we are getting together with extended family or friends—no matter how loving, patient, and well-meaning—having additional people mixed into the scene, especially during the holiday season, can add additional layers of stress. Often our children absorb this unspoken stress and their behavior may shift as a result.

Perhaps we see more meltdowns, an uptick in neediness, an increase in whining, more resistance, or a surge in sibling conflict. If our children start to show attention-getting behavior, we can remember that they are sending an important message about unmet needs. It’s like they are waving a red flag to indicate we should shift our focus!

Step 1: Connection

The first step is connection. Children want to feel a sense of significance and belonging. So even a few minutes of loving attention can refuel children who are feeling disconnected. Depending upon their age, this could mean snuggling together on the couch, collaborating on colouring a picture, taking the dog for a walk together, or shooting hoops. The most important thing is that the focus is on being together without distractions.

Step 2: Preparation

Once we’ve established that connection and our children feel secure and satisfied, we can discuss changes that occur during the holidays. Will bedtimes be different? What will shift about meals together? What kinds of activities will likely happen?

In preparing ourselves and our children for time with extended family and friends or changes to expect during the holidays, we can consciously reflect together about what routines will shift, what traditions we want to honour, and what joys and challenges the time may bring.

Our children like to be prepared and have a sense of what to expect. Involving them in the discussion, planning, and preparation can alleviate not only their anxiety but also our own angst.

Mapping out the days on a family calendar provides a visual guide for the changes in routine. A whiteboard works well, easily allowing for modifications if the plans become overwhelming. Take time to have conversations about what activities are most enjoyable for everyone. Then cut back on those that are not essential.

Step 3: Mindful Involvement

When we are in the midst of being amongst friends and extended family, the experience of collecting snippets and stories of favorite holiday experiences can be a bonding experience for everyone. Part of the ritual of coming back together around the holidays can include sharing, and even documenting, different memories of past times together. This kind of sharing offers everyone a way to reorient and reunite. The recollections can even be collected in a kind of family memory book that can be pulled out when everyone gets back together again.

Children and relatives also want to help. Intentionally enlisting extended family to support children’s involvement can create a win-win for everyone. Some possible collaborative activities include food preparation (scrubbing potatoes, mixing dough, tearing lettuce for a salad), making simple decorations, setting the table, folding the laundry, and even dusting and tidying. We all feel more settled when we feel useful and engaged.

This holiday season we have an opportunity to consciously create new rituals and opportunities for our children, our friends, and our extended families. Rather than rely upon old patterns perhaps learned from previous generations, let’s plan our time of togetherness and mindfully prepare ourselves and our children.

Power & Potential: The Sensitive Periods

Mon, 12 Dec 2022 12:00:57 GMT

Have you ever noticed how sensitive young children can be to changes in routine? Even the slightest schedule adjustment can throw things off. On the positive side, young children also have an incredible ability to internalize the order of their daily activities. They intuitively know when something is supposed to happen during a regular day.

It’s also pretty amazing how quickly young children absorb the intricacies of language, how they progress so seamlessly from sitting to crawling to walking to running, or how they can be so focused on tiny details and objects.

During these times in their lives, children seem to be compelled by an irresistible force. Think of the little one who wants to climb up the steps again and again. We can try to stop them, but they are undeterred! And despite the great effort involved, the activity almost seems effortless to them.

In Montessori, we pay close attention to these periods of time when children show intense focus on mastering a new skill, creating deep understanding, or refining their abilities. We call these times “sensitive periods.”

What are Sensitive Periods?

To paint the picture of sensitive periods, Dr. Maria Montessori used the example of newly hatched caterpillars. These young caterpillars hatch from eggs in protected nooks but are drawn toward the light where they can eat soft, young leaves at the ends of branches. The young caterpillars aren’t aware of the fact that going toward light will provide them with a food source. Rather, they are responding to a biological impetus. Once that need is satisfied, the caterpillars no longer have the desire to move toward bright light. That sensitive period is over and they shift into the next stage of their development.

Like the young caterpillars, young children in a sensitive period become incredibly absorbed with acquiring or mastering a new skill and hone in on the activity that aids their development. Neurologically, this is the time when groups of neurons become more active than others and establish key neural networks in children’s developing brains. These windows of opportunity are transitory and marked by children’s passionate focus on mastering a skill or characteristic.

In Montessori we focus on four main sensitive periods:

Order
Language
Refinement of the Senses
Movement

Sensitive Period for Order

The sensitive period for order is most intense from birth to three years of age, although it does continue through age six. When children are under the influence of the sensitive period for order, we see their intense interest in the order of things, both in routines (time, order of events in day, etc.) and in their environment. Young children can show great distress if this order changes.

As adults, we can appreciate that order makes our lives easier; planning our meals and picking out clothes ahead of time makes our week flow more smoothly. Organization and order are a convenience and make us more efficient. But young children need orderly environments in a different way. The order in their surroundings or routines becomes the basis for their relationship with the world. If that foundation of order is changing all the time, it’s like trying to build a house on a shifting foundation. Lots of changes in the environment or schedule cause children to have to constantly adapt, which diverts their energy away from other necessary forms of their development. When children have a predictable and ordered environment, they feel secure, trust their environment, and establish an internal order.

Sensitive Period for Language

Children are effortlessly absorbing language from birth. The first three years of life are focused on the development of spoken language and the next three years are focused on the expansion and refinement of language, including writing and reading. During this sensitive period, children are learning the intricacies of the language spoken around them. They hear sounds and begin to try to imitate them. They hear the rhythm of phrases and sentences. They begin to internalize the nuances of grammar.

Because children are absorbing all aspects of language, they need rich language experiences. Thus, we want to provide lots and lots of vocabulary by naming real things in the environment and engaging in meaningful conversation, even with our infants!

Sensitive Period for Refinement of the Senses

Young children are learning about their world through sensory experiences. The sensitive period for refinement of sensory perceptions starts at birth and begins to fade around four and a half.

This sensitive period does not make children’s eyes see better, ears hear better, or tongue taste better, but it does help children distinguish between finer and finer differences. Children who have access to sensorially rich environments can begin to refine their senses, have clearer perceptions, and be able to organize and classify their impressions. Neurologically, this sensitive period is when children are creating neural networks that help them interpret their environment through visual, auditory, olfactory, gustatory, and tactile perceptions. An enriched experience gives children the opportunity to develop powers of sensory discrimination, like perfect pitch, that will last throughout a lifetime.

Sensitive Period for Movement

Movement is how children come into contact with their environment, express their developing personality, and develop their independence. So much movement development happens from birth, and then, from about ages two and a half to four, children focus on refining their movements.

Children in this sensitive period benefit from having their movements directed toward some purposeful aim. For example, children want to imitate and participate in daily life, like cooking and preparing food. As parents, we often give our children play kitchens. With no other options, children will play with the pretend kitchen for a while, but this doesn’t satisfy them for long. They are much happier preparing real food for themselves and those around them. Meaningful activity, like food preparation, helps children refine their movement, adapt to their culture, and contribute to their community in a purposeful way.

Power & Potential

Although “sensitive periods” refer to the particular times when children are most open to developing a particular skill or trait, the name is a profound reminder. We need to be sensitive–treading mindfully and with great care–to the power and potential of these periods of development.

During the sensitive periods, children develop the skills and characteristics of order, language, refinement of the senses, and development and refinement of movement without apparent effort. Once the sensitive periods have faded, children can still achieve and develop certain characteristics, but they have to do so using work and effort. Plus, the skill or characteristic isn’t as fully integrated and absorbed. Think about how hard it is to learn a second language as an adult!

Most delightfully, when children are in a sensitive period and their needs are met, they experience deep inner joy and a sense of satisfaction.

Shifting from “Stuff” to the Spirit of the Season

Mon, 05 Dec 2022 12:01:12 GMT

All too often the holiday season becomes about “stuff”–presents, decorations, more presents. How do we wean our children away from their focus on getting gifts and instead shift attention to the spirit of togetherness, generosity, peace, and goodwill?

It can be helpful to hold a family meeting and talk about everyone’s feelings about the holidays. We can ask our children about what, besides the gifts, they really like about the holidays. Often memories start to emerge: making gingerbread cookies with Grandma, taking a walk together as a family, ordering take-out Chinese and days-worth of leftovers.

From those memories, you can start brainstorming about what to establish as part of your family holiday tradition, perhaps even exploring new ways to enliven the winter season. Could a family hike followed by hot cocoa be a regular ritual? Colouring and cutting holiday-themed place settings? Decorating cookies to distribute as gifts?

In discussing the holiday, you can also introduce activities that involve giving and service to others. All sorts of studies detail the mental and physical health benefits of selfless service. The term “helper’s high” refers to the chemicals released in our brains when we engage in giving behaviors. Children can be very intrigued by learning about different charities, especially those that are local or important to their families. Part of the process of gift-giving can include choosing a charity and giving a gift in your child’s name or even having your child play a part in delivering the gift.

Another approach is to focus on giving gifts that are really experiences: a trip to a museum, a weekend family adventure, certificates for favorite excursions, cash and a coupon for an outing to the arcade, a day trip with a friend to the trampoline park. Whatever the experience, the focus is giving the gift of doing something, and ideally doing something together, rather than owning an object.

Brainstorming about the types of gifts or experiences we share with friends and family during the holiday season helps open our children up to the idea that gifts don’t have to be an item purchased at a store or online. As you explore this idea with your children, you can offer options such as:

DYI/Handmade Gifts
Care Packages
Video Gifts/Electronic Messages
Experiential Gifts
Gifts of Quality Time
Skill Sharing Gifts
Donation & Support Gifts
Food Gifts

Children can be involved in creating care packages or gift baskets, video collages or audio greetings that can be sent to grandparents, favourite dry goods recipes in mason jars, and coupons for activities or quality time.

We have enough things in our lives. Even if our youngest children aren’t quite ready to give up the idea of getting material presents, we can model both how gifts can take on many different forms and how we can bring more of ourselves to the holiday gift-giving experience.

Likely our children won’t remember a particular toy they unwrapped in 2022, but they will remember what they did with those they love and how they felt while doing it. Perhaps just planning a different kind of giving this year can bring less stress and more joy. What better gift than that?

Music the Montessori Way

Mon, 28 Nov 2022 12:00:02 GMT

Music. It helps us express ourselves. It expands our consciousness. It draws us together. Since ancient times, humans have relied upon music as a fundamental form of communication. Even today, we can see how children, from an early age, are drawn to music.

Always the scientist and observer, Dr. Maria Montessori recognized the essential place of music in children’s development. She collaborated with a number of musicians to develop a comprehensive music program to support children’s music appreciation and expression. The Montessori music program begins with sensorial experiences that build to children developing an acute awareness of pitch and rhythm. These experiences and activities then evolve into children learning the construction of musical scales and even perfecting how to write, read, and compose music. These components ultimately support children and adolescents’ abilities to use music as a form of self-expression.

Early Experiences

From our earliest moments of life, we absorb the sounds of our environment. A fetus hears the rhythm of the mother’s heartbeat, breathing, and body systems. Expecting parents may sing or tell a story and their unborn child takes in the patterning and intonations of their voices. Newborns use these sounds as a way to have points of reference while orienting to life outside of the womb.

When working with infants and toddlers, we slow down so as to observe and listen to sounds and movements in nature. Hearing and relating to the natural music around us helps us be better attuned to the music in everything. As adults, we model this reflective pace, especially in our fast-paced society.

In the process of learning through imitation, our youngest children try to mimic sounds, first by copying movements with their mouths and later with their bodies. Thus, we model connection to music and openness to learning and experiencing musical expression, both in the traditional sense and through experiences in nature. Because music moves us emotionally and calls forth varied feelings, we also show how to express these emotions by moving our bodies, dancing, and singing. Young children need to experience music so they can make it part of their human experience.

Musical instruments in our infant and toddler communities are often related to nature and the sounds of nature. We provide multiples of each instrument so that when singing songs together, everyone can have a rhythm stick, or other appropriate musical instruments, and keep the beat together. We offer different kinds of high-quality instruments because the sounds affect individuals in different ways. Like with any other material in a Montessori classroom, the adults present the appropriate use of each kind of instrument to the children.

When children get a little older and move into the Casa or Elementary level, we offer four strands of music education: singing, rhythm, music appreciation, and music literacy.

Children’s House: Singing

Singing begins right away in the Casa Program! We are helping young children realize that their voice is an amazing instrument. We share and teach easy-to-learn songs, as well as model how to express a range of emotions through the musical experience of singing. Folk songs offer high-quality melodies and expressive lyrics, as well as topics that reflect real-world qualities and real-life experiences–from celebrations and holidays to the weather, geography, and just everyday life.

When we introduce songs in Casa, we first sing without any accompaniment so that the children learn how to find the right pitch. Once the children know a song very well, we may complement the singing with a piano, guitar, dulcimer, or the classroom bells.

Casa: Rhythm

Young children are so adept at rhythm. From the very beginning, life inside the womb was a rhythmic wonderland, with the symphony of the mother’s heartbeat, digestion, and respiration. Continuing throughout their lives, children experience rhythm all around them. We support the development and refinement of rhythm through activities that involve walking, running, marching, and skipping on an ellipse on the classroom floor, as well as through percussive instruments and music with distinctive rhythmic patterns. We may introduce hand and foot movements during songs, as well as the use of rhythm instruments.

Casa: Music Appreciation

Through recorded music selections, we offer the history and culture of different kinds of musical expression in the human experience. When introducing a new piece, we give its name, the name of the composer, and the type of music it represents. These lessons are correlated to what the child knows in history, geography, art, and current events. When musicians visit to play an instrument for the children, we expand the experience with related vocabulary, stories, and listening opportunities.

Casa: Music Literacy

Although most settings don’t introduce music literacy to young children, we offer it as we do writing–as a means for sounds to be saved and held. While improvised work is lost into the air, writing down notes saves the idea and allows the possibility of communicating without face-to-face contact.

In Casa, the bells become the children’s second instrument. We begin music literacy as soon as children can pair the bells of the diatonic scale and when they show an interest in the names of the pitches.

To introduce music literacy skills, we isolate two difficulties: notation for melody and notation for pitch. These two pathways start separately in Casa but are joined in the Montessori elementary program.

In addition to working with the tone bars to dive deeply into music notation, scales, and composition, children at the elementary level continue experiences with listening, music history and literature, playing instruments, singing, movement, and rhythm.

Elementary: Rhythm

In elementary, children start with a sensorial experience of four-beat measure patterns, and we soon introduce the notation for these four-beat patterns. Children begin to be able to read rhythmic patterns for familiar names (of people and items), which also prepares them for an understanding of syllabification. Through this work, they begin to be able to notate patterns that they hear and to find notation patterns in printed music. They also get to experience finding words that will fit different rhythmic patterns and can practice notating the rhythm of spoken words.

Elementary: Playing Instruments

We first use games to introduce elementary children to various instruments and then support them in using instruments to accompany class songs. As their expertise grows and they are able to maintain a steady beat, students may form a small band and can even learn how to have a conductor!

Whenever possible, we support children in seeing and hearing real orchestral instruments, including the music and instruments of other cultures. As children listen to individual instruments and combinations of instruments, they learn to differentiate between different qualities of sound that instruments create.

Elementary: Listening

We approach the art and skill of listening very deliberately. The adults set an example by listening to children and by speaking quietly and in clear sentences with precise pronunciation. Even in the elementary, we play listening games–from investigating how our bodies make noise, to taking listening walks, to enjoying mystery sound games, to exploring the absence of sound–all of which provide opportunities to focus on listening skills. The children also relish opportunities to listen to recorded music, both independently and as a group, and to be able to discuss what they heard.

Elementary: Tone Bars

The tone bars are elementary students’ primary musical instrument. Children in the elementary can often be found composing and playing on the tone bars and as they experiment with sounds and the relationships of the tone bars, they are essentially in the babbling stage of language development. With extended exposure and practice, this “babbling” can evolve into children being able to pick up tunes by ear.

Eventually, elementary students use the tone bars for learning major and minor scales, whole steps and half steps, transposition, the musical staff, music notation, composition, pitch dictation, degrees of the scale, intervals, sharps and flats, and key signatures.

Montessori Music Program

Montessori music begins sensorially, isolates difficulty, and engages children in spontaneous activity and meaningful self-expression. The Montessori music program is constructed so that the keys to music can be presented as a language of communication. We consider music to be an element of total literacy and thus give music as much emphasis as we give to mathematics and language as essential tools of communication. As a result, as children move toward adulthood, they are able to use musical expression as a way to better understand themselves and the world around them.

Mutual Respect & Making Deposits

Mon, 21 Nov 2022 12:00:00 GMT

Montessori classrooms depend upon a web of mutual respect. This culture of respect is established from the very beginning: from how the classroom is arranged and sized for the children, to how we greet each other at the start of the day, to how the adults refrain from interrupting children’s concentration. Dr. Maria Montessori emphasized that, as adults, we must have the utmost respect for children, because they are in the process of constructing themselves and are the hope for the future of humankind.

Mutual respect does require maintenance, though. As Montessorians, we are always tending to the emotional environment of the community. One way we do this is by continual practice of different ways we can show grace and courtesy toward each other and our surroundings. We do know, however, that situations arise when tensions start to run high, misunderstandings proliferate, and irritation takes over. We are all human, after all.

Because it’s helpful to have some support when things start to fray, we thought we’d share a strategy that can be helpful when frustrations, fallings-out, or rifts are on the rise.

First, imagine a scenario in which there is a small slight. A look from across the room. A forgotten request. Not listening to what is being said.

Usually, this isn’t such a big deal. However, if we are feeling particularly annoyed or frustrated by something that happened previously, we might mutter about how we can’t believe so and so did that again, how could they look at us like that, how they never pay attention, and on and on.

Our response tells a lot about how we are feeling about the other person involved.

If we find ourselves in a situation where a progression of misunderstandings and misinterpretations is causing a rupture, it can be a good time to pause and consider the concept of an emotional or relationship bank account.

Dr. Stephen R. Covey explores the idea of an emotional bank account in his book, The Seven Habits of Highly Effective Families, and Sean Covey introduces the relationship bank account in his book, The Seven Habits of Highly Effective Teens. The essence of this “bank account” is that we have different connections with the people in our lives, and between each of us we have an unseen measure of how we are connecting. We can visualize that measure as a bank account. Just like with a bank account, we can make deposits or withdrawals.

When we greet a co-worker in the morning with a smile and a compliment, we are making a deposit. Over time, with lots of deposits, a large cushion of goodwill is created in our relationship bank account. When a large cushion is there, our co-worker is likely to be understanding when one morning we scowl and barely mumble, “morning.” They might wonder if we are okay and want to do something to help us feel better.

But let’s imagine that instead of making regular deposits into our relationship bank account, we have either not taken the time for a kind greeting, or perhaps have been complaining about something they’ve done. These little acts end up draining our relationship bank account, like multiple small withdrawals, until there is little to no cushion of goodwill between us. If that’s the case, when we scowl and mumble, “morning,” the other person might react with anger and frustration, fed up with our attitude and ready to retaliate.

In simple terms, our relationship or emotional back account is like a cup that gets filled or emptied.

When exploring this idea with young children, it can be helpful to draw or get a real cup, fill it up while imagining different acts of goodwill, then empty it while exploring little thoughtless or unkind acts. Children love to brainstorm different ways to fill the cup, perhaps even creating a poster or drawing together to have a visual reminder.

Older children are often intrigued by the connection to a financial bank account. Even the logical exploration of deposits and withdraws can help older children shift out of the emotional centers of their brains, which then allows them to approach a potentially tense situation with more calm and clarity.

If your children would benefit from a graphic image of making deposits or filling a cup, or what it looks like when lots of withdraws mean we don’t have a buffer of goodwill, feel free to download this image of a graduated cylinder to use to show filling or emptying our emotional bank account. Sometimes having a visual really helps solidify the concept for children.

Really, though, we can use this strategy in all of our relationships. When we can think about the little acts of kindness, honesty, patience, and unconditional love and acceptance as being ways to build up our relationship bank accounts, we can more easily shift gears in how we relate.

Ultimately, this practice can allow us to become more mindful of the actions between us. We can look across the room with warmth. We can acknowledge a mistake and work to make amends. We can listen with acceptance.

When we make deposits, we connect and cultivate goodwill. These deposits happen on a regular basis in Montessori classrooms. We invite you to come to visit our school to experience this mutual respect for yourself!

Meeting Adolescent Needs

Mon, 14 Nov 2022 12:00:40 GMT

As we adapt, learn, and exist in the world, we rely upon unconscious, innate drives that help us orient, explore, work, order, calculate, imagine, abstract, communicate, repeat, and self-perfect. In Montessori we call these “human tendencies” and we take care to observe how these tendencies show up in different ways at different stages of development.

As young people enter adolescence, it becomes even more critical for us to consider how these aspects of being human show up. When we recognize these internal drives, we can better ensure that we are effectively supporting adolescents’ process of self-construction during a vulnerable and dynamic time in their lives.

So, let’s take a look at each human tendency and consider how to support adolescents’ characteristics and needs.

Orientation

During adolescence, young people need to orient themselves to their new bodies and the new ways their brains are functioning. Sometimes adolescents don’t even quite know who they are from one moment to the next. This can be easily seen in those times when adolescents swing from child-like behavior to adult-like behavior. They also need to orient to a different learning environment, including understanding the new adults in their lives, as well as a new social/peer community. They are trying to figure out boundaries: of their space, their body, and their minds.

As a result, adolescents need orientation to rules and responsibilities. In Montessori adolescent programs, adults support this orientation by providing time and space for training and introduction. When starting a new skill, introducing a new concept, or even starting a new school year, adolescent guides are sensitive to the orientation process that needs to happen and also to the fact that adolescents’ executive function skills are still developing.

Exploration

Adolescents are also navigating issues of their own identity and exploring how they feel comfortable in their world. This normal, developmentally appropriate process can lead to a great deal of creative exploration. They will often want to try on new kinds of self-expression, sometimes through physical presentations such as the fashions and hairstyles they choose or create for themselves.

During adolescence, young people may also explore (or continue exploration of) where they are on the gender spectrum. They seek safe, judgment-free settings in which to see how it feels to be identified in different ways. As a result, they need supportive adults through this dynamic process of identity development.

Adolescents are also exploring new capabilities and their own bodies. They want (and neurologically need) to take risks. Adolescent guides provide opportunities for healthy risk-taking, perhaps through a ropes course, a backpacking trip, or even through big physical expressions, while also being sensitive to the physical and psychological disequilibrium that can happen when adolescents are re-orienting and exploring who they are and what is possible.

Work

This exploration of what is possible connects to adolescents’ ability to engage in really hard work. If they feel connected to the purpose of the work, if it has personal or social value, they can take on big incredible tasks. When they feel this connection, adolescents will easily take on a challenge, even something as monumental as moving a whole building, and do so with vigour. If they have an investment in the activity, they will work relentlessly to see that it happens.

Adolescent guides support these experiences of purposeful work that has a real impact. This often means working side-by-side with adolescents to get the work started and to help them find a connection to why the work is important. Sharing their own passion for the work is another way adults can support adolescents’ engagement. Likewise, adolescents can dig into hard intellectual work, again if it has meaning and purpose for them and their social group.

Imagination & Abstraction

Often adolescents’ imagination will aid them in the process of big work. Undaunted by limits, they can imagine better, more innovative ways to get something done. To support this, adolescent guides allow room for failure and mistakes, so that adolescents can experiment and learn from the process. Adults can also allow adolescents room for putting what they imagine into action, rather than focusing on an adult agenda or needing to move things along more efficiently. Adolescents’ ability to think abstractly can help in this process of creating new possibilities.

Adolescents are abstracting patterns and social norms. They are able to start thinking about their own thinking (metacognition). Adolescent guides offer opportunities to connect these new abilities to intellectual pursuits. This can also be an amazing time for adolescents to explore forms of self-expression and appreciate the abstractions that can be found in forms of art. Often adolescents are even creating their own form of language or social norms with their peers.

Adolescents’ imagination can also manifest itself in their focus on what others may think of them. This tendency to think there is an “imaginary audience” watching them all the time or to imagine that they are center stage in an experience, can be challenging for young adolescents. Adolescent guides offer opportunities for adolescents to experience and understand different perspectives, while also considering how sensitive adolescents can be in moments of feeling like the spotlight is on them or that they are misunderstood.

Order

Although adolescents may not seem like they need order, they still need the consistency of routines and order in their environment. They benefit from having all the tools back where they belong at the end of their work: the kitchen utensils back in the correct drawer and school items back in their storage space. How that space or drawer looks may not be completely ordered, but adolescents will experience the value of being able to access kitchen tongs when they need tongs!

Similar to how toddlers need the comfort and order of a regular routine, adolescents also need to rely on an ordered schedule, especially when so much is changing for them internally. It’s worth noting that adolescents might have a completely messy and disorderly room, but then will go through a period of redefining themselves and creating a space that matches a new persona they want to convey.

Repetition, Self-Perfection, & Calculation

The tendency for repetition or exactness can often be seen in adolescents’ desire to play the same guitar chord over and over or to jump up and touch the door frame each time they pass through. They are experiencing new abilities and being able to repeat and make those

abilities more precise can really appeal to them. This also relates to the tendency to self-perfect. Adolescents want to perfect that one move to sink the basketball into the net. They want to get the drawing of a character or a face just right. They may also need to repeat or perfect a way of connecting to their social group–a joke that the group bonds over, a funny dance move, a line from a movie–and this repetition reinforces that they belong to the group. They are also calculating constantly: where do I fit in, how do the connections through social media accounts show my status in the social hierarchy, how can I fine-tune my appearance to convey changes in my identity?

Association & Communication

The need for association and communication is paramount for adolescents. They want and need to learn in association and communication with their peers. They work things out together and need to debate and discuss. Adolescent guides provide healthy opportunities for this through seminars or Socratic dialogue, so adolescents can learn how to listen respectfully, hear others’ perspectives, and communicate their own thoughts. Adolescent guides also honour adolescents’ need to connect with others, being sensitive to the constant talking that often needs to happen for adolescents to work through ideas or feel connected to their peers.

Ultimately, adolescent guides are observing for these tendencies so they can make sure the learning environment matches adolescents’ social, emotional, moral, and physical needs and characteristics during this critical time in their development.

Let us know if you’d like to learn more about how our Middle School program helps young people on their journey to adulthood!

Sensorial Superpowers

Mon, 07 Nov 2022 12:00:22 GMT

Young children are in a powerful process of creating an understanding of their world and where they fit in. To do this, they rely upon their senses as an interface to the world. Everything that comes into young children’s minds comes through their senses.

During the first few years of life, children are absorbing sensory input without any discrimination. Then around age two-and-a-half to age three, children begin to bring images from their subconscious into their consciousness. They begin to work with these images and in the process embark on an important journey of building their intelligence.

The Sensorial Materials

To support this development, Montessori programs offer carefully designed sensorial materials.

that follow a formal, systematic approach. The materials isolate each sensorial quality and offer children what Dr. Maria Montessori called the “keys to the world.” In addition, the sensorial materials support children’s classification of impressions and lead to clear levels of conscious discrimination. If children have these experiences in the formative period of brain development, they establish a foundation for a lifetime of order and precision, as well as logical, reasoned thinking.

How do sensorial materials accomplish all of this? Well, they have some really significant purposes!

Sensorial materials support children’s classification and categorization of sensorial impressions.

For young children, the first three years are like collecting impressions and throwing them into a closet. The images or concepts are a bit of a hodge-podge jumble, thus to go in and access what is needed from this unorganized collection can be a challenge. Because this warehouse of impressions doesn’t have order or classification, children need to develop mental organization so their collection of impressions becomes useful.

The sensorial materials help children to classify and categorize all of the impressions they have absorbed and unconsciously stored since birth. When children interact with the sensorial materials, images come out of their unconscious memory and come into working memory. As children use the materials, these impressions become part of their conscious memory. When children become accurate in distinguishing sensorial differences, we give language for the images, which then helps the concepts become fixed in children’s minds.

Children aren’t born with organized brains that have predetermined categories, so this neural organization has to be built up through experience.

Sensorial materials support children’s refinement of their sensorial perceptions.

It’s important to understand that sensorial exercises don’t make children’s ears hear better, eyes see better, or tongue taste better. Rather, the materials help children develop powers of discrimination so that they can analyze smaller and smaller degrees of difference.

When we take in sensorial input, everything goes into our brain. Then the brain has to make discriminations, a skill which develops through experience and the process of making finer and finer discernments. The materials offer children a clear means for starting to classify and to increase their perceptive powers, both of which are important mental abilities.

Sensorial materials support children in the development of abstractions.

What do we mean by abstractions? An example of an abstraction is the notion of “red.” Red as a quality does not exist in nature. Red can be represented in physical things, but we cannot bring “red” to a person. Red is a quality. It is an abstraction.

Children may have some abstractions already in place, but when they are young the number is limited purely due to the fact that they haven’t had a sufficient amount of experience to develop the abstraction. Furthermore, children don’t typically get to experience sensorial qualities in isolation. The Montessori sensorial materials isolate each quality and give children the opportunity to have enough experience to develop abstractions.

Because we, as adults, have a lot of experience in the world, it can be hard for us to understand what children need to create abstractions. To better understand the significance of abstractions, imagine being told about a quince. If you haven’t had a quince before, it is hard to pull up the image in your mind, much less what it tastes like. If you hear a description that a quince is a fruit, you are able to pull up an idea of what a fruit is. Then if you hear that a quince is in the same family as an apple and pear, you can pull up an image that brings you closer to imagining the fruit and perhaps even the type of skin it has.

But without these experiences and the organization of images, children can’t pull up the same level of abstraction. Imagination helps us, as adults, to be able to do this: pull up images in our minds of something haven’t experienced before based on abstractions. In order to imagine, we must have abstractions. This area is most related to the development of intelligence.

Sensorial materials support children’s development of accurate and discriminating recall of perceptions.

The materials engage children’s memory, help them access information from their memory, and support them in using their intelligence. Memory is a tool of the intelligence, but because children aren’t born with memory, they need support with developing it. While children do have an unconscious memory, they have to take the impressions they have absorbed and build memory from them. The sensorial materials help this process.

Memory needs practice and experience to become stronger; it is only increased through activity. We want children’s memory to be strong and thus we provide lots of experience with the materials and variations with the materials. With each sensorial material, there are many ways to extend the activity and help children with recall.

One significant strategy is giving language to each perception. The language is based on what is isolated in the materials–thick/thin, large/small, long/short, right-angled isosceles triangle/right-angled scale triangle, rough/smooth, heavy/light, ovoid/ellipsoid, bitter/sweet. The vocabulary is extensive and rich, and ultimately fixes the perception in children’s memory.

The second strategy we use is playing games which challenge children to hold the perception in mind for longer and longer periods of time. They might put each of the pink tower cubes scattered about the room so that in rebuilding the tower of cubes from largest to smallest, they have to remember the size of the previous piece in searching for the next largest cube. Some of the sensorial games also help children notice particular qualities in the environment, rather than just in the materials. One favorite is searching for items in the classroom that have exactly the same shade of each of the color tablets.

Through repeated experience with the sensorial materials, children develop clearer and more accurate perceptions and create reference points that they can use throughout life. Dr. Montessori talks about the possibility for children to develop touchstones, a sort of fixed, accurate reference by which this quality can be accessed. These points of reference can provide a lifetime tendency for order, precision, and recall, for example hearing the note of G without any other reference or being able to look at a pane of glass and know if it will fit into the window frame.

Sensorial materials help children develop life-long tendencies towards order and precision.

We don’t know what touchstones might develop for each child, but Dr. Montessori says that touchstones developed during these early years will remain with children throughout their whole life. If children can get accurate discriminations while in this time of sensitivity to sensorial input, this precision will remain with them into adulthood. Of course, children’s unique interests will also lead them to their own level of proficiency.

Functionally, this tendency toward order and precision will be important as children move into more academic work in language and math. They will be able to access powers of discrimination that will aid them in future endeavors.

Sensorial materials also provide indirect preparation for further study.

This indirect preparation means that we are taking advantage of children’s spontaneous interest and activity and thus planting the seeds for other areas that children will explore as they get older. When we introduce shapes–from a decagon to an ellipse to a quatrefoil–through the geometry cabinet, children visually discriminate the shapes while also tactilely experiencing the shapes by tracing around them. Multisensory input is stronger than input through just one sense. Tracing the shape also helps to prepare children’s hands for writing. To write, our hands have to be able to follow a form. This is how the sensorial materials provide indirect preparation for further academic study.

Sensorial materials support the development of children’s memory and intelligence.

Dr. Montessori talks about the sensorial area as being most strongly related to the development of intelligence. Working with sensorial materials requires a very different engagement from the practical life work of washing hands or scrubbing a table. Practical life activities help children with coordinating movement and following a sequence with a logical beginning, middle, and end. Sensorial materials don’t have the same kind of logical sequence. They are open-ended and exploratory. Children have to consider each piece and how it works in relation to the other pieces. In working with the red rods, for example, children have to examine each rod’s length in relation to the other rods. Thus, children have to make a reasoned distinction every time they move a piece of material. This process engages the intelligence and elevates children’s level of awareness. In addition, children then have to hold the images in their mind, which helps their memory.

Having an ordered, classified mind is also the foundation for intelligence. When children struggle in more academic areas like language and math, we take time to consider how to better support their mental order and classification. When the mind isn’t prepared well, academic work can be difficult to do. However, if children can recognize and distinguish between a trapezoid and a parallelogram, they will be more likely to be able to distinguish two other shapes like “g” and “q.” When children have a lot of experience recognizing shapes through sensorial materials, they are more able to recognize the shapes they encounter in letters. Sometimes we go back and explore if perhaps children recognize the shapes but don’t have a strong memory. We then use sensorial games specifically designed to help different forms of memory (auditory, visual, etc.).

The sensorial area serves as an important foundation for more academic work because language and math are completely based on abstractions. Words represent concrete things but the words themselves are abstractions. The sensorial area is critical for providing the foundation for abstract thinking.

Outcomes

Although the sensorial materials may look relatively simple, they provide so much! When children use these materials, they are refining their powers of discrimination, creating an ordered mind, enhancing their memory and recall, categorizing their impressions, and building a foundation for rational thinking and intelligence.

As children achieve these skills, they experience life with an increased level of richness, becoming aware of the lovely details of their world. With a prepared mind, children can see things in a new light and with new enthusiasm. This is perhaps one of the most delightful outcomes of children’s work with the sensorial materials: they develop a whole new appreciation of the life around them–dimensions, shapes, smells, sounds, textures, tastes–which is what gives life value and beauty.

We hope you can come visit our school , experience the sensorial materials, and see how children get to develop their sensorial superpowers!

The Power and Potential of Sleep

Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:30:13 GMT

We work so hard to provide the best for our children. When they are young, we may try to find innovative toys, sign up for parent-infant programs, or research brain-boosting foods. As they get older, we might enrol them in enrichment programs, pursue assessments, or invest in tutors. But what if the best thing we could do was completely free, within our own household, and could provide a lifetime of benefits?

More and more research reveals the purpose of sleep and the importance of getting enough of it. Sleep provides the power behind a multitude of important aspects of our lives, especially for our children. Sleep not only enriches the ability to learn, memorize, think logically, and consider choices, but also provides emotional recalibration and allows for inspiration and creativity. Furthermore, in addition to a slew of physical and mental health benefits, sleep allows the immune system to work most effectively.

Here’s the surprising thing, though: our children typically aren’t getting enough of it (and neither are we!).

A 2014 poll conducted by the National Sleep Foundation (NSF) shows that the majority of school-aged children aren’t getting the recommended amount of sleep (although over 70% of parents believe they do).

The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) also reports that 25% of children under age five don’t get adequate sleep.

Why does this matter?

In Montessori, we believe in understanding the whole child as a developing human being. We prepare learning environments to meet the needs and characteristics that children have at each stage of development. We carefully observe how children are interacting with each other and their surroundings. We also partner with families to support children in achieving their full potential. Understanding the role sleep plays in this development is critical.

Cognitive Ability

In Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams, sleep researcher Matthew Walker, Ph.D., describes that “a tired, under-slept brain is little more than a leaky memory sieve, in no state to receive, absorb, or efficiently retain an education.” If we want our young people to have the most benefit from their learning experiences, it’s essential to consider the role that sleep has in brain development. A lack of sleep prevents the formation of lasting memories. Whereas a full night of sleep allows the brain to continue to improve skill memories (e.g. playing a section of music on the piano) even without further practice. “Sleeping on it” is just the thing our children need!

Emotional Regulation

On an anecdotal level, we know how our children can be cranky and irritable after a bad night’s sleep. Studies have also confirmed how sleep deprivation affects the emotional centers of the brain. Basically, without enough sleep, our brains revert to very primitive patterns of reactivity. In this state, it’s hard to understand the broader context of a particular event or action, which can lead to inappropriate emotional reactions. The sleep-deprived brain experiences dramatic mood swings and the rational control centers of the brain essentially lose control. It makes sense then, how lack of sleep can lead to aggression, bullying, and behavioral challenges in children across a range of ages.

Symptoms

In addition to these behavioral problems, sleep deficiency symptoms in children can appear as an inability to maintain focus and attention, distractibility, irritability, moodiness, and even depression. Often, we see these symptoms but don’t consider the role that sleep (or lack thereof) might be playing in children’s lives. To further complicate matters, the symptoms of sleep deficiency can look a lot like ADHD symptoms.

With all this in mind, it’s worth taking a pause when children are exhibiting challenging behaviours, bumping up against intellectual or academic challenges, or struggling socially or emotionally. Before jumping to other conclusions, we should be asking if they are getting enough sleep.

Connection

We care about your child’s development and want to partner with you to provide your child with the best environment for their growth and learning. Come see how we consider the whole child and work with families as partners!

To Learn More

For more information about how much sleep is needed at each stage of development, visit The National Sleep Foundation.

For information about healthy sleep hygiene for children visit Sleep Foundation .

And if you want to learn more about the science behind sleep, be sure to read Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams , by Matthew Walker, Ph.D.

Toothbrushing for Toddlers!

Mon, 24 Oct 2022 01:30:00 GMT

In Montessori, we put a lot of emphasis on young children learning basic self-care skills. A big part of self-care is something we do every day, at least twice a day: brushing our teeth! This is a tricky one, though, because we want to teach independence while also ensuring that our children’s teeth are clean and cavity-free.

Because COVID has brought about some shifts in the practical life activities that traditionally happen in our early childhood classrooms, we thought we would combine a “materials spotlight” with a little “how to at home.”

It’s important to remember that when we introduce toothbrushing, we are not only helping young children develop lifelong oral hygiene habits, but we are also helping them develop a sense of capability. As parents and caregivers, we partner in the process so that years later our children haven’t become dependent upon us for a necessary skill.

In showing and supporting toothbrushing, we want to really isolate and slow down each part of the process. As adults, we often move quickly through the activity. We don’t have to think about the separate steps of what we are doing, because we can rely upon habit and muscle memory. Young children, however, are consciously working through each component. Thus, we have to be very intentional about demonstrating the procedure. In the process, we also highlight what we call “points of interest” which are like little benchmarks that focus children’s attention and help them remember key components.

As with all practical life activities, we want the experience to be meaningful and embedded in a real-life context. Thus, we introduce toothbrushing when it makes sense: after eating!

After enjoying a snack or a meal, we invite a child to the sink to brush their teeth. We often make a point of noticing that we have just eaten and want to clean our teeth, so the child makes the connection of why we are going to use a toothbrush.

Small travel-size toothbrushes work well for children. The toothbrushes can have a case or small enclosure for the toothbrush head and some way to designate which brush belongs to which child (such as a photo of the child). We start by modeling taking our own toothbrush out of the holder and placing it on an empty tray.

Depending upon the child and their age, we might have the child try each step right after we show it. Or if the child is a little older, we may show a series of steps and then invite the child to try. One of the gifts of Montessori is that we can tailor each activity to a child’s needs and temperament.

After the child takes their toothbrush and puts it on the tray, the adult selects a toothpaste container and shows how to open and close it. Because we want the child to only use a small amount of toothpaste, it can be helpful to prepare individual portions of toothpaste. Contact lens holders work quite well for this.

After demonstrating how to select, then open and close the toothpaste container, the adult places it on the tray with their toothbrush and invites the child to select their own toothpaste container, open and close it, then place it on the tray. One critical detail is closing the toothpaste container. We aren’t ready to use the toothpaste yet, so having the container closed helps communicate that we aren’t ready to use toothpaste. We are just making sure that the child knows how to access the toothpaste.

At this point we are getting everything set up, so we want to have the layout prepared for all the steps, including rising our mouths with water after toothbrushing. In the classroom setting, we’ll often have a small pitcher of water and small glasses turned upside down, but at home often just a small glass will suffice. Ideally, the glasses look different from regular drinking glasses because this water will be used for rising rather than drinking. Because this process often happens in the bathroom, small stainless-steel cups work well. Regardless, we next select a glass or cup and pour a small amount of water from the pitcher into it so that the cup is about 1/4 full. We place the cup on the tray with our toothbrush and invite the child to pour water into their own cup and place it on the tray.

Now that everything is set up, we open the toothpaste container and leave it open on the tray. We pick up our toothbrush and wipe bristles into toothpaste. It can be helpful to show how to hold the toothpaste container with one hand while getting toothpaste on the bristles of the brush.

We then place the toothbrush down on the tray and use both hands to close the toothpaste container. The child can also have a turn preparing their toothbrush with toothpaste.

The materials are ready, so it is time to demonstrate brushing teeth! This is best done slowly and with a wide-open mouth. We start on one side, perhaps the left, brushing our top teeth with clear, deliberate downward strokes. We then pause and brush underneath those top teeth. Pausing again, we then move to the back of our left top teeth with downward strokes. Staying on the same side, we brush our left bottom teeth with upward strokes, then the tops of those teeth, then the backs. We pause between each section and repeat on our right side.

At the end, we brush our tongue lightly. Then we place our toothbrush onto the tray. With almost a bit of exaggeration, we make sure the child sees that we need to spit the toothpaste into the sink. After ridding our mouth of the excess toothpaste, we then pick up the glass and take some water into our mouth. We swish the water around and around and then spit right into the center of the sink, repeating if necessary. It’s nice to also have a small cloth or hand towel to model drying our mouth after this process.

We rinse the toothbrush under the faucet for a few seconds and tap the toothbrush on the side of the sink to get excess water off the brush. Then we invite the child to have a turn with the toothbrushing, spitting, and rising.

At the end, we return our toothbrush to its holder. One at a time we take the used items, the toothpaste container and the cup, to the dirty dish cart to be washed. After the child takes their used items to the dirty dish cart, or at home perhaps another appropriate place, we invite them to brush their teeth whenever they would like to clean their teeth.

Depending upon the child’s engagement while presenting this activity, we may determine different points of interest by using a pause, slightly exaggerating the movement, or merely showing our own intense interest. Some possible points of engagement for toothbrushing can include getting toothpaste on the toothbrush, the downward or upward brushing strokes, swishing water to rinse our mouth, spitting into the sink, or tapping the toothbrush on the side of the sink.

In a school setting, the adult will model and allow the child to practice brushing teeth independently. At home, it’s also best to establish an understanding that at key times, for example in the morning and in the evening, the adult will be taking a turn to help ensure the child’s teeth are clean. For example, during the evening routine, the child gets a chance to clean their teeth, and then they know you, as a parent or caregiver, will then do a final toothbrushing for them. This can be done by putting your hand over the child’s and continuing the brushing process after the child is done, or by just asking the child to hand you their toothbrush when they are done so that you can have a turn brushing their teeth.

The important thing to remember is that we want to support young children as they build the manual dexterity necessary for this important self-care skill. Just like we wouldn’t do all the colouring for them when they want to use crayons, we don’t want to do all the toothbrushing for them when they are learning to use the toothbrush. We want to give the message that they are capable and can practice cleaning their teeth. At home, we also want to make sure they understand that because dental hygiene is so important, we will also have a turn making sure their teeth are clean.

We hope you have great success at home! Let us know how it goes.

Our Montessori Bookshelf: All About Geography!

Mon, 17 Oct 2022 01:30:11 GMT

In Montessori we love to explore how our language shapes our thinking, so we often explore the etymology of words. The word geography comes from the Greek geo, which means earth, and graphein, which means to write. So, geography can be understood as a description of the earth and all that occurs physically upon it.

Although we name geography as a distinct subject, in Montessori geography is really woven throughout children’s learning experiences. These are some of our favorite books that support what children are experiencing in their geography explorations and that also encourage their natural curiosity about the world.

Land and Water

Water Land: Land and Water Forms Around the World

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/35795941

By Christy Hale

This picture book shows the visual relationship between land and water forms by using cut-out portions of the page. Turn the page and a lake becomes an island! The simple yet lovely illustrations of humans interacting with the water and the land are accompanied by one word on each page that states the vocabulary: lake, island, bay, cape, strait, isthmus, etc. This is a perfect book for young children beginning their journey in geography!

Political and Physical Geography

Maps

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/17262382-maps

by Aleksandra Mizielinska and Daniel Mizielinska

This is the perfect tome for children beginning to learn about continents and countries. The sturdy pages give the book a sense of weighty importance, and each page reveals treasures upon treasures. The book offers an overview of the world, then focuses in on each continent and key countries within the continents. Presented in map form, the pages also illustrate animal and plant life, as well as cultural traditions and interesting facts. Both an amazing reference guide and a key to further exploration, this book is rich in visual appeal as well as in content.

Maps of the World's Oceans: An Illustrated Children's Atlas to the Seas and all the Creatures and Plants that Live There

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/43521921-maps-of-the-world-s-oceans

By Enrico Lavagno and Angelo Mojetta

This illustrated atlas combines an enticing visual overview of the world's oceans with easily digestible bits of information about what is found there. Easily a jumping-off point for a slew of research, this book is a must-have resource for any child interested in history, marine biology, or really just cool facts in general.

Cultural Explorations

This Is How We Do It: One Day in the Lives of Seven Kids from around the World

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/31423417

by Matt Lamothe

Based on seven real children around the world, this book depicts a day in each of their lives. The illustrations and short text of the children’s lives are shown side-by-side, so it’s easy to explore the similarities and differences in how they live: their families, what they wear, their school, what they eat, how they enjoy their evenings, where they sleep, and more. Designed to appeal to a range of ages the book provides large, simple text for each part of the day, as well as short descriptions for more confident readers. Younger children are also fascinated by the pictures of young people engaged in a variety of activities. Best of all, the book offers a delightful reminder of what unites us.

The Earth

How to Dig a Hole to the Other Side of the World

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/578870

By Faith McNulty, Illustrated by Marc Simont

Elementary children love this book! The simple illustrations are just enough to spark their imagination as the text takes them on a “what if” journey that starts with finding a soft place to start shoveling. The adventure continues with finding fossils, drilling, perhaps finding oil or a geyser, using a jet-propelled submarine, and eventually resurfacing on the other side of the earth. The best part is that the story perfectly dove-tails with the elementary geography lesson that introduces the layers of the earth. Despite the imaginative aspects of How to Dig a Hole to the Other Side of the World, the book is firmly grounded (pun intended!) in fascinating scientific information presented in just the right way to appeal to elementary-aged children.

Life Story: The Story of Life on Our Earth from Its Beginning Up to Now

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/30939

By Virginia Lee Burton

Set as a play, complete with a program detailing the cast and characters, Life Story progresses through scenes from the earth’s beginnings, through the prehistoric eras, to the seasons of human life. This book perfectly illustrates the passage of time and appeals to the elementary-aged child imagining the emergence of the universe and their own place in the story.

Earthshake: Poems from the Ground Up

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/1096972.Earthshake

By Lisa Westberg Peters, Illustrated by Cathie Felstead

These 22 poems offer whimsical yet scientific scenes all about planet earth: from wind to quartz to lava to water. Reading these poems reminds us that we can revel in the love of language while also learning about our world. As a bonus, the endnotes provide a bit more context and information about each of the 22 topics.

Other Books to Explore

If you and your children are super excited about these titles, here are some other geography books we recommend!

Land and Water: Landforms & Bodies of Water

By Eve Heidi Bine-Stock

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/55072240-land-and-water

Wake Up, World!: A Day in the Life of Children Around the World

By Beatrice Hollyer

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/312628.Wake_Up_World_

Let’s Eat!: What Children Eat Around the World

By Beatrice Hollyer

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/8940.Let_s_Eat_

The Shortest Day: Celebrating the Winter Solstice

By Wendy Pfeffer, Illustrated by Jesse Reisch

https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/331130

Solving the Puzzle Under the Sea: Marie Tharp Maps the Ocean Floor

By Robert Burleigh, Illustrated by Raúl Colón

https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/25785790-solving-the-puzzle-under-the-sea

Ready for the Universe: Geography for the Elementary Age

Mon, 10 Oct 2022 01:30:01 GMT

When children enter a Montessori elementary classroom around age six, they have undergone a great transformation. Whereas they previously wanted and needed to explore their immediate environment on a sensorial level, now they want and need to explore by using their intellect and imagination.

The study of geography takes on a whole new meaning at this age when children are fascinated by the smallest particles and the largest stars. They want to know why the seasons differ in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. They are curious about what made the Grand Canyon. They want to know why ocean currents affect the weather.

This desire to know why propels children to discover relationships and functions, not just learn facts. They are also fascinated by the extreme and the outstanding. They are drawn to the very large and the very small. They ask Why? What for? How is this related?

The Universe

Elementary-age children have a consuming interest in everything! To cater to this all-embracing thirst for the reasons of everything, we begin with the universe. One of the earliest lessons we introduce is the story of the universe. From this first story, children are delighted by a myriad of lessons and activities which fall under the general heading of ‘geography.'

Beginning with the universe gives elementary children a big-picture context. In Montessori, rather than encountering bits of disconnected knowledge, children learn about the order and harmony of the universe, as well as the relationships that exist between all things.

“ If the idea of the universe be presented to the child in the right way, it will do more for him than just arouse his interest, for it will create in him admiration and wonder, a feeling loftier than any interest and more satisfying. The child's mind then will become fixed and can work. The knowledge he then acquires is organized and systematic; his intelligence becomes whole and complete because of the vision of the whole that has been presented to him and his interest spreads to all, for all are linked and have their place in the universe on which his mind is centred. ” — Dr. Maria Montessori, To Educate the Human Potential

Constructing Understanding

Dr. Montessori observed that children around the world tended to ask similar questions at this age. The geography presentations and lessons support these fundamental reoccurring questions.

Our goal is to help elementary children have an explosion into understanding. However, this kind of understanding does not come from adults explaining everything.

Instead, we give children experiences and just enough information so they can find out more and make associations. When children make their own connections, real and lasting understanding happens. Even better, the children respond with enthusiasm and excitement!

Geography Topics

Children in a Montessori classroom do not encounter subjects grouped under curricular headings. Subjects are integrated because children are building their minds. They are exploring their world, rather than the chapters of a textbook. Although there is a structure in the classroom environment, children have the opportunity to explore different many different aspects of geography including:

Space, Earth, and the Universe
Composition of the Earth
Nature of the Elements
Sun and Earth
Work of Air
Work of Water
Life on the Land
Interdependencies
Economic Geography

The lessons we present, and the resulting children’s explorations, lead into astronomy, physics, chemistry, meteorology, geology, and more. For example, as we look more closely at how the earth revolves around the sun, children learn about solstices and seasons, climatic zones, and flora and fauna found in particular regions.

Aids to Understanding

For each topic, we provide imaginative aids, often in the form of stories, colorful impressive charts, and a variety of experiments. Many of these instructive aids have been selected to provide impressions, not just facts. The aim of our geography presentations is to intrigue the children and spark their imagination. We want them to be inspired to find out more!

We concentrate on giving key information, discussing reasons, and illustrating details, all of which draw children’s attention to certain phenomena. Once interest is there, children want to learn as much as they can. It is as if we are giving elementary students keys to knowledge and understanding. Once they have the keys, they can open doors and continue their explorations.

Geography is a vibrant aspect of the Montessori elementary and generates spontaneous, active, self-renewing interest! A love of learning blossoms in the children, and many develop a lifelong fascination with elements of geography. We invite you to visit our school and see this love of learning firsthand!

Grasping the World: Geography for Young Children

Mon, 03 Oct 2022 01:30:08 GMT

Between mass media and family travel, young children are exposed to all sorts of language about their planet. They may hear phrases like “going around the world,” “as the world turns,” or “the other side of the world.” Young children absorb this information yet still need concrete experiences to help make sense of what “the world” even means!

Over 100 years ago, Dr. Maria Montessori observed how younger children were drawn to the globes that older children were using. Through careful observation, Dr. Montessori came to understand how young children crave a concrete understanding of concepts like the world, the earth, and the globe.

Concrete Materials

In Montessori, we offer concrete materials so children can experience accurate representations of these abstract concepts. We start by providing a small globe. The land surfaces are covered with fine sandpaper and the water surfaces are covered with smooth blue paint, so children can tactically explore the distribution of land and water surfaces over planet earth. With the globe, children get to literally grasp the shape of the planet and have a richer understanding of phrases like “going around the world.”

We also have a set of materials so children can learn about different kinds of land and water forms. Children can pour water into beautifully created models of an island, lake, peninsula, gulf, isthmus, strait, cape, bay, archipelago, or system of lakes. The water flows into the water area (painted blue) and moves around the land area (painted brown). As children learn the names of these land and water forms, they also explore folders with photographs of actual land and water forms from around the world.

Montessori classrooms also have a second globe to show how the land surfaces are divided into continents. Each continent is painted a different color (green for Africa, red for Europe, orange for North America, pink for South America, brown for Oceania, and white for Antarctica). The color coding of the continents stays consistent throughout all the materials, which helps with association and retention.

Once children have grasped this concept of the land and water distinctions on the globe, we show them a flat puzzle map divided by the Eastern and Western hemispheres with each continent (colour-coded as above) as a separate puzzle piece. This continent puzzle map gives children the chance to see all of the continents at once as they look on a two-dimensional map.

We also offer maps of each continent to show the political partitions formed by countries. Each puzzle piece is a country, with the knob for picking up the piece located at the country’s capital. Children initially use these puzzle maps in a very sensorial way, taking the maps apart and putting them back together. As children engage with this experience, we begin introducing the names of the continents and then the countries. Young children absorb this vocabulary effortlessly and delight in learning the names of all the countries. As children get older, they also enjoy taking on additional challenges, sometimes even closing their eyes, feeling all the way around the puzzle piece, and then naming the country!

Cultivating Appreciation

Although this is all rather impressive, it’s important to remember that our purpose is not to turn children into walking encyclopedias. Even when children may come to rather astonishing intellectual skills, these abilities are a by-product. Our purpose is to offer young children activities to help them understand their place in the world, become aware of the oneness of humanity, and appreciate the incredible variation among people that results from physical geography and humans’ creative efforts and inventions.

To help in this effort, we share collections of pictures of human life organized by continent. These pictures offer impressions of different modern cultures, lifestyles, and traditions. The pictures reflect commonalities of human needs and the great variety of ways humans fulfill these needs. The photographs highlight regional food, farming, shelter, transportation, daily life, traditions, and the physical geography represented in landmarks, climate, flora, and fauna.

As children develop a relationship with the world around them, they may also explore more about the different places in the world, including climates, plants, and animals. Often children love to begin creating their own maps by carefully tracing the puzzle map pieces and colouring and labeling the continents and countries.

In Montessori education, children absorb a great deal of geography skill knowledge! But our focus is on giving children the opportunity to develop a constructive and creative relationship with the whole world, as well as a love for how our planet offers a diverse home to the whole of humanity.

Focused on Friends (or Frenemies!)

Mon, 26 Sep 2022 01:30:02 GMT

During their elementary years, it can seem like our children are only focused on friends (and frenemies!). We hear about what happened at recess or who they sat with at lunch. They come home with elaborate accounts of being wronged. It’s easy to begin to wonder what they are really learning at school!

In Montessori we always try to understand what is happening developmentally, so we can address children’s needs and offer the best forms of support. When we consider our six- to twelve-year-olds, it’s pretty apparent how they are intensely focused on peers!

Physical Changes

As children approach the age of six, it’s easy to see the physical changes of middle childhood. Their hair becomes coarser. They lose that soft baby skin. Their first teeth begin to fall out. Their bodies become more stretched out. It is as if our children literally become rougher!

In addition, they have incredible physical stamina and can ride bikes, swim, climb trees, and play games from dawn to dusk. This newfound toughness means they are less likely to make a fuss over scrapes, bruises, or falls. Often neatness and cleanliness no longer seem to matter and we may find ourselves offering multiple reminders to comb hair, change clothes, brush teeth, or even take a shower.

A Focus on Friends

In addition to these physical changes, elementary-age children are also shifting how they relate to others. They are developing their moral compass during a time in their lives when their thinking is still pretty black and white. As a result, they are regularly trying to evaluate what is happening with everyone around them. This is when tattling can take center stage. When they come to report someone else actions, it’s often their attempt to figure out if the choices others made were right or wrong. Elementary children are trying to make sense of the rules, including how a group is organized: who leads, who follows, and what sacrifices need to be made.

In addition, elementary-age children begin to want to extend themselves beyond their family structure. This is when we start to see them separate from us as parents. They might walk ahead on the sidewalk or be reluctant to hold hands. What was previously a long goodbye at the start of the day shifts to a quick wave as they head down the sidewalk. They want to stretch beyond the bounds of home, and even past the school walls. They seem to constantly ask for playdates and sleepovers. Sometimes it can be hard to keep up with what is happening in their social world!

All of these shifts are part of normal development. In fact, it’s not just nice for elementary-aged children to be involved with their peers: it is essential for their social-emotional development. This is when children are trying to figure out who they are in relation to their friends.

Montessori Support

In Montessori, instead of working in opposition to this development, we use it to our advantage. Rather than relegate this social time to lunchtime or recess, we give lessons to small groups of children and encourage collaboration. When you come to visit our elementary classrooms, you might see a handful of children working through the steps of long division together as they navigate if 23 goes evenly into 2,425, or two students constructing the unfolding of events on a History timeline, or a guide supporting four children sorting nouns by whether they are common, proper, abstract, or concrete.

For elementary children, there is incredible value in working with peers. Social learning comes first and foremost and opens the door for intellectual and academic pursuits. A reluctant writer can be inspired by a friend who wants to create a story together. Seeing classmates construct the periodic table can lead to an interest in learning about elements as building blocks of matter. Joining a group researching ancient Egypt can spark a lifelong joy of digging into history.

In Montessori, we also recognize that elementary-aged children need to go out beyond family and school bounds in order to practice taking steps in the broader world. To support this need, we offer opportunities for students to organize excursions based on their interests. A small group might arrange an interview with a local historian, visit a museum to see a style of art they have been studying, or even organize a trip to the store to gather supplies for a project.

At Home Support

Even though it can be hard to embrace some of the changes that emerge in the elementary years, it’s a great time to celebrate this new level of independence. Elementary-age children are more capable than ever before! The key is finding jobs and responsibilities that appeal to their sense of no longer being a little kid.

At home, we can explore opportunities for running an errand, which can start as simply as sending our kids to a different aisle in the grocery store to fetch an item from the list, or delivering a note to neighbors down the street. Eventually, they might want to take on additional jobs or responsibilities, like weeding the garden, mowing the grass, or stacking wood. Their physical stamina can be a gift as they take on bigger work at home.

When your child comes home complaining about the latest social event at school, take a deep breath and remember it’s developmental! Acknowledge their feelings and resist the temptation to want to solve the social drama of the day. Being a thoughtful and reflective listener allows our children to process and reflect on what they are experiencing in their smaller classroom society.

If something sounds particularly concerning, it’s helpful to ask if they would like some help in solving whatever is coming up for them. Sometimes our kids just want to vent or air grievances, not unlike the times we may come home from work and just want to complain a bit. Yet it is also helpful to let our children know we can support proactive and respectful communication and problem-solving.

Although it may seem like our elementary children are only focused on friends, it’s a natural and healthy part of their development. In many ways, they are experimenting with and practicing what it means to live in a society. Our patient understanding and support will serve them well and provide hope for the future.

Achieving Economic Independence

Mon, 19 Sep 2022 01:30:09 GMT

Adolescents exist between two worlds: they are no longer children but they aren’t yet adults. On this bridge to adulthood, adolescents need opportunities to develop real, meaningful, adult-level skills. They aspire to do what adults do. They are curious about how to make their own way in the adult world.

As adults, we are part of an economic system. Even if we aren't using money to buy something, through our work or our hobbies we produce or consume aspects of culture. In this way, economics is about the web of interdependence we have with other people. We all depend upon the work and activity of others.

Economics and Interactions

If we look at economics as how people offer value in their interactions, as well as the production, distribution, and consumption of services and goods, we can really think about economics as how we organize ourselves in society. Because adolescents are building the skills for stepping into the adult world, it’s important to consider how they are developing their ability to navigate this economic aspect of adult life.

How many of us had the opportunity, as adolescents, to develop the skills necessary for economic independence? How would our lives be different if, as adolescents, we had a support system so we could figure out a fair and reasonable cost for goods we produced, faced the reality of a profit and loss statement, or found our way in navigating the paths of spending, saving, and sharing?

Road to Achieving Economic Independence

Dr. Maria Montessori realized the importance of adolescents developing these kinds of skills. In From Childhood to Adolescence, Dr. Montessori made a bold statement about our approach to education and its impact on the greater society. She stated it clearly: “The essential reform is this: to put the adolescent on the road to achieving economic independence.”

So in Montessori adolescent programs, we offer our emerging young adults the opportunity to learn key skills of production and exchange. We sometimes call this “microeconomy.” The basic idea is that adolescents need opportunities to produce goods and services, and work with money and monetary systems, so they can develop an understanding and appreciation for how economies work and their own role in economic systems.

Real, Meaningful, and Purposeful Work

This experience can take many different forms depending upon the community. Whether running a farm stand or a holiday marketplace, adolescents get to learn key skills. They learn to balance profit and loss. They discuss and determine how much money should be reinvested into the business to help it grow or how much money should be reinvested in the greater community. They respectfully listen to their customers’ needs and concerns and incorporate that feedback in useful ways.

In order to have these learning experiences, adolescents need real, meaningful, and purposeful work. Just like young children need to actually prepare food rather than play with a pretend kitchen set, adolescents need actual experiences in creating a business plan, keeping track of income on a spreadsheet, and balancing a budget. They need to practice accounting work so they can build the skills for their own economic independence. They need to have the thrill of handfuls of cash and then face the responsibility of keeping track of those earnings. They need the experience of paying for replacement materials when they have overused key supplies. If they have developed some savings and want to invest the money, they need to find opportunities that align with their values.

Preparing for Adult Life

Too many of our young people enter the world of adult lives without having experienced their role in an economy (perhaps other than being consumers!). Economic independence is a key part of preparing for adult life. We want our adolescents to step into maturity with confidence that they can independently navigate their new responsibilities and roles. If we give adolescents the opportunity to learn how to have a sound basis for their economic decisions, imagine where they will be when they are adults and making decisions that affect broader aspects of society!

Materials Spotlight: Montessori Mobiles

Mon, 12 Sep 2022 01:30:00 GMT

In their first weeks of life, babies begin to focus their eyes and track objects. These small acts of visual control provide an important foundation for newborns who are building their neural networks. To set infants up for success, there are a series of specially designed mobiles to aid this development.

Each Montessori mobile is created with particular characteristics to help babies further develop their sense of sight, depth perception, concentration, hand-eye coordination, and more. Plus, newborns love them!

Essential Characteristics of Montessori Mobiles

Montessori mobiles follow a progression that parallels infant development. The first mobiles have a visual focus and begin with basic shapes. They progress to include more complicated objects and eventually become interactive and tactile.

The first mobiles are simple and light enough to allow them to flow with gentle air currents. In order for infants to have the best visual experience, a mobile should be hung so that it is about 12 inches in front of them rather than directly above. When babies are lying on their back, there should be a visual line at about a 45-degree angle from their eyes to the mobile. This particular placement allows infants to see the whole mobile moving.

Each mobile has visual components designed to help infants track the objects and sharpen their vision. Then after these opportunities to follow objects visually, infants begin to have more arm and hand control and might begin to reach and grasp objects nearby. To support this new ability to reach and grasp, the mobiles take a slightly different form and thus need to be easy to grasp, colourful, and safe for children to mouth.

Progression of Mobiles: Visual

The first four mobiles–the Munari, Octahedron, the Gobbi, and the Dancers–provide babies with meaningful visual experiences when they are just recognizing shapes and then later identifying colours.

The Munari

Newborns can only see black and white, so the first mobile we offer does not have any colours and is composed of black and white shapes with contrasting borders and a hanging glass sphere. The hanging glass sphere reflects light and captures infants’ attention. Named after Bruno Munari (1907-1998), an Italian architect who created a series of mobile sculptures that created patterns of light and shadow, the Munari provides newborns the possibility to begin to focus on one object and experience the difference between light and shade.

The Octahedron Mobile

Children start seeing colour around two months of age and this mobile introduces primary colours, as well as three-dimensional objects. The traditional mobile has three octahedrons–one red, one yellow, and one blue–made of glossy, reflective paper. Light reflects off the shiny paper and attracts the infants’ attention. Although other simple geometric shapes can be used, it’s best if they have straight lines. When the shapes move, their movements simulate a circle. Although typically introduced around two months of age, the mobile can be used as early as one month of age, because some babies may already be seeing colours and those who aren't may be encouraged to see the new colours.

The Gobbi

We introduce this mobile around one or two months of age, but after the Munari and Octahedron. The Gobbi is made of five spheres hanging from a horizontal rod. The spheres are covered with embroidery floss and have graduation of one color from light to dark and hang in a progression on a 45-degree angle so that the darkest sphere is lowest and the lightest sphere is highest.

The Gobbi was designed by Gianna Gobbi (1920-2002), Dr. Maria Montessori's assistant in the early 1950s. Created specifically for a Montessori environment, the Gobbi helps babies begin to see a gradation of colours and sharpen their visual abilities.

The Dancers

This mobile is made with light, metallic paper of two different colours. The paper is cut into shapes and hung in a way that resembles four dancers. The parts move with the slightest current of air and light plays off the mobile as the dancers spin around.

This mobile moves faster, has parts with two colours, and has shapes that aren’t as definite due to each part within the dancer moving separately. These new visual components help babies with depth perception and focus as they track the different movements of the shapes.

Progression of Mobiles: Tactile

The next four mobiles–Stylized Wooden Figures, Three Coloured Spheres, Bell on a Ribbon, and Ring on a Ribbon– represent a shift toward objects that babies can not only track visually, but also reach for, potentially grasp, and also even pull. For that reason, these mobiles need to be attached very securely!

Stylized Wooden Figures

The first of these visual and tactile mobiles is made of light wooden shapes that are ideally realistic figures that could actually fly and move, such as birds, butterflies, or airplanes. If they are painted, the paint should be non-toxic.

In addition to being at an angle for the child to see, this mobile and the subsequent mobiles also need to be hung at a distance where the child can stretch and be able to grasp the items.

Three Colored Spheres

Made from interlocking circles that form an impression of a sphere when they spin, this mobile is a more tactile version of the Octahedron mobile. Each of the three spheres is a primary colour (painted with non-toxic paint, of course), which makes the spheres very contrasting. Because they are made from interlocking wooden disks, the hanging objects also provide babies with four sides that are relatively easy to grasp.

Bell on a Ribbon

The Bell on a Ribbon is a wonderful mobile to use when babies begin to spend more time on their stomachs, or even when they start to be able to sit. Because of this change in the children’s positioning, the mobile height may need to be adjusted.

In the beginning, babies will hit the bell by accident, then they will gradually begin to try reaching for the bell to make the sound again. When babies make contact, the bell moves and they must work harder to grasp it. The bell can also be enclosed inside a crocheted covering.

The ribbon should be attractive enough to see, but not so colourful as to distract attention away from the bell. Although attached securely, the bell should still be large enough to not be a choking hazard.

Finally, for added interest, babies can also be positioned so the bell is at their feet so when they kick it will jingle!

Ring on a Ribbon

This is the last of the mobiles in the Montessori progression and helps babies use more precise movements in order to be able to grasp the moving ring. This simple wooden ring hanging from a ribbon or elastic offers so much benefit as babies reach, grasp, release, and try again. After babies are able to grasp a thick ring, the ring can be switched out for a slightly thinner version. Older babies may also use this material to pull themselves up.

Setting the Scene

In setting up an environment for newborns, one of the key areas is a place for movement. The movement area includes a mat and a hook on the ceiling for hanging the mobiles. It’s ideal for the movement area to have a mirror next to the mat, especially because babies are developing the ability to hold and control their heads. As such, they can look at the mobile in the mirror if they need to have their heads to the side.

Montessori mobiles are meant to be used in a movement area, rather than above a changing area or sleeping area. Interacting with the mobiles is important work for babies and they need prepared space for that work. The area should have natural light and enough airflow to move the mobile, while also being warm enough to be comfortable.

To make it easier to exchange the mobiles, an elastic band or ribbon is attached to the ceiling or off the wall (perhaps with a hanging plant bracket or something comparable). To make it easy to switch out the mobiles, the end of the ribbon or elastic band has a securely attached key ring. The ribbon attached to each mobile also has a ring, so the two rings can be slid together when it’s time to hang the mobile.

Because babies are really engaged when they are focusing on and reaching for mobiles, we want to be sure to allow them to concentrate. Before making a change or interrupting in any way, we take time to observe and wait for when focus shifts and babies show signs of being finished. We start by offering the mobile for short periods of time and then take a break if babies seem to be overstimulated. The best time to use the movement area and the mobiles is when babies are fed and well-rested.

Montessori mobiles offer so many benefits for our babies. During their time with mobiles, infants practice visual tracking, develop their fine and gross motor skills, strengthen their intentional and coordinated movements, and learn how to execute a planned action. Although seemingly simple, these materials for infants are incredibly profound!

From Independence to Interdependence

Mon, 05 Sep 2022 01:30:01 GMT

In Montessori, we talk a lot about independence. However, one of the lesser known or understood aspects of Montessori is that independence isn’t the end goal.

As humans, we are each wonderful, unique individuals. But we don’t exist in isolation. We live amongst other wonderful, unique individuals! In order to effectively live in community with other people, though, we need to be able to function independently. Said another way, before we can offer help to others or make ourselves useful, we need to be able to meet our own needs.

How can we be independent and interdependent at the same time?

We all want to make choices for ourselves, exercise our liberty, and be responsible for our own lives. At the same time, we also want to be part of something. We are designed to be both independent and be in community. These two needs are not mutually exclusive, but in fact, operate in relationship to each other. We have an innate desire to be autonomous and to belong.

When we develop the ability to act for ourselves, make choices, control ourselves, and accept responsibility, we are able to be functioning, contributing members of society. We can see what needs doing and do it because we have the skills to do so. We can work with others to create solutions or produce goods and services. We can be part of a community by acting and taking responsibility for our actions, each able to contribute because we all have the skills to do so.

What does this have to do with children and Montessori education?

From a very young age, children are trying to exert control over their lives. Children are trying to gain functional independence from birth to about age three. In Montessori classrooms, we offer all sorts of opportunities for young children to develop skills that help them take care of their basic needs. But we don’t stop there! We also provide so many ways children can care for others and for their surroundings.

Once children have mastered pouring from one pitcher to another, they are able to pour water into a vase and arrange flowers to beautify the classroom. After they learn how to sweep, they are quick to notice a spill and rush to get the dustpan and dust brush so they can help. When someone is struggling to zip their jacket, they take pride in sharing their newfound skill in service to someone else’s need.

As children move into the elementary years, this service to others often takes on a slightly different form, in part because elementary-age children are developing their intellectual independence. Thus, their contribution often involves applying these newfound intellectual skills. They might notice a classmate struggling to figure out the steps in a math problem and offer support. Or when friends are in conflict, they might provide some mediation to help each party listen to the others’ perspective.

In adolescence, young adults are ready to work toward being socially and economically independent. They want to figure out their place in society, grapple with real problems, and contribute in a useful way. Thus, Montessori adolescent programs offer teens the chance to develop and feel secure in their own abilities while also collaborating in real and meaningful social endeavors. In the process of running a small business, for example, adolescents are applying their intellectual skills from marketing to mathematics, while also navigating how to communicate with customers and collaborate with classmates.

Why is this important?

As humans, we want to achieve independence and belonging. Being independent is about learning the skills to be able to contribute in a meaningful way. All the little conquests of independence–throughout each age and stage of development–matter! When our infant reaches to grasp an object, our two-year-old demands to put their shirt on themselves, our eight-year-old argues about just and fair rules of a game, or our adolescent insists they can solve a problem with their peers, we can remember that these acts of independence are laying a foundation for our children to become part of an interdependent, harmonious society.

Independence is just a step. Interdependence is the ultimate goal.

The Legacy of Dr. Maria Montessori

Mon, 29 Aug 2022 01:30:00 GMT

To honor Dr. Maria Montessori’s birthday on August 31, we want to reflect back on her life and her profound influence on how we see and honor children’s potential.

Many educational systems start with adults having an idea of what is best for children. The Montessori approach, however, began with Dr. Montessori being intensely curious and observing children’s growth and development.

It’s worth remembering that Dr. Montessori was first and foremost a scientist. In fact, Dr. Montessori was one of the first female physicians in Italy in the late 19th century. Specializing in pediatrics and psychiatry, she had regular contact with working-class and poor children through free clinics at the University of Rome’s medical school. Through these initial experiences, Dr. Montessori theorized that children are born with incredible learning potential and an intrinsic desire to explore, discover, and learn about their world.

In 1900, she was appointed director of a University of Rome program for developmentally delayed children considered uneducable. After observing the drab conditions of the institution and the children’s attempts to find anything of sensory interest, Dr. Montessori began studying the importance of sensory experiences in cognitive development.

She then spent two years teaching the children and directing the work of teachers in the institute. Eventually, Dr. Montessori’s developmentally delayed students were able to pass the standard tests of Italian schools. Her response? She stated that if children with developmental challenges could pass the tests, the traditional schools of the time should be able to get dramatically better results with typically developing children!

This experience caused Dr. Montessori to want to examine how education could support, rather than stifle or repress, children’s development.

In 1907, Dr. Montessori had her opportunity. She was invited to coordinate daycare in the slums of San Lorenzo for working-class children too young for public school. Dr. Montessori began by teaching the older children how to help with everyday tasks. She also introduced practical skills of everyday living, including hygiene and self-care. Gradually, Dr. Montessori incorporated manipulative puzzles and activities to assist children with learning different skills and concepts. The children were drawn to the materials and reveled in the process of beautifying themselves and their surroundings. Each day the children’s behavior improved, and they eventually begged her to show them more, including how to read and write.

As she prepared the space and the adults supporting these previously unkempt, unruly, and uneducated children, Dr. Montessori saw an incredible and seemingly spontaneous kind of learning and work happen. The children became calm and peaceful. They took care of themselves and their surroundings. And they developed concentration and a love of learning.

Dr. Montessori was fascinated. Building upon her previous work, she continued to experiment and design unique learning materials that nurtured children’s natural desire to learn. News of this success in San Lorenzo soon spread through Italy and eventually dignitaries from other countries began visiting to see this miracle firsthand.

Around age 40, Dr. Montessori left a doctor’s career and a professorship at the University of Rome to continue her work for children. Throughout the rest of her life, she offered courses and lectures, wrote books, and trained educators, all the while insisting that the focus be on children, rather than on her.

Through scientific investigation, the study of available research, trial and error, and observation, Dr. Montessori saw that children across cultures and countries flourish in a setting that provides just the right support at critical times of development.

Because Montessori education is focused on the science of human development, the approach has withstood the test of time and culture. Today the Montessori approach has been implemented in approximately 20,000 Montessori schools around the world, with more than 3,000 in the U.S. alone. With over 100 years of practice, Montessori has worldwide recognition as an educational approach that helps children achieve their fullest potential.

We invite you to come to see this legacy in action!

What is Practical Life?

Mon, 22 Aug 2022 01:30:10 GMT

When you visit a Montessori school, you’ll likely hear the phrase “practical life.” We thought it might be helpful to provide a little more context so we can share why practical life is so important to what we do.

First, let’s break apart the phrase. “Practical” can mean the actual doing or use of something. The term “life" can be described as living things and their activity. So, when we combine the two terms, we can think of “practical life” as activity that is focused on doing something useful.

In Montessori, we offer young children useful activities that serve a real purpose. Children have beautiful child-sized materials that allow them to wash tables, dust shelves, polish silver, prepare food, and so much more. Although most traditional early childhood programs have a play area that includes cleaning items or kitchen toys, these items are for pretend, imitation, and play rather than for actually cleaning or cooking.

But why does a toddler need to polish their shoes or do laundry with a scrub board? Are the tasks drudgery? Isn’t childhood an age for play? To answer these questions, we need to look at what is happening during childhood, which is what Dr. Maria Montessori did over 100 years ago.

Origins of Practical Life Exercises

The exercises of practical life began in order to serve a very practical need. Dr. Montessori had responsibility for children who were being destructive in a building in the slums of Rome. The proprietors needed to take care of the building, yet the children were rather wild and unkempt. As a physician, Dr. Montessori knew the importance of hygiene in preventing illness. Thus, one of the first things she did was to offer basins of water and cakes of soap. Then Dr. Montessori showed the children how to wash their hands and faces.

What happened was unexpected. Once the children washed their hands and faces, they didn’t stop. They kept washing. They did it again and again. Dr. Montessori said the children repeated the activity as if driven by some kind of imperceptible force. Instead of stopping them, like adults are apt to do, Dr. Montessori watched. She wanted to see what would happen. With curiosity, patience, and powers of scientific observation, she observed a need that went way beyond washing hands. From these practical beginnings, came a very significant discovery for Dr. Montessori.

Montessori’s Discovery about Children and Work

Dr. Montessori discovered the fundamental difference between work as adults experience it and work as children experience it. Often, as adults, we think of work as bringing on fatigue. However, Dr. Montessori observed how work for children is energizing.

Young children have an intense urge to do things! Think about the crawling infant who is completely compelled to try to get up the stairs, so matter how many times we bring them back down or try to block the steps.

Typically we, as adults, stop children from doing certain activities because we think the action is too tiring, too difficult, too dangerous, too messy, or because it will be more efficient and faster for us to do it ourselves.

Yet young children have a compulsion to engage in activities with a huge amount of effort. In fact, young children will become quite distressed when their activity is interrupted.

Understanding Children’s Motivation

Young children’s goals for doing activities are not practical ones. They aren’t motivated by having clean hands or a polished candlestick. Dr. Montessori discovered that young children’s motivation to work and gain independence is part of their process of constructing themselves. They are motivated to interact with their surroundings in order to create who they are as humans. Children are working to coordinate and refine movements, gain independence, master sequences of activity, and essentially create their future personalities. It’s easy to tell when children are in this stage because they will do an activity repeatedly, even in one day or in one sitting. This is what Dr. Montessori observed when she offered basins of water and cakes of soap to the children in San Lorenzo.

Gradually, around the ages of four and five, children become fueled by a love and appreciation of their surroundings and their community. They want to put their skills to use! While the youngest children will wash a clean table ten times, slightly older children will wash a table once because it is dirty. Often older children will notice a something that needs attending to, like a lot of dirty cloths in the laundry basket and want to wash the items to make sure everything is clean for the next day.

Making Activities Accessible

In Montessori settings, we make sure that the processes of everyday living are accessible to children. Items are sized for the children because it’s hard to sweep when the broom is larger than one’s body! Children also get to see and participate in steps that are often not visible to them, like what happens in the dishwasher. Thus, when we offer children the steps of washing dishes, we are gifting them with the awareness of each step involved: how we go from dirty dishes to clean dishes includes wetting the dishes, scrubbing them with soap, rinsing the dishes, and finally drying them.

We also slow down the movements involved so that children can see, absorb, and practice each necessary skill. When children can practice each step slowly and intentionally, they learn how to do things like unbuttoning or buttoning their sweater or tying their shoes. Having time and space to practice the activities allows children to be active participants in taking care of themselves and their community.

Some Outcomes of Practical Life Activities

How can getting oneself dressed or scrubbing a table help with children’s development? Practical life activities help children develop critical skills like intelligence and memory, concentration and focus, awareness and self-confidence, self-control and self-discipline, and the ability to problem-solve and think rationally.

When even the youngest children are following a complex series of steps in order to accomplish something like washing a cloth, they are developing their memory and intelligence. They see how to set up the basins of water, wet the cloth, get the soap, scrub, rinse, hang the cloth the dry, repeat, and then clean everything up when finished. Then they hold that sequence in their minds in order to do the activity themselves. In the process, they are also developing their capacity for logical ordered thinking.

In addition, when working on practical life activities, children strengthen their ability to reason. They have to consider things like whether they need to apply more polish or if the table is completely dry. As such, children begin to develop an awareness of their impact which also creates self-confidence. When they see that the table is dirty after pitting cherries and get the table scrubbing activity out, they have taken a step along the path of becoming logical problem-solvers.

Through the exercises of practical life, children also increase their self-control and self-discipline. Some of this self-control comes from the ability to put the needs of the community ahead of their own needs. A toddler who scoops avocado to make guacamole to share at snack may want to eat the avocado right away. However, they delay gratification in order to serve friends during snack time. Children also learn to put things away when they are finished using them, which helps establish a life-long habit of self-discipline.

We also offer challenges that help children develop skills that will lead to more concentration and focus. We might pose these suggestions as questions: Do you think you could wash this table without spilling a drop of water anywhere? How many times can you spoon the beans back and forth without spilling any? Offering these little points of consciousness provides children with a challenge that helps them strengthen their ability to concentrate and persevere, while also helping them refine their fine and gross motor skills.

From their very humble beginnings, the exercises of practical life provide children with so many benefits! In addition to developing the foundation for executive functioning skills (like task initiation, self-control, organization, planning and prioritizing, and holding information in working memory) practical life activities help children develop a deep love and appreciation for their surroundings and for those who live in their community.

Practical life activities are the cornerstone of Montessori classrooms. We invite you to come to see this remarkable work in action !

Movement Matters!

Mon, 15 Aug 2022 01:30:09 GMT

In Montessori, we honour children’s movement, even from birth! One reason why we focus so much on movement for young children is that healthy movement development in the first two years of life can provide our children with considerable benefits in the years to come.

So, let’s take a quick look at the science to better understand how to support our infants and toddlers during this critical time.

Movement & Myelination

At birth, movements are spontaneous and reflexive, like sucking and swallowing which are essential for survival. These early reflexive movements originate from the spinal cord and brain stem, but soon movement matures from the head down.

Our brains depend upon our sensory nervous system to share information about the surrounding world. This information actually shapes our brains’ connections and neural pathways.

For infants, these neural connections are just forming. As electrical signals move from one area of the brain to another, as well as down through the spinal cord to the rest of the body, they need smooth passage along what are called axons. Axons basically act like electrical wires conducting electrical signals.

Those signals need to be transmitted quickly and efficiently. Just like electrical wires need insulation so the electricity isn’t dissipated, axons need insulation, too! For more rapid passage of these electrical messages, axons become insulated by a layer of lipids and proteins, a process called myelination.

Babies are born without much myelin, which explains why their reaction times are so slow and movements so effortful. But with each experience and repetition, the myelin sheaths around axons get thicker. Myelin essentially greases the wires and allows signals to travel along the axons faster and more effectively.

More myelination in infants’ motor systems allows them to lift their heads, reach out, roll over, crawl, and eventually walk and run.

Mobiles for Movement

Within the first weeks of life after birth, babies begin to learn to control their eyes which means some of the first myelination happens with infants’ eye muscles.

To support this development, parents can provide carefully designed and placed mobiles, which help babies develop their visual capacities for focus and tracking. Changed as developmentally appropriate, mobiles offer newborns the opportunity to focus on an object, track it, perceive sensory details, and eventually attempt to reach for it.

When infants begin to reach for the mobile, begin to offer something slightly different, like a bell hanging from a ribbon. Babies will try and try again, with great concentration and focus, to move their arms so as to make contact with the object and cause it to move or make a sound. They thus discover the relationship between sight and touch.

At first, physical contact with a hanging bell or ball may appear haphazard. Yet infants are seeing the item and making a muscular effort to connect with what they see. With repeated practice, infants are actually developing the myelin coating that will make their future efforts to reach and eventually grasp more efficient and successful.

Safe Space for Movement

For similar reasons, infants need space for movement. Often, we’re more apt to hold our infants or keep them in carriers. However, babies benefit from having space to move, and almost slither, their bodies on the floor. When you create the time and space for these slow whole-body movements, you’ll see that infants will often slither their bodies around in a clockwise direction!

When infants attempt to slither and move, they are very focused. This concentration allows them to start connecting how the mind and body work together. In Your Child’s Growing Mind: Brain Development and Learning from Birth to Adolescence, Dr. Jane Healy offers an important reminder: “After birth, physical activities are one of the child’s main means of advancing physical, intellectual, and emotional growth, so you should encourage many forms of body movement.”

Clothing also matters. In order to safely move their bodies, babies need clothing that doesn’t restrict their movements. Comfortable fabrics with forgiving elastics are best. Light clothing around the arms and legs offers more opportunities for movement and exploration. It’s also best to allow babies to have bare feet so they can have more sensory input and more traction as they begin to move.

Hands Send Information to the Brain

In addition to gross motor development, which will eventually progress from slithering to crawling to walking, infants are taking in information about the world through their hands.

In this process, babies develop an awareness of the connection between what they observe and what they touch. Sensory experiences begin to be linked to their mental development. Although little mitts are adorable and seem useful to keep infants from scratching themselves, it’s much more beneficial for babies’ development to have their hands uncovered.

Eventually, children begin to use their hands to not only take in information about the world but also to begin manipulating things in their surroundings. To help this development of hand movements, our little ones need purposeful activities that allow for exploration and the development of different types of hand grasps.

Children’s development of their hands is directly connected to the development of their brains. The brain sends a signal to the hand, and the hand moves and sends a sensory message back to the brain. With this new information, the brain can guide the hand in new ways, thus allowing the hand to discover more information by performing the new direction. And the feedback loop continues!

Gross Motor Skills Start with Tummy Time

While infants are developing these fine motor skills through coordination of their hands, they are also developing gross motor abilities. Early on babies need sufficient opportunities to develop large muscles, in particular their truck and neck. Thus, time lying on their belly is important, as this provides the opportunity for infants to push up with their arms and develop a stronger torso and neck.

Tummy time “push-ups” with the arms while in the stomach position are key in forming needed coordination and strength for all of their subsequent large-muscle development. Then, as infants develop enough torso and neck control to push themselves into a seated position, they free their hands for further exploration and development.

A similar process occurs when toddlers are able to move from cruising while holding on to objects for support, to walking without assistance. Suddenly they are able to move through their environment and use their hands for purposeful endeavors.

From “tummy-time” to rolling, to sitting up, to scooting, to crawling, and eventually, to cruising and walking, our young children are beginning to explore their world and develop their sense of self.

Developing Purposeful Movements

Dr. Maria Montessori explains that, as children gain strength through these activities, they begin to look toward those around them to imitate our actions and learn how to be a member of society. Children are interested in what we do and how we do it. They want to use their bodies in new and purposeful ways.

From the first days after birth, when a newborn can only control their eyes to see a mobile to when they move their hand and make contact with a bell hanging on a ribbon, these experiences help children recognize that they can control their movements. The sensory feedback helps strengthen an impulse within children to look or to try to move. Every experience involves movement. The more infants move, the more myelin they form, and the stronger their ability to act according to their own volition.

Movement Matters!

Sensorial experiences are vital for the development of movement and children use their movements to extend their understanding of the world. They see, hear, touch, and taste. The more they use parts of their body to explore their world, the more their movements become refined and the more they are able to make sense of their surroundings.

Children need the opportunity to explore, practice, and repeat movements through simulating and purposeful activity in a safe and supportive setting. Through these repeated experiences, our infants and toddlers develop their muscles, perfect their movements, and ultimately perfect themselves.

Although every child follows a typical timetable in terms of developing motor skills, their surroundings can either hinder or promote the acquisition and mastery of these abilities. Providing appropriate opportunities offers our children the chance for repeated practice and thus speeds the myelination process. Ultimately, as children develop their motor abilities, they come to recognize themselves as competent, capable, and unique individuals.

Want to see some competent, capable, and unique children moving through well-designed learning environments? Contact us today to schedule a visit!

End-of-Summer Bucket (and Book!) List

Mon, 08 Aug 2022 01:30:13 GMT

In Montessori, we believe that learning isn’t just something that happens at school. Children are naturally curious and want to discover, explore, and learn. By the end of the summer, they are often eager for opportunities to expand their awareness and engage in something meaningful. So why not use these last weeks of summer as an occasion to soak in experiences that will feed your child’s sense of wonder!

To inspire some end-of-summer adventures, this week we are combining the idea of a summer bucket list with our curated book list!

If your child is older, you can share or post this list and offer a challenge to see how many items they can accomplish before school begins. For younger children, you can use the list as a source of inspiration to enjoy some special time together.

We’ve included some of our favourite titles under each bucket list item. Heading to the library to gather books on the topic can inspire further exploration or even spark some interest. Although most of the books included are picture books, wordless books, or early readers, even older children can be inspired by a book left out on the kitchen table! Be sure to click on the book title to access the Goodreads description.

Happy adventuring!

Climb a hill or a mountain. Explore a new hiking trail.

Hike by Pete Oswald

The Hike by Alison Farrell

Walk, bike, or skate along a bike path.

Along a Long Road by Frank Viva

Canoe or raft on a local river.

River by Elisha Cooper

The Raft by Jim LaMarche

Explore a nature area near your house.

I Took a Walk by Henry Cole

Nature Anatomy: The Curious Parts and Pieces of the Natural World by Julia Rothman

A Walk in the Woods by Christin Couture

Climb a tree.

Just Like Me, Climbing a Tree: Exploring Trees Around the World by Durga Yael Bernhard

The Magic and Mystery of Trees by Jen Green, illustrated by Claire McElfatrick

Learn how to use a compass and map to find your way.

How to use a compass for kids (and adults too!): Your Little Guide to Becoming an Expert Navigator With a Trusty Compass by Henry D Bridges

My Heart Is a Compass by Deborah Marcero

Learn how to pitch a tent, make a fire, and cook breakfast outdoors.

S Is for S’mores: A Camping Alphabet by Helen Foster James, illustrated by Lita Judge

The Kids Campfire Book: Official Book of Campfire Fun by Jane Drake and Mordicai Gerstein, illustrated by Heather Collins

Toasting Marshmallows: Camping Poems by Kristine O’Connell George, illustrated by Kate Kiesler

Make sandcastles on the beach.

A Day for Sandcastles by Jonarno Lawson, illustrated by Qin Leng

Make mud pies.

Mud Book: How to Make Pies and Cakes by John Cage & Lois Long

Mud by Mary Lyn Ray

Search for invertebrates in seaside rock pools or woodland streams.

What's in the Tide Pool? by Anne Hunter

A River by Marc Martin

Build a fort or lean-to in the woods.

Fort-Building Time by Megan Wagner Lloyd, illustrated by Abigail Halpin

A Kids' Guide to Building Forts by Tom Birdseye

Spend some hours making dams and bridges on little streams.

Streams and Ponds: My Nature Sticker Activity Book by Olivia Cosneau

All the Water in the World by George Ella Lyon, illustrated by Katherine Tillotson

Build, Beaver, Build!: Life at the Longest Beaver Dam by Sandra Markle, illustrated by Deborah Hocking

We're Going to Build a Dam by Gillian McClure

Try catching frogs.

ribbit by Jorey Hurley

a boy, a dog, and a frog by Mercer Mayer

Try catching fireflies in a jar.

Fireflies by Julie Brinckloe

Fly, Firefly by Shana Keller, illustrated by Ramona Kaulitzki

Learn how to identify a few constellations and how to find the North Star.

Wishing on a Star: Constellation Stories and Stargazing Activities for Kids by Fran Lee

Glow-in-the-Dark Constellations by C. E. Thompson

Zoo in the Sky: A Book of Animal Constellations by Jacqueline Mitton

Once Upon a Starry Night: A Book of Constellations by Jacqueline Mitton

Learn where north, south, east, and west are in relation to your home.

The Compass Rose and Cardinal Directions by Caitlin McAneney

Maps and Globes: A New True Book by Ray Broekel

Maps and Globes by Jack Knowlton, illustrated by Harriet Barton

Watch the Perseid meteor shower (which peaks August 11-12).

Meteor Showers (True Book: Space) by Jane Kelley

Exploring Meteor Showers (Discover the Night Sky) by Brigid Gallagher

Build a birdhouse (here are some good reasons why!).

Bird House by Blanca Gómez

Building Birdhouses (How-to Library) by Dana Meachen Rau, illustrated by Kathleen Petelinsek

The House I'll Build for the Wrens by Shirley Neitzel, illustrated by Nancy Winslow Parker

Ask your parent or grandparent to teach you how to whittle a piece of wood.

Forest Craft: A Child's Guide to Whittling in the Woodland by Richard Irvine

Whittling Projects for Adventurous Kids by Floris Books

Be able to name the local birds in your neighborhood (use binoculars, learn to recognize bird songs, etc.).

Backpack Explorer: Bird Watch: What Will You Find? by Editors of Storey Publishing, illustrated by Oana Befort

Bird Watch by Christie Matheson

My Awesome Field Guide to North American Birds: Find and Identify Your Feathered Friends by Mike Graf

Have You Heard The Nesting Bird? by Rita Gray, illustrated by Kenard Pak

Learn the names of the trees on your property or in your area.

Backpack Explorer: Discovering Trees: What Will You Find? by Editors of Storey Publishing

Trees (Field Guides for Kids) by Andrea Debbink

Collect something and make a little museum at home (shells, rocks, feathers, postcards of natural wonders, etc.).

What’s in Your Pocket? Collecting Nature’s Treasures by Heather L. Montgomery, illustrated by Maribel Lechuga

The Amazing Collection of Joey Cornell: Based on the Childhood of a Great American Artist by Candace Fleming, illustrated by Gérard DuBois

Rocks in His Head by Carol Otis Hurst, illustrated by James Stevenson

Keep a Nature Journal.

The Boy Who Drew Birds: A Story of John James Audubon by Jacqueline Davies, illustrated by Melissa Sweet

A Seed Is Sleepy by Dianna Aston, illustrated by Sylvia Long

Dig for worms.

An Earthworm's Life by John Himmelman

Yucky Worms by Vivian French, illustrated by Jessica Ahlberg

Go fishing.

Over and Under the Pond by Kate Messner

H Is for Hook: A Fishing Alphabet by Judy Young

Go for a night hike with a flashlight.

Flashlight by Lizi Boyd

Night Walk by Sara O'Leary, illustrated by Ellie Arscott

Pick fresh berries and bake a pie.

Wild Berries by Julie Flett , translated by Earl N. Cook

Pie for Breakfast: Simple Baking Recipes for Kids by Cynthia Cliff

Blueberries for Sal by Robert McCloskey

Shifting from Summer to School

Mon, 01 Aug 2022 01:30:05 GMT

Transitioning from Summer to School

Although it can be hard to think about the end of summer days and the return to routine, there is value to getting back into a consistent schedule. Steady, well-thought-out routines help our children develop good habits that can last a lifetime. In addition, the consistency of routines can decrease stress, ease anxiety, and reduce irritability (for both children and parents!).

Ideally, the transition from summer to the school year can happen gradually so your child can gently adjust to the skills and schedules that will allow for a smooth start on the first day. Here are a few things to consider as you begin this shift.

Casual Conversation & Calendars

We’ve found that it helps to begin by casually talking about the start of school. While out shopping, you can notice aloud how stores have back-to-school items and comment about how it’s almost time for the school year to begin. Because young children live in the present, it is important to keep the time frame general.

If you do talk about school with your child, it’s best to try not to build up false expectations about what they will do in school. Modeling curiosity and openness can go a long way. If you drive by a school, for example, you can wonder aloud: “I wonder what children in this school do after they walk in the door.” Or “I’m so curious about what kinds of activities children enjoy doing during their school day.”

Older children who have a solid concept of linear time can benefit from having a family calendar that is visible to everyone. They might want to mark off a countdown to the first day, or help set some benchmarks for getting back into a normal sleep schedule.

Sleep Routines

One of the hardest parts of coming out of vacation mode can be shifting back into a school sleep schedule. Rather than just expecting that everyone will adjust on the first day, it’s best to gradually transition into the school-year bedtime and wake-up routine.

If late bedtimes have become the norm, it can be most effective to start the process about 10 to 14 days prior to the first day of school. First determine what time your child will need to wake up in order to have a peaceful, unhurried morning. You can then start waking your child up a little earlier each morning. In addition, you’ll want to have bedtime begin a little earlier each night. Making these changes in 15-minute increments works best. The goal is for your child to begin getting up rested and refreshed at the wake-up time you’ve determined.

We recommend establishing an age-appropriate bedtime and sleep routine. Having a calm mind at bedtime and developing good sleep habits, has long-term benefits for your child. For more information visit the Sleep Foundation .

Morning Routines

Having enough time for a calm, consistent morning routine decreases stress and anxiety for everyone. Plus, children really appreciate having some ownership over the process.

To prepare, you can make sure your child has clothing and shoes that are easy to put on and take off. For younger children, you can have two outfit options available so they can choose what they want to wear. Older children can select their clothes the night before and lay them out for the next morning.

It can also help to collaborate with your child to create a visual schedule of what needs to happen each morning: getting up and out of bed, getting dressed, eating breakfast, brushing teeth, preparing lunch and snacks, etc. You can add images to the schedule and even turn it into a checklist. If you laminate the schedule or checklist, children may appreciate using a dry erase marker to check off each item they have completed.

Preparing Snacks & Lunch

Having snacks and lunch prepared ahead of time can ease a great deal of morning stress. Even the youngest children can help get their snack and lunch food ready. Sometimes having everything ready the night before is easiest, so all children need to do is put containers in their lunch bags to be ready to head out the door. That being said, with enough advance preparation and plenty of time built into the morning schedule, preparing lunch and snacks can easily happen in the morning.

To support children in making their own lunches, we just need to make sure to have some healthy options prepared and accessible. This can mean having a low section of the cupboard or refrigerator designated for child-friendly snacks and lunch options. You can do some minimal food prep–like hard-boiling and peeling eggs, slicing up chicken breast, or chopping vegetables–and then have the items ready in small, easy-to-open containers.

If you pack your own lunch alongside your child, you can also model choosing healthy foods and serving sizes.

Stay Organized

Your child (and you) benefit from a sense of order and predictability. Thus, we recommend dedicating and preparing a space in your home for all school necessities, such as backpacks, lunch bags, shoes, etc. Ideally, this space for school items is attractive and child-sized. Having low hooks or a small shelf near the door can allow your child to develop a strong sense of capability and independence.

Even before school begins, you can practice coming home and putting everything where it belongs. Your child can be in charge of hanging their backpack on a low hook and even putting their lunch containers in the sink or dishwasher.

If the space gets a little disheveled, you can take a few minutes together with your child to tidy up the items and appreciate how much better things feel when everything is in its place.

The transition from summer to school year can be an opportunity to establish teamwork and collaboration with your child. So that your child can be an active participant in the process and so that you don’t end up taking on all the stress, remember to ease into the new routines, allow time and space to prepare consistent systems, and provide just enough support for your child to experience some independence and success in the process. The result? Healthy habits and a more peaceful practice for everyone.

Want a quick reference for the transition from school to summer? Download this one-page printable!

Materials Highlight: Geometry From the Start

Mon, 25 Jul 2022 01:30:14 GMT

When many of us think of our geometry education, we have thoughts of identifying shapes in kindergarten, and then taking a class or two in high school.

The truth is, children are fully capable, and enthusiastically prepared, to learn so much more at a much younger age. While we can’t possibly cover our entire curriculum in one short article, we’ll share some of the highlights. It begins (perhaps unsurprisingly) in our primary classrooms.

Geometric Solids

Pictured above, the geometric solids are our students’ first direct exposure to geometry. The solids are displayed on a shelf and are contained by a basket or tray. The adult invites the child to a lesson and asks them to retrieve the shapes. They then look at each one. The lesson may go something like this:

1. The guide picks up the cube, feels each side, and hands it to the child. The guide states, “This is a cube.” The cube is placed on the work rug.

2. The process is repeated for each solid in the basket.

3. Depending upon the child’s readiness, they may continue, with the guide asking questions like, “Where is the cylinder?”

4. After the child has had some time to interact with the material independently for a while, the guide will again sit with them and assess their understanding. This is done by holding one solid at a time and asking the child to name it.

There are many fun extensions associated with this material. One favourite includes putting the solids on a mystery bag or using a blindfold so the child has to guess and identify by touch alone.

Geometry Cabinet

The geometry cabinet is used in primary and lower elementary classrooms, although differently in each. What begins as a lesson in identifying basic shapes and discerning between their sizes evolves into complex identification and blending of skills. Some of the skills this material helps us teach our students aged 6-9 include:

Types of triangles (acute scalene, acute isosceles, right scalene, right isosceles, obtuse scalene, and obtuse isosceles)
Quadrilaterals (trapezoids, a rhombus, and a parallelogram)
Regular polygons (pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, nonagon, and decagon)
Curved figures (curvilinear triangle, oval, ellipse, quatrefoil)
Rectangles
Circles

Constructive Triangles

Beginning during the primary years and continuing through lower elementary, the constructive triangle boxes are another child favorite. A series of boxes teaches a variety of concepts.

1. Triangle box: Used to show how different types of triangles can be combined to make other triangles, also indirectly teaches fractions concepts

2. Large hexagon box: Used to show how triangles can be combined to create other figures, including a hexagon, rhombus, and parallelogram

3. Small hexagon box: A continuation of the same basic concept as the previous box, but this time triangles are used to create rhombi, a trapezoid, and another configuration of a hexagon

4. Rectangle box: Triangles are used to create a square, rectangle, and other quadrilaterals

5. Blue triangles boxes: While the previous boxes utilized different colours for different types of triangles, they are all painted blue here. This is basically an extension of previous work and allows children an opportunity to rely less on previously helpful visual clues. There is also lots of opportunity to use the blue triangles to create more complex geometric figures.

Classified Nomenclature

Once some of the more basic skills have been mastered by the child, sometime during early lower elementary, they move on to engage with the classified nomenclature. As with all other Montessori work, this is a step toward abstraction; they are no longer relying heavily on the wooden materials they can hold and manipulate, rather they are using drawings, booklets, charts, and labels.

This work can become rather in-depth and continues into upper elementary. A very broad overview of skills includes:

Fundamental concepts (point, line, surface, solid)
The study of lines
The study of angles
Plane figures
Study of the triangle
Study of quadrilaterals
Study of regular polygons
Study of the circle

These studies are not short lessons like the child has experienced previously. They are multi-layered and can take months to complete. For example, the study of angles may begin during the second year of lower elementary, but continue periodically through the years until the child reaches sixth grade. Concepts include:

Parts of an angle
Types of angles
The measurement of angles
Constructing angles
Relationships between two angles
Two lines and a transversal
Constructing and copying an angle
Bisecting an angle
Operations with angles

Beyond all these amazing materials, it’s important to note that there is a lot of crossover when it comes to Montessori subjects. One perfect example is a favorite grammar work of third graders called the Detective Triangle Game. While its main intention is to practice using correct adjectives, this is done by way of sorting a multitude of triangles, with different colours, types, and angles.

Want to learn more? Please reach out if you have any specific questions and want to have a conversation.

Books for Art Lovers

Mon, 18 Jul 2022 01:30:00 GMT

What would our world be without art? We rely on it to record our history, to express our thoughts and emotions, to communicate, to protest, and to pass the time. Flexing our creativity feels good, and admiring the artwork of others has the potential to evoke a range of experiences.

Maybe you already love visual art. Perhaps your child has expressed some interest. Or maybe you’re just looking for some new good books to read together. No matter your reason, we’ve got you covered. As always, we’re including titles for readers of all developmental levels, as well as links to learn more.

Board Books

My Favorite Color by Aarom Becker

Becker is a Caldecott winner, so you already know this book is going to be gorgeous. Kids change their favorite color all the time, and this book celebrates the glorious spectrum of hues with fun semi-transparent segments.

ABCs of Art by Sabrina Hahn

Imagine a classic children’s ABCs book combined with beautiful classic works of art, and that’s what Hahn has created. From Cezanne to Stubbs, with all the Hokusai and Monet we could wish for our infants and toddlers wedged in between, you’ll love this book as much as your little one.

Picture Books

Ablaze With Color: A Story of Painter Alma Thomas by Jeanne Walker Harvey, illustrated by Loveis Wise

Art and creativity had always been a part of Thomas’ life, but it wasn’t until her 60s that she chose to pursue it as a career. This book covers the racial injustices faced by Thomas and her family, as well as the strange and beautiful journeys our lives take.

Funny Bones: Posada and His Day of the Dead Calaveras by Duncan Tonatiuh

José Guadalupe Posada, the Mexican artist known to many as Lupe, enjoyed using a variety of artistic mediums for a variety of purposes. From lithography to engraving, political cartoons to the Calaveras drawings he became famous for, art was always a part of his life.

Winner of the Robert F. Sibert Medal and a Pura Belpre Honor Book.

Radiant Child: The Story of Young Artist Jean-Michael Basquiat by Javaka Steptoe

Winner of the Caldecott Medal and the Coretta Scott King Award, Steptoe’s biography of Basquiat highlights the idea that art doesn’t need to conform to be beautiful.

Middle Grade

From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler by E.L. Konigsburg

Claudia talks her brother into running away with her, and they end up secretly living in the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York City. The two then get caught up in solving the mystery of a statue, and eventually realize they’re better off facing their problems at home.

Many Points of Me by Caroline Gertler

Georgia stumbles upon a drawing made by her father (a famous artist) before he died. She struggles to find meaning in the drawing, which seems to leave her out. Her quest to discover answers leads her, like the characters in our other middle grade recommendation, to the Met.

Nonfiction

Drawing From Memory by Allen Say

Say is another Caldecott winner, and this book is a fascinating autobiography complete with illustrations and photographs. Artists and their passions aren’t always supported, and we are all sometimes met with challenges that seem insurmountable. Say shares his journey, and how he managed to stay true to his dreams.

Fun and Easy Crafting with Recycled Materials: 60 Cool Projects That Reimagine Paper Rolls, Egg Cartons, Jars and More! by Kimberly McLeod

The title says it all. Some of the projects include toilet paper tube owls, 3-D hot air balloons, scrap paper trees, pirate hats, and a castle.

A World of Animals: Learn to Draw More Than 175 Animals From the Seven Continents!

by Rimma Zainagova

This book is perfect for animal lovers, geography lovers, and art lovers! Containing interesting factual information about the continents and zoology, there are lots of simple step-by-step drawing instructions that kids will love.

Graphic Novels

Before They Were Artists: Famous Illustrators as Kids by Elizabeth Haidle

A gorgeous anthology of shortened artist biographies, this book explores how artists’ lives during their early years. How is creativity nurtured, and what is it like when an artist is just beginning to discover their passions? Artists include Hayao Miyazaki, Trove Jansson, Maurice Sendak, Yuyi Morales, Wanda Gag, and Jerry Pinkney.

Doodleville by Chad Sell

Drew loves to draw, and somehow her creations actually come to life. This is great, until she draws a monster. She relies on her artistic friends to help her solve this tricky problem.

Young Adult

Making Comics by Lynda Barry

Barry is an associate professor at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, where she teaches students about art and discovery. This book is essentially her curriculum; it encourages students to see drawing as a means of expression and communication, and to stop worrying so much about artistic talent.

Drawing Dragons by Sandra Staple

If your teen loves drawing and fantasy worlds, this is the perfect pick for them. Along with specific instructions for learning to draw a variety of dragons, this book gives some very helpful information about drawing techniques in a general sense.

Little Felted Animals: Create 16 Irresistible Creatures with Simple Needle-Felting Techniques by Marie-Noelle Horvath

Your heart might just melt flipping through these pages. Learn to create a felted polar bear, sheep, dalmatian, and much more with detailed instructions and information about the materials needed to get started.

Mending Matters: Stitch, Patch, and Repair Your Favorite Denim and More by Katrina Rodabaugh

Clothing repair and design meets slow fashion meets artistry. Rodabaugh’s book inspires readers to grab their old torn jeans, some contrasting thread, and make something beautiful.

A Fresh Look at Chores (5 Tips)

Mon, 11 Jul 2022 01:30:07 GMT

We’re guessing you’ve probably already heard that chores are good for kids. You remember dreading them when you were a child, you’ve likely tried to implement them at home, and may have experienced varying levels of success. You have probably come across those adorable, and actually, incredibly helpful charts that list what’s appropriate for children at different ages.

You may have even experienced (like we have) life being unpredictable and throwing things off course, with your previously established chore routine left completely forgotten.

Consider this article a reminder about the amazing benefits chores can have for kids and their families. Our five tips may even give a little fresh perspective.

Consider what is developmentally appropriate

So, maybe you haven’t seen the cute little lists we referenced above? Here’s a great one if so, or even if your child is older and you want to revisit. Keep in mind that every child is different, but this is a pretty good general guide. The idea is not to make your child do everything they are capable of every single day, but it does serve as a helpful guide in knowing what is possible. Lists like these are a good starting point in developing your own routine at home.

It can be truly amazing to consider what our children are actually capable of, but we do want to balance that knowledge with not giving them tasks that are beyond their abilities. If we push independence in a specific area too soon, we are likely to cause frustration and a sense of failure. Focusing on the right tasks will bring success, build feelings of confidence, and set the stage for more challenging tasks in the future.

2. Build a routine

Children thrive on routine. When they know what to expect, everything runs more smoothly. It gives them a sense of safety and predictability, and it makes things so much easier for everyone. Once an expectation is set, there’s rarely a need for nagging.

Routine looks different for every family, and it’s important to find what works for you. Some ideas in case you’re looking for inspiration:

● Use visual lists as nonverbal reminders. This might be a simple sticky note for older kids, or a picture list for kids who aren’t reading yet.

● Be super consistent in the beginning. Putting in the work at first isn’t always easy, but it pays off in the long run.

● Start when your child is young. Kids aren’t as excited to help out when they get older, so establishing routines early is helpful.

● Allow for time to complete the tasks, considering that it takes children longer to complete them - especially when they’re first learning.

3. Follow their lead

Younger children - meaning up through at least the lower elementary years - actually want to do chores. The key is to pay attention and notice what they’re into. Some really want to do laundry while others love sweeping and mopping. It really doesn’t matter what they’re doing to help; the key is to find ways to integrate children into our regular household tasks. We all have chores we prefer over others, and children are no different. While it’s true we all have to do tasks we don’t enjoy sometimes, there’s nothing wrong with basing your chore system on the tasks your child does like to do.

Many children just want to be by your side. This makes things really simple. If you’re cooking dinner, give them a cucumber to chop. Doing laundry? Hand them a pile of washcloths to fold (even toddlers can help with that!). Vacuuming the car? Make it their job to clean out the back seat area first.

4. It’s okay to help them out

As much as we push for cultivating independence, we can’t expect our kids to do everything all the time. It can be easy to forget that. Perhaps it’s their responsibility to clear the table after dinner, but you know they’ve had a tough day. It’s okay to jump in and do it for them. We need to remember that building good habits and skills is important, but so is modeling what we do for the people we love.

During the elementary years children seem to lose all sense of order and leave a trail of mess in their wake everywhere they go. When you have called them back to pick up for the 27th time in the day and you’re frankly tired of it, it’s okay to just take care of that empty milk carton they’ve left on the counter. You’ve probably made your point, and they probably won’t even remember they ever left it there in the first place. They really are doing their best, and it’s totally fine to help them along the way.

5. Frame chores as a contribution

The chores we give our children should not be a punishment. They shouldn’t even be a set of mundane, hard-to-tolerate tasks enforced upon them. Chores are a way to contribute to the family. We can teach our children about everything that needs to happen to allow a household to run smoothly, and then we make sure they understand that it shouldn’t all fall on the adults.

Our children want to be a part of what we do. They want to help. It feels good to really be a contributing member of the family.

We will leave you with a quote from Dr. Maria Montessori you may find inspiring:

"Therefore this work which has built up civilisation and which has transformed the earth is at the very basis of life and is a fundamental part of it. So much so, that it is, as we say, even in the child. Work has existed in the nature of man as an instinct even from birth itself.... The study of society will be held to be a study of the life of the child which shows us in an embryonic stage this profound tendency of humanity and the mechanism by which society is built up." (Dr. Maria Montessori, 'Child’s Instinct to Work', AMI Communications, 1973, 4, 9)

Summer, Montessori-Style

Mon, 27 Jun 2022 01:30:17 GMT

Summer is a great time to relax a bit, have fun as a family, and enjoy some new experiences. If you’re looking to continue your child’s Montessori experience at home during these warmer months, you have come to the right place. We believe in keeping it simple, but here are some tips you might appreciate!

Take a Deep-Dive Into Personal Interests

Is your child into dinosaurs? Ancient Egypt? Horses? Summer can be the perfect time to help them explore these interests further. The key is to find ways to work their passions into the types of things you were already going to do anyway. A few places to start:

● Ask your local librarian for help finding both nonfiction and fiction books that would appeal to your child’s interests.

● Figure out if there are any relevant day trips you could take to get in-person experiences (museums, farms, historical sights, parks, etc.)

● Find ways to bring your child’s interests into the kitchen. You might find yourself recreating various cultural dishes or baking up some panda-shaped cookies.

● Turn family movie night into a learning experience with a documentary.

Connect With Each Other

Find ways to reconnect. During the regular school year, life can get busy. Embrace the slower pace of summer and reevaluate how you and your child can spend meaningful time together. This will change as they get older, as will your common interests.

As with all things Montessori, just remember to follow the child.

If you have an infant, toddler, or preschooler, your together time will include lots of cuddles and caretaking. It’s almost easiest at this age, because our youngest children rely so heavily on our presence. (Just remember to take a little time for yourself!)

As your child gets older, continues to develop their independence, and socializes increasingly with their peers, there will naturally be more changes in how you interact with each other. Spending time outdoors together is a favorite for many families, as is creating regular traditions (like the family movie night we mentioned earlier).

Get Outside! (Of Course)

We know you won’t be surprised to hear us encouraging this point! During the school year, kids get outside every day for recess. Now that they’re home more, it’s critical to ensure they’re still getting this time. Combine their needs with the gorgeous weather, and you’ll find endless opportunities.

For the little ones: go to a playground, take a walk in a local park, or just sit out in front of your house. They will delight in watching a bug crawl by, smelling the scent of flowers, and feeling the dirt on their bare feet.

For older children and teens: the possibilities are endless. Keeping their developmental needs in the forefront of your mind will make them much more likely to be enthusiastic. This could include making time outside a social activity with their friends, giving them choices of activities, and making it a regular part of their daily routine.

Read, Read, Read

Kids may take a break from academics in the summer, but reading should never stop. It’s important to find ways to make reading a part of the daily routine, no matter the age of your child. For pre readers, find a time you can sit together each day to read a book together. For older kids, carve out plenty of time for them to read on their own daily. A few tips to keep the reading going:

● Let your child see you reading for enjoyment. They want to model their behavior after you, and this can be very powerful.

● Get excited about books. Make sure your child knows they are important to your family.

● Don’t push emerging readers too hard. Give them access to books, read to them, but recognize that they need to feel good about books.

● Ask for help when it comes to book-resistant tweens. Some kids seem like they don’t want to read, when in reality they would rather read about their specific interests, or stick to a very specific genre. Let them immerse themselves completely in the types of books they love; they’re getting something important out of them and will evolve eventually.

● Bring books along for the ride. When you go for outings, keep a few in your bag. You never know when a quiet moment of boredom will arise, and you will be prepared.

Explore Your Community

Feeling connected to your community is good for all of us. Start small and see where your efforts take you.

For young children, their community might be just their neighborhoods. Walks will give them a sense of familiar “landmarks”, neighbors, and neighborhood workers. Recognizing that gorgeous garden down the street or waving to the mail carrier every afternoon are little things that help children recognize they are part of a bigger group of people who live and work together.

As your children get older, you might expand upon their experience. Explore what makes your town special, whether that means checking out historical landmarks, buildings or institutions of importance, enjoying annual festivals, or participating in community events. Service experiences are always a good idea. This could mean joining a town clean-up effort or volunteering with a local organization.

Do you already have fun summer plans in the works? We would love to hear about your Montessori summer, whatever that looks like for your family. Enjoy the time together!

National Indigenous Peoples Day

Sun, 19 Jun 2022 13:45:00 GMT

The month of June in Canada marks not only Pride month but also the very important celebration of National Indigenous History Month, which includes June 21, recognized as National Indigenous Peoples Day. This month we celebrate the diversity, resilience and joy of the many Indigenous cultures that originated in the geography of what we now know as Canada. We have compiled a list for you of local events to attend (or stream into your home) in celebration of Indigenous cultures.

But first, a little more background:

On 21 June 2017, the Prime Minister announced the intention to change the name of National Aboriginal Day to National Indigenous Peoples Day. The change to “Indigenous” brings the Canadian government in line with the United Nations use of the word in international discussions as well as the UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples.

So what does Indigenous mean? Watch this video for a great, child-friendly description.

National Indigenous Peoples Day marks the spiritual and cultural importance of summer solstice. The summer solstice marks the maximum amount of daylight each year and the furthest day from the long, dark, cold nights of winter. For Indigenous people across Turtle Island, this day marks the beginning of growth, abundance, and beauty.

Indigenous people of this nation recognize, and continue to recognize, the ways in which Mother Earth continues to give to us. The pisim (sun in Cree) is honoured as the life giving energy that sustains us all. Many thanks to @rootsandraine on instagram for sharing this valuable information.

Here is a list of National Indigenous Peoples Day celebrations taking place during the week of June 21 in Toronto and the GTA:

Attend the Na-Me-Res Annual Powwow on Saturday, June 23 at Fort York starting at noon. If you have never attended a pow-wow before, here is a handy guide for attending respectfully and having a good time!
Visit the Indigenous Arts Festival taking place between Thursday, June 21 to Sunday, June 24 at Fort York and includes education days and public festivals.
Go to APTN Indigenous Day Live on Saturday, June 23 at Fort York starting at 5 p.m. and catch some of the most recognized entertainers in Indigenous music and television.
If you’re out in Brampton, the National Indigenous Peoples Day at Garden Square will be taking place on Thursday, June 2 from 12:30 to 1:30 p.m. and 6 to 8:30 p.m.
The Toronto Zoo National Indigenous Peoples Day event will take place on Thursday, June 21 and will feature Indigenous music, art, vendors, and speakers. Free admission will be provided to Indigenous peoples with the presentation of a status card, Métis card, or an Inuit Health Branch Client Identification Number (N-Number).
The Native Women’s Resource Centre of Toronto will be hosting an Indigenous Peoples Day Celebration on Wednesday, June 20, from 12:30 to 2 p.m.
The Native Canadian Centre of Toronto is having an Indigenous History Month Celebration on Wednesday, June 27, from 12 to 8 p.m. in Dundas Square in downtown Toronto. The event is free, and the celebration will be plentiful.
Or if you’d just rather celebrate from home, here is a guide to the CBCs Indigenous Peoples Day special lineup of broadcast, streaming and music that highlight Indigenous joy, history, art and culture. (Hint: scroll down to CBC Kids section for some really fun videos!)

And last but not least, if you’d like to dig in a bit more and learn about the various indigenous cultures that can be found in what is now known as Canada (and in fact the world over) please take a look at this wonderful resource , an interactive map of the world with information about many indigenous cultures, their languages and much, much more.

Why Do Families Make the Switch?

Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:36:53 GMT

There are many different reasons why families choose Montessori for their child. Some enroll when their child is young and stay the course. Others discover it a bit later on. Others, still, leave their Montessori school and end up returning a year or two later.

Why do parents gravitate toward this unique method of education? Here are a few of the main reasons we have seen frequently in recent years.

They’re Wary of High-Stakes Testing

Many educators like to think of the field as a pendulum that swings back and forth over the decades. Sometimes regulations and trends tend toward restrictive measures, while other times everything is more flexible.

Right now in the public sector, there is a significant focus on standardization and testing. The results of high-stakes tests given to students can affect the way teachers are made to educate their students. As for the children, they feel the pressure of these tests, and this often gets in the way of joyful learning.

When we hear about teachers feeling forced to “teach to the test”, it’s not a myth. This might not happen everywhere, but it absolutely happens. Many parents, understandably, want a different experience for their children.

They Value Recess and the Outdoors

With the abovementioned emphasis on standards and pressures, certain elements of the school day have fallen to the wayside in some places. It is not uncommon in recent years for a school to discontinue programs in the arts, or to reduce the amount of time dedicated to children’s time outdoors.

Research has shown that frequent breaks and adequate access to outdoor green spaces dramatically increases children’s ability to concentrate and engage deeply with their work. Private Montessori schools aren’t typically bound to the same pressures as public schools, so we are able to continue offering our students opportunities we know are best for their development.

They’re Looking for a Different Social Environment

To us, learning shouldn’t just be about math and reading. Academics are absolutely important, but so is learning how to be a kind and empathetic human being. Montessori schools are able to take time out of the day to teach in the moment when conflict occurs, as well as include regular, planned lessons that teach children how to care for their emotions and interact with their peers in a healthy manner.

A big part of being successful involves how you interact with others. Our children will grow up to work with people at their jobs, in their communities, and even in their personal relationships. It takes a lot of practice to build the skills needed to handle various relationships in a manner that serves everyone involved.

The elementary years, in particular, can be a tumultuous time for some kids; they gravitate toward their peers, but they don’t always know how to manage conflict. That’s where we come in. We read stories, use role-playing strategies, and teach conflict resolution skills so that our students have all the tools they need to use when something comes up on the playground or in the classroom.

They Want Their Child to Love Learning

School shouldn’t be a necessary evil. It shouldn’t be something children have to endure. It should be a place where adults help children cultivate a deep and passionate joy for learning about the world around them. Children should be encouraged, inspired, and celebrated as they learn at their own pace.

Montessori schools aren’t about forcing children to memorize facts. We want them to feel in awe of the world around them and have the skills to search out information they need or want. We teach the basics in fun ways that kids can’t resist, and we give them a wide variety of science, history, and geographical information. Montessori schools honour the fact that as human beings, we have unique talents and interests, and we make time for each of our students to further explore areas they are drawn to.

The Traditional Classroom Structure Isn’t Working for Their Child

Although many schools are beginning to change, there is still a long way to go. Sitting in rows of desks and listening to a teacher lecture the whole group at a single pace isn’t a model that works for most kids.

Kids need to be able to move around. They need to be able to get help when they’re struggling, and zip ahead when they need more challenges. Education should never be a one-size-fits-all approach, because in reality, one-size fits very few.

In Montessori environments, children are free to sit where they like. This may be at a table, on the floor, by themselves, or with a group of others. Their needs may change from one minute to the next, and that’s perfectly okay.

We believe children - even very young children - should have autonomy over their own bodies and basic needs. If they’re hungry, they should have a snack without having to wait another hour for the scheduled lunch time. If they’re thirsty, they should be able to get themselves a cup and some water. If they need to use the toilet, they shouldn’t need the permission of an adult. We believe there are ways to create structures that allow for children to attend to these basic needs independently and safely. We don’t feel the need to exercise control over these types of things.

Are there other reasons families choose Montessori? Absolutely. These are just a handful of what we hear from parents. If you’re considering Montessori for your child, we encourage you to come to our school and take a look. We would be happy to give you a tour, or meet to discuss your situation and answer any questions you may have. Visit https://www.mildenhallmontessori.com/info-session for more information.

Choosing a path for your child’s education is deeply personal. Know that we are here to support your family.

Montessori vs. Daycare: 5 Key Differences

Mon, 13 Jun 2022 01:30:10 GMT

Many families rely on childcare while their children are still young. Figuring out the best place to drop your little one off every day is a big decision. Parents want to ensure their child spends their days safe, comfortable, and happy, and under the watchful eye of well-trained and competent adults.

Daycare is the obvious choice for many folks…that is, until they become aware of other options.

If you’re reading this article, it’s likely you are one of those parents who is trying to figure out the best possible placement for your child. Allow us to highlight five key differences between a typical daycare center and a Montessori school.

An Emphasis on Education

Montessori goes beyond the reaches of a typical daycare facility. While daycares focus on watching and caring for children, Montessori schools do this and more by creating an environment focused on children’s learning.

We believe education starts at birth. Children’s days should be filled with play, as that is how they learn, but we create space for them to play in ways that enrich their development.

We don’t fill our classroom with whatever toys look fun; we carefully prepare an environment with materials that have been developed after careful scientific observation and used for over 100 successful years. These materials are still games and toys from the perspective of the child, but they tend to have much different effects on them from a learning perspective.

2. A Natural Environment

Most daycare environments are filled with bright colors, plastic toys, and maybe even a cartoon character or two.

Montessori environments eschew any type of commercialism or characters. They utilize natural materials like wood, plant fibers, and even glass. Natural tones are favored over bright and loud colors, and soft and natural lighting is evident.

Montessori classrooms intentionally bring the natural world inside, with plants, found objects, and pets. Children are directly involved with the care of living things in the classroom.

Daycares may have bright posters on the wall, whereas Montessori environments favor a minimalist approach and examples of art displayed at the level of the child’s viewpoint.

3. Specially-Trained Guides

The training of a Montessori guide goes far beyond the training of a typical daycare worker. To care for young children, both must meet certain requirements such as first aid training, passing a background check, and some knowledge of working with children.

Montessori guides, however, continue far beyond the basics. Most have college degrees, with many obtaining advanced degrees. They have completed rigorous Montessori credential training, which includes comprehensive instruction on child development, intensive lessons to help them present Montessori materials correctly, work in Montessori philosophy, and so much more.

We encourage you to ask your local daycare facility about their teacher training requirements and compare them to Montessori requirements while you explore your options.

4. The Sense of Community

When your child is enrolled at a Montessori school, it’s so much more than a place to drop them off each morning. The whole family is welcomed as a part of the school community, and special events and traditions work to solidify this sense of community.

Montessori parents are often eager to connect with one another; we all seem to have a sense that a strong community contributes greatly to the wellbeing of our children. It’s helpful to have other parents to ask questions, hear about experiences, and even socialize with.

5. Development of Practical Life Skills

We believe that learning is so much more than academics, which is why Montessori environments intentionally include practical life lessons. Practical life learning is incredibly appealing to young children as well, as they look to adults in their lives and want to emulate the work they see them doing. Some of the types of skills they develop in our environments include:

● Toilet learning (for infants and toddlers)

● Food preparation

● Care of the environment (cleaning skills)

● Plant and pet care

● Fastening various types of clothing

● Tying and lacing

● Care of self (washing, brushing, etc.)

● Grace and courtesy lessons: interacting appropriately and politely with others

We hope this article has been helpful and informative. To learn more, we encourage you to visit various types of settings in person and ask to observe in the different classrooms. Not only will you notice stark differences, we think you’ll find yourself impressed with the scope of skills covered in a Montessori class (as well as the absolute joy of the children who you see there).

Please reach out to us if you have any questions or would like to schedule a visit. We would love to meet you and your child. Visit https://www.mildenhallmontessori.com/info-session for more information.

A Pride Book List

Mon, 06 Jun 2022 01:30:04 GMT

Happy Pride Month! June is the month we celebrate the history and contributions of LGBTQ+ folks, and we are thrilled to share this special book list with you all. Whether someone in your family is LGBTQ+ or not, we could all benefit from reading these amazing titles. As always, regardless of your child’s age or reading level, we have tried to include a little something for everyone: from picture books right up through young adult fiction and graphic novels.

We hope you find one or two books to enjoy on this list, and if you have any you think others should know about, please share!

Picture Books

The Little Library by Margaret MacNamara, illustrated by G. Brian Karas

Jake's class is so excited about the new school library…but not Jake. Jake isn’t a huge fan of reading, but he manages to make a connection with the new (nonbinary) librarian, and he discovers something he’s passionate about. Over the course of the school year, Jake’s perspective on reading changes, and he finds a special way to say thank you to Librarian Beck.

Born Ready: The True Story of a Boy Named Penelope by Jodie Patterson, illustrated by Charnelle Pinkney Barlow

Penelope is named after his grandmother, but nothing feels quite right. He knows deep down that he’s a boy, but everyone else thinks he’s a girl. This makes him angry, and he feels unseen and unheard, until he talks to his mom. His fifth birthday is his chance to tell his loving family, and the next day at school, he confidently walks in with his new (to the rest of the world) identity.

Harriet Gets Carried Away by Jessie Sima

Harriet loves costumes, and she wears them everywhere she goes. As she gets ready for her birthday party, she and her two dads realize they need to run some last-minute errands. Her imagination gets a little carried away, and she finds herself on an adventure with penguins, an orca, and some helpful pigeons.

Children’s Nonfiction

Rainbow Revolutionaries: 50 LGBTQ+ People Who Made History by Sarah Prager, illustrated by Sarah Papworth

One of the coolest parts of this book is the colorful world map that shows the birthplaces of each person listed in the book. Prager wrote the book specifically to increase representation for youth: “When I was growing up, I didn’t know that LGBTQ+ people had changed the world, I wrote the book to make sure you never have to think that.”

Children’s Graphic Novels

Wait, What?: A Comic Book Guide to Relationships, Bodies, and Growing Up by Heather Corinna and Isabella Rotman, colored by Luke B. Howard

Probably best for middle schoolers and up, this title says it all. Comprehensive, body positive, encouraging, and inclusive, this is a must-read as your child gets a bit older.

Snapdragon by Kat Leyh

Snapdragon is named after her mother’s favorite flower. She finds herself suddenly helping out the neighborhood “witch” and learns that not everything is as it first seems. Untangling family rumours, characters revealing true identities, and people showing their different sides, this book is magical, sweet, and entertaining. A variety of queer identities are represented.

Middle Grade Fiction

The Best at It by Maulik Pancholy

A Stonewall Honor Book, The Best at It features a diverse cast of characters and exposes readers to different cultures and identities. Rahul is a very relatable and likable character who has set out to figure out just one thing he can be the best at. Motivated by his grandfather’s advice, he is determined to meet his goal, while trying to also stay true to himself.

Birdie and Me

Jack and her brother Birdie are dealing with the aftermath of their mother’s death. Their uncles share the responsibility of caring for the kids, but when they go to live with Uncle Patrick, things begin to change. Uncle Patrick doesn’t accept Birdie’s love for gender-nonconforming clothing, and when Birdie begins being bullied at school, Jack steps into the role of protective big sister.

Both Can Be True

Ash is nonbinary. Daniel often feels overwhelmed by his emotions. Somehow they both end up working together to save a dog, but Daniel doesn’t realize who Ash truly is. Their friendship evolves, and they have to figure out how to accept each other - and themselves.

Young Adult

Aristotle and Dante Discover the Secrets of the Universe by Benjamin Alire Sáenz

We typically try to recommend newer books, but this classic just cannot be left off the list. A sweet story of two teenage boys who meet and become fast friends. Over time, their relationship shifts, although it takes them each different amounts of time to recognize and acknowledge their feelings. They go through tragedies together, navigate major life changes, and depend upon their supportive families as they find their way.

The Girl from the Sea

A graphic novel that takes classic selkie folklore but makes it queer-friendly. Morgan meets Keltie, and her whole life begins to change. She faces family upset, environmental problems, and a first love she never anticipated.

Elatsoe by Darcie Little Badger

This book fills two much-needed niches: Indigenous experiences and asexual experiences. Blending fantasy and reality, this book is well-loved by teens.

Beyond the Classroom: Montessori Extending Into Adulthood

Mon, 30 May 2022 01:30:00 GMT

Montessori: it’s not just for children. What was originally created as an educational model for preschoolers in Italy has expanded significantly over time. Today, more and more adults are noticing there is potential for application far beyond the Casa dei Bambini. Whether you’re interested in learning more for yourself, or learning more about how Montessori education is trickling into various parts of our society, plenty of interesting changes are happening around the globe.

Training and Degrees

It may surprise you to learn that many people first hear about Montessori education through the lens of being a Montessori parent. The more people discover about the method, the more they become curious about the model, and this leads to many seeking their own Montessori credentials and eventually becoming guides.

Have you thought about Montessori education for yourself? If so, there are a number of options.

To become a Montessori-credentialed guide, it’s important to enroll in a training program recognized by a major Montessori organization. Two of the most respected are AMI (Association Montessori Internationale) and AMS (American Montessori Society). To learn more about affiliated training programs, visit their sites directly:

About AMS-Affiliated Teacher Education Programs

AMI Teacher Training | Association Montessori Internationale

Are you more interested in higher education? There are a number of programs offering master’s degrees in Montessori Education, and many include online options. Here is a great list for exploring education options for adults.

Montessori in the Workplace

People all over the world are beginning to recognize that the general philosophy of Montessori is extremely applicable in the workplace. If a model works well, why can’t it be applied elsewhere? Montessori schools are effective. They create an atmosphere of joyful learners that contribute to their communities. What if we modeled our workplaces to reflect these successful classroom environments?

Digital marketing professional (and Montessori mom) Amanda Shelley has some thoughts on what effective modern workplaces look like. Perhaps unsurprisingly, she draws comparisons from the different types of schools available to our children. She shares these ideas in this article .

Sophie Bryan, another Montessori parent and award-winning HR consultant, advocates for bringing Montessori principles into the workplace in order to drive innovation and employee freedoms. She believes this benefits both employees and the organizations they work for. Bryan explains these ideas in her TEDx talk and gives her thoughts on how we might make changes in our workplaces.

Shelley and Bryan are just two of many leaders currently advocating for a shift toward more Montessori-inspired work environments for adults.

Montessori in Prisons

Brian Walsh leads education programs in two prisons in Washington State. He and his wife also own and operate a school together. This diverse experience led him to draw conclusions about the similarities between the two environments, and use those experiences to create innovative solutions.

In this TEDx Talk Walsh shares the ways in which education in prisons is a smart investment, but also how we can make it effective by implementing some of the same principles as we do in children’s Montessori schools. The whole video is compelling, but jump to minute 8:14 if you’re short on time.

What might we consider when developing educational programs for incarcerated individuals? How can we create safe and appropriate tools and environments, while giving students control of their learning? Walsh has found solutions to these questions, and has found them to be highly successful.

Montessori for People with Dementia

The application of Montessori principles to care for people with dementia is becoming more and more extensive.

There have been numerous studies and academic papers published indicating Montessori principles are effective when applied to dementia care.

AMI even has a division of their organization dedicated to this emerging branch of study.

If you are the caretaker of an individual experiencing dementia, considering basic Montessori principles will help make your life easier as well as giving the individual an increased sense of joy and independence. Strategies will naturally change depending on the development and stage of memory loss. Some thoughts:

What needs are not being met in the environment? How might small changes create a sense of independence?

o Label doors throughout the house with words written on index cards or sticky notes.

o Lay out necessary items to complete a task: clean clothes to change into after a shower or items to put together and eat a simple no-cook breakfast.

What are the individual’s interests? How might those be incorporated into the environment?

o Leave out books and activities around the home for the person to notice and engage with. This might include puzzles, magazines, or even a broken alarm clock with simple tools to tinker with. If the person was creative earlier in life, leave out art supplies. If they loved music, make the songs they enjoyed available for them to listen to.

What changes can be made to the home to create a built-in structure of safety? Are there simple ways to prevent potentially harmful situations? This is the application of ‘freedom within limits’. Once dementia progresses to a certain point, it’s not safe for a person to be completely independent. The key is to consider how to create an appropriate level of freedom.

5 Traits Nurtured In the Montessori Environment

Mon, 23 May 2022 01:30:36 GMT

When we choose a course of education for our children, we ask ourselves a lot of questions. At some point, we begin to wonder how various models align with our own personal values. What’s really important? What should the goals of education be? What do we want our children to gain from the experience?

It all depends on why and how the methods were developed. What were the initial goals when a particular approach was conceived? What do current practitioners value? These are important questions to consider.

In a list like this, you might be expecting one of the items we feature to be independence. While it’s true that we work hard to build a sense of independence in the children we guide, we talk about it so much we figured it might be nice to focus on some of the other traits that are nurtured in a Montessori environment.

When it comes down to it, Montessori educators care deeply about the academics we teach, because we are curious people who are fascinated with the world around us. But we’re passionate about other things, too. We want the children in our care to go out into the world feeling good about themselves, caring about others, and excited about what they do. That’s what drives our work. That’s what makes us feel so strongly about what we do.

Without further ado, here are five traits Montessori educations nurtures in children:

Kindness

Interpersonal skills are some of the most important skills we can teach our students. They can learn all the math and language arts skills out there, but if they can’t interact with other people their lives won’t feel overly fulfilling. More than that, we think humans can accomplish so much more together than individually, so we may as well learn to get along with one another.

The very structure of the Montessori day allows for time dedicated to planned and spontaneous lessons about kindness. We read stories that teach children how to handle hard situations. We use role-playing games to make the work fun. And when a conflict happens in the classroom or the playground? We teach children skills in the moment. How do we handle our own emotions? How do we communicate with someone we disagree with? What does it look like to disagree but still respect one another?

Sometimes the work consists of giving children the script to work through solving issues. Sometimes we enlist the help of the whole group, discussing problems and asking for solutions without targeting individuals.

2. Powerful Work Ethic

The Montessori approach focuses on intrinsic motivation. Extrinsic motivation can be effective in small doses and with short-term goals, like when you don’t want to do the dishes and reward yourself with an iced coffee afterward. Those types of rewards, however, are not particularly effective at cultivating a deep motivation to learn or help others.

Some people find it shocking that Montessori schools don’t give grades, have tests, or hold award ceremonies. The real world doesn’t function like that, so why should we teach children one type of motivation and then expect them to switch to something else as adults? Are employees evaluated at work? Absolutely. The thing is, they’re not receiving grades; they receive narrative feedback that highlights their areas of strengths and what they might improve on. We do the same with our students.

You’ve likely heard the argument that instead of saying “good job” to our children, we should replace that with observations such as “I notice you worked really hard on that. How does it feel to complete it?” Putting the emphasis on a person’s efforts, rather than our judgment of their accomplishments, helps nurture a developing sense of internal motivation.

Rather than focusing on accolades, our students grow with a desire to solve problems, gain insights, and pursue their passions.

3. Creativity

Put simply, Montessori encourages creativity in two main ways: we incorporate the arts whenever possible, and we give children a chance to find their own solutions to problems.

Montessori guides integrate art education in countless ways. Here are just a small sampling of what may happen in classroom during the course of the year:

Drawing, labeling, and painting maps
Listening to music or learning the traditional dance of a culture being studied
Using collage to review and label the external parts of a fish
Reading biographies about influential artists
Teaching sewing or weaving as practical life

As mentioned, the other side of creativity involves the way we encourage our students to think. We do not simply feed them all the answers. We give lessons, sure, and provide students with factual information. But when they run up against a problem we don’t race to give them the solution. Whether it be social, academic, or something else altogether, we ask guiding questions that lead the child to generate their own possible solutions.

This, we believe, is one of the keys to developing innovative mindsets.

4. Joyful Learning

When it comes to creating joyful learners, intrinsic motivation and creativity are a pretty good start. Combine that with copious amounts of freedom and gorgeous autodidactic materials, and you have an environment that kids simply cannot resist.

We think learning is fun, or at least it should be. Otherwise, what’s the point? We really are invested in helping our students become adults who love to learn and pursue learning independently for the rest of their lives. Even the most basic of skills can be delivered in ways that are exciting. Take the Montessori positive snake game for example: it’s a game, and it involves making snakes out of colorful groupings of beads, then eventually transforming the snake until it’s entirely gold. But what’s it really about? Learning how to exchange smaller numbers to make ten in preparation for multiplication work.

5. Service-Mindedness

We believe it’s of critical importance to give our children a sense of the world as a whole and to really see the ways in which everything is connected and interdependent.

This belief is embedded into our curriculum, and most easily seen in our history lessons. In lower elementary, children learn first about the beginnings of our universe, followed by the formation of Earth, then the evolution of life on our planet. Later on, they explore early humans and early civilizations. It isn’t until adolescence that they begin to learn about more recent periods in history.

This is intentional. We believe learning about those who have come before us instills a sense of gratitude and dedication to others.

We also make a point of launching student-driven service projects. These tend to start small, and may focus on the school community. As students get older, their capabilities and visions expand outward into the greater local community. These projects look different every year, because they’re student-led.

These five traits are really just a glimpse of some of Montessori’s most revered values. There are plenty more. Want to see for yourself? Call us to schedule a tour or observe in a classroom.

What’s a Work Period? Your Questions Answered

Mon, 16 May 2022 01:30:16 GMT

"The mind takes some time to develop interest, to be set in motion, to get warmed up into a subject, to attain a state of profitable work. If at this time there is interruption, not only is a period of profitable work lost, but the interruption produces an unpleasant sensation which is identical to fatigue.”

-Dr. Maria Montessori, What You Should Know About Your Child

Consider, as an adult, what it takes for you to do your best work. What must your environment look like? What do you need from others? What constraints do you need removed in order to meet your goals?

Dr. Montessori spent years observing children as they played. She quickly recognized that immense learning takes place during play, leaving it reasonable to call it the child’s work. Left without interruptions, she witnessed pure magic.

Children, even very young children, have the capacity for intense concentration. They have the innate ability to work through problems and develop solutions all on their own. They want to do these things. And what’s even better? They do it with a sense of self-satisfaction, not because they feel pressure or expectation to.

What Montessori realized is that we, as adults, sometimes need to get out of kids’ way. We often imagine they require more help than they actually do, or that we must offer rewards or incentives to ensure they do their schoolwork, but those assumptions are misguided. What children really need is time, respect, and an environment in which they may focus deeply on their work.

Thus, the work period was born. Generally spanning about three hours long in the morning, this precious time is a cornerstone of Montessori education.

How does it begin?

The start of the work period varies, but typically it begins as children arrive in the morning. For some classes, on some days, and during some parts of the year, there may be a whole class morning meeting or circle time at the start or end of the work cycle.

A typical day begins with the child hanging their belongings on a designated hook, changing their shoes, and greeting their teacher as they walk into the room. They may say hello to a friend or two, take a moment to transition, and then select a work from the shelf. Others may be so eager to begin, they waste no time at all and go straight to the material they have been thinking about since the day before.

Prior to age six the child will likely work by themselves, but near their peers, most of the time. They may lay out a work rug, set up their material, and delve into a deeply concentrated state. They use the materials in the way they have been taught, then clean up and replace everything when they are done.

As children older than six, due to their development and desire for social connection, the start of the day can be a bit noisier and more chaotic. They still get to work rather quickly, although it’s often in the form of group or partner work.

What do the adults do?

A Montessori classroom typically has two adults present: the guide and an assistant. The assistant busies themselves with ensuring the room stays neat and orderly and that everything the children need is available to them. If children need help or redirection, the assistant is quick to engage while still allowing the child to maintain an appropriate level of independence.

This allows the guide to focus on two main tasks: observation and presenting lessons. During the work period lessons are not given to the whole group; individuals or small groups of children work with the guide to learn or review skills and materials. This is done as unobtrusively as possible. Adults in a Montessori classroom do their best not to interrupt the work of a child. If they need to speak with a student, there is often a non-verbal structure in place, such as leaving a name tag beside the child as they are working. This alerts the child to check in with the guide whenever they complete the task they are focused on.

Do children really focus the entire time?

Not usually! Can any of us truly focus for three hours straight without breaks? We definitely don’t expect our students to, either. This is one of the reasons our environments are designed for students to meet their own needs independently, when the time is right for them. If they feel hungry, they are welcome to have a snack. If they need to use the restroom, they don’t need to ask permission. Even if they just need to get up and stretch their legs or look out a window - we do not prevent children from doing these things. Allowing for breaks lets us all focus better in the long run anyway.

There is one interesting phenomenon worth mentioning here. Sometime around 10:00-10:30 in the morning, toward the end of the work cycle, classroom communities often experience what we refer to as false fatigue. Like clockwork, the volume of the children’s voices will rise, there is noticeably less engagement with the materials, and fewer children are sitting in one place - rather they seem to be wandering around the room. The adult instinct is to ring a bell or clap and make a plea for re-engagement, but we have learned to hold back. False fatigue is a normal part of the flow of the day. If we pause, observe, and wait even two or three minutes, we will see the children find their way back into their work. It can be pretty amazing to observe.

What might one work period look like for an individual child?

This article has probably already given you a fairly good idea of what this might look like. Once the child completes their first work of the day, they begin another. This repeats for the duration of the morning, but is fractured by any number of other activities. The child will likely have a lesson or two with their guide while the rest of their classmates continue working independently. At some point, the child will get hungry, have a snack, and clean up after themselves. They may take several water breaks, socialize with friends, or even spend some time watching a squirrel climb a tree outside.

In short, the work period is a way to honour the child’s way to balance focused learning with meeting one’s own needs, on one’s own timetable. It’s a way to show the child we trust them, and our students absolutely rise to the occasion.

Curious to see what a morning work period looks like in action? We would love to have you visit. Reach out today to schedule a time to observe.

Biographies in Contemporary Children’s Literature

Mon, 09 May 2022 01:30:04 GMT

Biography books for children have come a long way from the dull accounts of people’s lives that many of us read when we were young. Today’s young readers are captivated by learning about other people, whether they be major historical figures or not. The art of the memoir has changed how we tell the story of a life, and that style of writing has slipped itself beyond just autobiographies and can be found in mainstream biographies as well.

It’s impossible to list all the amazing books we would like to in this brief article, but please consider them to be a tiny slice of what’s available. As always, we provide links for you to learn more about each title, and we have sorted the books into different categories making it easier to find something suitable for readers of all ages. Enjoy!

Picture Books (primary and lower elementary children)

Picture book biographies are incredible works of art. The illustrations are gorgeous, and the writing grabs the attention and wonder of young children and the adults who read to them. There are countless beautiful books out there; these are just a few titles that have been recently published.

In these books, children can learn about important human perspectives at a developmentally appropriate level. This includes the tragedy of the Holocaust, thriving with a disability, working hard to achieve one’s goals, preservation of native culture, dedication to social justice, and more.

Nicky & Vera: A Quiet Hero of the Holocaust and the Children He Rescued by Peter Sís
Unbound: The Life + Art of Judith Scott by Joyce Scott with Brie Spangler and Melissa Sweet, illustrated by Melissa Sweet
Niki Nakayama: A Chef’s Tale in 13 Bites by Jamie Michalak and Debbie Michiko Florence, illustrated by Yuko Jones
Child of the Flower-Song People: Luz Jiménez, Daughter of the Nahua by Gloria Amescua, illustrated by Duncan Tonatiuh
Song for Jimi: The Story of Guitar Legend Jimi Hendrix by Charles R. Smith Jr., illustrated by Edel Rodriguez
The Faith of Elijah Cummings: The North Star of Equal Justice by Carole Boston Weatherford, illustrated by Laura Freeman
Ashoka the Fierce: How an Angry Prince Became India’s Emperor of Peace by Carolyn Kanjuro, illustrated by Sonali Zohra

Children’s Biographies (elementary and middle school children)

The first two books in this section of our list are appropriate for lower elementary-aged children, while the rest are middle grade fiction best suited to upper elementary and middle school.

Just as with the picture books above, these cover a wide variety of important and interesting topics. They explore the lives of artists and their inspirations, living with a disability, how animals can make a profound impact on our lives, the complicated experience of living between two cultures, and life as a black child in the Jim Crow South.

The Story of Frida Kahlo: A Biography Book for New Readers by Susan B. Katz
Hokusai: He Saw the World in a Wave by Susie Hodge, illustrated by Kim Ekdahl
Normal: One Kid’s Extraordinary Journey (Young Reader’s Edition) by Magdalena and Nathaniel Newman
How to Be a Good Creature: A Memoir in Thirteen Animals by Sy Montgomery, illustrated by Rebecca Green
While I was Away by Waka T. Brown
Defiant: Growing Up in the Jim Crow South by Wade Hudson

Graphic Novels (these particular titles are suitable for elementary children)

As we have mentioned before, graphic novels are appealing to many children, but they open doors for some. Pictures help increase our understanding of context within a story, and graphic novels present literature in easier-to-consume “bites”. Accessibility is important, and getting kids to read, in whatever way works for them, is a great thing.

These three books happen to be about famous figures, but they have a nice way of presenting biographical information to children in an interesting and memorable way.

Albert Einstein and the Theory of Relativity by Jordi Bayarri
Wildheart: The Daring Adventures of John Muir by Julie Bertagna, illustrated by William Goldsmith
Seen: Rachel Carson by Birdie Willis, Rii Abrego, and Kieran Quigley

Young Adult Biographies (high school)

High school students are typically ready to consider heavier topics. They have a deep sense of justice and the motivation to make change. This makes it the perfect time to introduce them to how life is sometimes messy, complicated, and unfair.

Themes include growing up black in America, immigration and war, surviving sexual assault, and being falsely accused and imprisoned. One of the books - Passport - is a graphic novel that details the author’s life growing up with parents who work for the CIA.

Accused: My Story of Injustice by Adama Bah
Passport by Sophia Glock
Shout by Laurie Halse Anderson
We Are Not Broken by George M. Johnson
Call Me American: The Extraordinary True Story of a Young Somali Immigrant (adapted for Young Adults) by Abdi Nor Iftin

Materials Highlight: The Word Study Cabinet

Mon, 02 May 2022 01:30:04 GMT

Each month we highlight one of the amazing Montessori learning materials here on our blog. This week we take on a well-recognized feature in any lower elementary environment: the word study cabinet.

Typically housed in a tower of tiny labeled drawers, groups of cards allow children to study an important area of language, and to do so independently.

The Presentations

Perhaps it is easiest to start by listing the skills covered by the word study materials:

Compound words
Prefixes
Suffixes
Homophones
Homonyms
Homographs
Synonyms
Antonyms
Contractions
Syllabication

One of the most important parts of word study happens before a child even touches a drawer of cards. A small group of children gather with a guide, usually on the floor around a work rug. The teacher often has any number of supplies that may include strips of paper and markers, a small chalkboard or dry erase board, prepared booklets, charts, and so on. What the teacher brings varies depending on the lesson - and there are many!

Many of the skills listed above require more than one lesson to be given to each child over time, as their understanding increases. Each of these lessons can look very different.

Here is one way the concept of contractions might be presented to a child:

Using the movable alphabet materials, the guide lays out the letters for a group of words, appearing as follows. (Note the red used to isolate the apostrophes.)

she is she’s

can not can’t

you have you’ve

who would who’d

will not won’t

After reading through the words, which the children recognize from speaking, the guide defines the task of an apostrophe. The children are asked what else they notice, and they eagerly point out the missing letters.

The guide asks the children to take a deep breath, pointing out how the ribs expand and contract. They say that to contract means to become compressed, or smaller, and then they are able to tell the children that these types of words are called contractions.

Continued Work

Once the child has a basic understanding of the skill, they are asked to progress through the drawers independently. For example, after having received the above mentioned contraction lesson, the child begins with contraction drawer 1. This may not happen until the next day when the child is independently selecting materials during the work cycle.

The child takes the drawer out and lays out all the cards. They see before them a group of words much like the one the guide had laid out using the movable alphabet. The child gets to work matching, and the nature of the material ensures they match correctly, or else the final cards would not make sense.

The child records the words in their notebook, cleans up the cards, and puts everything away. The next time they’re ready for independent word study work, they move on to contractions drawer 2, and so on, until the guide recognizes the need for a new lesson or skill.

Extensions

Sometimes, a child may progress through the drawers more quickly than expected, or they may have extra enthusiasm for the subject area. To provide more excitement and challenge, the guide will have a file of black line masters intended to give children more practice with the same skills, but using pencil and paper instead of the material.

Perhaps surprisingly, these are essentially worksheets! While it is rare to find a worksheet in a Montessori classroom, their novelty is just what is needed in some situations, and they can provide a nice transition for the lower elementary child who is moving away from the heavy reliance on physical materials.

Want to see the word study materials in action? Call us today to schedule a tour or observation. The best way to learn about Montessori is to spend time in the classroom.

ALA Youth Media Awards! (A Book List)

Mon, 25 Apr 2022 01:30:03 GMT

Each year, the American Library Association announces its Youth Media Awards in January. These highly anticipated awards include the prestigious John Newbery Medal and Randolph Caldecott Medal, but there are also many more high-profile selections.

Here we share each of the books that won in the 2022 Youth Media Awards. It’s important that we note there were many outstanding books that may not have won, but received honours, that are not listed here. There were also other winners, such as digital media awards and author and illustrator recognitions, that we could not fit into this article. We have included a link at the bottom of the page if you’re interested in learning more about these and others.

The best way to organize these titles for the purpose of this article is into three categories: picture books, middle grade fiction, and young adult literature. You and your child may have already read some of these books, but we hope you can also find something new and wonderful to discover together. Enjoy!

Picture Books

Watercress illustrated by Jason Chin

Winner of the Randolph Caldecott Award for the most distinguished American picture book for children. Written by Andrea Wang.

Winner of the Asian/Pacific American Award for Literature (picture book winner). The award promotes Asian/Pacific American culture and heritage and is awarded based on literary and artistic merit.

Unspeakable: The Tulsa Race Massacre by Carole Boston Weatherford and illustrated by Floyd Cooper.

Winner of the Coretta Scott King Book Award recognizing an African American author and illustrator of outstanding books for children and young adults. This book won both the King Awards for author and illustrator.

The Me I Choose To Be illustrated by Regis and Kahran Bethencourt

Winner of the Coretta Scott King/John Steptoe New Talent Illustrator Award. Written by Natashia Anastasia Tarpley.

My City Speaks by Darren Lebeuf and illustrated by Ashley Barron

Winner of the Schneider Family for books that embody an artistic expression of the disability experience. Winner of the award for books for young children (0 to 8).

¡Vamos! Let's Cross the Bridge illustrated by Raúl Gonzalez

Winner of the Pura Belpré Youth Illustration Award. The Pura Belpré Awards honor Latinx writers and illustrators whose children's and young adult books best portray, affirm and celebrate the Latino cultural experience.

The People's Painter: How Ben Shahn Fought for Justice With Art by Cynthia Levinson and illustrated by Evan Turk

Winner of the Robert F. Sibert Informational Book Award for most distinguished informational book for children.

Fox at Night written and illustrated by Corey R. Tabor

Winner of the Theodor Seuss Geisel Award for the most distinguished beginning reader book.

Herizon written by Daniel W. Vandever [Diné], illustrated by Corey Begay [Diné]

Winner of the American Indian Youth Literature Award (picture book). The American Indian Youth Literature Awards identify and honour the very best writing and illustrations by and about Native Americans. Selected titles present Indigenous Americans in the fullness of their humanity in the present and past contexts.

The Passover Guest by Susan Kusel

Winner of the Sydney Taylor Book Award (picture book) for outstanding books for children and teens that authentically portray the Jewish experience.

Middle Grade Fiction

The Last Cuentista by Donna Barba Higuera

Winner of the John Newbery Medal for outstanding contribution to children’s literature.

Winner of the Pura Belpré Children’s Author Award. The Pura Belpré Awards honor Latinx writers and illustrators whose children's and young adult books best portray, affirm and celebrate the Latino cultural experience.

A Bird Will Soar by Alison Green Myers

Winner of the Schneider Family for books that embody an artistic expression of the disability experience. Winner of the award for books for middle grades (ages 9-13).

Temple Alley Summer by Sachiko Kashiwaba

Originally published as “Kimyōji Yokochō no Natsu,” in Japanese, and winner of the Mildred L. Batchelder award for an outstanding children’s book originally published in a language other than English in a country other than the United States, and subsequently published in English in the United States. Illustrated by Miho Satake, translated by Avery Fischer Idagawa.

Too Bright to See by Kyle Lukoff

Winner of the Stonewall Book Award (children’s)- Mike Morgan & Larry Romans Children’s & Young Adult Literature Award given annually to English-language children’s and young adult books of exceptional merit relating to the gay, lesbian, bisexual and transgender experience.

Healer of the Water Monster by Brian Young [Diné]

Winner of the American Indian Youth Literature Award (middle grade book). The American Indian Youth Literature Awards identify and honour the very best writing and illustrations by and about Native Americans.

Amina's Song by Hena Khan

Winner of the Asian/Pacific American Award for Literature (children’s literature winner). The award promotes Asian/Pacific American culture and heritage and is awarded based on literary and artistic merit.

How to Find What You're Not Looking For by Veera Hiranandani

Winner of the Sydney Taylor Book Award (middle grade book) for outstanding books for children and teens that authentically portray the Jewish experience.

Young Adult Literature

Me (Moth) by Amber McBride

Winner of the Coretta Scott King/John Steptoe New Author Talent Award

Firekeeper's Daughter by Angeline Boulley

Winner of the Michael L. Printz Award for excellence in literature written for young adults.

Winner of the William C. Morris Award for a debut book published by a first-time author writing for teens.

The Words in My Hands written and illustrated by Asphyxia

Winner of the Schneider Family for books that embody an artistic expression of the disability experience. Winner of the award for books for teens (ages 14-18).

How Moon Fuentes Fell in Love With the Universe by Raquel Vasquez Gilliland

Winner of the Pura Belpré Young Adult Author Award. The Pura Belpré Awards honor Latinx writers and illustrators whose children's and young adult books best portray, affirm and celebrate the Latino cultural experience.

Last Night at the Telegraph Club by Malinda Lo

Winner of the Stonewall Book Award (young adult)- Mike Morgan & Larry Romans Children’s & Young Adult Literature Award given annually to English-language children’s and young adult books of exceptional merit relating to the gay, lesbian, bisexual and transgender experience.

Winner of the Asian/Pacific American Award for Literature (youth literature winner). The award promotes Asian/Pacific American culture and heritage and is awarded based on literary and artistic merit.

Ambushed! The Assassination Plot Against President Garfield by Gail Jarrow

Winner of the YALSA Award for Excellence in Nonfiction for Young Adults.

Apple (Skin to the Core) by Eric Gansworth [Onondaga]

Winner of the American Indian Youth Literature Award (young adult book). The American Indian Youth Literature Awards identify and honour the very best writing and illustrations by and about Native Americans.

The City Beautiful by Aden Polydoros

Winner of the Sydney Taylor Book Award (young adult book) for outstanding books for children and teens that authentically portray the Jewish experience.

Descriptions of the awards were taken from the ALA site.

Click here to learn more about the winners and honorees of this year's ALA Youth Media Awards.

5 Ways to Take Learning Outside

Mon, 18 Apr 2022 01:30:06 GMT

It’s that time of year again. The temperature is rising ever so slowly, the daylight is gracing us with its presence a bit more each day, and it feels like the world outside is waking up.

Spring does something amazing for us all.

While we believe in the importance of finding fun ways to be outside all year round, spring seems to pull us there without the need for any convincing.

Parents often ask us how they can support their child’s education at home. We don’t recommend going out and purchasing Montessori materials or recreating what goes on in the classroom environment. The home environment is an entirely different experience, which brings with it a set of unique joys and learning opportunities.

One great way to help children learn is to enrich something they are already doing. Without further ado here are our 5 tips to bring learning outside:

Exercise is Self Care and Practical Life

Montessori has a strong focus on practical life, and practical life really boils down to three critical elements: care of the self, care of others, and care of the environment. Considering the first of those three, we believe that spending time outside is one of the most important ways to care for ourselves.

Perhaps one of the most obvious benefits of being outside is the act of literally soaking up the sunshine. Sometimes we forget that being outside is literally necessary for our bodies to create the vitamin D we all need. Many studies have also shown that spending time outside in green spaces has positive effects on our mood.

Another amazing benefit of being outside? Exercise. Children’s outdoor play enables them to joyfully move their bodies, keeping themselves healthy while having fun. When we encourage our kids to play outside, we’re supporting their healthy development - both physically and mentally.

2. Bring On the Botany

A major portion of your child’s Montessori science curriculum focuses on biology, and it all starts with plants. There are two ways you might approach supporting this work at home (or maybe you’ll even want to tackle both): exploring the natural plant life that lives in your area, or gardening.

One way to start is to go to your local library and check out some books. Look for titles that focus on plants, their life cycles, or how they interact with their environments. It might be helpful to borrow titles that reflect your own local ecosystem. Read these together at home, then go out for a walk and see what your child notices. Find a local trail, pack a few snacks and a water bottle, and see where the day takes you.

As for gardening, some families choose to keep it small, while others go big. It doesn’t really matter; whatever works for you will help enrich your child’s understanding. Gardening can be simple: Pick up a tomato plant from your local garden center and keep it on your porch. Have your child help water and care for it. They will naturally observe the changes in the plant as it grows and take great delight in the moment they first see a green tomato emerge from where there was once a flower.

Another simple way to try gardening? Purchase one or two small pots (or use whatever containers you have on hand) and plant some seeds. You can pick up some packets of herb or flower seeds just about anywhere this time of year, or you could even use seeds from inside fruit you eat at home. Plant a few with your child, care for them together, and wait for the tiny plant to emerge.

3. Animals Are Everywhere!

Studying animals is a lot like studying plants. Obviously there are countless differences between the two, but our approach is similar.

For younger (and even older) children, books are the perfect place to start. We love to read about animal migrations, adaptations, life cycles, and how they interact with one another and their environments. Field guides are valuable resources as well. One fun idea is to place a bird feeder outside a window of your home and leave a bird field guide available for your child on the windowsill. Elementary-aged children will especially enjoy looking up different species and learning about them in real-time.

For older children and adolescents, try using an app like Seek. This allows them to tap into their love for technology and devices, while finding ways to pull them outside more and learn about various organisms while they’re at it. The app is simple: users point the phone’s camera at a living thing, and recognition software identifies it for them, as well as gives basic information about the plant or animal. Kids can snap photos of their finds and make a game out of tracking their findings in the app as well.

4. Math On the Go

While the great outdoors very obviously lends itself to scientific areas of study, even math is more fun when you’re not sitting at a desk.

Try this: grab some sidewalk chalk and make a hopscotch-style game with numbers in each square. Kids can jump from square to square and skip count or recite their math facts. Since repetition is one of the keys to memorizing math facts, any small way we can utilize to make this practice fun is absolutely worthwhile.

With young children who love to collect small objects (rocks, pinecones, acorns, etc.), you can help them count or group their findings.

As children get older, walks and hikes might incorporate discussions and observations of metrics such weather, distance, and time.

5. Literature en Plein Air

We saved the simplest for last. Grab a blanket and some books. Go outside and find a sunny (or shady) spot. Sit, relax, and soak up that warm, fresh air while you and your child read together.

Have you found any other fun ways to bring learning outside? We always love to hear your experiences, and it helps us find new ways to support other families. Enjoy!

Practical Life for Older Children and Teens

Mon, 11 Apr 2022 01:30:03 GMT

When people think about Montessori schools, some of the most prominent materials that come to mind are the beautiful practical life opportunities in our primary environments. There are small wooden trays with pouring and transferring works. There are whole lessons dedicated to the arrangement of flowers. The children prepare their own snacks and wash their own dishes. They use special frames that teach them to tie, buckle, and snap.

Those practical life materials at the primary level are so important. They are also very visible, because they take on the form of a standard material on a shelf, so it can sometimes appear that practical life is a part of our education for children up to age six, but not after.

What happens when children reach the elementary years and beyond?

The work of practical life does not stop, nor does it become any less important. It does, however, take on different forms and blend into the rest of the program somewhat. The following skills are critical steps toward becoming an independent adult; we ensure to present them when the child is ready. Is learning to tie one’s shoes any more or less important than learning to balance a budget? Of course not. Both are necessary but are best presented at different times in our lives.

The following are just a sample of some of the practical life skills taught to our older students. Often embedded into the curriculum, they still help kids reach independence milestones.

● Time Management

No one is born knowing how to manage their time. First, it takes a good sense of time as well as the ability to set goals and follow directions. Once a person has those basic skills mastered, they can gather tools to help them meet their goals within a set time.

In our elementary classrooms, this often begins with a work plan. Work plans can take on many forms, but at its most basic, the plan sets forth a list of tasks that are to be completed over the course of the day or week. Students have some choice in regards to the order they will complete the tasks and how they will go about doing so, but the expectation is set.

Do children take their work plans and successfully complete them all the time? Absolutely not, but that’s where the time management learning comes in. Let’s assume a child is getting their language work done each day all week, but on Friday it becomes obvious that they have not done much in the way of math. This happens - frequently - and our guides make sure to work with students (rather than dictate to them) to find ways to resolve the issue.

When a guide notices a pattern of unfinished work, they will sit down and meet with the student. These meetings are not punitive. The child understands this as the culture in the classroom has been set. The guide might ask the child why they think the math work isn’t getting done. Is it too challenging? Is it too easy? Is it just something they don’t particularly enjoy? What does the child need to make sure it gets done?

Sometimes a child will be able to reflect and suggest a solution. Other times, they might need some ideas from the adult. They may need a refresher lesson, or to be challenged a bit more. They may need to commit to doing their math first every day just to make sure they don’t avoid it. Regardless of the course of action, time management is a constant and fluid area of work for all students as they age, and will serve them well in adulthood.

● Development of Social Skills

Learning how to engage with others isn’t always easy. During the lower elementary years, children are transitioning from enjoying mostly parallel play in their primary classrooms, to developing deeper friendships for the first time. It’s only natural that conflict will arise. As children age and go through the upper elementary and adolescent years, puberty and a developing sense of self and individuality creates more opportunities to relate to peers in new ways.

One of the most wonderful gifts of the Montessori classroom is the blocks of flexible time. Many schools have blocks dedicated to specific subjects, and these time periods are rigid and centered on whole-group lessons. In a Montessori environment, where there is more flexibility, it’s simple to call a class meeting whenever it’s needed. If the children come inside from recess, for example, and there has been a conflict - there’s no need to jump right into that planned science demonstration. It can wait.

Class meetings are a great way to help children resolve conflicts. Our guides manage to create problem solving structures without pointing fingers at individuals. Rather, they ask students to generate solutions. This approach empowers children, normalizes conflict, and lets them practice a wide variety of strategies even when they’re not the ones experiencing the conflict.

Of course, a class meeting isn’t always the solution when emotions are running high. Most classroom environments have a dedicated space a child can choose to go to cool down; all classes ensure the individual’s needs are met. Sometimes this entails a micro mediation session, allowing everyone’s thoughts and feelings to be heard and acknowledged.

● Self Care

Self care is a never-ending process, and really consists of a series of daily and other regular and periodical practices. Once children reach the elementary years, they have mastered many of the basics, but they are ready to start learning more nuanced and progressively more difficult skills.

Nutrition is something we never stop teaching our students, regardless of their age. Food preparation is part of this, but it does take on new forms as children age. Every classroom has different ways of incorporating food prep and nutrition education. Some create special snacks together for birthdays, others explore cultural cuisines from around the world. Children continue to hold autonomy in making choices about their own food needs; they decide when to eat snacks, but are responsible for doing so within certain parameters (such as how many children may use the snack table at a time, cleaning up procedures, etc.).

Physical activity and exercise continue to be important throughout our lives as well, and healthy habits built early make a difference. Some classes take walks together, others explore yoga. The possibilities are endless, but the goal is the same.

Lastly, stress management is introduced. Stress and frustration are a normal part of life, but there are things we can do to manage their intensity, frequency, and our reactions to them. Children may learn a wide range of techniques in the classroom, including breathing strategies, meditation, mindfulness, and more.

● Entrepreneurship

When children reach adolescence, the Montessori curriculum centers on creating a microeconomy. Traditionally students work on a farm and do everything needed to sell what they produce. Some Montessori schools still operate this way, while others have found creative, modern ways to achieve the same goals. One popular alternative, for example, is to run a weekly or monthly coffee shop.

Students at this level are responsible for all aspects of the business, with their guide there for modeling and support. They make phone calls, order supplies, make connections with other community organizations, create and balance budgets, manage marketing, and learn about customer services.

Remember that while practical life work is critical for the primary years, it is certainly not the end. This work continues for our students into adolescence. Want to learn more? Contact us to have a conversation about Montessori education or to schedule a visit.

Material Highlight: Dressing Frames

Mon, 04 Apr 2022 01:30:03 GMT

So much of what we do in our Montessori environments is with the goal of the child’s independence in mind. They may need our support sometimes, but children are capable of much more than many people realize.

Each of our environments has ways of implementing practical life skills and practice activities that are developmentally appropriate and engaging for the children that will use them. While children of all ages benefit from practical life work, it tends to be the most obvious and discussed in the primary classroom. This is likely because between the ages of three and six, children are achieving physical autonomy for the first times in their lives. Their days revolve around finding ways to be physically independent from the adults in their lives.

What could be more empowering to the primary child than being able to dress themselves?

Enter: the dressing frames. Simply put, this series of materials was created so that the child is able to practice a wide variety of closure methods that they will encounter on all different types of clothing.

It all begins with a tall, narrow, wooden stand. This stand was developed to store and display twelve separate wooden frames in a way that is accessible to the children without taking up excessive floor space in the classroom. This four-sided tower has enough space for three frames on each side.

Each frame is made of wood with fabric attached to create a surface. On each frame two separate pieces of fabric meet in the center with various types of fasteners for the child to learn about and use. These include:

● Small buttons

● Large buttons

● Bow tying

● Lacing (pictured in the photo above)

● Hook and eye

● Safety pins

● Snapping

● Zipping

● Buckling

● Side-release buckling

● Shoe lacing

● Hook and loop

When the child first begins using these materials, the guide will give a lesson just as they would with other academic materials. Montessori lessons are very methodical and deliberate, and they include lots of modeling each step of processes.

The guide begins by inviting the child to join them for a lesson. The pair walks over to the wooden stand, and the guide tells the child what the material is called and selects the first (small button) frame. They continue on to sit at a table with the frame in front of them. After letting the student know what the lesson will be about, the two continue in silence. The guide demonstrates how to hold a button carefully between two fingers while pulling the fabric taught with the other hand. They slowly insert a portion of the button into the hole and demonstrate how to carefully pull it all the way through. This continues with each button as the guide works their way down the frame.

Part of any work in a Montessori classroom is leaving the material ready for the next user, so the guide then demonstrates how to undo each button from its hole. At this point, the child is very likely eager to have a turn of their own, and the teacher slides the frame over in front of them. The guide will remain for a moment to observe, but if the child appears to be working without needing assistance, the adults will let the child continue. If assistance is needed, the adult is there to model again.

The child will continue to work with the small button frame periodically until they have mastered it. Depending upon the child and their individual development, this could take hours, days, weeks, or months. Whenever they are ready, the guide will help them by giving a lesson for the next frame in the series. These steps continue until the child has had an opportunity to master all twelve frames, and therefore is prepared to fasten and unfasten a variety of their own clothing.

Being able to dress oneself is a huge step in independence. The frames may seem so simple to us as adults, but to the child, they are a key to becoming their own individual. We are so lucky to be able to aid them on that journey.

Animals Cams, Activities, and Family Time (oh my!)

Mon, 28 Mar 2022 01:30:03 GMT

You already know the Montessori science curriculum supports learning about biology at all ages. Whether your child is three or 17, animals present an important part of their studies throughout the year. Why? Well, kids love animals. Besides, learning about animals opens windows into all types of studies, including history, geography, art, reading, writing, and so much more.

This week we share some of the coolest live animal cam feeds from around the world. Checking one out, and keeping tabs on it periodically, can be a great jumping off point for learning as a family and spending quality time together. Along with each different animal cam we have included related activities for kids of all ages, giving you the opportunity to dive deeper if your child seems interested.

Please do keep in mind that live camera feeds are unpredictable. Sometimes it can be frustrating when an animal is just sleeping, or even hiding. Animals can also exhibit all kinds of surprising behaviours. Some of the feeds include advertisements before loading. All this is just to say: some parents may feel more comfortable previewing feeds first, otherwise, expect the unexpected! After all, learning about animals is always fun and exciting. Enjoy!

Birds (and advantageous squirrels) at a garden feeder

Southern Alberta

For all ages-

· Learn how to make your yard bird-friendly

· Pick up a field guide

· Try birding together as a family

King Cobra at the Arignar Anna Zoological Park

Vandalur, Tamil Nadu, India

· For young children - Make a tasty snake-inspired snack

· For elementary kids - Learn how to say “snake” in over 100 different languages

· For teens - Listen to a podcast

Giraffes at the San Diego Zoo

San Diego, California, United States

· For young children - Printable Montessori giraffe nomenclature cards

· For elementary kids - Read Giraffe Problems

· For teens - Learn to paint a watercolor giraffe

Naked Mole Rats at the Smithsonian

Washington, DC, United States

· For young children - Read Naked Mole Rat Gets Dressed

· For elementary kids - Watch a video to learn about naked mole rats

· For teens - Check out this list of 10 amazing facts

White-Tailed Deer at the Brownville Food Pantry for Deer

Brownville, Maine, United States

· For young children - Make a paper deer

· For elementary kids - Create a clay deer

· For teens - Learn about the impact of deer populations

Sea Nettle Jellies at the Monterey Bay Aquarium

Monterey, California, United States

· For young children - Learn a song and dance

· For elementary kids - Explore facts and photos about jellyfish

· For teens - Take a look at this interesting map

Pacific Coral Reef Fish at the National Aquarium

Baltimore, Maryland, United States

· For young children - Read a poem by Eloise Greenfield

· For elementary kids - Read about some of the fish that live in the Great Barrier Reef

· For teens - Watch a documentary about coral reefs

Giant Pacific Octopus at the Hatfield Marine Science Center

Newport, Oregon, United States

· For young children - Make a playdough octopus (with 8 legs!)

· For elementary kids - Listen to a podcast

· For teens - Read an article

Materials Spotlight: Racks and Tubes

Mon, 21 Mar 2022 01:30:22 GMT

Racks and Tubes, The Test Tubes - they may go by different names, but they’re all the same: a gloriously detailed Montessori division material. Introduced to the child somewhere around the end of lower elementary or beginning of upper elementary, the tiny parts are appealing. Adults who have had an opportunity to see the Racks and Tubes used are usually delighted by the way this physical material is able to help children understand more deeply how numbers are manipulated during division.

This is something so much more than when we learned with paper and pencil. Of course, that is taught simultaneously, but having the material makes everything make more sense.

The Material

A whole lot more complicated than math materials the child has previously used, there are many components, including:

· Seven test tube racks.
Three of the racks are white: the tubes in one contain green beads (units/ones), another has tubes filled with blue beads (tens), and the last is filled with red beads (hundreds). This pattern is repeated with three gray racks and tubes filled with beads (thousands, ten thousands, hundred thousands). The final rack is black, and its green beads represent millions.

· Seven bowls with external colors to match the racks and internal colors to match the beads.

· Three wooden frames, each with 81 holes in which beads may be placed.

The color scheme of green, blue, and red being representative of units, tens, and hundreds is repeated throughout many Montessori materials. The child will have already seen this when using the stamp game, bead frame, and checkerboard materials.

Setting Up

As an example, we will refer to the division problem 9,764/4=2,441. We begin by laying out the green board. The other boards will not be used for this problem, because the divisor (4) is only one digit. Larger problems require more boards (more on that later).

To represent the divisor, we will take out four green skittles and set them into place at the top of the board.

The first four racks are all we will need for this problem, so we will take those out along with their corresponding cups.

To make 9,764 we place the correct amount of beads in the appropriate cups: 4 unit beads in the unit cup, 6 ten beads in the ten cup, 7 hundred beads in the hundred cup, and nine thousand beads in the thousand cup. The cups are then lined up neatly above the board.

At this stage in their mathematical development, students are expected to record their work in their notebooks consistently, so you would notice the child writing the problem down and filling in the answer as they go.

One Divisor

To begin solving the problem, it’s all about even and fair distribution. Starting with the thousand cup, beads will be placed beneath each skittle, one at a time, until all the beads are used up. The only catch is, the distribution cannot have any remainders (until we get to the last step with the units). This means that beneath each of the four skittles there will be two beads, with one left over.

By now, the child will be fairly proficient in exchanging across place values. They will know that one thousand is equal to ten hundreds, so the lone thousand bead will go back in its tube and ten red hundred beads will be added to the hundred cup.

The distribution continues with the hundred beads. After careful placement of each bead, there will be four underneath each skittle, with one leftover. This one hundred bead will be exchanged for ten ten beads. This means there will now be 16 blue ten beads in the cup, which distributes evenly. The last step leads the child to distribute just four green unit beads, with one under each skittle.

The answer to a division problem is always what is found in one of the equal and fair groups, or what the child can count up underneath one of the skittles. In this case: 2 thousands, 4 hundreds, 4 thousands, and 1 unit, giving them the answer 2,441.

Long Division

When it comes to long division and completing more complicated problems with larger divisors, the racks and tubes are both elegantly and downright complicated. Reading a step-by-step description is not nearly as exciting (or clarifying) as seeing one completed in person. We strongly encourage you to observe this material being used in our elementary environment when you’re able.

In the meantime, we can give you the gist. Let’s say we are dividing 71,326 by 304. We would lay out the green, blue, and red boards (because there is a three-digit divisor). Three skittles would be placed at the top of the hundred board, zero would be placed on the ten board, and four would be placed on the unit board.

Beads to correspond with 71,326 would be distributed into their corresponding cups.

To begin distribution, the ten thousand cup would be placed above the hundred board, the thousand cup above the ten board, and the hundred cup above the unit board. One at a time, beads would be distributed across the skittles on all three boards. The student stops when they can no longer continue fair and even distribution.

Here, the child would pause and note how many hundred beads are beneath one of the unit skittles. This number is recorded on their paper, as it is part of the final answer.

The problem continues with cups sliding to new spots and beads being exchanged as needed. The distribution continues until the problem is complete.

This may all sound horribly tedious to an adult reading about it, but we can promise you it’s absolutely thrilling to the child who is discovering these number processes for the first time. We can also reiterate the fact that by using their hand to manipulate physical materials, the child is giving their brain visual scaffolding in which to solidify their understanding of division.

As we mentioned above, the very best way to see the magic of this special material is to watch it being used in person. We know that’s not always possible, but when you do have an opportunity we think you’ll be just as amazed as we were the first time we saw it.

Questions? Want to learn more about the Montessori approach to math? Contact us any time - we love to chat about our methods!

A Book List For Dog Lovers

Mon, 14 Mar 2022 01:30:17 GMT

Last week we shared a lengthy list of books for cat lovers, so it’s only fair that we give dogs a turn. Where would we be without their lovable slurps, silly tail wags, and unwavering loyalty? So whether you and your family have a house full of dogs, or you just like to admire them from afar, these are the books for you.

As always, we have included titles for all levels. We always encourage families to visit their local public libraries, but below are links included in case you’d like to purchase books (or just to learn more about them).

Enjoy!

Picture Books

Stormy: A Story About Finding a Forever Home by Guojing

This book will probably make you cry, and in the very best way possible. A gorgeously illustrated wordless picture book, it features a sweet and scraggly stray dog. A patient and kind woman notices it in the park one day, and takes her time gaining its trust. The two form a beautiful bond, which is tested one day when a terrible storm arrives.

Can I Be Your Dog? by Troy Cummings

If Stormy makes you cry, Can I Be Your Dog? will completely melt your heart, but with a couple giggles along the way. Arfy is a stray dog (who can apparently read and write) and is seeking a home amongst the residents of Butternut Street. He is polite, thoughtful, but not having a place to live is bringing him down. Find out what steps he takes to finally be someone’s dog.

Early Reader/First Chapter Books

Biscuit Goes to School by Alyssa Satin Capucilli, illustrated by Pat Schories

What child hasn’t dreamed of taking their pet to school? It’s easy to imagine that dogs feel the same way, especially when they look at you with those eyes as you leave the house. Biscuit definitely didn’t want to be left behind, and found a way to surprise everyone. This book is one in a classic series, so readers will have plenty more to look forward to.

Charlie & Mouse Lost and Found by Laurel Snyder, illustrated by Emily Hughes

This book somehow manages to be relatable, funny, inclusive, and adorable - all using language that is perfect for emerging readers. Charlie and Mouse go about their everyday life; searching for a lost blanket, going for errands with their mother, and (of course) falling in love with a lost dog. While the dog only stays with them for a little while, it sure makes a big impression. We especially love the page when Charlie and Mouse’s parents debate a big decision in front of their children.

Graphic Novels

Bear by Ben Queen and Joe Todd-Stanton

Patrick is 28 years old, lives alone, and repairs vending machines for a living. He’s also blind. When he decides a guide dog might be right for him, he ends up matched with Bear, a two-year-old lab-retriever mix. The two are perfectly suited to one another, and share a deep and special bond. One day, Bear begins to lose his own eyesight, which triggers the beginning of several challenging (yet beautiful) journeys.

Allergic by Megan Wagner Lloyd and Michelle Mee Nutter

Maggie just wants to feel a little less alone. Her twin brothers have each other and her parents are hyper-focused on a new baby that will soon join the family. Could getting a dog be the answer to her troubles? She pins all her hopes on a new pet, until she learns she is seriously allergic. She learns some lessons the hard way, but develops resilience, friendships, and bonds with her siblings along the way…in addition to finding a solution to her dilemma!

Middle Grade Fiction

Rez Dogs by Joseph Bruchac

This book written in verse is both timely and relatable. Malian takes a trip to visit her grandparents on a Wabanaki reservation. She loves spending time with them, but the whole world grinds to a halt with the arrival of the coronavirus in early 2020, and Malian ends up staying longer than she’d planned. A dog named Malsum shows up and becomes a part of her story. When everyone was adjusting to a new normal around the globe, some communities were reminded of complicated and painful parts of their collective past. This beautiful story illustrates how families care for one another in difficult times, and how the companionship of animals brings us more than we sometimes expect.

Both Can Be True by Jules Machias

A Pomeranian in need of rescue is central in this story about two middle schoolers who find themselves dealing with the complexities of growing up. Ash is non-binary (sometimes feeling like a boy and other times like a girl), which makes life pretty challenging. Daniel cries a lot and wishes he didn’t. Chewbarka needs to be cared for after being whisked away from a shelter that was going to euthanize him, so the two children team up to help. Feelings, misunderstandings, and society’s expectations complicated the situation as Daniel and Ash find their way.

Nonfiction

Bringing Back the Wolves: How a Predator Restored An Ecosystem by Jude Isabella, illustrated by Kim Smith

“In the late 1800s, The American government offered money - a bounty - to encourage people to hunt top predators: cougars, grizzly bears and wolves. The goal was to tame the West, the heart of cattle ranching, and rid the landscape of all threats to livestock. The results: hunters killed so many wolves that by 1926 there were no wolf packs left in Yellowstone National Park.” This book teaches readers about the importance of apex predators, how they affect local ecosystems and food webs, and what scientists and conservationists began doing at the end of the twentieth century to fix mistakes that had been made in the past. The trickle effect of wolves returning to Yellowstone has been astounding and will fascinate and educate readers.

Kindergarten: The Icing On the Cake

Mon, 07 Mar 2022 01:30:03 GMT

This post is for the primary families (although the families of older students who read it will readily agree and support the points below - ask them when you have a chance!). Some of you were originally drawn to Montessori because you’ve read about how different and special the approach is. Some of you were looking for a high-quality daycare or preschool and stumbled upon us.

There are a plethora of reasons families choose to send their children to Montessori schools. The vast majority of those families are thrilled with their decision once they see how their child is nurtured, encouraged, and celebrated in our environments.

Something interesting tends to happen sometime around when the child approaches kindergarten and first grade.

Families feel the pull of traditional schooling. They begin to worry that the differences that make Montessori so wonderful just won’t cut it when it comes to preparing their older child for “life”. They may have excellent public school options available to them.

It can be hard to go against what you did as a child, or what your family or friends are doing for their children. And we fully recognize that the decision is incredibly personal.

What we can tell you is that many families who choose to leave Montessori before their child enters kindergarten end up returning.

We can also tell you the three-year cycles in our environments are intentional, and there are some great reasons to give your child the gift of that third year.

Feeling on the fence? Hopefully we can help clarify some of the reasons we think kids do best when they have the opportunity to complete their primary cycle.

Mastery of Skills

The third year in a primary classroom is a chance for students to really shine academically. Everything they have been working on comes full circle and their understanding of concepts solidifies in a way it couldn’t have until now.

Much of what we teach in the earlier years of our primary environments is indirect and direct preparation for the lessons our third years receive and the materials they work with.

Not only are our kindergarten children understanding concepts in new ways, but they can actually demonstrate this knowledge. Educators from all backgrounds will agree that when a person is able to teach someone a skill, they have themselves demonstrated mastery of the skill. Our classrooms are designed so that older students help to teach younger ones. This teaching serves multiple purposes, one of which is to demonstrate their own understanding.

One of the many benefits of the multi-age classroom, our kindergarteners really enjoy taking on the role of giving lessons to their younger peers.

Opportunities for Leadership

Teaching lessons to younger children isn’t just about academic mastery; it’s also a chance for kids to experience leadership.

We believe that solid leadership isn’t really about power. It’s about allowing those with experience to take on a role of guiding others with less experience. So much of this type of leadership is done by modeling, and our kindergartners serve as the very best models for our younger students.

When your child first entered the classroom, they went through a period in which they needed to figure out expectations, routines, and so much more. Children need to learn how to be independent, how to interact with one another and adults, how to care for the environment, and so on. As adults who guide the children, we model and verbalize what children need to learn, but we are wise enough to recognize that they learn more from watching their peers.

Older children relish in this opportunity. It feels good to know that you are helping someone else. It feels good to acknowledge how far you have come, and how you are now able to guide others along their own path. Our third years know about this role because we discuss it with them often. By the time they step into it, they are more than prepared.

Continued Respect for Individuality

You already know that Montessori schools respect each child’s individual path, and that we believe even young people deserve to be treated with dignity. There are many ways in which we differ from conventional institutions, but some that we think are important to highlight are:

· Allowing the child to use the restroom when they need to, without having to ask permission from an adult

· Encouraging children to eat a snack when they are hungry and drink when they feel thirsty

· Creating a structure that allows children to take breaks when they need to, and to focus deeply on their work for long periods of time without being interrupted

· Giving children academic choice within limits (they may be required to complete certain tasks, but it’s okay if they choose the order in which the tasks are done)

· Creating flexible seating choices so that children have options to sit alone or with friends, in a chair or on the floor

Advanced Academic Expectations

Parents in our community often recognize that our curriculum tends to exceed the scope of what is taught elsewhere. We do not push children to learn what is beyond their capabilities, we just know that children are capable of more than most people realize. When given the opportunity, they can amaze us all.

We honour the fact that every single child develops at their own rate, and there is no set time for various skills to be mastered. It is not uncommon, however, for Montessori students to:

· Be reading before they enter kindergarten

· Be working with numbers into the thousands at age four

· Have an understanding of basic grammatical principles at age five

· Engage with basic geometry concepts not typically introduced until years later

· Enjoy skills and content taught in the areas of biology and geography beginning at age three

· Learn cursive handwriting before entering elementary school

· Begin adding large numbers and have a basic understanding of exchanging for tens

Deep-Dives Into Areas of Personal Interest

One of the best parts of being in a Montessori classroom is being allowed the time to explore one’s own interests. Because of the flexible nature of the day, kids can practice various skills while learning about what creates a spark for them.

Are they into dinosaurs? We provide books, paper, and art supplies for them to write about and draw diagrams of these ancient creatures.

Are they proud of their family’s culture and heritage? We make space for children and families to give presentations and share their traditions.

Do they dream about being a vet as an adult? Older children may be given more responsibilities to care for class pets, and they often find creative ways to connect the zoology curriculum to the animals they know and love in real life.

In a Montessori classroom, the possibilities really are endless. The experience is unlike anything that can be found in other educational settings, and each year we can give our children a Montessori education is a gift.

Still have questions? Want to connect with parents of older children at the school to ask questions? Please don’t hesitate to reach out and let us know how we can support you and your child.

Montessori, Imagination, and Cosmic Education

Mon, 28 Feb 2022 01:30:30 GMT

In honour of the glorious second plane of development, a beautiful time when children aged 6-12 are learning about themselves and their universe, we thought it might be nice to take a deep dive into the Montessori perspective. Dr. Montessori wrote and spoke quite a bit about her thoughts and findings regarding elementary-aged children, and it can be helpful to look at her work and how it translates into what we do in our classrooms today.

The second plane of development is characterized by many stark differences from the first, including an increased need for peer socialization, a deep sense of fairness and justice, spurts of physical growth, and so much more. It’s also a time when the child’s imagination is highly developed, so it only makes sense to utilize this characteristic when considering the child’s academic needs.

There tends to be a lot of confusion regarding Montessori and imagination; we hope to bring some clarity. All quotes in this article are from To Educate the Human Potential by Maria Montessori, from The Montessori Series, 2007.

A Shift At Six

If you observe in a Montessori primary environment, then walk down the hall to observe in a lower elementary environment, you’ll notice stark differences. It’s no accident that your first grader is taught in a very different manner than they were when they were in kindergarten.

Sometime right around age six, the child undergoes a transformation. We know development is not exact, and there are absolutely variations between individuals. It is important, however, to recognize patterns and characteristics that have shown themselves to be developmental markers in most children at certain times in their lives. This helps us as parents and educators to better understand their needs and appropriately adjust our approach and expectations.

Children between the ages of six and twelve are intensely curious about the world around them. They are bursting with questions, and eager to soak up as much as they can in regard to subjects such as science, history, and geography. So we meet them where they are.

“Knowledge can be best given where there is eagerness to learn, so this is the period when the seed of everything can be sown, the child’s mind being a fertile field, ready to receive what will germinate into culture.” (p. 3)

Throughout the elementary years, we provide the child with an education that includes in-depth studies of biology, the earth, the universe, the evolution of living things, early humans, and ancient civilizations. These are exactly the types of subjects children want to learn about at this age, so it’s best we take full advantage of this window of opportunity.

“Since it has been seen to be necessary to give so much to the child, let us give him a vision of the whole universe. The universe is an imposing reality, and an answer to all questions.” (p. 5)

Imagination and Intelligence

There is a general philosophy among Montessori educators that the concrete precedes the abstract. This is why during the earlier years of education, we provide extensive access to learning materials for the child to manipulate with their hands, but as they get older (particularly in later elementary and middle school), they shift away from materials and work more without.

Still, it’s important to remember that if the experience of learning with their hands comes first, the later, abstract learning becomes deeper and leads to greater comprehension (and interest!).

“Children show a great attachment to the abstract subjects when they arrive at them through manual activity.” (p. 9)

We know that children need to experience the concrete first to truly master content later. But when a child gets older, they are far more interested in using their imaginations. So why not put this to good use? Why not feed their imaginations the truths about their universe? Please note - imagination and fantasy are not the same thing. The latter is where we make room for dragons and mermaids, while the former is the ability to picture an idea in your mind, to synthesize previous concepts and visualize new ones.

“The secret of good teaching is to regard the child’s intelligence as a fertile field in which the seeds may be sown, to grow under the heat of flaming imagination. Our aim therefore is not merely to make the child understand, and still less to force him to memorize, but to touch his imagination as to enthuse him to his inmost core.” (p. 11)

Giving Them the World (and the Universe)

One of the very first, and central, lessons of the elementary years in a Montessori environment is an introduction to the universe. This begins with the first of five Great Lessons - The Beginning/The Coming of the Universe.

The Great Lessons are designed to be big, dramatic, impressionistic introductions to a broad topic. They spark the child’s wonder and curiosity, and they lend themselves to branching off into a myriad of directions, so that when the child receives the lesson each year during the cycle, they not only glean new information from it as they age, but the follow-study is always fresh and exciting.

This first great lesson begins with the children entering a darkened, prepared classroom. There may be soft music playing, and they take a seat with the youngest students in the front facing the guide, and older students in the back.

Once the children are situated, the guide launches into a storytelling that begins with a time when everything was so dark and cold, we couldn’t possibly compare it to our experiences on Earth today. In one moment, there was a great flaring forth! The guide will have been gently waving a black balloon back and forth as they spoke; they now pierce it and as it bursts, glitter and confetti fly everywhere. Thus, an introduction to the Big Bang.

The lesson goes on to cover the beginnings of the earliest particles, how they formed elements, the beginning of light, the three states of matter found on Earth, the vast magnitude of stars, the formation of our solar system, and the beginnings of our planet. The lesson concludes with a hidden model volcano being revealed and made to erupt.

You can imagine how a child of six, seven, or eight might be feeling after witnessing this, even if it isn’t their first time.

In the weeks following this lesson, the children are able to conduct certain scientific “experiments” that are left on the shelves for them to explore. Each year a follow-up unit of study is explored, including topics such as basic chemistry, rocks and minerals, and space.

Cosmic Work

The second Great Lesson teaches children about the evolution of life on Earth, and how different time periods have led to different groups or organisms inhabiting the planet.

It is important to note that Dr. Maria Montessori was Roman Catholic living in the early twentieth century. She was also a dedicated scientist. One can only imagine how these two identities might have been at odds with one another, especially at the time. She managed to embrace both unapologetically.

“If asked whether I agree with the theory of Evolution, I answer that agreement or disagreement is a matter of no importance. We must look to facts to correct errors in existing theories, and thus add to knowledge…” (p. 26)

It is with this perspective that she and her son Mario developed much of the elementary curriculum. She did, however, have a beautiful way of viewing the underlying reasons for evolution. Montessori believed that all living things have an innate “cosmic work”. This means that while during the course of their individual lives they work to survive, they are unintentionally doing something that contributes to the greater good. Once this cosmic work has been completed, the species fades out of existence, making way for others.

“All creatures work consciously for themselves, but the real purpose of their existence remains unconscious, yet claiming obedience.” (p. 27)

A few examples: early shellfish filtered calcium out of the water to make their shells, the first plants that existed on land provided oxygen for incoming animal kingdom, and even the fuels we use today come from decayed organisms.

The Scope of Cosmic Education

Cosmic Education is the term used to describe the Montessori Elementary Curriculum. The Great Lessons are a sort of springboard to launch children into this work, inspiring them to use their imaginations and learn more about their universe.

But it doesn’t stop with the creation of the universe, or even evolution.

Following the first two Great Lessons, children also embark on lengthy studies of early humans, the beginning of language, and the history of mathematics. These subjects are all very appealing to the child of the second plane. They are, after all, curious about their own history and their place in the universe. They’re also just figuring out the worlds of language and numbers as they learn basic literacy and mathematics concepts for the first time.

The Montessori lessons included in these studies are far too numerous to list in this article, and there are countless ways children are able to branch off into independent study as well.

Dr. Montessori believed that Cosmic Education is exactly what is needed not only to satisfy the child’s individual needs, but for the betterment of society. If we can lead people to understand the functions of and connections between the various systems and living things, then we’re all better off.

“It is not enough to ensure for the child food, clothing and shelter; on the satisfaction of his more spiritual needs the progress of humanity depends - the creation indeed of a strong and better humanity.” (p. 82)

We hope this article has been as inspiring to read as it was to write. Still have questions? As always, we love to hear from families - please don’t hesitate to reach out!

5 Ways to Meet Your Teens Where They Are

Mon, 21 Feb 2022 01:30:35 GMT

Adolescence is an amazing time in our lives. Everything is changing, everything feels new, and the future stretches out before us like a terrifyingly exciting mystery. Sometimes it can feel like a bit of a challenge parenting your teen, but it can help in those moments to stop and consider their perspective. It’s sometimes difficult to remember what it was like when we were in their shoes.

Parenting a teen is different from parenting younger children in many ways, but there are plenty of similarities as well. It’s important to respect them as individuals, follow their lead, and consider their developmental needs. While that may seem vastly oversimplified, it’s always helpful to have core ideas to rely on.

More than perhaps any other time in life, adolescence is a time of balance. That gradual release of independence you’ve been working on their entire lives? When you find yourself inching toward the end of the continuum, it can be hard to know what to do and when.

Your child will make mistakes. You will make mistakes. With a little grace, respect, and a good sense of humour, you will all make it through this exciting and chaotic time together. Consider these five tips to help you on your way.

Give Them Space

That burgeoning independence will make much more regular appearances during the teen years. Let it! It is completely normal for your child to want to spend more time with their peers, to want to do things for themselves, and to want to start making their own major decisions. These are big changes, for sure, but they are also a beautiful sign that you have encouraged your child’s independence and given them a foundation on which they have built a strong sense of confidence.

While your child isn’t an adult quite yet, they are certainly practicing to become one. If they are asking for more freedom and you’re not so sure, it can help to ask yourself the following questions:

Have they shown responsible behavior?

What are the risks associated with their request?

How can you work together to mitigate those risks?

Does this mean you should acquiesce to your child’s every request for complete independence? Of course not! But, it can help to expect that they will ask, and checking our own internal dialogue and expectations can help you figure out what’s best.

2. Support Their Interests

Adolescence and young adulthood are a period in life when we are figuring out who we really are. One way we do this is to explore different interests. Whether your child leans into artistic, athletic, academic, social, or other endeavors, they’re counting on you to support them.

How can you support these interests? Ask your child questions. Be curious. Remember to comment on their efforts rather than the product of those efforts. Show up when they need you to.

They may not always see themselves as a painter/baseball player/actor, but they will absolutely remember the feeling of having a parent who supported them as they figured out who they are.

3. Find Things In Common

Once upon a time you could read them picture books or ride bikes together. Now they’d rather bike with their friends and only seem to have time to read for school. There are times it will feel like you’re speaking different languages. That’s normal, and it doesn’t have to last forever.

As time goes on, pay attention to what they’re into. You may find they are discovering things you already love, or you may find yourself delving into your own new interests. You might be surprised as you bond over classic rock, visit art museums on the weekends, or hike together. Maybe you both like to follow funny animal Instagram accounts. Perhaps there’s a television show or movie genre you both are into.

Keep an open mind. You may be surprised to learn something new about your child, and they may be just as surprised to learn something new about you. Either way, finding activities to connect over is just as important now as it was when they were younger.

4. Keep Talking…and Listening

After you break into the “don’t drink and drive” lecture for the hundredth time, you will no doubt be met with groans and eye rolls. That’s okay. Let them groan. Teen’s brains are still developing, and they don’t always have the most solid decision-making skills. That’s not entirely their fault, and the more they hear you reiterating the important stuff, the better.

While it’s so important to remind your children about safety and expectations, don’t forget to keep reminding them how much you love them. Notice their efforts and achievements, and let them know that you’ve noticed. Try to make sure your positive comments outnumber anything that could be perceived by them as negative. Ask them questions about topics that they find interesting.

But - just as important as talking (and maybe even more so) is listening. Your teen may feel like it’s hard to talk to you about sensitive topics, even if they want to. Pay attention to their comments and questions, and reassure them that you’re here to listen. Try not to cast judgement. Try not to solve their problems for them.

Oftentimes the best approach is to listen and ask what they need from you. They may just want a shoulder to cry on. They may want ideas or solutions. Either way, check in and see what you can do to best help.

5. Remember They Still Need You

Even when your teen has shown they are responsible and independent, that doesn’t mean they want or can handle all the responsibility and independence that comes with adulthood. Your child is still a child, at least for a little bit longer.

There will be days they act like (and maybe even say) they don’t need you, but that doesn’t make it so. They still need you, they just need you differently than they did when they were six. Ask them if they want a hug once in a while. Tell them you’re proud and in awe of the person they are becoming. Remind them that you are there.

Our children are only little for a little while. Parenting is hard work, but it is one of the greatest, joyous journeys we can take. We encourage you to soak up every last moment of your child’s teenage years, and marvel at this incredible time of transition.

Books for Cat Lovers

Mon, 14 Feb 2022 01:30:15 GMT

There’s an old idea that we are all either dog people or cat people. While that may absolutely be the case for some of us, many of us love them both. Some of the most devoted cat lovers we’ve ever met used to say they would never have one. Cats have a way of purring their way into our hearts.

This month’s book list is for you cat lovers (don’t worry dog people - we’ve got you next month). There are SO many books for children to choose from, but we weeded through and selected some of the very best for infants right on up through teenagers. We are completely charmed by every single book on this list, and we think you will be, too.

Bonus idea: We know these are all very big ifs, but if your cat is in the mood, can sit still, and they don’t get distracted by that imaginary mouse they’re convinced just ran by, you might invite your cat to be part of the reading. Enjoy!

Board Books

Black Cat, White Cat by Silvia Borando

Black Cat is completely black and only goes out during the day. White Cat is completely white, and only goes out during the night. That is, until curiosity gets the best of them, and they decide to stray from their routines. They meet, and take each other on beautiful adventures exploring everything the other has missed.

ABC Cats by Lesléa Newman, illustrated by Isabella Kung

There are so many options when it comes to alphabet books; this cat version is adorable and engaging. The details in the illustrations will make kids giggle - Dreaming Cat has drool dripping out of its mouth and Finicky Cat knocks its food dish over with a flourish. Love this book? Newman and Kung have created another title together: 123 Cats.

Picture Books

I Am a Cat by Galia Bernstein

Poor little Simon announces to the Lion, Cheetah, Panther, Tiger, and Puma that he is a cat. They all laugh and try to convince him he couldn’t possibly be. Luckily, Simon is patient and points out their similarities. This book ends sweetly, with the cats enjoying each other's company and doing what all cats do best.

Cats by Gail Gibbons

This may not be a new book, but it sure holds up well. Gibbons takes the concept of a picture book and has a knack for squeezing in a whole lot of nonfiction. Her gorgeously illustrated cats find their way into diagrams, poses that help readers understand their behavior, and even a litter of kittens growing up!

Cat Problems by Jory John, illustrated by Lane Smith

The life of a pet cat is full of inconveniences - at least that’s what the cat in this book thinks. Why can’t the sun just stay still? How does one manage to get through the window to eat that noisy squirrel? Why does that other cat keep sitting in all the best spots? Ugh. Life is so rough!

They All Saw A Cat

Life is about perspective, right? This 2017 Caldecott Honor Book gives readers a charming peek at how one little cat can be seen in many different ways. As it walks through the world, a child sees it with large eyes and a smile, the fish sees a watery blur of yellow eyes, the mouse sees an exaggerated frightening beast, and the flea sees an expanse of fur. When a cat looks at its own reflection, imagine what it sees?

Early Readers and First Chapter Books

Mr. Putter & Tabby Pour the Tea by Cythia Rylant, illustrated by Authur Howard

The first in a delightful series, this book tells the story of how Mr. Putter and Tabby came to meet. Mr. Putter has a lovely life, but he feels lonely and wishes he had someone to share it with. He decides he needs a cat. A trip to the shelter brings him face to face with an aging orange and white cat, who seems to remind him a bit of himself. The two go on to eat English muffins together, sing opera together, and appreciate one another’s company.

Kitty and the Twilight Trouble by Paula Harrison, illustrated by Jenny Lovelie

“Girl by day. Cat by night. Ready for adventure.” This is book six, the most recently published in a much-loved series. Kitty can see in the dark. She can hear sounds from miles away. She can easily turn three somersaults in a row and land on her feet. This is all because she has cat superpowers, and actually turns into one at night. She and her cat crew run into some trouble at the carnival, and of course Kitty tries to save the day.

Graphic Novels

Cat & Cat Adventures: The Quest for Snacks by Susie Yi

The first in a series, this adorable graphic novel is written with children 6-10 in mind. Squash and Ginny make it their mission to find more snacks, and the best way to do this is by creating a special magic snack potion. They accidentally go through a portal into a magical world, making friends, meeting challenges, and finding adventures in a strange world. There’s also a nice side theme of putting our wants aside to make sure others have their needs met.

The Complete Chi's Sweet Home by Konami Kanata

A tiny kitten accidentally separates from her family while out on a walk, finding herself as a stray. A kind family takes her in, names her Chi, and the daily entertainment of having a cat as a pet ensues. This is the first of four volumes.

Middle Grade Fiction

Catwings (A Catwings Tale) by Ursula K. Le Guin, illustrated by S. D. Schindler

A classic first published in 1988, this is the first of four books. Somehow four kittens are born with wings. Much to their mother’s delight, who wants them to be able to fly from danger and enjoy a safer life, they eventually do just that. Unfortunately, not everything thinks their special gift is a good thing.

Leonard (My Life as a Cat) by Carlie Sorosiak

Leonard has spent the last 300 hundred years preparing for an epic journey. You see, Leonard is a creature from another planet, and his species celebrates their 300th birthday by visiting Earth for one month in whatever form they choose. He has prepared for his brief appearance as a human for as long as he can remember, but something goes wrong during the journey, and he finds himself landing in a tree, in a storm, as a cat. His adventures are anything but ordinary, and far from what he expected.

Young Adult Books

Tiny But Mighty: Kitten Lady's Guide to Saving the Most Vulnerable Felines by Hannah Shaw

Shaw is best known as the Kitten Lady on YouTube where she helps people learn how to help foster kittens. This book is an extension of that work, and adorable photos accompany her tips and instructions on how to help these sweet little creatures. A perfect book for any adolescent (or adult) animal lover, it’s hard not to love this one.

The Cat I Never Named: A True Story of Love, War, and Survival by Amra Sabic-el-Rayess, with Laura L. Sullivan

This biography was a finalist for the Excellence In Young Adult Nonfiction award by the YALSA-ALA. Detailing Sabic-el-Rayess’ experience as a Muslim teenager in Bosnia in 1992, she and her community are faced with war and persecution. Somehow, in the midst of it all, she finds a stray cat. After unsuccessfully attempting to forget about the cat, they end up saving one another.

In Celebration of Black History Month

Mon, 07 Feb 2022 01:30:23 GMT

Taking the time to formally celebrate black history in North America has roots that go back to 1926, when Carter G. Woodson, an American Historian, suggested a week to honour the black experience during the month of February. It wasn’t until 1976 that this became an official month in the USA, and in 1979 the first-ever Canadian proclamation of Black History Month was issued by the City of Toronto at the behest of the newly formed Ontario Black History Society.

It’s important to note several things: Black History Month should not be the only time we honour black Canadians. This work should be ongoing and pervasive. Black History Month can be a good time to specifically honour black folks, and to remind us of all the work that still needs to be done.

When it comes to children, it’s never too early to start learning. Studies have shown that young children form ideas and opinions about race much earlier than many people think . Read on to learn more.

Recenter

The majority of our culture in Canada (and many other countries around the world) is centered on the white experience. From the books we read, to the history we learn, the media we consume, and pretty much every other aspect of our society, perspectives of white people dominate.

This structure is harmful for everyone.

An important step in moving forward as a society is to centre the people who have been historically (and presently) discriminated against. There are many groups of people that fall within this category, but for the purposes of this article we will focus on the black perspective.

Want to learn more about what this means? Siraad Dirshe explains .

Read

As you probably know, we believe reading to children is one of the best ways to teach and learn together. You might consider visiting your local library this month to check out some books to read together. It’s likely there will be a display waiting for you of books celebrating black history and culture. Here is one list .

Another important layer to consider: try reading books written by black authors. The same goes for if you choose to purchase books this month. The benefits are twofold: doing this provides you and your child with the most accurate information, and you’re also supporting the work of black artists financially.

Not sure where to start? Ask your local librarian or bookseller to point you in the right direction. Chances are they’ll be delighted to do so.

Listen

Let’s start literally. We like to make it an annual tradition to play Dr. Martin Luther King’s “I have a Dream” speech in January. Find it in its entirety here , along with a written transcript.

There are other ways to listen. If you’re white, we encourage you to really listen to the perspectives of black people. This will be uncomfortable. You may find yourself wanting to react in a variety of ways. Wait. Reflect. And listen. Be open to seeing things differently and shifting your perspective. Doing so not only enlightens you and your own knowledge, but it makes you an excellent role model for your child.

Learn

Have fun with your child and learn about African American culture and history. Here are a few suggestions:

● Cook together. Try one or two of these delicious recipes rooted in African Cuisine.

● Learn more about Black history in Canada and the various contributions that Black people have made to all sectors of society through these short profiles by the Ontario Black History Society.

● Visit a museum or explore one virtually. The National Museum of African American History & Culture in Washington, DC, provides plenty of online resources. Click here for children from birth - age eight, here for information on how to talk about race, and here for reading resources for children in grades 3-12.

● Learn about and listen to music that is rooted in black history.

Extend

Supporting a worthy cause can feel good for everyone involved. As a sixth-grader, Marley Dias became frustrated with the lack of books with black girls like herself as main characters. So she started a campaign to find some. This has turned into a movement, with more than 11,000 books collected, many of which have been redistributed to other children who need them. To learn more or to participate, check out #1000blackgirlbooks .

It’s important that we all see Black History Month as a time for learning, reflecting, and reframing. This doesn’t mean that we should only celebrate and learn about black history each year during February, but it is a good time to reflect on what we have done in the past and would like to do moving forward.

Black history is Canadian history, it’s just that it isn’t always represented fully, truthfully, or appropriately. As a society we have made progress, but there is still much work to be done. By educating ourselves and then guiding our children, hopefully that progress can continue to grow.

Materials Highlight: Memorizing Addition Facts

Mon, 31 Jan 2022 01:30:03 GMT

Ahh, memorizing one’s addition facts. Brings back great memories, doesn’t it? For some of us this was a boring and necessary part of our education, but for others it was downright dreadful.

It’s rare to find any sort of information required to be memorized in a Montessori school. We would much rather teach our students why various things are, then have them learn rote processes that mean nothing to them.

Math facts, however, are the exception to this rule...sort of.

We absolutely work with our students to ensure they memorize all their basic facts, we just do it a bit differently. It’s not your typical flashcards-and-timed-drills approach, but a series of strategies that appeals to the child while still reaching the ultimate academic goal.

Memorizing facts is essential to solid numeric understanding and as preparation for efficiently completing more complicated problems later on. As you might imagine, we start this process when children are young, and we use specialized materials to help them feel and envision what the numbers are doing.

Addition Strip Board

Pictured above, this is the first material intended to be used while teaching children to memorize their addition facts. It includes a wooden, gridded board with numbers across the top. Numbers one through ten are written in red, followed by a red vertical line drawn down the board, and numbers eleven through eighteen written in blue. The material also includes a box filled with wooden blue and red strips in varying sizes to be used on the board.

There are many ways to use this board, and a Montessori guide will gradually walk the child through a series of lessons to teach different skills. The basic concept involves the child laying out one wooden strip on the board, then laying another beside it. This allows them to clearly see something like 7+3=10. The strip board is also used in conjunction with the tables of addition (more on those below).

Addition strip board lessons may include:

● A first exercise introducing the child to the material and the basics of using it.

● Random selection and adding of numbers from a box.

● Combinations of a number (e.g. ways to make ten)

● Combinations with zero

● Doubling numbers

The addition may be introduced during the kindergarten year, but is used during the first year of lower elementary as well, or longer if a child needs it.

The Tables of Addition

At first used alongside the addition strip board and later used on their own, the tables of addition are another material that aids children on their path to memorization. The material actually includes four square working charts (one of them pictured above), two larger rectangular control charts, and a box of numbered tiles. To decode, the child will complete the work using one of the square charts and use the control chart to check their answers.

The first table of addition is what you might imagine having used on paper when you were a child. Numbers one through ten go across the top and also down the left side. Answers fill in the grid across the rest of the board, so that if you slide your finger down from the seven on top and right from the three on the left, you will arrive at the answer - ten - in the middle. Children can use this as a way to check their answers, too, as they use the addition strip board.

The second table (above) is essentially the same but with the center numbers left blank. Children can use this as they use the strip board, creating the problem on the strip board and then filling it in on the working chart, or they can use the working chart on its own, attempting to fill in all the blank spaces with the correct tiles.

The third table shows all possible combinations. This means there is significant blank space and children get an introduction to the commutative property. This particular visual will help the child see more patterns within the number facts than they may have in the past.

The fourth table is missing even more numbers, featuring each sum only once. The child is at this point required to complete even more independently, but as always, can rely on a control chart to check their answers if need be. These control charts are often nearby but flipped upside down by the child to self-encourage and figure out the answers on their own whenever possible.

The (Positive) Snake Game

There are actually multiple snake games used in the Montessori math curriculum, yet this is the first. It is used after children have had sufficient time to use the other addition memorization materials and have begun to memorize some of the facts. A major aim of this snake game is to revisit the concepts of making ten and exchanging for ten.

The material consists of three wooden boxes. One contains golden ten bead bars, another contains various colored bead bars for numbers one through nine, and the third contains black and white bead bars that will be used as place holders.

The child may lay out bead bars randomly, or they may follow along with cards given by the guide to complete a problem such as 4+2+8+1+7+9=. The colorful bead bars will be laid out in a zigzag formation, taking on a snake-like appearance. The child will start at one end and count beads until they get to ten, then, using the golden ten bars and black and white place holders to take the place of the colored bead bars. This continues until the snake has been all counted up, and the child can count by tens and the remainder to find the answer.

The educator in this video gives a clear demonstration of the process. You may notice him placing the used colored beads in a small glass bowl. Sometimes children will take these out afterward and count them up to check their answer.

Hopefully you have learned something new and interesting from this article. Want to see the materials in person? Reach out today! We would love to chat more.

Inviting Art Into Your Home

Mon, 24 Jan 2022 01:30:02 GMT

"If we try to think back to the dim and distant past... what is it that helps us reconstruct those times, and to picture the lives of those who lived in them? It is their art... It is thanks to the hand, the companion of the mind, that civilization has arisen."

—Maria Montessori, The Absorbent Mind

Art is a fascinating thing. It doesn’t even matter if we create it or experience the work of others; art touches us all. It makes us think, it gives us windows into the worlds of others, it serves as a record for the general human experience. Studies show that art has a definite positive impact on children.

While schools everywhere are forced to deal with budget cuts, art is often one of the first things to go. We can guarantee you that’s not the case at our school, and in fact art is woven into the various subjects as well as taught directly. This article isn’t a question of whether or not your child will receive art education at our school - they absolutely will.

This article is here to inspire you should you want to bring art into your own home.

Curious to learn what this might look like? There are a number of ways to approach the subject. Read on to learn how.

Go out into your community

Looking for something to do as a family on the weekend? Look no further than your own town or city. Art is everywhere! Here are just a smattering of places to consider:

● Museums

● Murals on buildings

● Outdoor sculpture

● Public buildings such as municipal buildings and libraries

● Public parks

Going to view art in your community can be a transformative experience for children and adults. At the very least, it’s a fun way to spend an afternoon.

Ready to take it a step further? Work together as a family to create environmental art. A quick image search will give you inspiration, then it’s just about gathering available sticks, leaves, stones, or whatever else nature has left lying on the ground.

2. Literally bring art into your own home

Finding ways to bring the art of others into your home is easy and can be done in several ways:

● Pick up postcards at your local art museum. Tape them to the wall of your child’s bedroom and create a rotating display of images. Old calendars can be used similarly!

● Have art books on hand for your child to look through. Find these at your local second-hand book shop or your local library. They are often oversized with art that takes up entire pages. Their beauty and novelty is sure to evoke interest.

● If it’s within your budget, purchase art to display in your home. Simple ways to do this include finding prints of your favorites or buying the art of local artists.

3. Create space for your child to become the artist

This is an opportunity for your child to create and for you to make a small replication of the type of work they might see in their Montessori classroom. Find an old tray or basket you have stored away, rummage through your child’s existing art supplies, and spend a few minutes putting together something meaningful. Then set it on a shelf, windowsill, or table where they can use it whenever the mood strikes. The possibilities are endless, but here are just a few ideas:

● Playdough creations - include a small sealed container of dough and whatever “doodads” you have lying around. This could be sequins, googly eyes, small nails or screws, buttons...you get the idea. Young children will enjoy making truly unique sculptures (and as their parent, you will delight in what they come up with!).

● Watercolor - Cut watercolor paper into small rectangles (the smaller pieces are less intimidating and much more manageable). Leave this out with a small cup for water, a brush, and a paint set. Option: include a pencil or permanent marker, too.

● Collage - Great for all ages, including teens, and super simple. Include a couple pieces of plain paper to serve as the base, a glue stick, scissors, and whatever interesting scrap paper you have lying around. This could include magazines, interesting wrapping paper, or even junk mail.

We hope this has given you an idea or two that you’re excited to try. Are you already a family that engages with art regularly? We would love to hear more ideas and experiences that have worked for you and your children!

Plant Care: Practical Life Meets Science

Mon, 17 Jan 2022 01:30:03 GMT

Montessori students begin studying biology at a young age, usually around age three during their first year in the primary environment. This work continues throughout the course of their time with us. They explore information with more depth than you might imagine, so they end up with a strong base of understanding about living organisms.

Along with zoology, botany is one of the earliest subjects explored. We give our students lessons about plant life and there are supplemental materials on the shelves for them to explore. The learning doesn’t stop there. When it comes to biology, we believe having living examples present whenever possible is one of the best ways to spark genuine interest and increase understanding. Plants are one of the easiest ways to do this, and within our classrooms and throughout the building you will find many beautiful examples of this type of life.

It’s important to note that the plants we keep are not just for display and observation. Our students - even our very youngest students - take an active role in caring for the plants.

The Practical Life Angle

When we think of practical life, all that we teach generally falls under the umbrella of three categories: care of oneself, care of others, and care of the environment. The more we participate in this type of work, the more we realize how connected the categories are.

Plants are one of the best teachers of practical life skills. We keep living specimens in our classrooms intentionally - and for many good reasons. Studies have shown the presence of plants to have a positive effect on peoples’ moods, they are helpful in filtering the air, and they contribute to the natural beauty of our classroom environments.

But - rather than just letting a bunch of pretty plants sit there and be cared for by the teachers, we engage our students in the important work of plant care. The children in our classrooms learn how to properly water living plants. They learn to dust their leaves. They learn to recognize that some plants need more sunlight than others, and that it is up to us to ensure we place them in proximity to windows accordingly.

Beyond the potted plant, our students learn to appreciate the art of arranging flowers to beautify the classroom. They plant gardens, tend to their seedlings, and harvest their own vegetables. They take on a sense of responsibility for living things that are reliant on them. The original Montessori Erdkinder model for adolescents is based in part on students running their own active farm. This still happens in some schools, but others (where an actual farm is not practical or possible) find ways to engage similar types of experiences.

We believe teaching students how to care for plants has numerous benefits. Well-cared for plants beautify the learning environment, bringing a sort of energized calm into the atmosphere. Plants are also a wonderful introduction into learning to care for something beyond yourself; they have the ability to teach both empathy and responsibility.

The Science Angle

Starting in Montessori primary classrooms and continuing on throughout their school career, our students study botany each year. The skills start simply and are often accompanied by gorgeous wooden puzzles, but our study of plants is always rooted (don’t mind the pun) in living examples.

The content covered is wide-ranging and often intertwines with other subject areas. Here is a general idea of the scope and sequence of our botany curriculum:

● Parts of…(a plant, a tree, a flower, a seed, etc.)

● Identification of various leaf shapes

● Evolution of plants on Earth

● Types of plants

● Plant reproduction

● Plant respiration

● Categories with the plant kingdom

● Botany experiments

● In-depth studies of types of plants and parts of plants

● Native and invasive species

● Plants’ roles with ecosystems

● Interactions between people and plants

● Plants’ roles in economies

There are opportunities throughout your child’s time at our school to engage in “research projects” about plants. Sometimes young children may choose to write or draw about what they’ve learned, while older children might take an interest in a particular species, looking up information and writing reports to be shared with classmates.

Exposure to botany beginning at such a young age, coupled with an understanding of how plant life has evolved over the course of Earth’s history, leads Montessori children to appreciate and understand more about this kingdom than many of their peers. They are encouraged to explore their own interests more as they get older, and it’s often amazing how many of them choose independent exploration of this particular subject.

Bringing It Home

Parents often ask us how they can support the Montessori curriculum in their own homes. While we do not advise families to purchase Montessori materials, as they can only be used correctly after receiving specific training, caring for plants in your home is a wonderful way to bring your child’s school experience into your home.

Start simply! This might even be just picking up a bouquet of flowers at the store, or gathering wildflowers near your home, then asking your child to show you how they learned to arrange them at school. Provide your child with a pair of scissors, a vase or two (or even just empty glass jars!), and access to a sink. If they are still learning, you might guide them in making sure they trim stems at an angle, and explain how this allows the cut flowers to absorb more water. Allow your child to display the flower arrangements inside your home.

If you’re ready for more, engage your child in the care of your existing houseplants, or perhaps purchase one or two for them to take charge of. Teach them to recognize that different types of plants have different light and watering needs. Remind them to mist or dust leaves occasionally, not only to make the plants look nice, but to help them be more efficient in their photosynthesis.

If you’re feeling really ambitious... spring will be here before you know it! January is a time when gardeners delight in huddling inside their warm homes, thumbing through seed catalogues and planning out what they will do during the upcoming seasons.

We hope this article has provided you with both helpful information and maybe a little bit of inspiration. As always, we would love to hear from you! Whether you have questions or want to see what this looks like in our schools, please reach out and let us know.

Life After Montessori

Mon, 10 Jan 2022 04:30:02 GMT

One of the most frequently asked questions parents have for Montessori schools, especially after their child has been enrolled for a year or two is:

How will my child transition into other schools once their Montessori career is complete?

Some families are just curious about what the transition is like. Others worry that their child won’t be prepared for “the real world”. Either way, we love this question, because our answer is straightforward and definitely puts parents’ minds at ease.

Staying the Course

First and foremost, we would like to emphasize that every year you give your child in a Montessori environment is a gift. We fully acknowledge the sacrifices our families make to ensure their children are able to experience this very special type of education. There is the obvious financial component, but we know parents often drive out of their way to get to our school. We know participating in our community sometimes means an extra time commitment. We know our parents spend quite a bit of time learning about their child’s education.

We are deeply grateful and recognize all your time and efforts.

We know that sometimes there are factors that make re-enrolment decisions difficult for families. That being said, we do want to express that the longer your child is able to stay in a Montessori environment, the stronger the benefits will be for them.

Most critical perhaps, is allowing a child to complete the cycle they are in. For example, public schools begin offering free education starting in kindergarten. If a child attends a Montessori primary program for the first and second year, but leaves before they have a chance to experience their third, they are unfortunately missing a very substantial benefit of the model. Our three-year cycles are intentional; the first year is about looking up to models and grazing new information, the second year is about practice (both in regard to academic skills and mentorship), and the third year gives children the opportunity to achieve academic skill mastery and serve as leaders for the younger children in the class.

Missing out on the kindergarten year is like having a cake without the icing.

The same goes for the other levels, where Montessori education is carefully structured to support the child through their specific developmental phases. They are respected and honoured for who they are, their teachers are able to grow with them long-term, and they continue to experience a genuine joy of learning.

But What About Grades? Tests? Differently-Structured Learning Environments?

Since Montessori schools are structured so that children learn to focus on self-improvement and development, as well as fuel their motivation internally, things like grades and tests don’t make sense. Neither does having a teacher stand at the front of a class lecturing the same prescribed information to everyone at the same time.

When a student is college-aged and chooses their own course of study, it makes perfect sense to employ some of these strategies. The student is at a different developmental phase in their life, they have decided what they would like to focus their efforts on, and they have had sufficient time and practice to develop time management skills, internal motivation, and a strong sense of self.

As for the in-between time, when a student leaves a Montessori school and experiences another learning environment for the first time? Academically, they are typically very prepared. We often hear about our graduates feeling very comfortable with the content and rigour of their classes. Their experiences with our math materials, in particular, tend to resonate deeply as they engage in higher-level courses. As for other areas of study, our students tend to have strong reading skills, solid understanding of effective research strategies, and a general delight and excitement for learning about science and the world (and universe) around them. These attributes make for a smooth academic transition.

How Do Montessori Alumni Fare Socially?

Moving into any new school environment presents a transitionary period for all children. What we typically hear from most families as their child settles in elsewhere:

● The child notices differences in the way people behave in different settings.

● The child, who has a firmly-developed sense of who they are, is able to find a friend group that is supportive and like-minded.

● The child has a deep sense of empathy, which helps them navigate their way through this different environment.

● After a bit of time, Montessori alumni often tend toward leadership and mentoring roles in their new schools.

● The child becomes an active member in the new school community, taking advantage of experiences, classes, or clubs that speak to their personal interests.

Are There Long-Term Benefits?

The types of skills Montessori children gain are exactly the types of skills that set one up for a life of success. They are passionate about their work. They treat others with fairness and kindness. They care about the connections in their communities. They are independent thinkers who are capable of sorting through the information we are all bombarded with on a daily basis.

In fact, some of the most well-known and influential people in the world credit their Montessori education for their success. You’ve likely seen lists and read about many of these folks already, but if you haven’t you can here , here, and here ...among so many others.

We know our families are dedicated to Montessori education, but it’s only natural to wonder, “What’s next?”. Hopefully we have shed a little light on the subject, but if you still have questions, as always, we encourage you to reach out. We love talking to our families and are always here to learn along with you.

Books To Cozy Up With This Winter

Thu, 23 Dec 2021 17:15:02 GMT

As winter settles in and we spend a bit more time huddled inside our homes, it makes perfect sense to gather books to read. Whether our young children snuggle up with us as we read to them, or they’re getting a bit older and find a comfy spot to lose themselves in a book, we have titles here for all ages. From board books to YA (and everything in between), we skipped over the books you probably already know and love in an attempt to share some new ones.

Board Books

Winter Is Here by Kevin Henkes, illustrated by Laura Dronzek

Henke’s books are always charming and so appealing to young readers; Winter Is Here is no exception. Along with Dronzenk’s beautiful illustrations, the text celebrates the simple joys of the season.

Winter Dance by Marion Dane Bauer, illustrated by Richard Jones

As winter approaches, all the animals have different ways of preparing. Fox doesn’t head south, gather nuts, or change out its coat...so what should it do? We love this sweet tale with a focus on nature.

Picture Books

Ten Ways to Hear Snow by Cathy Campher, illustrated by Kenard Pak

Lina can’t wait to wake up and help her grandmother make stuffed grape leaves, but when she gets up, she discovers a blizzard has covered her city with snow. On the walk over, she thinks about how her grandmother can’t see very well, and she tries to listen to the sounds snow can make. This is a story everyone can enjoy and is sprinkled with Lebanese heritage and tradition.

Before Morning by Joyce Sidman, illustrated by Beth Krommes

Fans of Krommes’ Caldecott winning The House in the Night will adore this gorgeous book. Some winter mornings feel almost magical, and what could be better than a big snowstorm to keep a traveling parent home a bit longer than expected? Full of rich text and cozy illustrations, this is a perfect book for this time of year.

Under the Snow by Melissa Stewart, illustrated by Constance R. Bergum

Some of the best picture books blend masterful storytelling with factual information. Children of this age are eager to learn about their world, and often, especially, about animals. While humans enjoy their time above ground during winter, countless creatures are surviving beneath the surface.

Snow by Uri Shulevitz

Grownups, the radio, and the television all say there won’t be snow, but the boy with the dog knows better. One flake becomes two, then three, then more, as the town transitions from an eerie grey into a beautiful blanket of white. Snow is a Caldecott Honor book.

Early Readers and First Chapter Books

A Snowy Day (Ana & Andrew) by Christine Platt, illustrated by Sharon Sordo

A brother and sister enjoy a wholesome winter day together, filled with bundling up to play outside, making a snowman, eating “snow cream”, having grilled cheese and tomato soup for lunch, and imagining how their cousins in Trinidad might enjoy the weather.

Henry And Mudge And The Snowman Plan by Cynthia Rylant, illustrations by Suçie Stevenson

If your child enjoys this book, it is just one in a fantastic series! Henry and his dog Mudge hear about a snowman-building contest at the local park. When Henry runs home to tell his dad about it, he finds him painting a green chair and covered in green paint himself. This is hilarious, but it also gives Henry an idea...

Caterflies and Ice (Zoey and Sassafras) by Asia Citro, illustrations by Marion Lindsay

One book in another great series, Zoey always seems to find herself helping out magical creatures. While caterflies may be completely fictional, the way Zoey approaches her problem-solving is anything but. Readers learn how to think like scientists, ask questions, and learn about real topics.

Juvenile and Middle Grade Fiction

The Reindeer Girl by Holly Webb

Another fantastic fiction title that gives readers factual and interesting information! Young Lotta has always enjoyed her Norwegian great-grandmother’s stories. Somehow, one evening, she finds herself immersed in and actually living one of these stories, and she’s suddenly responsible and caring for reindeer. She always hoped for her own adventures, but never dreamed they would be quite like this.

Breadcrumbs by Anne Ursu

Two main characters - Hazel and Jack - have always been best friends. As we all know, growing up means friendships change, and that transformation can be hard. The pair are now eleven years old, and while it’s common for boys and girls to go their own separate ways at this age, Hazel believes there is more to the story. While she searches for the answer, the two find themselves in a world of fantasy and fairy tales.

Young Adult

Into the Blizzard: Heroism at Sea During the Great Blizzard of 1978 [The Young Readers Adaptation] by Michael J. Tougias

In 1978 a massive blizzard struck New England with a force that has been unmatched since. During the storm a large oil tanker found itself in trouble and called for help. The heroes who rushed to meet them marched straight into the storm, and straight into danger. One book in a series of true rescue stories, this title will keep teens on the edge of their seats while teaching them a bit about history and the power of nature.

Icebound: Shipwrecked at the Edge of the World by Andrea Pitzer

William Barents was a sixteenth-century Dutch explorer, who, along with his team, made multiple trips to the Arctic. One of these trips resulted in the crew losing their ship and being forced to spend an entire year attempting to survive on their own in an unforgiving landscape. A perfect pick for lovers of danger and adventure.

How to Encourage Joyful Readers

Thu, 23 Dec 2021 17:07:21 GMT

Proficient reading skills set our children up for success in so many ways. Cultivating a love of joyful reading provides them with a lifetime of inspiration, entertainment, and knowledge.

Do teachers teach kids to read? Of course. What parents do at home plays an enormous role in a child’s perspective and success. Here are our tips to support learning and make reading a positive experience that your child will carry with fondness throughout their lives.

Read to your child - early, often, and as long as they will let you

It’s never too early to begin reading to your child. Even infants benefit greatly from hearing the sound of our voices; listening to spoken language is one of the ways most children learn to speak and communicate with others. The tone of your voice also brings comfort, lends familiarity, and reading together daily can become a special part of a child’s routine.

As infants and toddlers begin to grow, board books are perfect because children can learn to turn the pages themselves without fear of accidentally tearing them. When you read to your child at this age, they will delight in the stories and your voice, but they will also begin to learn how to hold and use a book.

As your child gets older, the types of books you read to them will change, but we advocate for sticking with it as long as they are willing. Many families find they still read to their child into their preteen years and beyond. Even when children get to the point of complete reading independence, it’s still a treat to have someone tell us a story.

Be a reader yourself, and let your child see

For so many of us, reading takes on different roles in our lives at different times. You likely had a time in your life when you read for pleasure, though you may or may not do so now. Some parents would like to read more, but feel like they never have enough time.

Consider this a note of encouragement: you deserve the time to read for yourself. Books enrich our lives. They give us a healthy escape when we need one. They teach us and give us new perspectives.

Even if it’s just for ten minutes a day, carve out some time in your routine to read for yourself. Subtly or not, make sure your child knows you’re doing this. While the reading is for you, you may as well reap the benefits of your child seeing you as a reader. Our children look to us as models; we may as well become the people they need us to be by treating ourselves well.

Celebrate the diversity of books

There are heaps of incredible children’s books out there. You may have a few that hold a special place in your heart from your own childhood. You may want to explore current award winners with your child. There are many new titles that cover a vast array of current important topics. Go ahead and explore these all together.

Yet another example of ‘follow the child’, your child will develop literary preferences. We think this is great! Find ways to support their book interests, while also introducing them to new authors, genres, and topics. The more they explore, the better.

Keep in mind this also means your child might be interested in books you would never choose for them! Whether you find yourself dreading yet another sparkle princess fairy book or fart-joke-heavy graphic novel, it’s good to find balance. Some books are like candy: it’s great to enjoy them as long as we fill our diet with other more nutrient-dense choices as well. We also believe that any book that makes a child excited to read is a good thing.

Visit your local library regularly

Some books are nice to have on your shelves at home, especially if you plan on rereading them over and over throughout the years. The truth is, however, children can become fairly voracious readers if we provide them with good materials. Regular trips to the library allow them to explore more books than we could ever keep in our homes.

Libraries also provide so much more than just books to borrow. Many have reading programs to encourage children, programming to get them involved with learning and creativity, and lots of other resources that support literacy and parenting. Every library is different, but they all work hard to serve their unique communities.

If you are able, a weekly visit to the library can become a special ritual you create with your child. Perhaps you go every Tuesday after school, or Saturdays before soccer practice. Whatever you decide, it’s something your child will look forward to, and can add to their list of positive associations with books and reading.

Explore different ways to enjoy literature

Whether your child is a reluctant reader, pre-reader, is differently-abled, or not, audiobooks are a valuable resource. We often speak of the ways technology might level the playing field for everyone, and audiobooks are one option that allow more people to appreciate and engage with literature.

There are many ways to access audiobooks:

● CDs - Often expensive to purchase, these are often available at libraries.

● Stream - Using services like Audible, CloudLibrary, or Hoopla, folks can listen to audiobooks directly from their own devices.

● Playaways - Available at many libraries, these are standalone devices with a single audiobook recorded. All you need to do is plug in your headphones.

We will leave you with one final thought: reading should be fun. If your child is resistant, there’s probably a good reason. Give them some time, explore other strategies, and ask their teacher for more tips.

Wishing you all a lifetime of joyful reading!

What is Montessori? 5 Main Points

Mon, 20 Dec 2021 01:30:02 GMT

Pretty much anyone reading this article knows the answer to that question is not a simple one.

Are you new to Montessori? Have you found that anytime you ask the question you are amazed by the utter depth of the answers?

Have you had a child enrolled in Montessori for several years? Do people ask you to describe it and you find yourself unable to summarize it into a brief conversation?

You’re not alone. It’s challenging to squeeze an entire philosophy into a five-minute conversation.

Today, we’re giving it a try anyway, with what we feel are five main points that summarize the essence of Montessori education.

1. Montessori considers human development and aims to meet people where they are.

Human development lies at the core of Montessori. Dr. Montessori spent years observing children and their behaviors, noted their individuality and variety, then categorized and summarized typical growth patterns. She called these the planes of development, and they span across the first 24 years of life.

Does everyone develop at different rates? Of course. Are there patterns that are seen in the development of most children? Absolutely. By developing a deep understanding of human development Dr. Montessori was able to create an entire educational system that honours children’s needs at different times in their lives. From the age groupings to the materials used, the physical environment and the very manner in which lessons are presented: everything is intentional. Everything is about meeting the child where they are in order to best support their needs.

2. Instead of delivering standardized information, Montessori hopes to guide students as they travel their path themselves.

You will never see a Montessori guide standing at a chalkboard at the front of a classroom lecturing students sitting in rows of desks.

In fact, you’ll never see a Montessori guide lecturing at all.

Is there a Montessori curriculum? Absolutely. Do modern Montessori schools take the time to ensure the curriculum continues to cover skills necessary for today’s students? They sure do. The major differences lie in the delivery of this curriculum.

Our youngest students (0-6) are taught almost exclusively via individual lessons. They each progress at their own pace, and while they are all working their way through the same materials and lessons, they don’t have the pressure of doing that at the same time as their peers. They also have the benefit of leaning into areas that interest them more deeply.

As our students get older, they do receive more group lessons, although the main driving factor for this approach is the older child’s need for peer connection. They still get to move at their individual pace, and they still get to explore areas that they feel particularly connected to.

Education should never be one-size-fits-all, or even fits most. Our guides understand the importance of mastering critical skills, but they also know that there cannot be a forced timeline when it comes to getting the job done.

3. Independence, from the start, leads to confidence and excellence.

That subheading really says it all. Infants in Montessori programs are allowed and encouraged to move freely; they aren’t confined to cribs but rather lie safely on floor beds. Toddlers learn to dress themselves, take an active role in their toileting progress, and begin to learn how to care for their environment. The gradual release of independence continues through adolescence, with Montessori teens learning to run their own businesses.

We believe in the capabilities of young people. We honour and respect their abilities to do things by and for themselves. We support them as they work toward independence, and the results are astounding.

When you are trusted to be independent, you feel respected and confident. That sense of confidence builds on itself with each experience and develops children into adults who are not afraid to take appropriate risks because they know that they can achieve what they set out to do.

4. Social interactions are a critical part of our growth, and social learning deserves as much attention as academics.

‘Educating the whole child’ is a phrase that gets thrown around a lot. It’s an admirable goal - critical, even. The problem is, most modern educational systems don’t actually support teachers in achieving this goal.

Montessori does. We know that’s a bold claim. We wouldn’t make it if we didn’t believe it was absolutely true.

When educators or families transition from a conventional school to a Montessori school, one of the most stark differences is that of the daily schedule. Montessori school days are not rigid or organized by subject matter. They have long blocks of time that are flexible and able to be used for all kinds of learning. Sometimes this means a child spends an hour working on large multiplication problems.

Other times it means they sit with a friend and a teacher and talk about mediation skills.

Social learning is not taught in isolation in our classrooms; it’s an underlying theme that runs throughout. We have the benefit of being able to truly teach in the moment, so when conflict arises, it can be approached as a learning opportunity.

5. Society stands to benefit from a system of education that teaches students about the universe as a whole, as well as the interconnectedness of everything on Earth.

The Montessori curriculum was very intentionally created to nurture compassionate and active community citizens. When we teach children, our goal isn’t to prepare them for the workforce (although we do that as well). Our goal is to prepare them for life.

We teach our students about the universe, about how life has changed on Earth over time, about how each individual organism plays a part in the delicate balance of our ecosystems. We teach children about the ancient history of early humans, with a focus on how they developed skills like writing and systems of mathematics. This appeals to their own development of the same skills, and gives them a reverence for the people who came before them. It also allows them to feel a deeper sense of where they fit into the big picture.\

To close, we will leave you with one of our favorite quotes by Dr. Maria Montessori herself. This idea is one that drives us to do what we do each day, and a hope we know we share with all of you.

Materials Highlight: The Fraction Insets

Mon, 13 Dec 2021 01:30:02 GMT

For this month’s Materials Highlight we bring you the fraction insets; a beautiful set of metal templates resting on slanted wooden trays. As you can see in the photo above, the insets range from one whole through tenths, and each piece has a small knob allowing children to move them easily.

But before we get to the insets, perhaps we should back up just a bit.

Prior to an introduction to fractions, the child has had extensive instruction and experiences with numeration being based on the unit. One unit (or one, one whole, etc.) has been the basis by which they have learned to count, skip count, add, and subtract. As the child enters lower elementary, they are ready to learn how we may divide a unit.

This work often starts with an apple. The Montessori guide sits the children in a small group and tells them the apple will be divided for them to share. They then proceed to cut the apple without any regard to straight or even lines, creating small chunks and larger ones. The children quickly realize the injustice in distributing such apple slices, so the guide takes out a second apple to cut it evenly and impart the importance of equal slices being fair. The stage is set for learning about fractions.

An Introduction

It’s important to note that while the most commonly used and popular fraction insets are circular, there are also triangular and square fraction insets. It’s important for guides to refer to this at times so the children have an understanding that anything may be divided, not just circles.

The first time children use the insets they are encouraged to observe what they notice, and they develop the concept that each inset is a family of sorts. “These are the thirds, these are the sixths, etc.”

The guide will make a point to use intentional language to create a firm basis in understanding: “This circle is divided into four equal parts. We call them fourths.” The guide will write out “fourths” as well as “/4” as children are able to verbally express their understanding.

The Numerator

During the course of this lesson, the guide doesn’t actually use the term numerator just yet. What is emphasized is that while the children previously learned the family names of each inset, the focus will now shift to individual pieces. Examples will be shown using the material, and both verbal and written expressions will accompany each.

For example: “This is one third, or ⅓.” “This is four fifths, or ⅘.” This may be the end of the lesson, or, if the children seem to grasp the concept quickly and easily, it may be combined with the third presentation.

The Third Presentation

The third presentation is essentially a culminating review of what has been covered so far. The children may take turns matching labels with fractions to show their understanding. The critical piece is that the guide will now formally name the numerator and denominator.

There is a lot of opportunity for practice and extension work at this point. Children may trace and label fractions, make booklets or charts, work together to match labels, and so on. This work typically happens during the first year of lower elementary.

Equivalence

This is an exciting lesson for children. Once they have a firm grasp on naming fractions, the guide will again sit them down in a small group. The one whole circle will be removed from its frame and the two halves will be put in its place. The guide will show the children how one whole is equal to two halves. This will be repeated with similar equivalencies: 3/3=1, 4/4=1, etc.

Next, smaller equivalencies will be discovered. The guide will try and fit a piece into a number of different spots, proving where it does and does not fit. Children will learn several simple equivalencies, such as 2/6=1/3.

As with the previous skill, there is plenty of opportunity for exploration and extension in regard to equivalencies. This is arguably the most important fractions skill of lower elementary.

Operations with Fraction

Once a child has a firm grasp of fraction basics, they are ready to learn operations. This will likely begin in lower elementary and extend into upper elementary, and are taught initially using the fraction insets material. Another material often used is called the fraction box, which includes small plastic replicas of the red circular fraction pieces. Skills include:

● Addition and subtraction using the same denominator

● Multiplying fractions by whole numbers

● Dividing fractions by whole numbers

● Addition with different denominators

● Addition with more than two addends

● Subtracting with different denominators

● Multiplying whole numbers by fractions

● Multiplying fractions by other fractions

● Dividing whole numbers by fractions

● Dividing fractions by fractions

Moving to Abstraction

Use of materials when teaching fractions is critical; we believe Montessori students excel later in life with more complicated math concepts because they have such a strong foundation in the basics. Rather than memorizing rote procedures they are physically manipulating numbers with their hands, giving them a deeper understanding of why we do what we do.

One cannot rely on materials forever, though, and there comes a time when the child is prepared to move onto abstraction.

This is often achieved by the teacher again showing an operation with the material while also writing out the pencil and paper process simultaneously. In fact, children will often come to this learning independently. They are able to make the connections as they master skills. If not, the guide is there to show them the way. There comes a point during the upper elementary years when a child no longer needs to rely on the materials to determine the answer to a problem. In fact, using the materials becomes cumbersome, and they are eager to put them behind.

Want to learn more? We encourage you to reach out and set up a time to observe. Reading about Montessori education is important and enlightening, but the very best way to understand is to see it for yourself.

5 Ways to Follow the Child

Mon, 06 Dec 2021 08:53:12 GMT

Follow the child.

It’s a beautiful, perfect, profound, and frequently used Montessori mantra. Our entire educational approach is built upon those three words. They are backed by science, proven by generations of children, and consistently revered by families around the world.

It seems so simple, but the truth is, everyday life can make them seem so challenging.

Today we break it down into five real, manageable ways to “follow the child” in your life.

1. Stop, look, and listen.

Observation is where everything begins. It seems so obvious, but it’s hard. Balancing parenting with the rest of our lives means we are often rushing around, doing our best, and feeling stressed from time to time.

This is not always possible or realistic but we’re going to say it anyway: find the time to slow down, stand back, watch your child, notice what they’re doing, and really listen to what they’re saying. Not just for 30 seconds, but really take some time to observe them from a distance. You may be paying close attention, but the best way to gain insight is to watch quietly until they forget you’re even there.

You will likely be amazed by what you learn.

There’s no need to even draw any concrete conclusions from what you notice; just paying attention and learning more about who your child is at this moment in time will give you amazing insight. It will inform your own parenting in ways you may not expect.

2. Make the time.

Just as we mentioned above, we know this is not always possible. Perhaps one of the greatest challenges of parenting is finding the time for just about everything.

The truth is our children usually need more time than we do. It takes them longer to get ready in the morning, there are falls and injuries that will need tending to, there are feelings that will become hurt, and a whole bunch of other unplanned events that occur during the course of every single day.

When possible, plan some extra time into whatever you’re doing. Expect the unexpected, because it will happen, and extra time will allow you to be whatever your child needs you to be in the moment.

Do children need to learn to be flexible and keep a schedule? Absolutely! But they are learning and being able to stop and address issues as they happen is so valuable.

3. Truly and enthusiastically embrace individuality.

As parents we do everything within our power to ensure our children’s success. We care about their nutrition, their education, their emotional well-being, their social skills, and countless other aspects of their lives. We know we can’t control it all, but we just hope that all our hard work will pay off in the end.

Guess what? It will. It just won’t always look exactly the way we imagined it would.

For each and every one of us there will come at least one point in time when our child will express the desire to choose a path which we did not envision for them. As long as it’s positive (not harmful or hurtful to anyone), our job is to support their endeavors. It sounds so simple, but when faced with the reality, it can be tough.

It can help to practice early and often. Maybe you always dreamed of your child following in your footsteps and playing basketball, but they are more interested in ballet. We need to honor those personal preferences in celebration of the unique person they are. Perhaps everyone else in your family is an extrovert, but your child is more introverted. It might take some adjustments and learning about their needs, but finding ways to support those needs will let them know they can count on you.

Sometimes our children will travel down paths they don’t even choose for themselves, but that we didn’t anticipate nonetheless. They may struggle with something or have incredible and unexpected strengths in other areas. No matter who they are or where their life leads them, kids need to know their parents are on their team, no matter what.

4. Examine your own biases.

Our expectations as parents come from a lifetime of information we’ve taken from our own environments and experiences. Whether positive or negative, these perceptions of how things should be colour the way we parent our own children.

Remember at the beginning of this article when we encouraged you to slow down and observe your child? The same approach can be used to look within yourself. Rules, structure, and boundaries are important, as are expectations for our children. The important piece is to often ask yourself: “but, why?”

When we make parenting decisions, we can refer to some handy self-reflection questions:

● What are my values?

● Does what I’m saying reflect those values?

● Am I doing this because it was my experience as a child, or because I believe in it?

● Is this what society expects, or what I think is right?

● Does this support my child?

It’s pretty enlightening to notice some of the choices we make and what they are really based on.

5. Keep learning.

The never ending task of all humans - parents included - is to always continue learning. Some of this will happen with experience as we grow, and some of it will be information we seek out from other sources.

Not only does a continuation of learning help us to be the best parents we can be; doing so shows our children how much we value curiosity, knowledge, and self-improvement. It lets kids know that no one, not even their parents, has all the answers, and that’s okay. It’s so much more important to want to learn more, to know where to look, and to do our very best.

Materials Spotlight: Miniature Environment and the Grammar Boxes

Mon, 29 Nov 2021 08:44:43 GMT

We love grammar! This probably doesn’t come as any surprise, considering we work at a school. In our humble opinion, Montessori grammar materials are so beautiful, and they do a great job of drawing kids in to learn about something many of us dreaded when we were kids ourselves.

It all begins in the final year of primary or the first year of lower elementary, with a sweet introduction to the miniature environment.

The Miniature Environment/Function of Words

Traditionally, the miniature environment consists of a replica barn, complete with tiny toy animal figures, although some Montessori schools today have strayed from the original farm and created other environments.

When we think of grammar and six-year-olds, the goal is to let them graze. We don’t expect mastery. We want to introduce concepts in a way that is light and fun and makes them want to engage.

This is where the farm animals come in.

Nouns are naming words, and six-year-olds are often still developing their reading skills. It’s so much fun for them to match labels to animals as they name cow, sheep, chicken, and even fence, barn, farmer. As time goes on, we introduce the concept of articles, and how their function is to introduce the noun. The cow, a sheep, an ox. Tiny paper labels lie alongside the figures as the child works. This progresses through all the parts of speech: adjectives, verbs, prepositions, adverbs, pronouns, conjunctions, and finally, interjections.

The Grammar Boxes

Of course, there’s more to grammar than adorable toy animals. In the second year of lower elementary, and extending into the third year, children use the grammar box materials. The grammar boxes consist of wooden boxes containing cards with words and phrases, sectioned trays to lay the cards in, and open-topped containers with larger index-sized cards.

We start with the latter, which are called command cards. As with the functions of words lessons, these progress through the different parts of speech. The command cards direct children to physically do specific things. “Throw the eraser out the door” is a crowd favorite. This is one exciting way Montessori turns language work into something more hands on and participatory.

Once they’ve worked their way through the command cards, children engage with the filling boxes, recreating phrases and sentences and identifying the various parts of speech.

At some point, the children learn the corresponding symbols for each part of speech (some are seen above in the picture), and they become able to write sentences in their notebooks and draw the correct labels above each word.

The grammar boxes are typically completed sometime during the final year of lower elementary, although upper elementary teachers may choose to use the material for review purposes.

Sentence Analysis

Montessori sentence analysis is not the same as the sentence diagramming some of us did when we were younger, but it is based on some of the same concepts.

At this point in a child's Montessori career, they are beginning to move toward what we call abstraction. That is, they are beginning to internalize concepts in a way that doesn’t require them to use hand-held manipulatives or materials nearly as often. This is obvious in that the sentence analysis materials are still moveable, but there’s a lot less to interact with. A series of wood circles and arrows, they help the child learn concepts like subjects and predicates.

Eventually, sometime in upper elementary, children explore all kinds of sentence analysis concepts, like indirect objects and adverbial extensions.

Want to learn more about the Montessori language curriculum and materials? Keep an eye on our blog as we highlight more throughout the school year.

Developing Fine Motor Skills

Mon, 22 Nov 2021 08:41:13 GMT

Developing fine motor skills is critical for everyday activities. There are many ways to help children along this process, and Montessori classrooms have specifically designed materials that are intended to strengthen the small muscles in the hands and wrists. The strengthening of these muscles allows us to make more precise movements and perform detailed tasks, as opposed to the large muscles required for gross motor activities like jumping and walking.

While fine motor development is supported at various levels in Montessori environments, we can observe the bulk of this work occurring during the primary years, when a child is between the ages of 3 and 6. Three areas of the classroom play particularly important roles: the sensorial, practical life, and language work. In this article we highlight some of the ways Montessori materials in these areas help children strengthen their hand and wrist muscles. Interestingly, these materials have other purposes as well, teaching a wide range of skills.

Sensorial Materials

● The Pink Tower

A series of pink cubes are meant to be stacked vertically from largest to smallest, with the top block measuring 1cm cubed. Using this material requires a child to use their focus and carefully balance each block, using precise movements as the blocks get smaller.

● Knobbed Cylinders

Wooden cylinders of varying sizes fit into a block designed for this purpose. Each cylinder has a tiny knob for children to hold onto, and there is only one way to fit the cylinders correctly. In addition to developing fine motor skills and their pincer grip, this is one of many materials that aid in developing visual discrimination.

● Mystery Bags

A small cloth bag containing tiny objects and miniatures, a child is meant to feel inside, hold the objects, and determine what they are without seeing them.

Practical Life Materials

● Clothespins

Montessori students learn to wash clothes or linens used in the classroom. One step in the process is, of course, hanging the cloth to dry using clothespins.

● Spray Bottles

Spray bottles are used for a variety of practical life activities in the classroom, including window washing and plant care. The repeated action of squeezing the trigger on the bottle is great for strengthening hand muscles.

● Crumbers and Dustpans/Brushes

Again, with a focus on precision and careful use, there are several practical life materials used for cleaning up the classroom that are also fantastic fine motor tools. Dustpans and brushes are used for cleaning up messes on the floor, while crumbers are similar sets meant for picking up on the surface of a table - after eating but before washing the table.

● Cooking Utensils

A major part of Montessori practical life work is food preparation. There are countless kitchen tools that are used in this learning, and so many of them require the development of fine motor skills. Just a few of these include: vegetable peelers, knives for chopping, apple slicers, whisks, and spatulas.

● Dressing Frames

One of the most direct fine motor materials, the dressing frames teach children to fasten clothing in a variety of ways. A wood frame with two cloth panels is attached in the center; children practice lacing, buttoning, buckling, snapping, zipping, pinning, and more.

Language

● Sandpaper Letters

Perhaps one of the most famous Montessori materials, the sandpaper letters are small wooden tiles with textured letters in the surface. Indirect preparation for handwriting and reading, children use their index finger to trace the shape of the letter while saying the sound it makes aloud.

● Moveable Alphabet

When learning how to write, children are ready to share their ideas before they are ready to grip a pencil. The moveable alphabet is a set of tiny wooden letters that children lay out on a work rug to spell words, phrases, and sentences. Organizing these small letters takes plenty of hand control.

● Metal Insets

Another material that is meant to indirectly prepare the child for handwriting, The metal insets are like a stencil that children are meant to use coloured pencils and trace, create lined patterns within, and follow a series of directions to recreate the shapes on paper. This is often a child’s first real experience with learning how to hold a pencil properly, and aids in developing the critical pincer grasp. Some Montessori environments even provide triangle-shaped pencils to aid in this process.

Bonus: Pin Punch

A small wooden or plastic stylus with a sharp metal tip is used to make perforations. Children will often trace a shape onto a piece of construction paper, place the paper onto a specific soft surface, and use the pin punch tool to make a series of holes along the drawn line. If they take their time and do this correctly, they are able to punch out their shape upon completion.

Want to learn more? Curious to discover ways you can support your child’s fine motor growth at home? We welcome questions and love to talk about children’s development. Contact us today for more information.

Practical Life for the Holidays

Mon, 15 Nov 2021 07:53:37 GMT

The holiday season is nearly upon us, and no matter how you celebrate, this time of year is often steeped in family traditions. The foods, smells, decorations, songs, and gifts echo in our memories for a lifetime. As a parent, it can be magical to experience the holidays through your child’s eyes; everything is so exciting and full of wonder.

Many families involve their children in preparing for special days and celebrations. By doing so, you may already be engaging in what Montessori refers to as practical life, or the teaching and practicing of skills that a person will use to get by in their everyday lives as an adult. Practical life covers a wide range of skills, but this time of year is ripe with opportunities — and not just for the preschool crowd. Check out our ideas below!

Caring for the Self

As with everything, it’s important to consider where your child is developmentally, what their interests are, and set your expectations accordingly.

● Choosing what to wear

Special occasions call for special outfits. It can be fun for parents to pick out adorable clothing for their small children, but it’s also nice to involve kids in the process so that they are able to share in the fun and develop a sense that their opinion is important. Younger children (toddlers, preschool-aged) might benefit from being able to select from two or three choices that you have found ahead of time.

Older children enjoy (and deserve) to be more involved in selecting their own clothing. It can help to talk about what you’re looking for ahead of time and what your expectations are. If a family occasion calls for something more dressy than jeans, let your child know. Remember that choice is important, but so are limits. Be open-minded (this can be even more challenging when your teenagers are developing their sense of self through style), but it’s okay to let your child know that you have the right to veto an outfit. Ultimately, it all comes down to finding something you can both appreciate and that is appropriate for the occasion.

● Practicing hygiene

There are two main opportunities in this category this time of year: practicing hygiene in social situations and taking advantage of extra time at home together to teach new skills.

When it comes to actions like using a napkin to wipe ones’ face at the dinner table, toddlers will find this new concept fun and exciting, but even your elementary-aged child may need some reminders and practice. Although your children are likely experts on the following by now, it doesn’t hurt to remind them what to do when they need to cough, sneeze, or blow their nose around others.

Enjoying some vacation time and days around the house together? What better time to teach your three-year-old how to brush her hair, your five-year-old to floss, or give your twelve-year-old a crash course on skin care?

● Food preparation

This item on our list may just be the most fun.

Many families have traditional recipes they share for special holidays. What are yours? Could you teach your child how to make Grandma’s jelly-filled cookies? Your famous vegetable side dish? That roast everyone looks forward to enjoying once a year?

Regardless of what you’re making in the kitchen, there’s a way for pretty much everyone to get involved. Whether it’s simple slicing or complicated multi-step directions that need to be followed, it’s great to teach children how to make their own food. It’s extra special when you’re sharing memories and creating new ones.

● Budgeting

This is a special section just for the teens in your life. They may be at an age when they would like to start participating more in gift-giving. Enter: budgeting lessons. Whether you give them a certain amount to spend or they have their own money (saved or earned from a part-time job), many of us wish we had gotten financial lessons when we were younger.

What does your teen already understand about money? What do they still need to learn?

Caring for the Environment

Caring for ourselves is important, but so is taking care of the space we live and exist in. The skills in this section focus on the home and beyond.

● Cleaning

It seems like cleaning tasks tend to increase this time of year. There is cleaning to be done ahead of time, maintenance cleaning should you be expecting visitors, and cleaning once the season is over and everything needs to be put away.

It’s never-ending!

Hand your toddler a dustpan, teach your third grader to load the dishwasher, and remind your adolescent how to properly sort the laundry.

● Outdoor work

Some years we are already shoveling snow this time of year, while other years it’s still warm and we are doing other kinds of yard work. Depending on the weather, the jobs are different, but there are almost always tasks to be taken care of outside of your home.

If your children are still young, kid-sized tools can help. Smaller rakes, shovels, and the like aren’t too hard to find, and they can make all the difference. Our children want to participate in family tasks; finding ways to let them help increases their confidence, teaches them valuable skills, and lets them know that all family members are important and can/should contribute.

Grace and Courtesy

The way we interact with others on a social level is an important set of skills that we carry with us throughout our lives. Kids pick up a lot on their own and just by playing with one another, but some bits need to be taught. This is a great time of year to talk about, model, and practice grace and courtesy.

● Interacting with relatives

Does your son need to hug his aunt? Not if he doesn’t want to. Does he need to say hello and learn how to have a polite conversation (even if it’s short and sweet)? Definitely.

When our students enter our building, their teachers greet them at the door in the morning with a smile and a hello. They look one another in the eye, and our staff teaches children what they expect in return. Manners matter; showing other people basic respect is the foundation for positive human interaction. Too often children are excused from pleasantries, but we believe the opposite should be true. Let’s teach them while they’re young!

Before celebrating holidays with family members, talk to your child about what you expect. Role-play together so they have a chance to practice ahead of time. If, in the moment, they don’t quite get it right, don’t fret. There’s always next time.

● Giving gifts

Gift giving is not synonymous with spending money. It’s about showing the people we love that we care about them. It can be making something special by hand or spending quality time together.

If your family exchanges gifts this time of year, talk to your child about how they might like to contribute. It’s also nice to consider giving charitable gifts - what are some ways your family might work together to support folks or organizations in your community this time of year?

● Showing gratitude

Expressing our thanks is a win-win. We let others know that we notice and appreciate them, but it also feels good to be grateful. Consider some ways you would like your child to show gratitude and lead by examples. This may be as simple as saying the words aloud and with conviction, or you might teach them how to write a nice thank you letter to drop in the mail.

Movement with Purpose

The way we move through the world is one last set of practical life skills that are taught in Montessori schools. Traditionally this work would be left to the primary classroom, but our suggestions extend to the years beyond.

● Decorating the home

While this doesn’t apply to everyone, many families have old or fragile holiday decorations, with some having been passed down for generations.

Let your child know how precious special items are, and how they need to be handled and cared for. Then, as you are comfortable, let your child participate in decorating with these items. There is always a risk that something may break, so start small!

● Dancing

This final point is just for the fun of it. Moving our bodies feels good and moving our bodies joyfully to music feels great.

So crank up some tunes and have a fun dance-fest around the living room with your kids! You’ll all be glad you did.

Elementary History: A Scope and Sequence

Mon, 08 Nov 2021 09:52:24 GMT

Think back to your grade school days: what do you remember learning about history? Whatever you did learn was probably focused on your country’s history, didn’t take up very much of your total learning time, and may have even contained some “facts” that you began to question as you got older. For the majority of us, in-depth history instruction didn’t take place until perhaps high school, and even then, it wasn’t all that comprehensive.

As with all subjects, Montessori schools begin with the big picture and gradually focuses in on the details. That’s why when we teach history, we start at the very beginning. We give students an understanding of the start of the universe. Over the course of the year/years, we give progressively more detailed lessons that zoom in eventually to the various cultures that have existed on Earth throughout history. We find this approach helps give kids a frame of reference in which everything makes just a bit more sense - and is a whole lot more interesting.

It all starts in the first grade. History is one of the few areas of learning in the Montessori classroom in which students receive group lessons — sometimes even the whole class at a time. This is because all of the children within a three-year age span are developmentally prepared to engage with the information being presented, and when they participate in these big, impressionistic lessons each year they’re in a class, they gain something new each time.

What do we teach and where do we start? We present an overview of what the Montessori history curriculum looks like in grades 1-6:

● The Creation of the Universe

Early in the school year — sometimes even the very first week — lower elementary Montessori guides present a fantastic lesson about the beginnings of our universe. It’s all very dramatic and presented in a darkened room and delivered in a story-telling format, although there are a number of ‘science experiments’ sprinkled throughout. From the Big Bang/Great Flaring Forth, to the formation of the first particles, the first elements, states of matter, density, and the sheer vastness of space, there is a LOT of information included. The whole thing ends with the unveiling of a model volcano into which vinegar is poured to cause an ‘eruption’, much to the delight of 6-9 year old children. This lesson ends with an explanation of Earth’s early geological history, and children walk away excited and in awe.

● The Concept of Time

At some point during the year, and likely toward the beginning, children learn a bit more about the mechanics of how humans observe the passing of time. They look at how the year is divided with the help of their fraction materials, they explore years by making their own timelines, and they learn to tell time on the clock. This section of study concludes by intersecting with grammar and learning the three fundamental tenses: past, present, and future.

● The Long Black Strip

This lesson is literally so big it has to be done outdoors or in a *very* long hallway. While children stand to the sides, the guide carries out a large, rolled up strip of black felt. The outer end is weighted down, and as she unrolls it they tell the story of Earth’s history. From the formation of our planet itself, to the earliest one-celled organisms, through the evolution of all living things, and so on. The strip is 30 meters long, and each centimeter is meant to represent a million years. By the time the very end is revealed, the children can see a tiny slice of white. This represents the amount of time humans have inhabited the earth. You can imagine what children are feeling when they walk away from such a powerful visual.

● The Clock of Eras

As you can tell by now, we like to give children impressionistic lessons, and visual aids that help them develop a frame of reference. The Clock of Eras imagines Earth’s history as if it were encompassed within a twelve hour clock. This circular, laminated cardboard material breaks down the major eras and allows children to see a visual percentage of the total history each section takes up. They are able to see the large chunk of time during which there was no, or nearly no life at all. This is followed by another imposingly long stretch of time during which Earth was host to just one-celled organisms. As life became more complex, the slices of the pie become smaller and smaller, until a minuscule strip of red again shows all of humanity.

● The Time Line of Life

The time line of life is exactly what it sounds like: a large and gorgeously illustrated wall hanging that shows how life has evolved from the beginning of the Paleozoic Era. Children are fascinated to learn about the seemingly strange earlier life forms, and how over time they changed and paved the way for others. It’s also neat to see how there are several organisms that have withstood the test of time and developed ways to adapt regardless of an ever-changing planet.

● Fundamental Needs of Humans

What do people need to survive? Children learn about our basic needs, consider how they meet those needs today, and explore how various cultures met those needs throughout history.

● The Study of Early Humans

We believe it is critical to teach children about where their ancestors came from. Having an understanding of human history allows us all to respect the enormous progress that has been made in countless ways since the existence of the first humans. We teach students how the earliest humans survived and met their needs, and how their eventual movement around the planet changed the course of history.

● Stages in the Progress of Civilization

This area of study is of particular interest to upper elementary-aged children, and their newly-acquired research skills allow them to spend extensive amounts of time reading and discovering for themselves about how civilizations have functioned throughout history. Students dive deep into learning about ancient and more recent cultures and societies across the globe, discovering the many similarities and differences they have both to one another and to humans today.

Once children complete the elementary program, they have a solid understanding of basic history. This allows them to more deeply understand and appreciate whatever history courses they take in the future.

Books to Honour Indigenous Culture

Mon, 01 Nov 2021 09:46:41 GMT

One of the most important goals of Montessori education is to create a better world. We think school should be a place where children love learning, where they discover the incredible earth around them, and where they develop a sense of belonging in our global community.

To do this, it is critical that we honour traditions and cultures of all people, including those who have been marginalized and/or oppressed. So today we’d like to recommend some books by native authors that celebrate their culture and traditions. Read below for some new titles for your child to explore this month. As always, we recommend checking books out from your local library when possible, or buying from local independent booksellers.

My Heart Fills with Happiness by Monique Gray Smith, illustrated by Julie Flett

A sweet board book recommended for infants and toddlers, but would also be enjoyed by many preschoolers. Winner of a BC Book Prize, the simple text and bold illustrations guide readers through many of the ways we find joy in our everyday lives. Some of the examples are universal to us all: “when...I see the face of someone I love”, “I sing” “I feel the sun dancing on my cheeks”. Other examples, as well as the artist’s renderings, honor uniquely native cultural elements: “I smell bannock baking in the oven”, traditional native dress, and the importance of oral tradition. Native children will be able to see themselves (or people like them) in this book; non-native children will have an opportunity to see and learn a little about indigenous culture. Giving children such opportunities in the literature they read is so important, and the earlier we begin doing so in their lives, the better!

Fry Bread: A Native American Family Story by Kevin Noble Maillard, illustrated by Juana Martinez-Neal

A lovely picture book that children through about grade 1 will enjoy. Fry bread is a native food that was born out of necessity; when indigenous people were forced to move out of their homelands and into places that did not support their traditional agriculture, the United States government provided them with supplies like canned goods and flour. Fry bread was created to prevent starvation, and while its history is complicated, it is seen by many native people today as a comfort food that has woven itself into the fabric of their collective history. This book focuses on how fry bread can be enjoyed by all our senses, and how it makes people feel. There is even a recipe at the end of the book so that you can try it at home! Winner of the 2020 Robert F. Sibert Informational Book Medal and a 2020 American Indian Youth Literature Picture Book honor.

We are Water Protectors by Carole Lindstrom, illustrated by Michaela Goade

Winner of the 2021 Caldecott Medal, We Are Water Protectors is an excellent picture book suitable for children through first grade. Water is fundamental to us all, and its importance is revered in indigenous stories and culture. Narrated by a young girl, this story imparts the critical nature of water on Earth and talks about the native prediction of a destructive black snake that has long been foretold as a threat to water and life. Connecting the black snake to today’s oil pipelines, the story then illustrates the role native people have played in important protests across North America. Stunning illustrations show the power a community of caring people can have when they stand for what they believe in.

Bowwow Powwow by Brenda J. Child, translated by Gordon Jourdain, illustrated by Jonathan Thunder

Written in English and translated into Ojibwe, this story celebrates the magic of the powwow: a gathering of native nations to celebrate music, dance, food, community, and heritage. Young Windy Girl finds the perfect dog - Itchy Boy. Together, they pile into her uncle’s truck and listen to his stories about the powwows of his youth. The best part of Windy Girl’s summer is attending the powwow, eating blueberry snow cones, watching the dancers, and falling asleep under the stars to the sounds of the drums. This picture book won a 2020 American Indian Youth Literature award.

Indian No More by Charlene Willing McManis and Traci Sorell

This middle grade book is recommended for children in grades 4-8. Loosely mirroring McManis’ own childhood experiences, main character Regina Petit’s family’s native status was revoked by the United States government in the 1950s. During this time, entire native nations were expelled from their lands and were forced to move elsewhere in search of economic opportunities. The Petits moved from Oregon to Los Angeles, losing their culture, community, and way of life. Regina meets some new friends in her diverse neighborhood, but experiences racism (directed both toward her family and her friends’) for the first time. This book shows some of the many ways people deal with such experiences; Regina’s grandmother focuses on passing native knowledge and stories on to her granddaughters, Regina’s mother expresses her anger but finds solace in her new community, and Regina’s father unsuccessfully attempts to reject his native heritage in an effort to become “American”. A beautifully crafted piece of historical fiction, this book has won multiple awards, including being named one of the best books of 2019 by American Indians in Children’s Literature.

Apple in the Middle by Dawn Quigley

Thirteen-year-old Apple has spent her whole life never feeling like she fits in anywhere. Her mother, a native American, died the day she gave birth to Apple, and her father is too heartbroken to ever talk about what happened or Apple’s heritage. One summer he decides she should spend a few months with her grandparents - who she’s never met - on their reservation. Apple meets people who accept her for who she is, she learns about her mother and her ancestors, she finds herself immersed in culture and traditions, and best of all - she begins to figure out who she really is. A 2020 American Indian Youth Literature honored book, this young adult title would appeal to teens.

Bonus:

We haven’t read these titles yet, but they’re on our list, and come highly recommended!

Rez Dogs by Joseph Bruchac (middle grade novel in verse)

Firekeeper’s Daughter by Angeline Boulley (YA fiction thriller)

Hunting by Stars by Cherie Dimaline (YA fiction, follow-up to Marrow Thieves)

4 Montessori Quotes That Give Us Perspective

Mon, 25 Oct 2021 09:36:52 GMT

Dr. Maria Montessori was a scientist and physician, first and foremost. She stumbled her way into education when she observed the mistreatment of children put into her care. She recognized that adults (especially at the time) did not give children the credit and respect they deserved, and this launched her work that eventually became Montessori education.

Dr. Montessori was all of those things, but she was also a prolific writer and speaker. Her words have been translated into countless languages around the world and have been reread by innumerable people since they were written. A century later, the language can sometimes show its age, but it’s often beautiful, poetic, and inspiring. And that’s not to mention the brilliant ideas behind the words.

People love to quote Montessori, and for good reason. Here we share four excerpts from Dr. Montessori’s writing that we find particularly interesting, and thought you might, too!

“This is education, understood as a help to life; an education from birth, which feeds a peaceful revolution and unites all in a common aim, attracting them as to a single centre. Mothers, fathers, politicians: all must combine in their respect and help for this delicate work of formation, which the little child carries on in the depth of a profound psychological mystery, under the tutelage of an inner guide. This is the bright new hope for mankind.” -Dr. Maria Montessori, The Absorbent Mind

Education is a profoundly important venture, on behalf of the individual as well as society as a whole. The way we choose to educate our children is perhaps the single greatest action we can take to pave the way for a better future for humanity.

And we can’t do it alone.

Education is a partnership. It takes well-trained instructors, inspirational leaders, participatory family members, and engaged communities to work alongside one another in support of the children. To know that all these parties can join together and work toward the common good is a pretty amazing concept, and incredibly powerful to see in action.

“An education capable of saving humanity is no small undertaking; it involves the spiritual development of man, the enhancement of his value as an individual, and the preparation of young people to understand the times in which they live.” -Dr. Maria Montessori, Education and Peace

Individuality and flexibility are two critical components of any successful education. Human beings are not photocopies and we cannot treat them as such. To develop a curriculum that is delivered unwaveringly to a diverse group of children without any deviation from the predetermined path does not serve the child.

To employ an educational process that supports the individual development of the child not only honours their own unique path, but it stands to be timeless. Human development, with all its variations, remains fairly similar throughout the generations. Even as the world changes around us, and we look toward an unpredictable future, Montessori education prepares children for what lies ahead.

We teach children to ask their own questions and seek their own answers. We guide children to listen to their inner passions. We explicitly show them how to interact with other people around them so that they may honor their individuality while working cooperatively. To do these things is to prepare them for anything.

"The mind takes some time to develop interest, to be set in motion, to get warmed up into a subject, to attain a state of profitable work. If at this time there is interruption, not only is a period of profitable work lost, but the interruption, produces an unpleasant sensation which is identical to fatigue.

Fatigue also is caused by work unsuitable to the individual. Suitable work reduces fatigue on account of the pleasure derived from the work itself. Thus the two causes of fatigue are unsuitable work and premature interruption of work." -Dr. Maria Montessori, What You Should Know About Your Child

Adults traditionally have a habit of inserting themselves too frequently into the work of the child. We feel duty-bound to teach and to guide, when in reality it’s our job to clear the path and stand back while they take the journey themselves. Getting in the way is rarely done with ill intent; it’s simply what we learned when we were children. We want to be helpful. And it can take a lot of unlearning to allow our children to truly learn for themselves.

There is a very delicate balance, and it takes a lot of observation to get things right. We learn to sit back, notice what the child is doing, take a pause, and notice some more. We fight the urge to jump in and correct things for them, for those are precisely the moments when learning happens. If a child is allowed to make mistakes and then to fix those mistakes, they gain not only skill knowledge, but the confidence to repeat the process in the future.

That’s not to say we should never step in. The careful observation we mentioned also helps adults ensure that a child is not faced with a challenge they are not yet prepared to face alone. The key is to understand basic child development while simultaneously paying close attention to the individual’s needs.

“To let the child do as he likes when he has not yet developed any powers of control, is to betray the idea of freedom ... Real freedom, instead, is a consequence of development; it is the development of latent guides, aided by education.” -Dr. Maria Montessori, The Absorbent Mind

Taking the last point a step further, Montessori educators and parents need to understand what freedom with limits really means.

Should a child be permitted to eat candy for breakfast every day? Should they be expected to eat every meal that is placed before them without opinion? No, on both counts. What lies in the middle can vary from time to time, but perhaps the child is allowed to serve themselves an amount they know they can eat, or perhaps they get to have a say in what they would like to eat some of the time. The same principle can (and should) be applied to almost everything.

We must give children limited, developmentally appropriate choices.

As they gain new skills, we give new choices. It’s an ever-evolving dance between choice and structure, but it’s one of the most important things we can do for our children.

Hopefully we’ve sent a little inspiration your way. Want to read more? Let us know and we can recommend (and maybe even lend) some great books.

Inclusivity in the Montessori Classroom

Mon, 18 Oct 2021 09:31:16 GMT

Montessori is a method of education as well as a general philosophy on human development. If we could summarize it into one sentence it might be something like this: A deep understanding of typical human development, coupled with careful observations of the individual and a meticulously prepared environment, can allow each human being the freedom to explore their world to the best of their ability.

Wouldn’t it be amazing if we could do that for everyone?

Montessori schools do their very best to make this goal a reality for all who become a part of the community. Below are just a few of the variables we take into consideration.

Age

As you already know, our classrooms are multi-age. This may not be typical when compared to most conventional educational settings, but it’s very intentional and an integral part of what we do. We believe children of varied ages have much to offer one another, and having a span of a few years in one classroom allows for the blending and blurring of different abilities, so everyone always has a buddy to work with. Multi-age classrooms give children opportunities they wouldn’t have elsewhere, such as older models for the young children, and a chance for older kids to explore leadership roles.

Beyond the typical three year age span, we like to take every opportunity for children to interact between the levels. In the same way we see within the walls of a single classroom, the younger children at our school are able to look to the older children as models, and the oldest children have chances to lead in new ways.

Did you know that Montessori can be for adults as well? Some adults read about Montessori and learn to incorporate the principles into their own lives. Others go on to obtain Montessori teaching credentials or explore Montessori higher education. There have even been studies regarding the benefits of applying the Montessori approach to dementia care.

Gender

Montessori schools aim to honour children as they are. We acknowledge that society places certain expectations on children according to their gender, and that it can be a challenge for children whose identity does not conform according to these expectations. This can take form across a wide spectrum; whether a child prefers certain toys and colors that our society has attached gender to, to being transgendered, and everything in between.

Our goal is to acknowledge these differences, to work hard to eliminate expectations that do not serve the children, and to create a nurturing environment where all children feel supported and accepted.

Materials Spotlight: The Puzzle Maps

Mon, 11 Oct 2021 09:27:13 GMT

Welcome to our new materials spotlight series, where we celebrate and explain a variety ofintentionally and beautifully designed Montessori materials. This month: the puzzle maps. Colourfully painted and carefully crafted out of wood, they can be found in both primary and lower elementary classrooms. While they are used differently in the two environments, educators take a developmentally appropriate approach to utilizing this beautiful geography material.

The Material

In a Montessori classroom, one will find a wooden rack that contains a series of puzzle maps. They are arranged intentionally, starting with the top shelf and working downward:

The planisphere: two blue circles with removable colored continents
A map of the child’s continent: puzzle pieces indicate countries
A map of the child’s country: puzzle pieces indicate states or provinces
Maps of the other continents of the world: pieces indicating countries

There is typically also a set of control maps, or corresponding laminated paper maps that have the pieces drawn to scale and labeled. Children may use these as reference depending upon the activity.

An Introduction

Of course, we begin with the top map of the world. Previously, the child will have worked with the Montessori globes, so they will have some idea about the world, the continents, and the oceans. Using the three-period lesson format, the guide introduces (or reviews) the names of the continents. The guide will demonstrate how to properly retrieve the puzzle, lay it out on a work mat, remove each piece carefully and replace them while naming them. Some classes may have laminated paper labels the child can lay on top of the pieces while they work.

A critical part of the introductory lesson is showing the child how to properly put the puzzle back together and return it to the correct shelf in the rack. Our guides take great care in making sure lessons are not just about the academic skills, but also about how to respect the materials, ensuring they will be in good working order for the next child.

The Work

Once the child has been given the introductory lesson, they may return to this work whenever they like. As with everything else in the Montessori environment, if the child continues to feel drawn to a material, they are still getting something out of the experience. This may appear overly repetitive to our adult eyes, but it’s important that we suspend those judgments and allow the child to trust their instincts.

Once the child has tired of the world map, they are welcome to proceed downward through the others. Their teacher does not necessarily need to give a lesson for each one (although they may, for various reasons); once a child understands how to use the puzzle maps they are free to explore them all.

During the elementary years, we encourage children to use an atlas alongside them while they work. While control maps are useful and serve their purpose, it’s important that they begin to develop their proficiency with a variety of reference tools. When using an atlas, they often need to refer to the table of contents, find the correct page, and look carefully for labels that don’t correspond exactly with the colours and fonts they are used to seeing on the Montessori control maps. This is just one of the many ways we gently guide children toward being able to find answers for themselves.

Extensions

The puzzle maps are such a popular material among children, that it’s only natural we should offer extension work to create more learning experiences for those who are ready and eager. Just a small sampling of the possibilities:

● Pin punching: In the primary classroom, children may trace continent pieces onto construction paper and use the pin punching tool to perforate each one. They may then adhere them to perforated blue spheres, thereby recreating the map so that they may have a copy to keep.

● Map making: Giving children large pieces of white paper, they may carefully trace, label, and color each individual piece.

● Embark on research projects: Children who have enjoyed and mastered the puzzle maps may then choose to read and write about various continents or countries.

● Continent studies: Some teachers choose one continent each semester to focus on in depth. While the puzzle maps serve as a focal starting point, the study will include exploration of biomes, animals, culture, and more.

What’s Next?

Kids love the puzzle maps, so they often spend years absorbing everything they can from them. Eventually, however, they are ready for more. At some point during the elementary years we introduce the pin maps. These are smaller wooden boards with maps drawn on them, and with three tiny holes drilled into each country: one for the country’s name, flag, and capital city. Corresponding metal pins with labels are available for the child to use as they learn to identify each. Control maps are available for the child’s reference.

As with many other materials, the pin maps are introduced in steps. First, the child will just focus on learning to label each country. Once they have mastered that skill, they will move on to flags, and eventually, the capital cities.

Want to learn more? Interested in observing as children engage with these fascinating geography materials? Let us know!

Graphic Novels (ages 6-18)

Mon, 04 Oct 2021 09:18:44 GMT

Graphic novels are having a moment. There was a time not long ago when it was easy for most adults to view them as “not real” books. Today we know that couldn’t be further from the truth. Many graphic novels are of very high quality; the plots and characters are well developed, and they are recognized for the important contribution they make to youth literature. They can motivate reluctant readers and increase reading comprehension. And what’s even better? There are great options out there for readers of all ages.

Whether your child is 6 or heading off to college soon, check out our list for suggestions. Many of these are part of a series, so it’s easy to get hooked on one title and feel eager to reach for the next. Suggested ages are listed below each title (but we will fully admit that we loved reading each and every one).

Narwhal: Unicorn of the Sea by Ben Clanton

(6-9 years) One day, a narwhal and a jellyfish meet - neither one believing the other is real. They decide to be friends anyway, and embark on many silly adventures, with some amazing science facts sprinkled in. Narwhal and Jelly love to use their imaginations...about as much as they love waffles.

Arlo & Pips: King of the Birds by Ben Clanton

(6-10 years) Arlo, a crow of many talents, meets a tiny yellow bird named Pips. Together, they wander around the city, delighting readers with incredible information about crows (did you know they give gifts to people they like?) and plenty of jokes.

Consent (for Kids!): Boundaries, Respect, and Being in Charge of YOU by Rachel Brian

(6-10 years) If we could recommend just one book on this list, it would be this one. The information on these pages is critical for all children to read, and the illustrations and text are presented in such a way that will keep them interested. Sitting and reading this one together with your child will provide opportunity for some important conversations.

Binky the Space Cat by Ashley Spires

(ages 7-10) Binky is an indoor house cat. He loves the large and small humans that live with him, but he fears for all their safety because he believes there are space aliens just outside the door. The only logical thing to do is to become a certified space cat, build a spaceship, and do everything he can to protect those he loves. This book is fantastically ridiculous.

Noisemakers: 25 Women Who Raised Their Voices & Changed the World

(8-12 years) From the makers of Kazoo (an amazing magazine for kids), this collection is graphic novel meets Goodnight Stories for Rebel Girls. Information on each woman is clear and accessible, and teaches readers about influential women. Included are figures such as fossil hunter Mary Anning, ballerina Maria Tallchief, detective Kate Warne, and explorer Jeanne Baret.

Science Comics: Coral Reefs: Cities of the Ocean by Maris Wicks

(9-13 years) Packed with fascinating information (like radial symmetry, life cycles, animal classification, ocean salinity, reef formation, and the water cycle), science-loving kids will really enjoy this book. Coral reefs, the creatures that live within them, and their effect on other living systems are more complex than one might think. Bright illustrations and a friendly fish narrator keep readers turning the pages.

Seen: True Stories of Marginalized Trailblazers: Rachel Carson by Birdie Willis, RiiAbrego, and Kieran Quigley

(11-16 years) This one might be a little trickier to track down; we found our copy at our local library, but it’s also sold at comic book stores. Definitely worth the extra searching, this book tells the true story of a girl who grew up loving nature and writing, and eventually found a way to put both talents to good use. Rachel Carson changed the way the people looked at the environment, and the role we play in caring for it.

The Girl from the Sea by Molly Knox Ostertag

(12-18 years) Morgan is 15, and her life isn’t exactly what she wants it to be. Her parents just got divorced, her little brother is being rude, and she’s hiding a pretty big secret. She’s realized she likes girls, but she doesn’t feel like she can tell anyone until she goes off to college in a few years. Then she accidentally falls into the ocean and is saved by a beautiful girl named Keltie - who turns out to be a selkie with the heart of an environmentalist. Morgan’s summer - and life - is about to change.

Run by John Lewis and Andrew Aydin, illustrated by L. Fury and Nate Powell

(13-18 years) “First you march, then you run.” Co-authored by former US Congressman Lewis and released this past August, Run details what it’s like to work against oppressive systems, and how that work can span decades. Covering some of the most influential moments of the civil rights movement, Lewis emphasizes that those powerful events were the beginning of a long and challenging journey.

5 Things Montessori Parents DON’T Need to Do

Thu, 15 Jul 2021 16:07:36 GMT

Parenting. It’s one of the most incredible journeys available to the human experience. But in recent decades, it’s become a little bit more stressful. Between our evolving culture and the constant availability of information via the internet, parents are constantly bombarded with suggestions, studies, and opinions about what they must do in the best interest of their child.

Of course, we all know there isn’t just one perfect way of parenting. We all need to find our own way and the best way for our child. We know that it’s impossible to take all the advice, but it can still feel pretty overwhelming.

This article? It’s the complete opposite.

We want to let you know that it doesn’t all fall on the parents. There are plenty of things it’s totally fine (and actually a great idea) to let go, or at least fade in importance a bit. So, without further ado, here are five things Montessori parents do not need to do:

Purchase Montessori materials
We love the enthusiasm. It’s so beautiful when new-to-Montessori families want to go all-in and create a mini classroom at home. We love the thought behind it! We do think Montessori can translate into the home environment. Just...not with the classic materials.

Montessori materials should not be used in the home without a properly trained Montessori guide. There are two main reasons for this. First off, these materials were created to be used in a specific sequence and in very specific ways. There are special ways to present the materials, and teachers learn all of this when they attend their Montessori training courses.

The second reason is - there are so many other more enriching ways Montessori can be applied in the home! We encourage parents to learn about the philosophy and find ways it naturally fits into your everyday life. There’s no need to spend lots of money on fancy wooden learning materials. Let the materials remain in the classroom environment and allow the basic ideas of Montessori to trickle into the home and reverberate into the rest of the child’s life.
Focus on academics
Let us be totally clear: we are in no way saying that academics don’t matter. Quite the opposite! We know they matter.

In a high-fidelity Montessori school, the curriculum and methods support a very rigorous academic program. Children will be mastering advanced skills at younger-than-average ages. You will likely be astounded by what you see your own child learning.

It’s just that we don’t think that should be the only focus of school.

We are confident that our students will have appropriate and enriching academic opportunities, and they will also be held to appropriate expectations. We also know that learning is very much an individual process. It’s not linear, there will be plateaus, and there will definitely be unexpected twists and turns.

We trust that the child will arrive at the destination when they are supposed to. We also know that along the way we have many other important tasks: to support their social and emotional growth, to expose them to creative and artistic pursuits, to ensure sufficient time spent in nature, and to understand what it means to be a peaceful member of a community.
Hesitate to communicate
Throughout your child’s academic career, you will have lots of questions. That’s great! Regardless of what’s on your mind, we want parents in our community to always feel comfortable talking to us.

Teachers are busy people, but they are completely dedicated to the wellbeing of their students. So when they see an email, note, or voicemail from a parent, rest assured that they’re eager to get back to you.

We believe that education is a three-way partnership between the child, their parents, and our guides. Communication is the key to everything running smoothly.

So the next time you’re unsure about whether or not to reach out, please do! We are here to help.
Compare children
This is such an easy trap to fall into! Parents love to talk about their children, and we often find ourselves chatting with other parents. This inevitably leads us to notice what other people’s children are up to, and our minds can sometimes (naturally) compare that to what our own child is doing.

We all know this already, but it’s worth the reminder. Don’t compare your child to others! Child development varies widely, so what sometimes seems concerning to parents isn’t at all.

That child that started reading earlier than all the others? That doesn’t mean they’ll turn out to be a better reader than anyone else.

Your son is still wetting the bed at night but your daughter stopped years before? It’s completely normal.

Your child’s best friend is advancing quickly in math, while yours is frustrated at not being able to do the same work yet? Use this as an opportunity to explore the beauty of differences between people.

If we follow the child, we allow them to become the incredible, unique individual they are meant to become.
Homework!
One big perk in Montessori schools? There’s no homework!

Rather than spending hours struggling through Common Core math standards-based worksheets each night, you can play a board game together. Or go for a walk around your neighborhood. Or encourage your child to explore their own interests.

Our students work so hard throughout the regular school day, we see no need to continue that work in the evening at home. If adults are supposed to seek out a healthy work/life balance, shouldn’t it be the same for children?

Reading together each night? A great idea - and a way to bond. Working together on a long-term project? Yes! It’s fun, educational, and stress-free. Beyond that, we encourage you to embrace the benefits of your child not having any homework.

Are there any items on this list you think might be difficult to let go of? Are there any more we should add? Let us know what you think.

The Power of Self-Advocacy

Fri, 09 Jul 2021 00:48:14 GMT

A big part of becoming a successful, independent member of society is being able to advocate for oneself. We all need to know our own worth, and we need to feel confident enough to speak up for what we need in life.

This is hard for lots of people - adults included - so it makes sense that we teach our children the skills from an early age and continue practicing with them until they can confidently communicate with those around them.

What can you do as a parent? Plenty!

A note about learning differences

Self-advocacy is a critical skill for all children, but it is especially important for children with diagnosed learning differences. We believe they are just that - differences, not deficits. We also believe that talking to our children about their differences, even at a young age, is empowering.

For example, if your daughter is diagnosed with ADHD, you may choose to discuss that with her. Let her know that she learns differently than many of her peers and what those differences look like. She may find it challenging to concentrate on some tasks, but be able to feel hyper focused on others. With time and practice, she will figure out a variety of strategies to help her concentrate when it’s hard.

The important thing is being transparent with your child and letting them know that their differences should be celebrated. With anything that brings struggle, there is also a side that brings strength. The work lies within understanding oneself, recognizing our needs, and being assertive enough to speak up and ask for them.

Giving children language

Self-advocacy should start when children are young, and the strong emotions little ones feel provide the perfect opportunity for learning. Help your child name what they are experiencing, and suggest what they might do about it.

“You are feeling angry because it’s time to leave the park. Maybe asking for a hug could help you feel better.”

“Putting on your coat is making you feel frustrated. Would you like to ask for help? I could show you a trick to make it easier.”

This language-giving work will continue as your child gets older. Sometimes you might talk about advocacy in their home life, or you might help give them language they need to address a problem at school. Before they head off to talk to their teacher, help them consider the following:

What challenge are they facing?
What do they need to be successful?
What could they say to an adult that would convey both?

Practice together

It can be hard to speak up at any age. Even in an environment that values everyone’s voice, sometimes we stay quiet because we don’t want to cause any trouble. It’s helpful for children to understand that their needs are valid (and it might help to differentiate these with wants). Adults don’t always know what’s going on in a child’s mind, and they welcome the feedback.

One fun way to practice is to role play. You pretend to be the teacher while your child works through what to say.

“I don’t understand prepositions. Could you please give me the lesson again?”

“I feel like this math is too easy for me. What can I do to move on to something more challenging?”

“I’m having a hard time focusing when I sit next to my friend, but I don’t want to hurt his feelings. Can you give me any ideas on what to do?”

Teachers love it when children speak up for themselves. It shows that the child really cares about their learning, and it’s beautiful to see a child feeling empowered and confident.

Sometimes children have a different view of their own mastery and academic needs than their guide has observed. It’s a good idea to encourage children to be open-minded and understand that they may not always get what they are hoping for.

Resist the urge to come to the rescue (to a point)

Here it is again. Yet another circumstance in which we want to help our kids out (of course!). When your child is struggling in math, it’s a natural reaction to write a quick email to the teacher and let them know/ask them what can be done.

Whenever possible, we encourage you to encourage your child to take the lead.

Go through the steps we mentioned above, send your child off to school to resolve the issue independently, then ask them how it went. Chances are, change has already begun! But if not, and if you are concerned about a serious issue, by all means reach out. As with everything else in parenting, it’s all about the gradual release of independence.

We can teach our children to speak for themselves, but we can’t expect them to be proficient all at once. That takes time. Give them the information, guide them to feel they can do it, allow them to execute their plan, but then let them lean on you if it doesn’t go as expected.

It’s a delicate balance.

We hope this article was helpful! As always, please reach out with any questions or ideas.

Why Do We Care So Much About Independence?

Fri, 02 Jul 2021 01:04:32 GMT

“The only true freedom for an individual is to have the opportunity to act independently … there is no such thing as an individual until a person can act by himself.” -Dr. Maria Montessori, Education and Peace

If you’re reading this article, you already know how much we Montessorians love to talk about independence. It’s enmeshed in everything we do, and for very good reasons. Here are our top three:

1. It builds lasting confidence.

“We must help the child to act for himself, will for himself, think for himself; this is the art of those who aspire to serve the spirit.” -Dr. Maria Montessori, Education for a New World

As parents and caregivers, our natural inclination is to help and support our children. Imagine a newborn baby, completely dependent on others to have its most basic needs met. Of course we want to help! That instinct never really goes away, and it’s so strong that we need to actively remind ourselves to step back even as our children mature into adults.

Imagine, however, a toddler. It’s time to get out to the car so that everyone makes it to school and work on time. Their parents are feeling the rush of schedules, and feel a bit of frustration when, at the last moment, their little one insists on putting their own jacket on themselves. There are several ways to handle this situation, but what if we took two minutes out of our day to show the child how to stretch each arm into a sleeve and then gave them an opportunity to practice?

Imagine the feeling a small person must have when they are first able to do something for themselves that they previously relied on others to help them with?

Imagine the messages you are sending that child: that you believe they are capable, that you trust their judgement. That their work is important.

Each time a child learns to do something without the assistance of an adult, they build up their confidence, and it becomes exponentially easier to believe in themselves as time goes on.

What more could we want for our children? Of course we all want our children to feel confident, but it’s easier to forget how to nurture that. It’s in the small things, the everyday things, and it starts early and never really ends.

2. It allows us to honor individuality.

“The child looks for his independence first, not because he does not desire to be dependent on the adult. But because he has in himself some fire, some urge, to do certain things and not other things.” -Dr. Maria Montessori, The Theosophist

While we raise our children, we make countless decisions while considering what will best prepare them for their futures. We envision their lives stretched out ahead and we want to do everything in our power to give them every possible advantage (including, perhaps, sending them to a Montessori school!).

It can feel counterintuitive, then, that we do all of this to allow for them to become whoever they actually are on the inside. A child’s true self may clash completely with what we think they are or should be. Even the most idealistic and accepting of parents may sometimes find themselves surprised when a child indicates they feel they ought to be something other than what we had imagined they would.

But, individuality exists for a reason.

As human beings we are constantly evolving and discovering our personal journeys. What better gift might we give our children than our full support as they discover who they really are? Whether your child is expressing themselves through seemingly wacky clothing choices, surprising new hobbies, or talking about their identity in a deeper sense, just knowing that they are loved and supported regardless is what all kids need.

Our children may travel through various phases, but they will be so much stronger and secure if they are allowed the freedom to explore and discover themselves without judgement or interference.

3. It prepares children for life beyond childhood.

“The child who has never learned to work by himself, to set goals for his own acts, or to be the master of his own force of will is recognizable in the adult who lets others guide his will and feels a constant need for approval of others.” -Dr. Maria Montessori, Education and Peace

We’ll just come out and remind you of the truth: children don’t remain children forever. There will come a day when they walk out the front door as adults who weave themselves into the fabric of our society.

Of course, it doesn’t happen quite so suddenly as all that. From the day they are born, it is our job to slowly, gradually, release boundaries and restrictions until they are able to make safe and healthy decisions for themselves and those around them.

Kids need their parents. Honestly, kids need their parents even when they’re not actually kids anymore. There is nothing wrong with remembering to lean on one another for support and guidance - throughout life. We still have a great responsibility of leading our children toward becoming independent adults.

There are obvious ways to support this work: teaching practical life skills, assigning chores, giving choices. But there are hundreds of thousands of tiny moments throughout a childhood in which parents can decide to let a child be independent. We learn when they are ready (often because they tell us so), and we take that deep breath and allow them to do things themselves.

There will be failures along the way (both on our part and our childrens’), but that is a glorious part of learning. Even those tricky moments when we don’t feel successful are important. They help us become resilient, and eventually motivate us to keep trying.

We leave you with this final, simple thought, often stated but so worth the repetition:

Follow the child.

Food Preparations - Home Edition

Mon, 28 Jun 2021 13:00:00 GMT

Food preparation as a skill is an integral element of any Montessori classroom. While specific lessons feature most prominently during the primary years, elementary and adolescent teachers find ways to teach children these important skills throughout the year as well.

Learning one’s way around the kitchen is a skill that couldn’t be easier to translate at home. Parents - you can support this important learning as often as you like; we all need to eat, so each meal and snack presents an opportunity for learning - at all ages.

The Basics : These skills are a must for toddlers, preschoolers, and kindergartners. As children move into the elementary years, they’ve most likely learned them, but it’s a good idea to check! Mastering these basics helps springboard children into all types of food-related fun.

Slicing and Chopping - Start simply with a peeled banana and a butter knife. Show your child the motion, then give them a turn. As they get the hang of it, you can move on to cucumbers, carrots, and different types of cutting tools. We love using a wavy chopper with small children. If, after cutting a variety of foods, your child is still interested, keep giving them practice! This can be as simple as helping to slice up some raw vegetables a few nights a week for dinner.

Spreading - Think peanut butter on toast, softened butter on an english muffin, or cream cheese on a stalk of celery. Get creative, and your child will have a chance to strengthen both their confidence and their fine motor skills.

Mixing - A few fun examples of this might be learning how to make instant pudding or stirring some tasty berries into yogurt. Mixing practice can even be incorporated into whatever you’re already doing in the kitchen. Making brownies? Hand over the spoon and let your child take a turn!

Multi-Step Snacks - Good teaching builds one skill on top of another. The same goes for food prep. Combining skills that have been learned means a child can begin to make more complicated treats. Have them slice a banana, then add it to a peanut butter sandwich. Make hummus together, then cut up some vegetables to dip in it.

Cooking Ideas: There really is no limit when it comes to children cooking, especially as they get older. If children are taught how to use tools properly and safely when they are young, they can participate in the important family contribution of making meals as soon as they are ready. And you may be surprised at how quickly they prove they’re ready. Here are a few recipes to get you started.

Primary - English Muffin Pizzas

This childhood favorite can be made independently, except for a bit of adult help when it comes time to use the stove (and maybe the toaster). Preheat your oven to 400 degrees F. Have your child split each English muffin in half, and pop them in the toaster briefly to prevent sogginess. Spread a bit of jarred pizza sauce on each half, sprinkle with grated cheese, and add your favorite toppings. Heat in the oven for about 4 minutes.

Lower Elementary - Pancakes

Flipping pancakes is a delightful experience for children at this age! Mix the following ingredients, melt some butter in a pan on medium heat, and spoon out whatever size you like. Show your child how to flip a few, then let them try! There will be failures along the way, but it’s still plenty of fun.

1 ½ cup flour

3 ½ teaspoons baking powder

1 teaspoon salt

1 Tablespoon sugar

1 ¼ cup milk (plus more if the batter is too stiff)

1 egg

3 teaspoons melted butter

Upper Elementary - Sushi

The final result may not be professional-looking, but it will be just as tasty! Rinse and cook 1 cup of white rice and let cool. Lay out the following ingredients (available at major grocery stores) and assemble according to your tastes. Have some soy sauce on the side for dipping and sesame seeds for sprinkling on top.

nori (large sheets or snack-sized)

cooled rice

thinly sliced vegetables (carrots, cucumbers, avocado etc.)

cream cheese

thinly sliced crab stick

Adolescents - Meal Planning and Scheduled Cooking

The possibilities are endless once children get a bit older. Once they have mastered simple dishes, consider having one night each week when they are in charge of planning and making dinner. They may surprise you with some unique dishes, and as they become more independent, it will give you a chance to focus on other tasks (or even take a break!)

Baking Ideas: Who doesn’t love a tasty treat? Baking can be a beautiful loaf of homemade bread, but most kids are partial to sweet baked goods. When they make them at home, you can help control the sugar, nutrition content, and the portions, while still making memories and having fun together.

Primary - World's Easiest Yeast Bread recipe

Lower Elementary - Chocolate Chip Zucchini Bread

Upper Elementary - Whoopie Pies

Adolescents - Themed Challenges...Together

Think of the season, a recent interest, or whatever, and bake together. Explore the tasty treats of other cultures, start new traditions, and share the results with loved ones. As a bonus, baking is one special way to squeeze in some much needed quality time with your teen.

Related Skills

Cleaning Up: Our biggest tip? Teach your kids to clean as they go. Saving everything for the end makes clean-up feel overwhelming (even for us adults) and makes us feel more reluctant to head to the kitchen the next time around. Done measuring the salt? Put it right back where it goes. Finished with the ½ cup measure? Drop it in the sink! While you may choose to save washing the dishes for after you finish enjoying the fruits of your labor, it still feels good to put away all ingredients and tools and give them counter a quick wipe before sitting down. Teach your children these steps now and you will set them up for a lifetime of enjoying cooking and baking.

Setting the Table: Whether you’re doing the cooking and could use a little help, or your child has carefully put their creation into the oven and is waiting, children of all ages are capable of setting the table. When they are younger, you can set all supplies out for them, but as they get older, it’s great for them to figure out what is needed for various meals and take care of the task independently.

Special Occasions: Holidays, birthdays, and various other celebrations are the perfect time to incorporate food prep. Let your child in on the planning as well as the execution. Making special meals together - including traditional family dishes - is a special experience for children of all ages to enjoy.

Books That Celebrate Asian Heritage and Culture

Mon, 21 Jun 2021 13:00:00 GMT

Over the past several months, there has been a disturbing increase in hateful actions toward people of Asian descent. Most of us watch the news in horror, and while we disagree with what’s happening, it can be hard to know what actions to take.

We believe one of the most powerful social justice actions parents can take is to instill positive values in our children. Kids are never too young to learn about acceptance, equity, and the beauty in humanity’s differences.

This is why we would like to share this very special book list: A Celebration of Asian Heritage and Culture . Children’s books should be both a reflection of who they are and their life experiences, but also an illuminating peek into the lives and experiences of others. No one explains this better than children’s author Grace Lin. The Windows and Mirrors of Your Child's Bookshelf | Grace Lin | TEDxNatick

Hush! A Thai Lullaby by Minfong Ho, illustrated by Holly Meade

A Thai mother and her gentle exasperation plead with various animals to please stay quiet as her baby sleeps. They stomp and shriek past her home, and she meets each one in turn asking them to hush. Finally, as the moon rises above them, she falls asleep with her head resting on the windowsill, with (of course) her smiling and wide-awake baby beside her.

Round is a Mooncake: A Book of Shapes by Roseanne Thong, illustrated by Grace Lin

Round, square, rectangle...young children love to notice shapes around them in their everyday lives. The main character in this book is no exception. A beautiful blending of her family’s heritage and their modern life, she notices shapes in traditional Asian items as well as everyday ones that we are all familiar with.

We Are Inspiring: The Stories of 32 Inspirational Asian American Women by Angel Trazo

Author/illustrator Angel Trazo created this book to celebrate Asian heritage while being accessible to multiple age groups. Perfect for upper elementary students to read on their own, it can also be used as a read aloud book for younger children.

Suki's Kimono by Chieri Uegaki, illustrated by Stéphane Jorisch

Suki is so excited to wear her new kimono on the first day of school. It was given to her by her obāchan and she has such fantastic memories attached to it! Besides, it’s beautiful and it shows who she is. With her sisters admonishing her choice of attire and pretending they don’t know her the whole way to school, and with some of her classmates teasing her, Suki holds her head high and takes an opportunity to tell the story of her kimono. Her bravery and strength pay off in the end, and Suki dances her way home after school.

The Name Jar by Yangsook Choi

Unhei and her family have just moved to the United States from Korea. After an embarrassing moment on the schoolbus involving a boy making fun of her name, she tells her classmates that she doesn’t have a name and needs to choose one. They all get to work helping her decide on one, until one girl discovers Unhei’s real name. The class works together to learn to pronounce it correctly, and Unhei is finally able to feel comfortable as her true self.

The Year of the Dog by Grace Lin

A perfect book for upper elementary-aged children, The Year of the Dog is the first in a three-book series that follows Pacy, a Chinese American girl. She navigates many typical coming-of-age events that are faced by most children, while simultaneously figuring out her identity that is often stretched between two worlds.

In the Year of the Boar and Jackie Robinson by Bette Bao Lord

Young Bandit lives in China with her mother, cousins, grandmother, aunts, and uncles. The only one missing is her father, who has traveled abroad to seek out his fortune. One day, he sends for Bandit and her mother, who leave the family behind and make the long journey to Brooklyn. Before leaving, Bandit is asked to choose a name, and she chooses to call herself Shirley Temple. In Brooklyn, she can’t speak English and feels lost and out of place - until she discovers Jackie Robinson. Her new hero doesn’t exactly fit in either, but he inspires her to thrive in her new home.

Green Lantern: Legacy by Minh Le, illustrated by Andie Tong

This is a great option for graphic novel lovers! There are elements of adventure, superheroes, honoring ancestors, and figuring out one’s place in the world. What could be more perfect for upper elementary and early middle schoolers?

Inside Out and Back Again by Thanhhà Lai

Told in gorgeous lyrical poetry, Inside Out and Back Again is based on Thanhhà Lai’s own childhood. She and her family lived in Vietnam during the war, and were eventually forced to flee, moving across the world to Alabama in the United States. But being in a new country, with her father missing in action, is the type of challenge no child should have to face. Sadly, it is the tale of many refugees around the world and throughout history, and an important story for us all to learn from. A National Book Award Winner and a Newbery Honor book, both upper elementary and middle school students would appreciate reading this.

The Great Wall of Lucy Wu by Wendy Wan-Long Shang

Lucy is a Chinese American girl who is headed into the sixth grade and loves basketball. With her sister Regina heading off to college soon, Lucy is eagerly anticipating the day she can have a room to herself...until it doesn’t quite work out that way. Regina (who speaks perfect Chinese and adores every aspect of her family's customs) does leave, but their grandmother’s friend comes for an extended stay - in Lucy’s room. She expects her year to be completely ruined, but readers can expect a few surprises.

5 Ways to Support Summer Learning

Mon, 14 Jun 2021 13:00:00 GMT

Just because your child may be taking a break from school, that doesn’t mean their learning stops. Learning is a beautiful and continuous journey, and summer is a special opportunity for some families to spend a bit of extra time together. They may not have formal math lessons, botanical classifications, or grammar work over the next couple months, but that doesn’t mean there isn’t so much more to discover!

Here are five simple tips to help your child stay engaged and curious about their world over the coming months.

1. Follow the Child

Take the most essential Montessori mantra and let it guide you. Is your child into dinosaurs? Ancient civilizations? Animals? Whatever it is they feel passionate about lately, help them dive deeply into learning as much as they can about it. This may mean collecting books on the subject matter, helping them create projects, taking day trips to enhance their learning, or consulting online museum resources for ideas.

Not sure where to start? Pay attention to the types of activities your child gravitates toward naturally. Do they like to move their bodies a lot, or are they more likely to curl up in a quiet corner? Are they more interested in independent or cooperative work/play? Are they focused on precision and order or do they seem constantly sprawled out over a large area?

So much of a child’s inclinations have to do with their age and developmental phase, but a large portion is wholly individualistic. It may feel new to you, but try to slow down and notice. You may be struck by the insights you gain, and it will certainly point you in the right direction.

2. Make Memories

Whether you’re home all day or working extra hours, there are plenty of ways to make important connections with your child while incorporating a little learning. Vacations are nice, but children don’t need grand gestures to look back fondly on their summers. They probably won’t remember most of the little details of what you do together, but the emotions and feelings connected to those experiences will absolutely stick around.

A few ideas to get you started:

3. Create a (Loose) Schedule

Lazy days stretching out endlessly feels gloriously freeing, but after a while things can get a bit stale. Having a schedule - even if it’s a flexible one - can give children the structure they crave while making sure they have plenty of time to relax and explore. Make sure they get up and go to bed at regular times (even if those times are a bit later than during the school year). Keep any chores or expectations in place throughout the summer months.

Some families find having a weekly outline can take the guesswork out of making plans and give kids something to look forward to each day. Weather, appointments, or special events may necessitate changes from week to week, but that’s okay! Here’s a sample of what we mean:

Mondays- Beach day

Tuesday- Library day

Wednesdays- Have friends over

Thursdays- Take a day trip

Fridays- Art project

4. Spend Plenty of Time Outdoors

This will look different for every family, but everyone benefits from daily time spent in natural spaces. If you don’t have a lot of options locally, go with what you’ve got. If you’re lucky enough, mixing it up from week to week makes things interesting!

Local Parks - Many communities have small local parks. Your child might enjoy playing on a playground, running around in an open field, or maybe climbing a tree or two. Just being in green spaces is highly beneficial for kids physically, mentally, and emotionally. (Plus, all that spent energy might mean a good night’s sleep!)

State and National Parks - Larger parks offer different opportunities. Some may have kiosks that explain the unique features of the park, or even guide visitors toward points of interest. These are the types of places that families can visit again and again, discovering new things each time.

Hiking - Looking to revisit an old hobby or start a new one with your child? Hiking is a great activity with lots of health benefits that can be done pretty much anywhere. Whether you have access to mountains or you take a historic walk through a dense urban center, hiking creates endless learning opportunities as well.

Swimming - What more can we say about this? Swimming is a classic and fun way to cool down from the hot summer heat!

Your Yard - We mentioned gardening above; planting things that need daily care is one way to get outdoors. It can also be nice to encourage unstructured playtime outdoors. You might set up a sprinkler for kids to run through, or take out some bubbles or sports equipment. But, you might also just let them figure out what to do on their own. Even a small backyard presents infinite possibilities for the curious child.

5. Incorporate Reading

You’re probably not surprised to see this on our list! We encourage all families to find ways to work reading into their daily routines. A quick list of ideas:

Hopefully this article has given you a few new ideas to try together this summer. Did we miss anything? Do you have more you would add to the list? Let us know!

150 Years: The Planes of Development

Mon, 07 Jun 2021 13:00:00 GMT

This article is part of a series that we will share throughout the 2020-2021 school year to celebrate the 150th birthday of Dr. Maria Montessori. This marks our final post of the year that reflects on the past, present, and future of Montessori education.

“I have found that in his development, the child passes through certain phases, each of which has its own particular needs. The characteristics of each are so different that the passages from one phase to another have been described by certain psychologists as ‘rebirths’.” -Dr. Maria Montessori

Throughout her years of observing children across a wide variety of settings, Dr. Maria Montessori noticed certain undeniable patterns in their development. She fully recognized that there are many variances among individuals but stated that there were certain traits that could generally be relied upon as children grow and age. She believed that these traits and characteristics could be used not only as a marker to determine a child’s developmental phase, but also as a guide for the adults who serve the child.

As Montessori educators, we still use her scientific findings in our work today. Dr. Montessori recognized that childhood development is divided into four main phases, or planes. Each plane builds upon what was learned in those previously, and each plane has both an active and passive phase. By fully understanding the developmental needs of a child — wherever they happen to be on this continuum — we are better able to create an environment that will be optimal to support their further development.

There is so much to say about Montessori’s planes of development; we will keep it brief and highlight the main points. Just as we utilize this information in our learning environments, we encourage parents to consider how your child’s developmental traits might inform your own decisions at home. Is there anything you’re already doing that supports their growth? Is there anything new you might try?

The First Plane of Development

Newborn-Age 6

During the first plane of development, children learn primarily through experiences they have with their environment. The personal growth during this period is unlike anything we see for the rest of our lives. This is a time of tremendous physical growth, but also the development of the personality. Some of the most important traits to be aware of:

From birth to about age 6, the child’s motto is essentially: “Help me to do it myself.”

The Second Plane of Development

Ages 6-12

Around age 6, there is a definitive shift in the child. There are a series of physical growth spurts, as well as an insatiable need for knowledge about the world and universe. The child’s world begins to expand beyond the narrow perimeters of themselves. This means they are more social, but also curious about everything beyond what they already know. Keep the following characteristics in mind:

Kids at this age just want to devour all the information they possibly can. It is our job to help them learn to “think for themselves”.

The Third Plane of Development

Ages 12-18

The third plane is a magical time. Adolescents find themselves in the developmental stage in which they are learning who they are as individuals. Although we change continuously throughout our lives, who we are at our core, and what drives us is usually anchored in the discoveries we make during our teen years. The onset of puberty brings enormous physical and emotional changes, and the variability between peers during the first half of this plane is obvious. Important points to remember:

Adolescence can be a challenging time for teens and the adults in their lives. There is a constant pushing away and pulling toward one another, and as adults we can work to stay consistent and support their growing independence. This is also an important time to remember that teens are developing their sense of who they are and what they will become; their ideas for their future may look different from what we may have envisioned for them, and that’s okay!

The Fourth Plane of Development

Ages 18-24

Yes - Montessori considered ages 18-24 the final stage of child development! Perhaps you are still in this plane yourself, or not that far out of it. Perhaps you have children approaching this plane. Late adolescence into early adulthood is the bridge that connects our childhood selves to the rest of our adult lives. The rapid growth and learning that goes on during this time period is critical to supporting our future selves.

People in the fourth plane of development are striving toward full independence. This may mean moral independence, financial independence, and emotional independence. At this age we tend to evaluate our own personal place in society. We think about how we will contribute to the greater good, and what our path will look like moving forward. We develop personal interests, start our careers, and sometimes even begin families of our own.

Dr. Maria Montessori stopped writing about human development at the fourth plane. One has to wonder, what would it look like if she had continued? How might human development be classified and defined as it moves through the years? How could Montessori philosophy be applied to adult life?

Want to learn more? Take a look at any one of these helpful resources.

Association Montessori International - The Child's Development

The Four Planes of Development by Camillo Grazzini

Association Montessori Internationale - Planes of Development Quotes

Montessori Myths and the Importance of “Real” Montessori

Mon, 31 May 2021 13:00:00 GMT

We are accustomed to discussing and being used about a variety of Montessori myths, and it’s most often that these misunderstandings come from people who haven’t spent time in a high-fidelity Montessori environment that applies the methods as they were originally intended. The truth is, anyone can call themselves “Montessori”. There’s no trademark on the name, and so it can be pretty misleading to people who are trying to discern what is real Montessori and what isn’t.

In some of my research for a presentation on myths, I came across this article: [ Being a Montessori Teacher Made Me Decide Not to Raise My Kid That Way ] written a few years ago in which the author describes deciding that a Montessori education was not appropriate for her family. That is one major myth debunked already: a Montessori education is NOT for everyone. It’s not a profession/avocation for everyone and it’s not an approach to childhood for everyone. This author illustrated some of biggest misunderstandings regarding Montessori and I found it helpful to use as a discussion launchpad.

“They (the children) aren’t beholden to any sort of classroom structure”. This is simply false. Montessori classrooms thrive on structure, and we know that children need it to succeed. One of our most repeated mottos is “freedom within limits” and we believe the limits are just as important as the freedom. Children do need choice and we do advocate for building independence, but in our environments they are required to do so within the carefully constructed boundaries created by adults.

The author observes that tuition for a child to “just” engage in practical life activities all day seems unwarranted. My response is twofold: three-year-olds often prefer to engage in practical life activities for much of the day because it correlates with their development, and practical life is far from all that is offered to young children. Three-year-olds in a high-fidelity Montessori program receive extensive lessons and are presented with materials in the areas of sensorial learning, mathematics, language, biology, geography, and more.

One example highlights a concern many parents have: what happens if my child avoids certain work? How is that balanced with “child-led” learning? She tells of a seven-year-old who is unable to write their own name because the teachers didn’t make him. There’s a lot of missing information from this example, including individual characteristics of the child beyond age. Also possible is, although called Montessori, this school was not one that had well trained teachers or administrative guidance. In any effective and good school children are guided. This means that while they have lots of autonomy, there are expectations, especially as a child enters the elementary years. They are not allowed to simply avoid doing the work they don’t enjoy as much; they are given respect and taught a wide variety or time management skills to meet specific goals. They may move at their own pace, but they are still expected to engage in their own learning.

Many new Montessori educators - including apparently the article’s author, find themselves consciously avoiding interrupting the children’s work. She talks about having to literally sit on her hands to keep herself from interfering with the children’s work. Our society typically views teachers as the centre of the classroom and expects that they are constantly engaged with the children directly. In reality, sometimes (many times?) the children just need us to get out of their way. They need to discover answers without having them fed directly. They need time to explore and engage with materials in their own way to discover what they cannot when an adult is filtering the experience through his or her own expectations.

The beauty of this approach is that the adult may sit back and observe. We aren’t just doing nothing, rather, we are actively behaving as scientists. The information we gather from observing our students is then used to guide our own future work with the children. It allows us to see their understanding in ways much deeper than we would be able to by administering a test or asking the child to complete a worksheet.

Finally, although there is definitely a need for more Montessori education in elementary, middle, high school and beyond, there are two fantastic Montessori high schools in Ontario, hundreds across the United States and internationally. There are also graduate programs that use Montessori principles to design integrative studies for adult learners; one excellent example is TIES .

Perhaps the ultimate take home message from this article, is you can’t believe everything you read online. Researching one of the most important choices you will make as a parent is an important responsibility and trusting the sources of that information is important. When it comes to a Montessori program that can be confusing. Choosing the right Montessori school for your child is critical. Unless the teachers are trained through very specific programs, and unless the school is accredited by an authentic association (such as the CCMA in Canada), you can’t be sure that it’s an actual Montessori program. That lack of oversight can result in expectations not being met and basic learning not established.

We know this is just one article of many that perpetuate false ideas about Montessori education, but we hope that by addressing some of those ideas here, we can help to clear things up a bit. Our hope is that high-fidelity Montessori is what will define Montessori of the future, as it is certainly what defines Montessori of the past.

Still have questions? Please reach out and ask! We are always happy to have a conversation.

The Timeline of Life: A Quintessential (and really cool) Montessori Material

Mon, 24 May 2021 13:00:00 GMT

For children in Montessori elementary classrooms, the Timeline of Life is an incredibly exciting material. It’s equally as awe-inspiring for their teachers, and parents who learn about it as well. That’s why we’d like to take a little time to share a little bit about it, and why we all love it so much.

Montessori educators know that children (and even many grown-ups) learn more effectively when they can see and touch whatever they are learning about. If a learning material is visually stunning, we cannot help but get sucked in, and find ourselves driven to discover whatever we can about it.

The Timeline of Life is exactly what it sounds like: a visual timeline that displays the evolution of life on Earth. There are all manner of exotic and familiar creatures, as well as lines showing their rise and fall across the eras, moments of geological significance that served to alter evolution, and notations of periods of mass extinctions. The earliest versions of this material were created by Montessori educators while in their training; they meticulously coloured each organism with the hopes of making something beautiful that would last throughout their careers and inspire hundreds of children.

Today trainees receive a gorgeously colour-printed copy which they laminate and take great care of over the years. There are several companies that produce the timeline as well. As you might imagine, it is not the type of material that totally stands the test of time; as new archaeological discoveries are made our understanding of evolution changes. This means that every so often, the timeline is remade to reflect the most current scientific understanding.

At the very least, an elementary classroom will have the timeline displayed with lessons each year explaining its contents. Some classrooms have various supporting materials, including blank timelines with laminated organisms that the children can arrange, or real fossils that correspond to each period of time the students are learning about.

Curious about what the timeline covers, exactly? Here’s a quick summary:

Across the top of the timeline we see the significant periods of time in which life has evolved on Earth.

The Paleozoic Era includes the Cambrian Period, the Ordovician Period, the Silurian Period, the Devonian Period, the Carboniferous Period, and the Permian Period. This all took place between about 544 and 245 million years ago. It included significant organisms such as the earliest vertebrates, the trilobites, and a wide variety of ocean-dwelling invertebrates. Plants slowly began to form in, and eventually out of, the water, doing the important work of filtering carbon dioxide out of the air and preparing the atmosphere for different types of life that were to come. Fish ruled the seas and amphibians came into being. Toward the end of this time, insects developed the ability of metamorphosis, which allowed for much greater chances of survival.

The Mesozoic Era was between 245 and 65 million years ago, and included the Triassic Period, The Jurassic Period, and the Cretaceous Period. Of course, this is the much-beloved time of the dinosaurs. These enormous ancient reptiles capture the fascination of most children, and to gain a deeper understanding of how and why they changed over time opens new worlds. During this time conifers developed, and by the end of the era Earth had flowering plants. The very first birds and mammals came into existence during this time, although they were quite different from modern species.

As amazing as the previous two eras were, it’s often the Cenozoic Era (65 million years ago to the present) that makes the biggest impression. Children are able to look back at the timeline and understand that this is only a small portion of Earth’s history due to other lessons and materials they have experienced previously. Across the span of this evolutionary record, it quickly becomes clear that humans occupy a very small portion. To imagine all of humanity throughout time, and then to realize that it has been but a speck in the larger picture, is an incredibly humbling and eye-opening revelation to children.

So, you might be wondering: what is the purpose of teaching children about all of this.

There are the more obvious goals such as an understanding of history and the scientific discoveries we’ve made. Having a historical frame of reference makes our botany and zoology curriculums all the more relevant to children. But perhaps the most important learning we hope our students glean is what we mentioned above.

The absolutely marvelous manner in which living things have evolved alongside the earth is a powerful concept to understand. It is just one more way we can impart the idea that everything is interconnected, that our history is one to be celebrated and revered, and that it will be fascinating to watch as our future unfolds.

10 Titles That Support the Montessori Biology Curriculum

Mon, 17 May 2021 13:00:00 GMT

Kids love animals. They are fascinating with domesticated and wild ones alike, and they soak up everything they can possibly learn about them. That’s why we know it’s important to teach our young children about biology; they are already craving the information, after all. Why wait to start until they’re in high school?

In Montessori primary classrooms, children learn all about the differences between living and nonliving things. They learn about vertebrates and invertebrates, and about animals in different biomes around the world. They explore the basics of caring for plants and often enjoy gardening. During the elementary years this work explodes, including classification of living things with a focus on the five classes of vertebrates, as well as an in-depth study of botany. As Montessori students progress through the levels, the study continues to deepen.

Books are an excellent way to support children’s interests, and this includes the study of biology. Today we share a wide variety of titles for kids of all ages. We hope you and your family find something to enjoy together!

About... Vertebrates Set by Cathryn Sill, illustrated by John Sill

Very simple sentences will appeal to younger children and emerging readers. This set includes one book each for fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals and factual information such as: “Baby mammals drink milk from their mothers.”

Pollination Set by Candice Ransom and Jennifer Boothroyd

This set is very similar to the above set about vertebrates. There are five books in total, and titles include Parts of a Flower, Self-Pollination, Cross-Pollination, Insect Pollinators, and Animal Pollinators. Children in the primary grades through approximately first grade would enjoy exploring these books.

Nature Anatomy by Julia Rothman and John Niekrasz

This fantastic reference book echoes the experience of Montessori nomenclature cards. The pages cover a wide variety of living things with gorgeous illustrations that are carefully labeled. The information inside goes hand in hand with the Montessori curriculum, and children will pour over each page.

Bones by Steve Jenkins

This Caldecott Award winner is just plain fun. Pull-out pages with large skeletal drawings, detailed illustrations of many different types of bones, and fascinating, kid-friendly text make it a favourite among elementary-aged children.

From Lava to Life: The Universe Tells Our Earth Story by Jennifer Morgan, illustrated by Dana Lynne Andersen

This second in a trilogy, and the continuation of the beloved book Born With a Bang, From Lava to Life tells about the beginning of life on earth and the evolution of many organisms on our planet. Narrated by the universe, it fits perfectly alongside the Montessori cosmic education curriculum and the great lessons.

Mammals Who Morph: The Universe Tells Our Evolution Story by Jennifer Morgan, illustrated by Dana Lynne Andersen

Following From Lava to Life, Mammals Who Morph is the final book in Morgan’s trilogy. An excellent addition to any lower or upper elementary child’s personal library, in this tale the universe teaches readers about the evolution of mammals - including humans.

Wildflowers Fandex

While this fandex isn’t a traditional book, sometimes it can be fun to switch things up. Just because reading comes in different formats, that doesn’t make it any less valuable! This portable field guide-style reference tool is fun for children of all ages, whether they read it inside on a cold day or take it along on a nature walk to identify the flowers they find.

Life Cycles: Everything From Start to Finish

Another great text for lower elementary-aged children, each two-page spread illustrates and describes the life cycle of different living things. There are also pages early in the book that discuss the important ‘life cycles’ of certain non-living things, such as the creation of the universe and the formation of Earth’s physical features.

Super Simple Biology: The Ultimate Bitesize Study Guide

We tend to think you can’t lose when it comes to DK nonfiction books, and this one is no exception. Best for adolescents, its in-depth yet simple explanations about biology will help those who are learning, or delight those who are already interested. Charts, diagrams, and accurate illustrations help highlight the information the text aims to teach.

The Biology Coloring Book by Robert D. Griffin, illustrated by Cinthea Vadala

This is exactly the type of learning material used by high school and college biology students, making it perfect for older Montessori students. Filled with interesting and helpful information, readers use different colours to help remember the various parts and systems of living things.

Who Was Mario Montessori?

Mon, 10 May 2021 13:00:00 GMT

This article is part of a series that we will share throughout the 2020-2021 school year to celebrate the 150th birthday of Dr. Maria Montessori. Check back often for more posts that reflect on the past, present, and future of Montessori education.

Obviously you’ve heard of Dr. Maria Montessori, but did you know that her work was a family affair? Her son Mario Sr., and his son, Mario Jr. (as well as numerous other relatives) have worked hard to carry on the Montessori education tradition.

In 1898, Maria Montessori gave birth to her only child, Mario Montesano Montessori. She had been involved in a romantic relationship with the boy’s father, Giuseppe Montesano, a fellow medical doctor. The couple never married, and due to familial and societal pressures of the time, young Mario was sent to live with another family. His mother visited him often, although she didn’t reveal she was his mother until later in his childhood. As an adolescent, he realized the truth and went to live with her, although the general public recognized him as an adopted son or other relative for years.

After traveling with his mother while she worked around the world, he eventually stayed in the United States and, at age 18, got married. He opened a well-known Montessori school in California, and with his wife Helen and his children, eventually moved to Spain to live with his mother. Although he and Helen eventually divorced, they had four children together: Marilena, Mario, Rolando, and Renilde.

Mario and his mother worked together closely for the rest of her life. Their relationship was fascinating, and his daughter Marilena wrote about him with great affection and respect (link below). He worked hard to support Dr. Montessori as she explored and furthered her methods, and at many times he contributed to them as well. He worked alongside her to train teachers, handle logistical matters, and nurture her ideas.

Mario is well-known for having contributed many ideas and creative elements to the elementary and cosmic education portions of the Montessori approach. He became the director of AMI (Association Montessori International), the organization he and his mother formed in an effort to preserve the integrity of Montessori education. Upon Maria’s death, she appointed her son as the heir to her work, a role which he embraced fully and worked on with dedication for the rest of his life.

While he was never formally trained as a teacher, it was recognized that Mario Sr. was a born, intuitive educator. He spent his life dedicated to supporting children and refining the education methods that are still in use by thousands around the world, even today.

Mario Sr. married a second wife, Ada Pierson, who was also a devotee of Montessori education. The couple supported his mother and her work both during her life and after her death, with Pierson continuing after Mario Sr. died in 1982.

Mario Jr. was not an educator, but he made major contributions to his father and grandmother’s work nonetheless. He originally studied agriculture, but went on to specialize in psychology. This is the field he dedicated much of his life work to, but he always remained a staunch supporter and defender of high-quality Montessori education.

Mario Jr. spoke out against the injustices of a law in the Netherlands that prevented three-year-olds from attending school, therefore preventing them from benefiting from the first year of a Montessori primary education. He also created an organization for Montessori quality control in the Netherlands after observing misuse of the methods in his son’s classroom. He felt strongly that the methods must be used as originally intended in order for children to benefit from them.

Mario Jr. and his wife had five children, some of whom are also involved in the family’s educational work.

To learn more about Mario Sr., Mario Jr., and the rest of the Montessori family, check out the following links:

Highlights Mario Montessori

Mario Montessori | Montessori Australia

The Montessori Family

How to Raise a Resilient Child

Mon, 03 May 2021 13:00:00 GMT

Resiliency, or the ability to recover after periods of hardship or difficulty, is a critical skill for us all to have. There are so many factors that contribute to a person’s levels of resilience, and it can be nurtured and strengthened at any age. In this post we take a closer look at how parents can help their children develop this important ability. (The good news is, you’re already doing at least some of it!)

Making Connections

Multiple researchers have concluded that one of the most important factors in a child’s ability to develop resilience is the connections they have with the adults in their lives. Even if a child has just one, stable, caring adult in their life that supports them no matter what, their ability to be resilient increases greatly.

Making other connections helps, too. It’s great for kids to learn how to form positive social interactions with adults other than their parents, as well as with their peers. We learn so much from the people around us, and having others to celebrate your victories with and to lean on when times are hard helps us all to bounce back.

Offer Choice Within Limits

Of course we’d say this! And it’s true...having a sense of autonomy and independence, while also feeling safe within the boundaries defined by a caring adult is a great recipe for success.

Children need structure. They need routines. They need to know what to expect. They need to have the feeling of security that comes with consistency. It takes a lot of hard work on the part of us as parents, but it is so important that we create these structures so that our children may explore their independence and autonomy within them.

As for the choice part? This can be seen in so many different ways. Kids can pick out their clothing, have input on what to eat, and be part of family fun-time decision making. They need to have the sense that they are in control of themselves. That sense of control helps to build confidence that will be immeasurably helpful in the future.

What might this look like?

Let your toddler pick out what colour pants to wear.

Ask your preschooler whether they would rather brush their teeth or put their pajamas on first.

Let your elementary-aged child pack their own lunch - after you teach them what types of foods are needed for proper nutrition.

Remember that your adolescents who are begging for independence are also secretly craving boundaries; each child is different but make sure you are clear about what limits are important.

Have Fun!

At least one study found that a cognitively stimulating environment benefited children in the development of resiliency. Some quick ideas:

Stay Positive

Children who are able to frame life in a positive light are much more apt to be resilient, and positivity is best learned through modelling. If you are positive, your child will likely be as well.

This can be challenging during prolonged periods of stress, which every family is likely to experience at some point. Even during those times, find little ways to reflect on gratitude. One simple way is to emphasize the importance of a family dinner, and to each share something positive about the day. Even at the end of a bad day, a moment of reflection can help remind us all what we have going for us.

Teach Skills Proactively and As the Need Arises

What helps you stay afloat? Whether it’s exercise, deep breathing, meditation, hobbies, or staying in touch with friends (or probably a combination of many things), teach your child these skills. Taking time to care for ourselves is critical, and should be taught when children are young.

As your child gets older, you may notice specific needs arising. Address these as they come up, although sometimes it’s best to wait for a calm moment.

Remember, one of the most important facts in cultivating resilience is that a child has an adult in their life that consistently supports them. You’re already there, and you’re already doing that. We are so grateful for the amazing families in our community.

Do you have any more ideas you think we should share with families?

Want to learn more? Check out these great links:

Resilience in children and youth: A review

Fostering Resilience in Children. ERIC Digest.

Center for Developing Child - Resilience

Resilience guide for parents and teachers

Book List: Help Me Do It Myself

Mon, 26 Apr 2021 13:00:00 GMT

“Never help a child with a task at which he feels he can succeed.” -Dr. Maria Montessori

One of the most critical values of Montessori education is the fostering of independence. Our children need our support, but we are tasked with the gradual release of this support. Doing so is a challenge, for no two children are exactly alike and we are required to observe carefully and be flexible in each moment.

Today, we share some books that may help parents in their journey to foster their children’s ever-expanding independence. We hope you (and your children) will enjoy them!

For toilet learning: Potty by Leslie Patricelli

Simple text, colorful, sweet illustrations, and a clear message: everybody has bodily waste, and there is a time to start using the toilet instead of going in a diaper. In this book, the child observes what their pets do, then decides to try and use the potty. After a long time of sitting and waiting, they finally find success! The story ends with a proud baby and parents, and the introduction of many fun pairs of undies.

For brushing teeth: Brush, Brush, Brush by Alicia Padron

Ideal for reading to infants and toddlers who are just learning about brushing for the first time, this book covers the basics using few words that get straight to the point. The illustrations are charming and children will appreciate them; we love the diversity represented.

For tying shoes: Red Lace, Yellow Lace by Mike Casey

We love this book in part because it mirrors a classic Montessori material in a way that makes it accessible for the home. Our primary classrooms have dressing frames that teach children how to complete all sorts of clothing fastening techniques. This book, written in a catchy rhyming style, includes actual colored laces for children to practice on.

For cleaning the house: Dust Everywhere by Robert Rosen, illustrated by Chiara Fiorentino

Zoe and Zak attempt to clean the house, but in the beginning, Zak makes more mess than they started with. A frustrated but patient Zoe helps him vacuum, sweep, and mop, and they work together until the house is sparkling.

For doing laundry: Henry Helps with Laundry by Beth Bracken, illustrated by Ailie Busby

Henry lives with his mom, dad, and little sister Penny. They all wear clothes, and those clothes tend to get dirty. One day, Henry’s mom asks him for help with the laundry, he happily agrees. He gets to work sorting, putting the clothes in the washing machine, and rescuing a nearly-forgotten pair of pajamas.

For cooking: Cooking Class by Deanna F. Cook

Ideal for elementary-aged children, this book contains lots of appealing recipes with step-by-step directions and photographs. Winner of the Parent’s Choice Award, this book also teaches children about how to safely use kitchen tools and the importance of cleaning up.

For woodworking: Wonderful Woodworking for Children by Susan Scheibenzuber

Scheibenzuber is a Montessori teacher, so this book was created with Montessori children specifically in mind. She emphasizes the use of real tools, child-appropriate projects, and uses photos to illustrate each step of the process. Can you imagine the pride and self-confidence a child might feel after making their own table and chair?

For caring for pets: Dog Training for Kids by Vanessa Estrada Marin, illustrated by Alisa Harris and Complete Cat Care Manual by Dr. Andrew Edney

Caring for pets is a big responsibility, and many parents have agreed to take one on only to discover themselves doing most of the work several months later. If your child shows genuine interest in getting a cat or a dog (or any other pet for that matter), this wonderful opportunity should be taken seriously, and a book or two can help them learn the basics. While they will still need help, children can do so much in terms of feeding, walking, grooming, training, and cleaning up after their furry friends.

For managing money: Finance 101 for Kids: Money Lessons Children Cannot Afford to Miss by Walter Andal

During their younger years, practical life activities consist of tasks like learning to sweep and dress oneself. While we may stop using the term practical life as children age, it never really goes away and just continues to morph into different skills. This book teaches older children everything they need to know about money and finances, from how the concept of money originated to how to make money, save money, invest money, and how credit works.

For learning to drive: The Driving Book: Everything New Drivers Need to Know but Don’t Know to Ask by Karen Gravell, illustrated by Helen Flook

While nothing can replace the hours of practice behind the wheel, having a book or two to learn all the important nuances about being a driver can be helpful, too! This book isn’t so much a how-to drive guide as it is a great reference. It includes information about caring for a car, getting gas, driving in various types of weather, what it means to be driving impaired, and what to do in case of accidents and breakdowns.

150 Years: How Montessori Has Shaped History

Mon, 19 Apr 2021 13:00:00 GMT

For more than a century, the work of Dr. Maria Montessori has affected the lives of countless children and families, but the ripples of her ideas and educational methods have reached far beyond that. Her work, and the work of the many Montessori guides who have carried out her methods, have influenced individuals who have gone on to change the course of history.

These are just a few of the many stories that show how a Montessori education can prepare a human being to make a difference.

How Montessori has shaped storytelling and literature

Montessori education has a unique way of introducing children to the universe. At a time when they are already seeking answers, cosmic education introduces them to concepts and important scientific and historical information that strikes a sense of awe. This deep understanding and wonder last a lifetime.

Two particular authors come to mind when considering the many who were Montessori students: Gabriel García Márquez and Anthony Doerr.

“With his stories, Gabriel García Márquez has created a world of his own which is a microcosmos. In its tumultuous, bewildering, yet, graphically convincing authenticity, it reflects a continent and its human riches and poverty. Perhaps more than that: a cosmos in which the human heart and the combined forces of history, time and again, burst the bounds of chaos…” -NobelPrize.org

García Márquez won the 1972 Neustadt International Prize for Literature and the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1982 for his novels and short stories. Author of renowned titles such as One Hundred Years of Solitude and Love in the Time of Cholera , his work has been translated extensively and appreciated by readers worldwide, with many considering him one of the most influential writers of the twentieth century.

Not one to shy away from tackling important political and social topics, it’s clear he had a deep sense of social justice, perhaps unsurprising considering his background. He once said, “I do not believe there is a method better than Montessori for making children sensitive to the beauties of the world and awakening their curiosity regarding the secrets of life.”

Anthony Doerr spoke of attending a Montessori school where his mother was a teacher.

“She was always teaching us all kinds of things. I remember very clearly geologic time being one of the big lessons she taught us. She even had us take toilet paper rolls and unroll them and had us map out the various eras, like Cambrian, and figure out where humans would fit on this toilet paper timeline of the Earth.

You realize, of course, that human life goes in the last square—and really goes in the last quarter of the last square. And your life can't really even fit if you draw this microscopic line down the final edge of the final square of toilet paper. I remember those lessons make you feel small. Then they make you feel—what an amazing thing we get to be on this Earth...So I think that's part of everything I work on.”

Doerr’s 2014 book All the Light We Cannot See has been widely revered. Perhaps most notably, it won the 2015 Pulitzer Prize for Fiction. It was also a finalist for the National Book Award for Fiction, runner-up for the Dayton Library Peace Prize for Fiction, the 2015 Ohioana Library Association Book Award for Fiction, and was a New York Times bestseller and notable book of 2014.

How Montessori revolutionized the way we cook in our homes

It is well known that Julia Child was a Montessori student. She has credited Montessori with her love of working with her hands, but one has to wonder if it didn’t perhaps inspire her in other ways as well.

Child began her career in copywriting, but eventually ended up working as a research assistant for secret intelligence in Washington, D.C. She helped to develop shark repellents in order to prevent accidental detonation of underwater explosives. Her work there was valued immensely, and it was later that she turned to cooking and discovered her passion.

As we all know, Child became famous for her cookbooks and television shows, making complicated French dishes more accessible to the average American home cook. One of her most endearing qualities was that she often made mistakes during filming, but her ability to embrace these errors and incorporate them as a normal part of cooking made those watching feel more at ease.

How Montessori found its way into public service

“I'm a Montessori lifer, Pre-K and all the way through. I attribute everything I've accomplished to Montessori.”

One Maryland State senator credits Montessori with being a major force in the powerful work he has been able to do for his constituents. Some of the work he has done includes ending certain housing discrimination practices, prohibiting suspension and expulsion of children from pre-k through second grade, and defining race in order to protect people of color from being discriminated against based on culturally significant hairstyles.

How Montessori inspired a new type of video game entertainment

“Montessori taught me the joy of discovery,” Wright told me. “It showed you can become interested in pretty complex theories, like Pythagorean theory, say, by playing with blocks. It’s all about learning on your terms, rather than a teacher explaining stuff to you. SimCity comes right out of Montessori—if you give people this model for building cities, they will abstract from it principles of urban design.”

Will Wright, creator of The Sims, is considered one of the most influential video game creators of all time. Learn more about how he credits Montessori for his success in his TED talk:

How Montessori transformed the way we find information

“I do think that some of the credit for the willingness to go on your own interests, you can tie that back to Montessori education.” -Sergey Brin

Sergey Brin and Larry Page co-founded Google in 1998. Since then, the company that began as a search engine has foundationally changed the way humans around the world find and share information. It has expanded to cover countless areas of technology and is synonymous to many as a hub of innovation.

Both Brin and Page attended Montessori schools as children, and both credit that time as hugely influential on their professional work. Hear more in this clip of Brin discussing his experiences:

With so many influential figures and important work coming straight from those who were Montessori educated and credit those successes with their education, one has to wonder: where might the next generation of Montessori alumni take us?

5 Great Ways to Give This Spring

Mon, 12 Apr 2021 10:00:00 GMT

Research has shown time and again that giving boosts our own positive wellbeing and feelings of happiness. Read more about that here and here . As spring approaches, we are often reminded of new beginnings and we are filled with a new sense of energy and possibility. That’s why we thought this would be a perfect time to inspire our community to tap into their spirit of generosity. We share 5 simple ways to give, and we hope these ideas will be easy to incorporate as a family!

Let’s make the early days of spring a time of joy and connection - for everyone.

1. Connect with your community

Think locally. What are some needs in your local neighborhood, town, or city? Are there already groups in place that are working to find solutions to problems? Are there organizations that support your community that could use some support themselves? Once you figure out who or what you’d like to help, find out what would be the most helpful action your family could take, and what would be a meaningful experience for both you and your child. Some ideas to consider:

● Libraries

● Animal shelters

● Food pantries

● Community supported agriculture

● Nursing homes

● Land stewardship organizations

Volunteering your time together as a family will not only nurture your own sense of well- being, but will strengthen relationships and strengthen your community.

2. Find small ways to make someone smile

This tip is possibly the easiest and has some pretty big payback. The goal here is just to complete a random act of kindness for someone you know, or even a stranger. While this could be a one-time action, you and your child may enjoy it so much you might decide to do it more often! A few ideas:

● Bake cookies for friends and family and leave them in their mailboxes

● Help an elderly neighbor with yard work

● Give a genuine compliment to a complete stranger

● Write a thank-you note to someone who works hard for others

● Pay for the person behind you in the drive-through

3. Give to the earth

This is the time of year many of us wake up to the incredible changes all around us. The grass is growing, flowers are blooming, and baby animals are being born everywhere. While the earth goes through its annual renewal, it’s a nice time for us to reflect on ways we might do work to help it along. Children are especially attuned to these efforts, and there are many ways to get them involved.

The best part about this type of giving? You don’t even have to leave your own backyard. Simply participating in and taking a closer and more regular look at the ecosystem will be beneficial for everyone involved. Plant a garden, plant a tree, start composting, find ways to support pollinators, pick up trash in your neighborhood...the possibilities are endless.

If you have older children and are interested in expanding your horizons, you might participate in or organize a cleanup of a local park, greenspace, or waterway. Another option for teens might be to help with trail maintenance.

4. Create a list of worthy causes

Sometimes, a monetary gift is the best way to help an organization. We recognize that this is not an option that is available to everyone, and for those that are able to give financially, it might be $2 or $200. Consider what is possible for you and find ways to include your children! Some families encourage their children to give financially; others engage their children in the process of deciding who to give to.

There are many ways to go about this type of giving, but one idea might be to make a list of twelve organizations and give to one each month of the year. With the decision-making out of the way, you’ll get to look forward to each new month and the satisfaction we feel when contributing to a worthy cause.

5. Give to your school

We welcome any and all contributions. Some families are able to contribute financially, while others donate their time, talents, or resources.

Do you have a flexible schedule? We are always looking for volunteers. Perhaps you are interested in substitute teaching, organizing events, or helping our guides gather and create resources and learning materials? If this sounds appealing, check in with our administration or your child’s guide to learn more.

Do you have a skill or business that might benefit the school? We are always looking for ways to form new partnerships that are helpful to everyone involved; reach out if you have ideas.

Giving might be as simple as an in-kind donation. Montessori families have given books for students, plants to beautify the campus, and building materials for special projects. If you have a special idea or think you might be able to help out with any ongoing work around the school, please reach out and let us know. We would love to chat!

No matter how you decide to give of yourself, we hope you find ways to involve the whole family. By instilling a sense of altruism when our children are young, this important characteristic will carry them through well into adulthood. They will know the joy of helping others, and the effects will carry far beyond any single act.

What Kind of Learning Do We Value?

Mon, 05 Apr 2021 10:00:00 GMT

Human beings are creatures of habit. Habits are comfortable, and it is generally easier to continue doing things the way they have always been done. Change is messy, confusing, and often pretty challenging.

At our school, we believe in the importance of examining our habits periodically. We think it’s critical to ask ourselves: “Why are things done this way?” “What is our motivation for taking this particular path?”

We think it’s vital to stop, recognize our values, and make sure that our actions align with those values.

So, this brings us to today’s question: What kind of learning do we value?

In many ways, our current conventional education system reflects one that was created long ago, and to satisfy the needs of a culture that has changed drastically since then.

Let us pause to consider what learning is, what our goals and values are, and what we might do to align the two.

Defining and categorizing education and learning

Let’s get right to the point:

learning : 1. the act or experience of one that learns 2. knowledge or skill acquired by instruction or study 3. modification of a behavioral tendency by experience

education: 1. a. the act or process of educating or being educated b. the knowledge and development resulting from the process of being educated 2. the field of study that deals mainly with methods of teaching and learning in schools

Long ago, the original goals of schools were to provide children with the knowledge they would need to successfully enter the workforce. This is still largely the case, although as a society we have begun to recognize the importance of inspiring a love of learning and developing the child as a whole person. There are many schools and educators who have worked hard to develop new methods and adjust old ones to meet the needs of today’s students.

Have we come far enough?

What are our values?

What do we, as a society, consider to be important? As we have all realized in recent years, values can be highly personal and they also have the potential to be incredibly polarizing.

We believe there is a way to blend the desires of various groups and viewpoints. We think it’s not only possible, but critical for us to all consider the importance of both individual liberty as well as empathetic support of those around us. The following are some of our most important values; we encourage you to reflect and consider your own:

What do we hope our children will gain?

If our children are spending the bulk of their waking hours at school, of course we want that time to be valuable for them. In generations past the goal was to impart knowledge from adult to child. While that idea remains in a sense, the way we access and share knowledge has shifted dramatically. So what should we want from our children’s education?

Instead of memorizing dates and historical figures, could we instead draw lessons from our collective mistakes and triumphs? Could we honor the work of those who have come before us, while also acknowledging what hasn’t gone well?

Do we want to administer extensive amounts of predetermined courses, or might we ensure children have a solid understanding of basic information, as well as the motivation and skills to pursue deeper studies of their own interests?

Might we acknowledge that learning is not linear, nor does a room full of children progress at the same pace? Could we utilize a system of mathematics education that allows each individual child to progress incrementally as they master specific skills?

Are we prepared to teach our children how to differentiate between fact and fiction? Do they know what sources to look to and which ones they should question?

Are we directly teaching soft skills regularly and with as much reverence as we give academics?

Do we want school to prepare our children for the workforce, or do we want school to prepare our children for life?

Does our system of education reflect these goals and values?

We are sure you can see where we’re going with this. We believe Montessori does, indeed, meet our shared goals and values for children’s learning and education. Our approach is dramatically different from that of many of our conventional counterparts. Conventional schools are making changes, and we are hopeful that the pendulum will continue to swing away from rigid learning approaches and toward more modern ones.

Montessori is ready to tackle the challenges of today’s students and their learning needs, and we’re ready to do it right now.

We honor each child as an individual who deserves to be heard and respected.

We recognize that individuals move at different paces and have different interests, talents, and needs.

We believe in nurturing a society based in deep empathy - empathy for other humans, for other living things, and for the earth itself.

We know there needs to be a balance between solitude and cooperation.

We think it’s critical to help children master the basics. Still, at a certain point, they must learn how to find high-quality information, rather than memorization of endless facts deemed important by someone else.

We want children to find joy in their learning, to feel compelled to explore, and to regard their education as a foundation that will carry them throughout their lives.

We hope this article, at the very least, gave you a chance to pause and consider. We would love to hear your thoughts.

Grace and Courtesy: More Than Manners

Mon, 30 Nov 2020 05:00:00 GMT

Sometimes it can feel like our society has abandoned previous social norms. In some ways, this is a good thing, especially when social norms are not inclusive or are harmful. Many of these norms, however, are important in nurturing a society in which human beings treat each other with kindness and respect.

Somewhere along the way we forgot our manners.

This brings us to a critical element in Montessori education: grace and courtesy . It’s so important to us, we even name it, and our teachers are trained specifically to address and teach grace and courtesy in their classrooms.

We certainly do not mean to say we live in a world full of rudeness (although it can feel that way at times!); there is plenty of good and plenty of people who do still care about grace and courtesy. What we are saying is that perhaps our society hasn’t emphasized it quite as much as we should have, and important parts of our humanity are sometimes being forgotten in the midst of regular discourse and relationships.

So, what can we do?

We can start by telling you where we focus our efforts. We can fill you in on how we teach the children in our care. When parents are able to recreate these efforts at home (as you likely already do), the effects tend to trickle outward into the community. In the short term, we are all modeling for those immediately surrounding us. In the longer term, we are working together to raise children who will go out into the world and do the same.

When our children are very young (infants and toddlers), the most important way we can teach grace and courtesy is through modeling. We can really show up for them. We can be present. We can be the people we hope they will grow to become. For many of us in today’s hurried world, this can mean slowing down a bit and noticing more.

Is your infant gazing at you? Gaze back. When they babble, echo their sounds or speak to them. When your toddler struggles to find the words to explain their emotions, sit, listen, and be there to supply them with the words they may not have. It’s also important to remember that our children do not just learn from their own interactions with us, but the interactions they see us having with others. Be mindful of how you speak with your partner, how you treat those in your neighborhood, how you interact with the barista at the coffee shop, and so on. Your child will be watching, and learning.

As our children grow a bit older, we might give them opportunities to practice grace and courtesy in their home and classroom environments. We can teach them how to greet others, how to resolve conflicts, and how to help someone who needs it. We must also teach them how to care for themselves and their environments. From learning to brush their own hair and wipe the crumbs from their face after a meal, to putting away their toys and helping with basic chores, there are so many different ways we can encourage children to learn and grow.

During the early elementary years, children reach a different stage in their development. They are more capable of abstract thought and begin to learn about and think about the larger world around them. They also have an internal drive toward fairness and justice, which makes them primed to learn about peace, kindness, empathy, and generosity. We can be rather frank with children when teaching them about many of the injustices in our world. They want to learn, and they will want to help.

Service projects are a great way for children to engage in this important work. Some projects Montessori students have done with their class include:

● Selling their old books to raise money to purchase a CSA share for those in need.

● Visiting a nursing home to sing songs during the holiday season.

● Cleaning up trash around the neighborhood.

● Collecting food for and volunteering at a local food pantry.

Find a cause the child is passionate about and help guide them toward being part of the solution. It is important that the child be involved throughout the process for the learning to be effective. They must help decide what cause they want to address, as well as help in developing the plan of action, and completing the action itself. You may notice their concerns during the course of conversations with them, or you may need to ask.

A quick summary of how parents can support grace and courtesy work at home:

● Allow your infants and toddlers to immerse themselves in the family environment and activities. Listen to them and give them your full attention when they need it. They may not have fully developed language, but they are full human beings, and we can show them the same honor and respect we do to people of older ages. This will not only allow them to feel their own value and worth, it will lay the groundwork for how they treat others throughout their lives.

● Teach your preschoolers how to take care of themselves and create structures that allow them to practice these skills. Even young children are capable of so much more than most adults give them credit for! Teach them how to meet their own hygiene needs, how to choose appropriate clothing, and how to listen to their bodies’ nutritional cues...and then give them the space to do this work.

● Preschoolers should also be given the information, tools, and time to help care for the home. Teach them basic chores and enlist in their help around the house. You may be surprised to find how much they enjoy this!

● Guide your child to care for others. When they are young, the work may be focused on manners and resolving conflicts peacefully. As they grow, this work will continue, but when they develop the capability to look outward, support their desire to contribute to their community. Children innately want to do good. They want to help others. One of the most important ways we can support them is to guide them toward becoming good community members.

Thank you - for taking the time to read this article, for being a part of our community, and for allowing us to join you on your parenting journey. Together, with our children, we can work to create a more peaceful, empathetic, and kind world.

Books About Peace

Mon, 23 Nov 2020 05:00:00 GMT

“Establishing lasting peace is the work of education; all politics can do is keep us out of war.” -Dr. Maria Montessori

Peace can often seem like a lofty goal. We believe it starts small, in our own families, our own communities, and in the way we raise our children.

This week we share a list of books for you to explore as a family. Even infants and toddlers can start to learn about peace, and there are many incredible books available to older children, including adolescents. Please let us know if you give any of these a try, or if there are others you think should be added to the list.

Primary

The Peace Book by Todd Parr

Primary-aged children will certainly love this book, but so would infants and toddlers. Parr’s bright, bold illustrations, coupled with easy-to-understand text, give children an early idea of what peace means. Featuring diverse characters and actions children can actually put into practice, this book is a perfect introduction to peace.

The Peace Rose by Alicia Olson

The Peace Rose is a book loved by many Montessori educators. It revolves around the idea that children might use a rose to help them resolve conflicts amongst themselves, passing it to one another so that everyone has a turn to speak. Many primary classrooms use this technique, and many families have found it helpful to bring the practice into the home. (It’s especially helpful with siblings!)

The Lion and the Mouse by Jerry Pinkney

Pinkney’s Caldecott winner is an illustrated masterpiece, depicting the unlikely partnership between a lion and a mouse. The lion unexpectedly saves the life of the small mouse, who later returns the favor. Children will have a sense that we can all contribute, no matter our size or what others might assume about us.

All the World by Liz Garton Scanlon

A Caldecott Honor book, All the World sheds light on the importance of and the connections between all things - large and small. Young readers follow a day and night along with a group of family, friends, and the world they live in.

Elementary

A Little Peace by Barbara Kerley

During the elementary years, illustrations and images are still very important. They give young children a deep sense of meaning and help them enjoy books in a deeper way. This National Geographic book couples gorgeous photographs from around the world with important, reflective messages about how we might all create a more peaceful world.

Amazing Peace by Maya Angelou

The incredible Maya Angelou first shared this poem at the White House in 2005 during the annual tree lighting ceremony. It is a Christmas poem, but it is so much more than that. As frightening weather looms, a family embraces the Christmas holiday. Their celebrations extend outward into their community, to include neighbors of difference races, religions, and those in different socioeconomic situations.

One Hen: How One Small Loan Made a Big Difference by Katie Smith Milway, illustrated by Eugenie Fernandes

Based on the life and experiences of Kwabena Darko, this book is both lovely and informative. The main character, Kojo, is forced to quit school in order to help his mother after his father dies. Living in a village in Ghana, Kojo’s mother is able to secure a small loan and gives a bit of the money to her son. With it, Kojo purchases a single hen, which eventually grows into a substantial flock, earning him enough money to help support his family and allowing him to return to school. Microloans are an important part of working to lift up developing nations, and this book is a fantastic introduction.

Adolescent

Sadako and the Thousand Paper Cranes by Eleanor Coerr

Based on a true story, Sadako was a young girl who lived in Japan when the United States dropped an atom bomb on Hiroshima. She is lively, an excellent runner, and has the rest of her life ahead of her. Then she begins to feel ill and learns that she has leukemia as a result of the radiation. She recalls an old Japanese legend that states if a person folds a thousand paper cranes they will become healthy again. She sets out to do so, eventually gaining help from people around the world. Today, the thousand paper cranes are a symbol of peace in the aftermath of war.

A Young People’s History of the United States: Columbus to the War on Terror by Howard Zinn and Rebecca Stefoff

Twenty-five years after publishing a similarly named book for adults, Zinn shared this new perspective of United States history for a younger audience. Our history is often written by the perspective of a very limited group of people, often leaving out the stories of those affected most by events. Learning about the past should include the stories of everyone, especially those who have been marginalized and oppressed. This book does just that.

This Book is Anti-Racist: 20 Lessons on How to Wake Up, Take Action, and Do the Work by Tiffany Jewell, illustrated by Aurelia Durand

Jewell, a Montessori educator, has worked tirelessly to create more inclusive and accessible classrooms. This Book is Anti-Racist gives young people concrete steps to learn about themselves, learn about others, and go about changing the world. While this book is not about the peace that exists, it is absolutely about the peace that we must all work to create.

Montessori Basics: Following the Child

Mon, 16 Nov 2020 05:00:00 GMT

“When a child is given a little leeway, he will at once shout, ’I want to do it!’ But in our schools, which have an environment adapted to children’s needs, they say, ‘Help me to do it alone.’” -Maria Montessori in The Secret of Childhood

Montessorians are often heard saying, “Follow the child.” It’s a statement that guides us each day and drives our work in very particular ways. We believe the child has innate qualities that lead them to learning, and it is our job to prepare the path and then get out of the way.

Following the child is applicable to every environment in the child’s life, including home, school, and elsewhere. Dr. Maria Montessori spoke often about this very topic, and there are practical ways we apply her ideas even today.

Pause, and resist interruptions

“Praise, help, or even a look, may be enough to interrupt him, or destroy the activity…. The great principle which brings success to the teacher is this: as soon as concentration has begun, act as if the child does not exist.” -Maria Montessori in The Absorbent Mind

As adults we tend to feel obligated to frequently engage with the children in our lives. We sometimes feel duty-bound to dispense our knowledge, to verbally guide, and to provide frequent feedback. This is usually a result of our own upbringing and education, but that doesn’t make it the ideal approach.

The most important thing we can do when approaching a child is to pause. Is the child focused? Already engaged? Enjoying their work? If you can answer ‘yes’ to these questions, it may be best not to interfere. When a child is concentrating, they are not seeking out approval or direction. Even if they are not engaging in an activity in the way we had envisioned, as long as they are being safe and careful with a material, they may be getting something out of the experience that we had not anticipated.

Pause.

And when they are done, they aren’t looking for our feedback. We don’t need to praise. If you would like to acknowledge, make note of what you noticed. Comment on the action, not your judgement of it. “I noticed you were very focused on that. How did it make you feel?” is a much better approach than, “Great job!”

Trust the child’s internal drive

“The child looks for his independence first, not because he does not desire to be dependent on the adult. But because he has in himself some fire, some urge, to do certain things and not other things.” -Maria Montessori in The Theosophist

As we mentioned above, our children do not inherently seek out external praise, or any type of rewards for that matter. When we give empty praise or prizes, we teach children to do their work to meet the approval of others. When we trust that they want to learn for the sake of learning, and for the sheer joy of the experience, that is exactly what happens.

Sometimes, when our children are young, they show signs of independence that we may miss. When they want to help you mop the floor, slow down and give them a chance to try. We know it can be hard with busy schedules and lots to do, but these tiny moments will encourage independence in the long run. Our children want to work. They want to do things for themselves. They just need us to let them.

Acknowledge the value of the environment

“Children acquire knowledge through experience in the environment.” -Maria Montessori in The 1946 London Lectures

"Now the adult himself is part of the child's environment; the adult must adjust himself to the child's needs if he is not to be a hindrance to him and if he is not to substitute himself for the child in the activities essential to growth and development." -Maria Montessori in The Secret of Childhood

The environment is perhaps the greatest possible teacher a child can have. The spaces that surround them have the ability to provide rich, meaningful experiences...or not. As the adults, we are a part of that environment, and it is our task to serve as an aid on their journey, not to take the leading role.

Montessori guides spend hours on a regular basis analyzing the effectiveness of their classroom environments. If children have not been using a particular material for a length of time, it is put away and a new one takes its place. If the furniture is not conducive to an ideal flow, it is rearranged. If children seem to prefer sitting on the floor, the guide ensures adequate space is available.

The same can be done in the home. As the adults, we can make sure our environment serves the needs of the child. Keeping a stool in the kitchen can remove barriers to children preparing their own snacks. Hanging a low hook by the front door can facilitate independence in hanging one’s own coat. Watch your child, and if you see a need, you might ask yourself how the environment might be adjusted to meet that need.

Observe and prepare

The child whose attention has once been held by a chosen object, while he concentrates his whole self on the repetition of the exercise, is a delivered soul in the sense of the spiritual safety of which we speak. From this moment there is no need to worry about him - except to prepare an environment which satisfies his needs, and to remove obstacles which may bar his way to perfection." -Maria Montessori in The Absorbent Mind

“The teacher, when she begins work in our schools, must have a kind of faith that the child will reveal himself through work.” -Maria Montessori in The Absorbent Mind

Dr. Montessori was a scientist; she observed as a scientist and she created her methods based on those observations. Her work gave us the materials and lessons to serve as our base, but we must continue the work of observation in order to fully meet the needs of the children.

As guides, we intentionally carve out time in our classrooms to observe the children. What works are they drawn to and which do they leave behind? Does a child appear bored, focused, or confused? Is there a need that is not being met that we can somehow meet in a new way?

And it’s not just academics that must be observed. Even children’s behaviors and social interactions are a product of their environment. So we watch, we listen, and we do our best to draw conclusions without judgement. Then, we use this information to make changes.

Parents can do the same at home. Is your child not playing with a certain toy anymore? Put it away in a closet and set out a different one. Are they forgetting to make their bed in the morning? Find a way to work it into their routine or put a sticky note on the wall to help them remember. Are your children constantly jumping on the couch? Find an alternative to meet that physical need.

We hope this article has been helpful and inspiring. We have so much to learn from our children. Enjoy the journey.

Children and the News

Mon, 09 Nov 2020 05:00:00 GMT

It seems like this is as good a time as any to talk about how our children interact with the news. The news simply wasn’t designed with children in mind, and although it is certainly an important part of our lives, we have to remember how it may affect our kids. We hope this guide will give you some helpful tips.

Potential Problems

Before we jump into the problems, we would like to stop and acknowledge how important the news is. As adults, it is part of our civic duty to stay informed of current events. To be active and engaged citizens, we must know what is going on in our local, national, and global communities. The work of journalists is a noble pursuit, and we are grateful to the people who work hard to bring us information.

With all that said, not all news is created equal, and most news is not meant for all ages. The news we see and hear is increasingly sensationalized, and it can be hard to know what sources to trust. The way news is reported can often give us a skewed version of reality.

Would you have guessed, for example, that crime in the United States (including violent crime) has significantly decreased greatly over the past 25 years? Conversely, crime reporting has increased significantly and become much more detailed. This gives us the sense that we live in a much more dangerous world than we actually do.

Whether we have the television on, the radio in the car, we read the news on our devices, or just chatting about events with our partners over dinner, our children are often there. They may see or hear things that are confusing or even frightening. Sometimes we may not even notice or think much about it, but too much exposure to the news, particularly in younger children, can lead to misunderstanding, fears, and anxiety.

So, what can we do?

Young Children (under 7 or 8)

Very young children really do not need to be exposed to the news for the most part. As a parent, you know your child best, however, and while some sensitive 8-year-olds still fall into this category, some kids a year or two younger may fare better.

When our children are little, we can try to save the news for when they are not in the room. Make sure to set aside some time for yourself (easier said than done, we know!) to read the newspaper or check your phone for headlines. If you watch the news on tv, you could do so after your kids are in bed for the night.

One important note: there may be news information you want to share with your children, including news that is not always pleasant. This may include events that will affect them or people in your family, or issues surrounding social justice that factor into values you share as a family. The best way to share this information is to talk about it together. This way you can personally deliver the information in a developmentally-appropriate manner, while also being there for any discussions that may arise.

School-Aged Children

As children get a bit older, they’re more likely to be present for the news, and they’re also likely to hear about big events from their peers. Consider a three-tiered approach:

● Limit

● Together

● Discuss

Limit the amount of exposure kids have to the news. They don’t need to watch a full hour of coverage, nor do they need to watch particularly violent and/or graphic reporting. It’s a good idea for them to start learning about their world, but start small.

When they are watching, reading, or listening to the news, try to ensure you are there with them. This is important to make sure they aren’t learning about topics they may not be ready for, as well as making sure their sources are trustworthy. Consider your child’s internet access and what they may come across independently. It may be worthwhile to install some parental controls.

Talk about the news together. Ask them how a particular segment made them feel, whether they have any questions, or if they understood what is happening. They may not want to talk much, but starting these conversations is important and will let them know you’re there for the times they do want to process the news with you.

Adolescents

Teens will be getting quite a bit of information independently of their families, whether that be from their friends at school or their own electronic devices. Our biggest job as adults? Checking in.

One of the greatest joys of parenting a teenager is that they are able to have in-depth conversations about more mature topics. They will likely be interested in at least some elements of the news. They will be forming their own opinions. This means you will have so much to talk about!

As with younger kids, we do want to make sure adolescents are learning what to look for in a trusted news source, and how to recognize sources that may not be valid. We also want to make sure the information they may be hearing from friends is accurate. Oftentimes teens hear sensationalized news from their friends, which can lead to lots of misconceptions. We can help them by checking in and asking whether they’ve heard anything about a particular topic, then filling them in on any facts they may be missing.

For more helpful information and suggestions, visit:

AACAP

APA

Common Sense Media

150 Years: The Power of a Story, Part 3

Thu, 05 Nov 2020 09:57:00 GMT

Over the past several months we have shared interviews about different people’s Montessori journeys. You have heard about the journey of Shawnaly Tabor, who was a Montessori child, then parent, and now teacher. Most recently we shared the perspective of two adolescent siblings, Emet and Neshima Vitale-Penniman, who attended Montessori schools through eighth grade. Today we bring you the story of a leader in the Montessori world: Dr. Philip Snow Gang.

Phil (as his students call him in the interest of breaking down traditional hierarchical boundaries), began his career as an engineer. Along the way, he became a Montessori educator, a global advocate for holistic education, and the founder of The Institute for Educational Studies (TIES). TIES is a master’s degree program that is truly an opportunity for adults to experience a Montessori education for themselves. His Montessori journey is an inspiration.

How did you initially become aware of Montessori education? Many of us feel a profound internal shift when we begin our Montessori journey. What was that like for you? Well, it was through my children. When they were born we were interested in finding an appropriate environment for them. The Montessori school was very close to our house. Our neighbor across the street was the librarian at the school. We started reading about it and it captured my attention. I was always taken back by the serenity of my children after spending the day at school. I remember when my son was four, I said to the guide, “Warren is very sensitive,” and she responded with, “The world needs sensitive people.” And I sat with that, because up to that moment I was looking at sensitivity not as an asset.

Then the thought of hanging out at school; helping them do odd jobs, fixing furniture. There was something about being in that environment that was attractive: an embodiment of something you wouldn’t find in ordinary school. It not only came from the way the environment looked, but it came from the heart of the teacher and her attitude toward the children (or his).

We had one of the teacher’s to the house for dinner on a Sunday afternoon and I said, “You know one day I might like to be a Montessori teacher.” And he said, “Why not now?” At that moment I just laughed - not a joke laugh but an internal ‘could I do that?’ Six weeks later my whole family was in Italy studying Montessori. That’s how I jumped in.

You co-founded The Institute for Educational Studies (TIES) with your wife, Marsha Snow Morgan. TIES is currently affiliated with Endicott College and is widely regarded as “Montessori for Adults”. What inspired you both to create the program? TIES was actually created before Marsha and I were together. There was an organization created in 1987 to promote holistic education in the world. In 1989 I along with seven other people met to see if we could bring together holistic education organizations from all different paradigms and we had a meeting in Chicago. Out of that came the Global Alliance for Transforming Education with ten principles.

I was the executive director and given that role I began traveling around the world giving lectures and presentations on those ten principles. Wherever I went people would say, “Where can I get an education that embodies those principles?” In the early ‘90s I was on the faculty in one of the first online programs in the country, and one of my students said, “Phil, you really ought to start a master’s program, because that’s where it’s really needed, so teachers can have access to this information.” So between that inspiration and by then Marsha and I were together and had worked on some courses together, we started planning for this program. I wanted, right from the get go, for it to be an online program. I knew there were people around the world who were interested in this. We’ve been doing it that way now for 23 years.

Dr. Montessori laid forth her ideas for the four planes of development, which examine the developmental markers of humans from birth through age 24. What are your thoughts on the possibility of additional planes of development? In what ways might we further explore the relevance of Montessori philosophy in how it relates to the lives of adults? I have this suspicion because of what happened in my own life, that something happens to people between 24 and 30 that sets them on a different course in their life. It may not happen straight away but the seeds are planted. So I began asking people to talk about anything that happened in their life between 24 and 30. I asked enough people that I have a general feeling that there is something during that stage of development that is a calling forth within our psyche to do our Great Work (or as Montessori called it, our Cosmic Task).

Montessori thought that if a child were educated in a Montessori environment from birth to 18 they would be ready to, as she put it, go to a university. She was thinking of university in a kind of a medieval sense where the ‘new human’ would be established. My sense is that happens later in life, when we really get in touch with what our inner calling is. For me, it was the epoch of my children being born, there were peace demonstrations, civil rights demonstrations, and it was my introduction to Montessori. That was between 24 and 30 and I acted on it when I was 32.

What has your Montessori journey offered you, personally, as a learner?

I think it has changed over time. In the beginning my focus was how do I take all of what I’ve learned and convey that to the children? Montessori’s vision unfolded through observation. She didn't’ go about creating a method of education seeing how that would work with children. She observed children in a natural, prepared environment and she created materials and lessons to meet their needs. She added psychological preparation for the teacher so the teacher could step out of their own conditioning and observe, without coming with conditioning from your own education or your own parent upbringing, but looking at the children at every moment and saying, “What need is being displayed? What do I need to give that child to satisfy that need?”

It has taught me, in essence, it has seeded my own personal development towards cosmic consciousness through self- and other-awareness. Montessori spent the years from ‘69/’70-’77 in India, and that dramatically shifted her consciousness. She was embedded in a very sacred environment with all the great religions there, and she met with many different spiritual people. She connected this idea of cosmic education...she had been talking about it in terms of how everything in the world is integrated. Everything in the universe is integrated. At first she taught this to her teachers just for their own understanding, but eventually she found a way to present this idea of cosmic education to children so that they can understand that each entity in the cosmos including human beings has a cosmic task, and part of that is giving back.

Another educator we interviewed encouraged parents to expect discomfort and to accept and sit with it as they move through the process. This sounds a lot like your ideas that we must explore unconditioning and normalizing. We must unlearn our past conditioning and work ourselves into a new way of being. In your book you say: “At moments that trigger stress, sometimes binding, emotional memory overcomes practice.” What might you say to parents who are just beginning their Montessori journey? What might unconditioning and normalizing look like for them? The most immediate words that come to me are ‘trust the process’. But, you know that wasn’t my reaction as a parent. I didn’t have any doubts about what they were doing. I just saw my child and the transformation in what was happening and I had total trust in the process. It was magic to me. As a matter of fact I wished I had had that in my life. I remember early on, when I was still an engineer, the teacher recommended I read The Secret of Childhood , because that was a good beginning book. I read it, and I’m driving home from work, and I actually had this internal disembodiment, and I had to pull over on the side of the road. I realized that nobody knew who I was as a child. If I had been educated like this as a child my whole life would have been different. So my parents raised me the way they had been raised. They were children of immigrants, so they were raised with old country ways in the new country, and all of us want a better world for our children.

Here’s how it works to me: When I get some kind of message that something feels uncomfortable, I kind of pause for a moment and ask myself where the discomfort is coming from. It didn’t originate in this moment. It came from something else. You have to take a moment to think about why that moment comes up for you. And if it still comes up for you, you have to talk to the teacher.

You are an advocate for using dialogue to “help catalyze a non-hierarchical, non-adversarial community of learners” between faculty and students in the TIES program. How might school communities (teachers, administrators, parents, community members) attempt something similar? The first step is understanding it’s not about defending positions and views, but about listening and hearing each other. So often you’re thinking of what to say while the other person is talking. In the online environment, you get a chance to read what the other person is saying, pause, reflect, and then respond to what the person is saying. So how can we pause our thinking and reflect in a school environment without thinking, “I’ve gotta get my question answered. I’ve gotta raise my hand.” It’s the art of listening.

To learn more about Phil’s journey, as well as his forthcoming book entitled Educating for Right-Action and Love: Extending and Expanding the Montessori Vision, visit his website here.

Recent Research: How Montessori Students Benefit from the Findings

Mon, 26 Oct 2020 04:04:00 GMT

There have been a host of fascinating published research findings in recent years in regard to learning and education. In this article we’ll take a look at just a few of them and explain what the findings mean in relation to Montessori environments.

The demotivating effect (and unintended message) of awards

It is common practice in conventional schools across the nation to give students awards for good attendance records. The hope is that by honouring the hard work of children who physically get to school each day, it will motivate other children to do the same and earn the award. Unfortunately, this study determined that not only was the goal not met, the practice ends up causing a negative effect and actually increases student absences.

It all boils down to motivation.

The study included 15,000 middle and high school students and found that giving students awards for good attendance had the unfortunate effect of decreasing attendance. Researchers believe that the existence of an award creates the idea that good attendance exceeds expectations. Not only does this not motivate most students to ensure their own attendance, but those who receive the award are often not motivated to keep up the habit in the future.

So, what does this mean for Montessori schools? It may be obvious, but you would be hard-pressed to find a Montessori school that utilizes attendance awards in the first place. This study is yet another example of why intrinsic motivation is a far more positive tool than extrinsic motivation. In Montessori environments, the cultivation of intrinsic motivation is the backbone of everything we do. This extends far beyond attendance awards to include things like assessments, addressing negative behaviors, and mastering academic skills. So, Montessori community, let’s keep doing what we’re doing.

Gender similarities in the brain during mathematics development

Many folks have long held the belief that girls tend to be more masterful in the areas of language and arts, while boys find ease in the studies of math and science. Not only is this outdated and sexist thinking, it’s scientifically incorrect. Still, so much of what we believe about our world is engrained due to biased learning in our past. Academic studies can help break down our misconceptions in an effort to make progress.

In this study of children aged 3-10 years old, MRI technology was used while children watched educational math videos. Researchers noted that boys and girls showed similar neural functioning during testing, leading them to the conclusion that there is no noticeable difference in the way children’s brains process mathematical information.

In Montessori classrooms, mathematics learning is highly individualized. Children are able to progress at their own pace, without needing to feel rushed or held back by group lessons or social pressures. In this way, Montessori environments support the findings of this study; children are children - they learn at their own individual rate, and variables such as gender should not factor into their work or progress.

Is Summer Learning Loss Real?

Short answer: it’s not. In the 1980s a study revealed what many of us now know as the Summer Slide , a phenomenon in which children who spend their summers playing and not studying show skill regression come the fall. For decades this idea was accepted as fact, that is until a group of researchers recently attempted to recreate the study and were unable to do so.

Modern researchers attribute this finding to the fact that we now have more advanced, efficient, and effective means of collecting and analyzing data. By clicking the link above, you can see comparative charts showing the original data as well as more recent findings. It’s apparent that with the very rare exception, children tend to plateau or even make gains during the summer months.

Why did we include this in our article? While our students have recently returned from summer vacation, they have also returned from the completely unanticipated and unplanned spring of 2020. Teachers, administrators, families, and children all worked hard and made the best of a very challenging situation, but many of us have been concerned about the long-term negative effects this past spring may have had on our children’s academic progress. The findings of the study give us hope that a temporary pause in regular instruction may not necessarily lead to a loss in skills. We will surely learn more in time but are encouraged by the findings.

Are you interested in learning more about the ways current research supports the work we do in Montessori schools? We will be sure to share more in the future as more findings become available, but in the meantime, Montessori: The Science Behind the Genius is a great read.

Books by Black Authors

Mon, 19 Oct 2020 04:01:00 GMT

As we write this, and as you read it, our world is on the precipice of change. For centuries we have seen people of colour around the world trying to exist in a society that actively works against them. Across the generations there have been layers of work in an attempt to overcome these problems, and what we are experiencing now is yet another layer being peeled back in the struggle toward true justice and equality.

One concrete way we can engage in social justice work is to support black artists, and specifically, to purchase and read books written by black authors.

Below is a list of just some of the incredible work available to families. We know you’ll enjoy the stories, and we would love to hear if there are any more you would add to the list!

Anna Hibiscus’ Song by Atinuke and Lauren Tobia

This sweet picture book is perfect for children in the primary years, although some lower elementary-aged children may enjoy it as well. Anna Hibiscus is a young girl living in Africa with her family. On this particular day, she is feeling so full of happiness that she doesn’t know quite how to express it. After asking each member of her family what they do when they’re happy, she discovers her own way to show how she’s feeling.

Anna Hibiscus by Atinuke

The original Anna Hibiscus book, this early chapter book is the first in a series of three. In it we learn about Anna’s daily life with her family, follow her along on a family vacation, learning an important lesson about privilege and helping others, and get excited with her as she prepares to visit Canada and see snow for the first time!

Going Down Home with Daddy by Kelly Starling Lyons, illustrated by Daniel Minter

This is a book about a family reunion, but it’s so much more than that. Rising before the sun, two children and their parents make the long drive to their grandmother’s house. When they arrive, they soak in their familiarity and enjoy the time with their relatives. There’s traditional family food, family memories, solemn talks about ancestors, and a special sharing of talents.

Celia Cruz, Queen of Salsa by Veronica Chambers, illustrated by Julie Maren

Once upon in time in Havana, Cuba, there was a young girl who sang like a bird. She grew up poor alongside her family and the others in her neighborhood, but everyone agreed there was something special about her voice. This beautiful book (with equally beautiful illustrations) teaches readers the true history of acclaimed singer Celia Cruz and how she spread a love of salsa music across the globe.

The Undefeated by Kwame Alexander, illustrated by Kadir Nelson

The Undefeated is the winner of the 2020 Caldecott Medal, A Newbery Honor book, and this year’s Coretta Scott King Illustrator Award. Alexander’s poem, coupled with Nelson’s artwork, takes readers through the history of early enslaved African Americans, while also highlighting the incredible contributions of some of history’s most significant heroes.

Ella Fitzgerald: The Tale of a Virtual Virtuosa by Andrea Davis Pinkney, illustrated by Brian Pinkney

This creative picture book is divided into “tracks”, rather than chapters, and it follows the life of jazz legend Ella Fitzgerald. From a young girl dancing with her friends on the sidewalk in Harlem, to teaming up with the Chick Webb Orchestra to play at Yale, to an infamous battle of the bands at the Savoy Ballroom, Ella’s story is enchanting for both children and adults.

Duke Ellington by Andrea Davis Pinkney, illustrated by Brian Pinkney

Another jazz biography brought to us by the Pinkney couple, Duke Ellington was the recipient of the Coretta Scott King Award. Her writing is almost lyrical, and his artwork dances across the pages. Every book they create together is outstanding. For a peek into their process, check out this great article .

Remember by Toni Morrison

Remember is a book that will stand the test of time. In words that read like a picture book, it recalls the moments in history during the time before, during, and after segregation and school integration. The history is powerful enough on its own, but Morrison’s words are accompanied by actual photographs from the 1950s. Sometimes sweet, sometimes shocking, but always an important part of our collective past.

Each Kindness by Jacqueline Woodson, illustrated by E.B. White

Another Coretta Scott King Award winner, as well as a recipient of the Jane Addams Peace Award, this is a story about bullying, and it is not a story with a happy ending. Told from the perspective of the child who is unkind, we learn about a new girl at school who is repeatedly rejected and outcast. Once the narrator realizes her error and the opportunity, she has to form a positive relationship, it’s too late. The new girl never returns to school. Powerful and important, this is a great read.

Brown Girl Dreaming by Jacqueline Woodson

Another book by Woodson (who, by the way, has won so many awards we’ll just link to a list here ), Brown Girl Dreaming is a poetic memoir. She shares her experiences growing up in ways that are relatable to children - especially for children of color and children who are seeking their place in the world. Though they shed light on her struggles, they are filled with hope as well. This book is best for children ages ten and up.

150 Years: The Power of a Story, part 2

Mon, 12 Oct 2020 15:00:00 GMT

Last month we shared the story of Montessori educator Shawnaly Tabor. This month we highlight the Montessori journey from a different perspective: that of the student. Neshima (17) and Emet (15) Vitale-Penniman are adolescents that began their Montessori primary education at a public Montessori school, and during their lower elementary years transitioned to a private Montessori school. Emet currently attends The Darrow School, where Neshima graduated from this past spring as valedictorian. In addition to their schoolwork, both children work alongside their parents Leah Penniman and Jonah Vitale-Wolff, co-founders of Soul Fire Farm.

Let’s start at the beginning. What are your earliest memories of attending a Montessori school? What did you take away from your time in a primary class that you look back and are glad to have experienced as a young child?

Emet: One of my first memories that I always think about looking back is making patterns with little plastic bears, and just little simple things like that. Making patterns led to complex math equations. Being able to do hands-on learning with materials such as the multiplication board was really helpful.

Neshima: Similarly, just experiencing lots of opportunities to do work that was really formidable and fostered deep-set curiosity, and having a lot of support with finding work that met me where I was at in my academic journey. Just finding things that quenched my curiosity and my love of learning and having teachers that were really supportive of that.

You first attended a public Montessori school before moving to a private Montessori school in lower elementary. Keeping in mind the differences between the two settings, what types of support do you think public Montessori schools might benefit from?

E: With public schools, there are a lot of requirements such as tests, but when I went to private school, they were able to design their own tests that were not required by the state, and I think Montessori should be able to have that freedom so you can go at your own pace. At my public Montessori school, I was working just with kids at my own grade level, but at private Montessori, if I wanted to excel in math, I could work with kids at another grade level, but for other subjects still work with kids my age. That was really valuable.

N: That was something I wanted to touch on as well; removing those requirements around testing and this very linear model of academics that public schools are required to adhere to. Also, regarding discipline, at my first Montessori school sometimes small mistakes would result in taking away recess time, in a way that didn’t give students an opportunity to grow. Alternately, at the other school, I felt more invited into a process of changing behavior and acting responsibly and just building those skills.

How do you think Montessori schools support kids academically? What happened if a subject area or skill was hard for you, or if you felt like you needed more of a challenge?

E: I love how Montessori teaches in a way that you can excel at something and be challenged, because it’s a curriculum built around you, and you’re able to do things that you feel challenged by. But if you’re struggling with something you can get extra help from teachers because there are small classes and just the general learning style. I just love it.

N: For sure, I think the differentiation of being able to move ahead, working with teachers to find work that meets you wherever you’re at or finding a material that’s more interesting or challenging, and being able to work alongside other students that were on the same path and doing the same work, no matter what grade they were in. So, it didn’t matter if you were on a slightly different journey than the standard curriculum. That was something that was really helpful, and that I tried to bring into my high school experience as much as I could with independent studies so that I could move at my own pace.

Academics are one small part of who we are as we grow. How did your Montessori experience support your growth as a social and emotional person?

E : Montessori helped me learn how to build authentic, deep relationships with people. I still have a lot of friendships that I built in first and second grade. You’re able to learn together, play together, do so many things together, but also take space if you need it. It lets you cultivate relationships and friendships with people. It’s a good space for that.

N: Two things come up for me: One is building strong and accountable relationships with people that are my age - not being afraid to approach someone if there’s a conflict between us, not being afraid to figure out how to resolve it, because I was given some of those tools. The other is having confidence in relationships with adults, just because I felt so close and trusting of my teachers throughout Montessori. I now feel very much able to approach adults with questions I have, or asking them about their life, or for stories, or talking about politics, even. I feel so much more comfortable with that, being able to have these really authentic and meaningful connections with people that are a lot older than me - or even younger than me - just having that range of connection and experience is really meaningful for me.

Maria Montessori thought that educating children with her methods had the potential to change the world. What do you think?

E: I agree with that and it definitely does. The whole Montessori curriculum is about being able to pursue what you want and going at your own pace, building friendships and relationships, and I think that really does have the power to change the world. If everyone were to go to a Montessori school, I think the world could be a pretty great place.

N: Yes, I definitely agree with that. I think it’s so important in these times to have people that are really empathetic and that seek to fully understand another person or situation. So often we get into these really polarized mindsets and it’s easy to just adhere to one set of beliefs or values, and so it’s really important to have people that are curious about others and curious about learning things for the sake of learning not just to pass a test or to memorize, and to apply that to a worldview, and their efforts toward social justice or whatever they’re fighting for. Fully understanding a situation, fully understanding a story is so important, and it’s something that Montessori definitely instills in its students. Also, regarding conflict resolution: having those tools to approach a challenge with another person or a group of people in a really mature and thoughtful way instead of lashing out and being violent - either with words or physical action - is a really important tool.

Are there life values that you feel are important that were supported during your time in Montessori schools?

E: Building off what Neshima said, just making sure to get everyone's opinion and sit down and talk about something. To really sit down and have a conversation that needs to be had after a conflict - that’s one of the values I think is so important and I definitely learned from Montessori.

N: A big one, at least in my life, is a love of learning and curiosity. I think that’s so strongly ingrained into Montessori students and applies to both the academic world and beyond. For myself and friends, we love to explore things for the sake of understanding them and just for the sake of that experience. Not to impress anyone or to make any money from it, we really just love to learn about new things. We have an understanding that we can take whatever our passion is and turn it into something that we can pursue for our lifetime - whether that be a career or not. For me that’s been really meaningful, it’s been something that’s carried me through my high school experience and now into gap year and college experiences; it has very strongly guided my path and the way I navigate my life now - that curiosity, that passion for learning.

How has your Montessori education affected who you are as a person today? What are you up to now and what are your plans for the future?

E: Montessori shaped most of who I am. It built values of being kind to people. I probably wouldn’t be at Darrow if it weren’t for Montessori, because I liked how similar they were, with close relationships to teachers, small class size. Those are things I really enjoyed in my Montessori schools; I wanted to have good relationships with my teachers and small class sizes.

Now I am working at Soul Fire Farm creating video series. I’m editing a video series right now for the farm, as well as helping my mom farm and helping my dad with carpentry.

N: Montessori very much respects students and recognizes their maturity and their ability to learn things and apply their knowledge to the world. I feel like primary students aren’t treated like little toddlers; they are treated like the full human beings that they are. This has helped me approach a lot of what I do with confidence in my skills. As a young person, I’m able to work on the farm and do farming and carpentry and graphic design and cooking, and feel really dignified in my work even though I’m a young person. I feel like I deserve the pay and praise I get; I feel like I deserve the support I get. I have the sense that the things I do are valued, even though I’m a young person and haven’t gone to school to study it.

I just graduated high school, and even though it’s very unsettling times I had already been planning to take a gap year. I graduated one year early with the intention of using that fourth year to do a lot of hands-on pursuits of things I’m curious about. I don’t know what I want to pursue career-wise. I don’t think I would have the courage or foresight to do this without Montessori. I was accepted to Brown University, so I will be attending thereafter my gap year. One of the main reasons I chose that school is because similarly, they allow so much space in the curriculum for curiosity and exploring the things you’re passionate about, and finding the ways they overlap. Working with other students and schools to figure out interdisciplinary solutions to global issues and engineering challenges; that felt like something that was so magnetic and important to me in my college experience.

Is there anything else you think people should know about Montessori education?

N: I love the concept of working toward making Montessori accessible to more people. It’s so important to have low income and POC communities have access to this kind of education because it is so formidable and so transformative for a lot of people.

I think about how much my parents have been involved, and how much Montessori students are able to invite their parents into their learning...even recently having online school during my last months of high school: I would have design challenges and could ask my dad or brother to work with me. That Montessori mindset is to think of learning as not just independent, it’s something I get to invite other people into. I suppose that’s something Montessori parents can keep in mind; they are lucky and privileged to be excited to be part of their children’s learning experience.

*Interview includes minor editing for length and clarity.

Separation Anxiety: Why It’s Normal and What You Can Do

Mon, 05 Oct 2020 15:04:00 GMT

Every fall, the doorways of classrooms become a place of transition. Children are often excited to skip into their school environment, eager to learn and play. Unfortunately, many children experience some level of separation anxiety, particularly when they are very young. The good news? This is totally normal! Read on to learn more about why, and what you can do to help your child feel good about the time you spend apart.

What does it look like?

Separation anxiety is completely normal. Most young children experience it at some point, and although it can cause stress for both the child and their parents, it’s actually a healthy part of development, especially during the toddler years. Separation anxiety can manifest in many forms. Parents might see their child display some of all of the following behaviours:

Separation anxiety typically doesn’t last very long for most children and resolves itself within a few weeks. Once toddlers begin to realize that their parents will actually return, their fears tend to alleviate. Even older children can experience short-lived bouts of separation anxiety. These times are often even harder for parents, but it’s all perfectly normal!

Why does it happen?

There are a variety of reasons children may experience separation anxiety, but as we mentioned above, it most often occurs during the toddler years. Any time from about 7 months of age through 2-3 years of age, children may go through a phase during which separating from their parents can be quite upsetting.

For infants, it’s about differentiating between strangers and people they know. This is obviously an important and healthy part of their development, although it can be heart-wrenching when dropping your little one off with caregivers in the morning before you head to work.

As children get a little older, the reasons shift toward a fear that the parent may leave and not return. After a period of time, the child learns to trust that the separation is temporary, and the anxious behaviours subside.

There are plenty of other reasons why a child may experience separation anxiety. If they are tired, not feeling well, or are experiencing stress or a period of transition in their life, they may feel the need to be closely attached to their parent(s). These feelings are typically short-lived and resolve themselves once the child feels some level of reassurance or once the underlying cause is no longer an issue.

What can we do?

Each child is different, but the following are some strategies that tend to work well for most families:

What if it’s more?

Once in a while, separation anxiety is more than a phase. Again, your child’s teacher is a good person to consult if you’re concerned. If your child is well past their toddler years, if their anxiety is affecting them in multiple parts of their lives, or if behaviours are stretching past weeks and into months, it can sometimes help to talk to your child’s paediatrician. Separation anxiety disorder is a more severe and persistent version of what most children experience. The good news is even children who experience SAD have options to help them overcome their fears and work toward healthy, trusting, and confident periods of separations from their parents.

Want to learn more? Check out this fantastic article for helpful tips.

150 Years: Books for Adults

Mon, 28 Sep 2020 10:00:00 GMT

Each month we share a list of books we recommend for families who are searching for new titles. These lists are usually composed of children’s books, but this month we decided we would share books for adults instead. Whether you’re considering Montessori for your child for the first time or are a seasoned parent who wants to learn more, we’ve got you covered.

Before you go out and purchase books for yourself, check in with us. We may have a copy to lend you!

By Dr. Montessori

Dr. Montessori herself wrote quite a few books. There are also many published books that are transcripts of talks she gave across the globe. Reading her words directly is inspiring and interesting; bear in mind they were written a century ago - the language is a bit heavier than what we are used to today!

What You Should Know About Your Child

This book was created specifically for parents. One of the most foundational pillars of Montessori education is a deep understanding of human development. This book aims to reflect on the different aspects of growth and development in young children. An invaluable resource!

The Absorbent Mind

The quintessential text explaining the development of our most foundational period of life: the early years. Young children explore their world, learn to socialize, and develop their personalities during this critical time.

To Educate the Human Potential

Interested in learning more about what Montessori has to say for children aged 6-12? This is your book!

From Childhood to Adolescence

This book gives plenty of great information about Montessori education and children ages 7-12, but it is also the text in which Dr. Montessori lays out her ideas for adolescents. She describes her vision for an “experimental school for social life”, and details when that might look like.

About Dr. Montessori

Maria Montessori by Rita Kramer

This is arguably the best biography available about Montessori. It is comprehensive and very readable; it takes readers from Montessori’s childhood through to her death and presents the facts. Though it’s an interesting read, Kramer does not attempt to glorify Montessori or hail her as something more than she was. The truth is, she really was an extraordinary woman. This journey through her life is a great read.

The Method

Montessori: The Science Behind the Genius by Angeline Stoll Lillard
This book is a fantastic introduction for anyone who is new to the Montessori method or for those who are curious about its relevance today. Dr. Montessori was a scientist and a meticulous observer as much as she was a visionary. A century later, modern scientific research is confirming what she knew all along. Stoll Lillard discusses some of the most important foundational Montessori ideals, and examines how current studies support the work we do with children and learning.

Specifically for Parents

Montessori Madness! By Trevor Eissler

Interested in a direct explanation of Montessori education from a parent who’s been there, done that? Eissler’s book is well loved by parents, teachers, and trainers alike. Early on in the book he describes the day when he and his wife, unhappy with the prospect of traditional schooling and hesitant to abandon their own careers to pursue homeschooling, walked into a local Montessori school to observe. “A few days later we arrived at the school and met the director. She escorted my wife to one classroom and me to another, two of the possible classes that our kids would attend if we decided in favor of this school. I opened the door. My idea of what education should look like has never been the same since.”

How to Raise an Amazing Child the Montessori Way by Tim Seldin

Montessori educators complete intensive training in order to properly teach children how to use the specialized materials. But that doesn’t mean you can adopt the philosophy (and implement some materials of your own) at home. Seldin offers practical advice on how we might shift our home and parenting approaches to align more with Montessori ideals.

Montessori From the Start: The Child at Home, from Birth to Age Three by Paula Polk Lillard and Lynn Lillard Jessen

Infants and toddlers require special consideration when it comes to their development. Montessori for the youngest children incorporates the home in an important way. Lillard and Jessen, experienced Montessori educators and writers, provide simple and compelling ideas for parents to implement. Whether you’re wondering how to set up a Montessori bedroom or how to approach mealtimes, helpful tips will point you in the right direction.

The Montessori Toddler: A Parent’s Guide to Raising a Curious and Responsible Human Being

by Simone Davies

Davies enjoys a devoted following on her blog, The Montessori Notebook , for years. Her recently published book on how to raise toddlers in a Montessori home has received overwhelmingly positive feedback. In it, she rejects the concept of the “terrible twos” and advocates for finding mutual respect, offers ideas for setting up your home in a way that fosters independence, and more.

150 Years: The Power of the Story, part 1

Mon, 21 Sep 2020 10:00:00 GMT

Every Montessori journey is a bit different. For some, it starts during childhood as a student. For others, we begin as adults, either in the role of a parent or educator. Sometimes the journey may seem brief, yet what we learn becomes woven into who we are. Other times, Montessori philosophy drives our life’s work.

Over the next several months we will be sharing interviews to highlight a few of these journeys, each from a different perspective. Today we will share that of Shawnaly Tabor, M.Ed.. Shawnaly currently teaches lower elementary at Damariscotta Montessori School in Nobleboro, Maine. She attended Kalispell Montessori School in Montana (now called Woodland Montessori School) as a child and later found herself returning to the method as an educator. We think you’ll find her story fascinating and inspiring.

You were a Montessori student as a child. What was that experience like for you? What were some of the lessons, experiences, or feelings you can recall from your time in that type of learning environment?

One of the strongest, most clear memories I have from being a young Montessori student was in a primary classroom. I had been given a lesson about the golden beads and I clearly remember holding the thousand cube after the lesson and there was sun coming in the window and it was one of those early thousand cubes - they were all the ceramic glass - and so I remember it being a little bit shiny and glittery in the sunlight, and I remember holding it and thinking, “Wow. This is a thousand.” It was so special and I can clearly remember it, and I remember the weight of it, and then looking at it because it was made of all of the individual beads. I remember kind of peering into it to see if I could if I could see beads in between the bead gaps.

Then when I was a little bit older in upper elementary, I remember the Timeline of Life. It showed from simple life-forms through dinosaurs and eventually to humans with pictures, and I remember I was amazed by the beauty of it and the complexity of it and then also how small the human section was at the end.

Are there ways in which your years as a Montessori child colored your experience in other types of educational environments?

When I got into public school math classes I really enjoyed math and I felt like I understood it well. When the teacher was talking about different concepts, I would get pictures in my head that would help me understand it. At the time I didn’t really realize what was going on until I went to my Montessori training and I was reacquainted with the materials. I realized that through middle school, high school, and even college that I had been picturing a version of what I remembered of the Montessori materials. Working with them really formed a picture in my head that helped me understand math better.

Socially it was a tricky transition, but I realized that it was a tricky transition for everybody. In the valley that I’d lived in there were many small elementary schools and in the seventh grade everybody transitioned to this great big school. Everybody was having the same experience as I was, moving from a small environment to a big environment. I feel like the years I spent working in a Montessori school on independence, self-confidence, and academic skills helped support me through what could have been a really scary experience. Because the academics seemed a bit easier, I was able to make friends, and it helped my transition be easier. And I started to find the excitement within the transition, and I really enjoyed learning.

What led you to your Montessori training? What was training like for you? You mentioned that you had your former teachers as some of your training instructors.

Yes, I was able to come back and be an adult with my Montessori teachers. It was a very interesting experience. One of them had saved something I had written from when I was a child and brought it out during one of the lessons as an example. It was very special, and a little bit silly, and a little embarrassing, but it was wonderful to see them again and to have them as mentors in a new way.

After I received my public school certification and completed my student teaching there, I became aware that I did not want to stay in that system. I debated options, but I decided I wanted to work in the private sector. I researched different options and observed in different schools, but I found my heart was still in the Montessori realm. And that was where I wanted my son to be.

At the time I went to training my son was three and had started going to the Montessori school I went to as a child, too. It was being a parent that really led me back to Montessori.

What has teaching in a lower elementary environment been like for you? What keeps you returning to the classroom each year?

The kids are so amazing. The way that they see the world and the way that they approach life is different from adults. They don’t have the same life experience and a lot of things are new to them. They’re excited about learning; they’re excited about life. They wear their emotions right in the front, so there’s an emotional honesty working in the lower el. Sometimes it’s really messy but it’s always really beautiful.

The kids have this amazing ability to learn to focus on solutions and they also have this amazing empathy for other people. I would say that every child I have worked with has this beautiful empathy for other people, and it’s just wonderful.

They also say really interesting things, and it’s always from this beautiful kid perspective. I just love it. It’s also the age when they start to develop their sense of humor. The way it develops from first grade to third grade is really fun to watch.

You were a Montessori parent as well. What is your advice for families who are just beginning their journey?

For me it was familiar (the Montessori realm), but for most people it isn’t. So, one of the most important things to know as a Montessori parent is that you’re going to be confronted with a lot of ideas that might be uncomfortable simply because you aren’t used to it. It can feel more abstract because there aren’t grades, and there isn’t a ‘where is my child at according to other children’ mentality. All the kids are on their own track and we treat them as individuals and try to provide what each child needs.

It can feel disconcerting because it isn’t familiar. Even though research shows that it’s really awesome for kids, it can be really uncomfortable for parents. Just be brave and know that you’ll feel that way, and that’s okay, and the teachers are there for you. In a Montessori school it’s different; the teachers are there for the parents, too. We’re all on the same team for your child. They will be there to listen and provide anything the parent needs, as well as the child.

Montessori schools tend to be beautiful, emphasize peace, nature, and social-emotional learning. From the outside, they can look like magical places where everyone is always happy. However, it's important to understand that not every day will be perfect and that the path of development is often difficult and messy. This is okay. Teachers, children, parents, and all other school personnel are humans. We have emotions, make mistakes, and aren't perfect. What Montessori schools do have is a focus on growth and seeing mistakes as part of the path toward improvement. We accept each other on our bad days, just as openly as we accept each other on our good days. The magic in Montessori is not being a perfect, happy environment, it's in seeing the messiness as an aspect of the beauty.

Can you share a bit about your work with Positive Discipline and how you feel the model fits in with Montessori education and parenting?

Yes, it isn’t in every Montessori school even though it does dovetail perfectly. Just like Montessori, Positive Discipline focuses on ways to help the children be independent, resilient, builds communication skills, and self-regulation. What Positive Discipline has is the direct tools for classroom management. We all want children to be independent and resilient, but Positive Discipline offers a how-to guide, almost. It takes the philosophical concepts we all strive for and make it more concrete, so it’s accessible to teachers and parents.

Like with Montessori, it’s focused on long-term change. We want a better society; we’re guiding human beings. Positive Discipline also has that long-term focus. We don’t want to just stop a behavior or start a behavior, we want to help the child develop to be the best human being they can be. It can help those of us who didn’t grow up with those tools, especially in times of stress.

Is there anything else you would like to discuss regarding your personal journey with Montessori education?

It’s been a really impactful thing in my life, even during the times when I didn’t realize it. Sometimes in the moment we don’t realize where we get our strength or resilience, but when I look back a lot of the times when I’ve had something challenging happen - as we all do - I can see how the social-emotional or academic skills that I learned in Montessori have bolstered me through the challenging times. It’s become a foundation and the fabric of who I am, and so even when I don’t realize it, it’s still with me, and still supporting me.

150 Years: Supporting the Growth of Montessori for All Children

Mon, 14 Sep 2020 10:00:00 GMT

If you’re reading this article, you are likely already a champion of Montessori education. At the very least, you’ve heard anecdotes or read other articles that have piqued your interest and you want to learn more.

We truly believe that Montessori is an excellent option for children. Beyond that, we believe the philosophy has the power to change the world. Montessori was an advocate for peace, equality, and respect for human beings, no matter their age or abilities.

Maria Montessori’s earliest work centered on children who were marginalized by the society they lived in. She believed that lifting up all members of a society was best for everyone. Today, the vast majority of Montessori schools across the globe are independent schools, leaving access to this important model generally limited to those who can afford it.

What can we do to ensure Montessori is available for everyone? The search for a solution is ongoing, but the journey is a critical one that we must continue to work toward.

How It All Began

At the onset of the twentieth century, a newly graduated Dr. Montessori was put in charge of the Orthophrenic School in Rome. Prior to her arrival, the children who lived there were essentially tucked away from the rest of society in a dull and unstimulating environment. Physicians today may have diagnosed these children with learning disabilities, autism, or other disabilities that caused them to present slightly outside what was considered ‘acceptable’ at the time. These disabilities were not understood, so the solution was to simply send the children away.

Montessori and her colleagues would not accept the environment as it was left to them. They quickly began observing the children, learning more about their needs, and developing activities and materials that helped develop and nurture the senses as well as teach valuable practical life skills. The children soon learned to master activities such as preparing their own meals, and eventually moved on to academic pursuits within the school. After some time, many of these children were able to perform as well as ‘typical’ students on standardized tests.

Shortly after her time at the Orthophrenic School, Montessori was called upon to begin a school in a low-income neighborhood in Rome. The resident parents of young children had to work long days, and since the children were too young to attend grade school, they were left to fend for themselves at home. This resulted in general disruption and chaos, so the manager of an apartment complex thought a primary school could be the answer.

Casa dei Bambini was established in 1907. Once again, Dr. Montessori set to creating materials and lessons that supported the development of the children’s senses and practical life skills. This soon expanded to math, language, and other subject areas. She found it critical to meet with the children’s mothers on a regular basis, so that they may be informed about the learning that was taking place.

It quickly became apparent that not only was this education a positive experience for the children, it was having a profoundly positive impact on the families, and in turn, the entire neighborhood.

Montessori Today

Montessori education continues to flourish today, well into the twenty-first century. In countries across the globe, parents seeking something different than conventional education methods turn to Montessori.

Estimates state there are approximately 20,000 Montessori schools globally, with about 5,000 of those in the United States. Roughly 10% of US Montessori Schools are free public schools, with the remainder existing as tuition-based independent schools.

Independent schools have great benefits. Unbound by federal, state, and district mandates, they are able to fully implement high-fidelity Montessori programs that are encumbered by a wide variety of hurdles faced by public schools, including high-stakes testing. And independent schools are doing what they can to enroll diverse student populations. Annual fundraisers typically contribute to financial aid programs, as do donations made by individuals.

As for public Montessori schools, there are excellent, high-quality examples across the country. The trouble is, public schools face a constant uphill battle to gain autonomy from rigid district requirements, and it can be challenging for some to offer a fully implemented Montessori program.

What does this all mean? While there is an increasing interest in Montessori education, it is largely available to middle- and upper-income families, leaving lower income families with few (if any) options.

Initiatives That Support Change

There are a number of organizations that actively support greater access to Montessori education. Here are just a few:

Montessori for Social Justice

MSJ’s mission? “We support the creation of sustainable learning environments that dismantle systems of oppression, amplify voices of the Global Majority, and cultivate partnerships to liberate the human potential.” Their work goes beyond simply creating more Montessori opportunities for all; they strive to create a more equitable experience for all. Over the past seven years, their movement has gained widespread support as they continue to address systemic social justice issues and how they relate to Montessori education.

National Center for Montessori in the Public Sector

From their website: “The National Center for Montessori in the Public Sector is an independent non-profit organization supporting the growth of public Montessori with tools and resources, training and orientation, and direct school services.” NCMPS strives to support schools and educators in providing high-quality Montessori education in public schools across the United States. They also release a print and digital news and information source three times annually. More information on that can be found at https://www.montessoripublic.org .

Wildflower Schools

The Wildflower network was born out of one parent’s desire to open a small, independent, neighborhood school that would serve local children. The organization has blossomed into a decentralized network of independent microschools that honor principles such as authentic Montessori instruction, shopfront microschools (1 or 2 classes) led by teachers, innovation, strengthened connections with the home, and a commitment to equity. Wildflower was not necessarily created as an answer to the lack of Montessori for all, but the model lends itself to solving access issues. Many of the schools are opened by teacher-leaders with this goal in mind. One great example is that of Janet Begin’s work in Haverhill, Massachusetts.

What You Can Do

While there is certainly progress being made, there is still lots of work to be done. Here are some ideas on how each of us might contribute.

● Support high-quality Montessori education. Anyone can say they are ‘Montessori’. For the general public to take Montessori seriously, and for its many benefits to be fully realized, we must focus our efforts on high-fidelity Montessori programs.

● Donate what you can to support scholarship initiatives. Our school welcomes donations that allow us to offer financial aid to families that would not otherwise be able to afford our tuition. The more donations we collect, the more families we can serve.

● Advocate for programs within your local public district that allow innovation. Show your support for your local public schools! The teachers in most public districts face constant push back when trying to implement innovative approaches. Programs such as federal magnet grants can help schools provide students with alternative education offerings.

150 Years: A Legacy to Celebrate

Mon, 07 Sep 2020 10:00:00 GMT

August 31 marked the 150th birthday of Dr. Maria Montessori. Throughout the upcoming school year we will be bringing you articles in celebration of this milestone, kicking it off with a month full of articles this September.

First off, we would like to share a little bit about the woman herself, the course this remarkable educational movement has taken, and where we are today.

Education, Service, and Drive, From the Start

In a seaside town in Italy, Maria Montessori was born in August of 1870. At the time, education was not always readily available for girls and women and was certainly not emphasized. Her father Alessandro was a man with fairly conservative views, but Montessori’s mother Renilde was rather well educated herself. Well into her young adulthood, Maria’s father often disapproved of her life decisions, while her mother encouraged them. (He did, fortunately, seem to have a change of heart later on.)

Even as a child, a deep sense of service was instilled in Maria by her parents. She knitted for and spent time with those in her community that was less fortunate. She was tasked with cleaning the floor of her family home, a chore which she likely took great pride in.

Maria’s family moved when she was young due to her father’s work, and they eventually ended up in Rome, where she began the first grade. Schools in Rome at the time were far superior to those elsewhere in Italy, so her educational advantages began early.

At a certain point, school and learning became much more important to Maria. It is said (and referenced in a biography by Rita Kramer ) that she once took a math book with her to the theater so she could study during the performance. One thing she was certain of: she would never become a teacher.

For a while, young Maria aspired to be an engineer, but later decided she would rather attend medical school. At the time (unfortunately but perhaps unsurprisingly) women were not permitted in the university program. Not to be dissuaded but an initial rejection, Montessori took and passed the entrance exams and continued to ask for admittance until she received ‘yes’ for an answer.

During her years at the university, Montessori faced constant discrimination due to her gender. She was not permitted to enter lecture halls at the same time as her male counterparts or study cadavers alongside the other medical students. (They felt it improper to be in the presence of a dead, naked body with a woman.) She wasn’t even allowed to walk to school without a male chaperone, who was, of course, her disapproving father

Despite it all, Maria Montessori did become Dr. Montessori. Over the years she gained the respect of many of her university peers, faculty, and family members.

A Winding Path to a Visionary Model

Early in her career, Montessori was assigned to work in a psychiatric hospital. Children were treated there alongside adults, and Montessori was struck by the sheer lack of stimulation available to the children. She began working with the children and soon realized their cognitive capabilities far exceeded what they were assumed to be able to accomplish.

Not long after, Montessori was asked to start a school in an impoverished neighborhood in Rome. In an apartment complex, the parents were forced to go to work each day and leave behind their children who were too young to be in school yet themselves. This led to a natural progression of unruly behavior, thus leading the apartment manager to seek a solution.

Montessori opened her school on the first floor of one of the apartment buildings. It was called Casa dei Bambini (Children’s House) and provided a place for the little ones to use their time productively, while also allowing Dr. Montessori an opportunity to develop her now infamous materials and methods. She believed that young children learned first through the senses, and her materials were created specifically to allow children independence in the journey to refining them.

Not only were the children of this first Casa privy to the materials; they also were the first to experience Montessori practical life lessons. They helped to prepare and serve their own meals. They polished the silver and cut and arranged the flowers. They learned polite social norms through intentional modeling and lessons in grace and courtesy. They began to take pride in their work, their community, and their home. Montessori recruited a woman who was a resident of the complex to become the teacher, and the children’s mothers met with her regularly to discuss progress.

The results were astounding. This work done with the children slowly trickled outward so that it positively affected the entire neighborhood. Visitors came to the school and were amazed at how focused and engaged the children were with their work. No one had ever seen anything quite like it before.

Observing, Refining, and Sharing

Montessori’s work and ideas spread quickly as more and more people visited Casa dei Bambini. Requests were made to open new schools elsewhere, and Montessori soon found herself training teachers, producing copies of her materials, and giving lectures around the world.

Throughout her life, Dr. Montessori’s work never ended. Though she began with a focus on children aged 3-6, during different times in her life she focused on developing methods and materials for elementary-aged children, infants and toddlers, and adolescents. She was a fierce advocate for the preservation of the methods she had worked tirelessly to create. She was, after all, a woman of science. Each material, each lesson, each approach - they were all a result of many hours of careful testing, observation, analyzation, and refining. It was understandably important to her that the movement that bore her name moved forward in a way that honored her high standards.

Montessori Education: Where It Stands Today

Today, there are tens of thousands of Montessori schools across the globe. In the United States alone, there are more than 2,000 private and more than 500 public Montessori schools .

Efforts are being made to advance Montessori into mainstream education while retaining high fidelity methods. Current scientific research in areas of learning, brain development, and human development are repeatedly confirming what has already been known by over a century of Montessori education.

What might the next decade bring? Shifts in our common goals for education and what developing children need just may be the push our society needs to fully embrace what’s been working for so many families for such a long time.

We’re glad to have you on this journey with us.

Montessori or Conventional: What’s Best for Your Family?

Mon, 31 Aug 2020 05:00:00 GMT

You already know that Montessori is different from conventional education methods. You may have heard some folks rave about the benefits while others share their doubts. The truth is, there are a lot of differences. Montessori education is nothing like the type of schooling that most children experience - including us adults when we were children.

Understanding the differences can help you decide whether or not Montessori might be a good fit for your family. We invite you to read the comparison below, then come see for yourself. Visiting our classroom environments in person is the very best way to understand our approach.

When viewing this chart please keep two important points in mind:

5 Tips For Cultivating an Adventurous Spirit

Mon, 24 Aug 2020 04:00:00 GMT

There are times in our lives when caution and hesitation serve us well. After all, self-preservation is critical to living a long and happy life. But finding ways to incorporate adventure into even the most mundane of routines sparks something special in the human spirit. Adventure shows us the magic of our world and gives us a peek at what might be possible. Cultivating adventure in our children gives them a chance to see what they are really made of while delighting in new places and experiences.

As a bonus, novel experiences are neurologically healthy. Modern theories about brain development focus on neuroplasticity, which is connected to repetition and neural pathways. The more we do something, the more those particular pathways are strengthened, so the more we share adventure with our children, the more that will become a part of who they are.

Be Spontaneous

Routine and structure are really important for children, but so is a sense of flexibility. Plus, spontaneity can be just plain fun! There are hundreds of ways to go about this one, but here are just a handful of ideas to get your started:

Try Something New Together

Hobbies are important for everyone, and creating new, common interests helps build bonds and pass the time.

You’ve probably heard the Montessori phrase “Follow the Child”. This is especially helpful advice when choosing a new hobby to embark on together. Take a little time to observe your child or consider their interests. Are they into vehicles? Keep an eye out for classic car shows or model train expositions. Do they love art? Pick up a new medium (like oil pastels or sculpting clay) and explore together. Is your child musically inclined? Learn to play an instrument together or look for live performances to attend.

Keep two more important points in mind: make sure you are exploring something you are likely to enjoy, too, and make sure you engage with the topic on a fairly regular basis. This will keep it fun and exciting for everyone.

Venture Into the Woods

It doesn’t actually have to be the woods. It can be the desert, the coast, or any other natural space. Our bodies and our brains crave time in the outdoors; adding an element of adventure creates another layer of benefit.

Many cities and towns have trails marked for public use, yet many of these spaces tend to be sorely underutilized. Search online or ask some local friends for advice if you’re not already aware of your options. You may be surprised to discover how much is actually available.

Aside from building a sense of adventure, spending time in nature is a perfect opportunity to teach your child how to be a steward of the earth. We are advocates for following Leave No Trace principles. When our children learn these guidelines at a young age they will feel reverence for the planet long into adulthood.

Find Ways to Test Physical Boundaries

If you have a backyard, this tip makes for a fun project. If you don’t, there are still plenty of ways to use what’s available in your community to achieve the same goals.

Children are active creatures. They tend to be especially active around 3:00 in the afternoon when we adults are starting to experience an energy slump. This is the perfect time to get them up and moving in a controlled environment that allows them to safely test their physical boundaries.

Kids should learn to climb trees. Balancing on fences or jumping from rock to rock builds not only balance, strength, and spacial awareness, but allows children to nurture their self- confidence. Motions like spinning and swinging are also important for young children who are in the midst of developing their vestibular system or refining their sense of balance and spatial orientation. This development, in conjunction with the development of proprioception (related to the neurons in our muscles, joints, and tendons) are easily supported yet often overlooked.

As parents, we have an instinct to protect our children. This is a good thing, obviously, but it can be easy to forget that children need to take risks, too. Find ways to create an environment in which they can do so or take them to a park or playground that has existing structures and equipment they can play on.

Celebrate Adventure

Adventure is exciting. If each and every one of us never lost our sense of adventure, can you imagine what an amazing world this would be? When your child takes a risk or feels good about a new exploration, celebrate that feeling with them. If they don’t seem to recognize an accomplishment, feel free to point it out. This can be as simple as: “Wow. I know you were a bit afraid to jump down from that rock, but you found the courage and you did it.” Recognize your child’s efforts and accomplishments, not through a lens of judgment (we want to avoid phrases like nice work or good job because then children learn to perform for our approval), but through honest observation.

Adventure can make life a bit more exciting and rewarding for us all.

Enjoy the path ahead!

Montessori Basics: Geography

Mon, 17 Aug 2020 05:00:00 GMT

Geography: a science that deals with the description, distribution, and interaction of the diverse physical, biological, and cultural features of the earth's surface

Geography is a commonly taught subject in most schools, with children learning about maps, the globe, and various countries and land features. Montessori schools do this as well, but as with most subjects, we tend to take things a bit deeper (even for our younger students). This article highlights the scope of our geography curriculum.

One point to note: Montessori teaches children beginning with a ‘big picture’ view, while slowly narrowing in on details. We believe this makes information more developmentally appropriate as well as giving children a sense of the interconnectedness of all things. This approach also leads to some overlap with other subject areas, which is a good thing!

GLOBES, MAPS, AND PHYSICAL FEATURES OF THE EARTH

Geography work starts early in our primary classes. Children begin with an introduction to three different globes; one is blue with sandpaper continents, the next is blue with smooth white continents, and the third is blue with colorful continents. Montessori materials have specific colors designated for each continent: Africa is green, Asia is yellow, Australia is brown, Antarctica is white, South America is pink, North America is orange, and Europe is red. These early globe experiences help give children a sense of the roundness of Earth and the differences between major areas of land and water.

Children then move on to using the puzzle maps; a classic Montessori material. They begin with a map of the continents that utilizes the same colors they learned on the early globe, and then explore puzzles for each continent of the world. There are also more specialized puzzles available, including one of the fifty states, the provinces of Canada, etc. These are first used in the primary class but continue through lower elementary.

The last set of specifically created maps - the pin maps - are used in elementary, and children are encouraged to use an atlas as a control of error while they work. This material incorporates wooden maps with predrilled holes in each country. Children use small label flags that are meant to be inserted into the correct spot.

Also beginning during the primary years and continuing through the early elementary years, children learn about land and water forms. This includes the parts of a mountain, the parts of a river, and the names of a wide variety of land and water formations.

CREATION STORIES

As part of the science and history curriculum, elementary children are told the creation of the universe story once per year. This important lesson is based on today’s scientific evidence, but we feel it’s important to honor the many other creation stories throughout history. That’s why we also take the time to read tales that span a wide variety of cultures. There are many learning extensions that can be applied, such as discussing the similarities and differences between cultures, having children create artwork to represent the stories, or even having small groups of children act them out.

LAWS OF ATTRACTION AND STATES OF MATTER

When we tell children the story of the creation of the universe, we do it with a series of props laid out before them. When we talk about the behavior of particles, we show them a visual example. When we talk about the formation of the planets, we touch upon the three states of matter on Earth. We teach them how temperature and force affect these states, and how ultimately this has an impact on the formation and continuous changing of our planet.

This introduction segues into a series of experiments that children are able to complete independently (after an introduction and safety rules, of course!). Materials for the experiments are set upon the shelves, along with instructions. While most people would consider this science - as it is - we consider it part of our geography curriculum even though this is one of the most obvious points of overlap.

THE SUN AND THE EARTH

The elementary geography curriculum is complimented by a series of charts that visually illustrate important information. Some are diagrams while others are impressionistic drawings. These charts are particularly helpful when teaching about the sun and the earth.

We start simply, by teaching children about Earth’s orbit around the sun as well as its rotation on its own axis. This leads into many lessons about concepts like day and night, the seasons, the zones of the earth, and even time zones.

A good deal of time is spent teaching children about the composition of the earth. This includes the different layers, but also the formation of mountains, faults, and volcanoes.

THE WORK OF WIND

Wind is a powerful force. We think it’s important to teach children about the behavior of air in our atmosphere and the effects it has on the planet. We cover how temperature affects the movement of air, air pressure, the relationships between winds, seasons and weather, and ocean currents.

THE WORK OF WATER

Water, as liquid water or solid ice, has a tremendous impact on our planet. We discuss concepts such as erosion, sediments, the effects of rain, and the effects of ice on the landscape. We also cover water vapor when teaching children about the water cycle on our planet.

VEGETATION, PEOPLE, AND ECONOMY

After some basic botany lessons, it can be fascinating for children to learn about the variety of vegetation found in different biomes of the world. This leads into the study of the people in various biomes and how climate can change the way we live. Lastly, we teach children about economic geography; our economies have always been tied, in part, to the variations in resources available in different regions. We encourage children to analyze and question concepts like production and consumption.

Interested in learning more? We hope you’ll consider reaching out for a tour or even a classroom observation. This gives families - new and current - an opportunity to learn more about what we do and how we strive to provide children with an education that will guide them for the rest of their lives.

Considering Montessori? Here’s What to Look For

Mon, 10 Aug 2020 05:00:00 GMT

If you find yourself considering Montessori education as an option for your family, you undoubtedly have plenty of questions. If you take one thought away from this article let it be this: anyone can call their school “Montessori”. There is no regulation on use of the name. If you have read articles and heard stories from other families about the incredible benefits of this method of education, they are absolutely the result of a high fidelity Montessori program. Read on to learn more about what to look for.

What’s in a name?

Throughout her life, Dr. Maria Montessori strove to retain a certain level of control over the course the Montessori movement took. It was, after all, her life’s work and bore her name. She wanted to be sure that guides were trained correctly, methods were applied as she intended, and a complete set of authentic materials graced the shelves of classrooms. Today, there are two major organizations that carry on her work and are generally regarded as the standard for Montessori education. They are AMI (Association Montessori International), which was created by Dr. Montessori herself, and AMS (American Montessori Society), which branched off from AMI in 1960. Today the two organizations maintain a positive working relationship and mutual respect for the work they both do, which is to carry on the legacy of Dr. Montessori and ensure visionary, high-quality education for children.

Recognition, Affiliation, and Accreditation

If you are looking for a high fidelity Montessori program (which is critical if you want your child to reap the benefits!), it’s important to find a school that is connected to either AMI or AMS. There are different levels of connection, depending on how closely a school aligns their work with what is considered ideal.

To become accredited through AMS a school must undertake a rigorous multi-year process that begins with self-study and culminates with a three-day in-person site visit by AMS representatives. Schools must go through the accreditation process at least once every seven years.

To obtain Recognition Status through AMI, a similar process is followed including an in-person visit by an AMI consultant. A specific set of criteria must be met, including having 100% of lead teachers being trained through an AMI sponsored teacher training program. If a school meets all criteria, but has a lower percentage of AMI trained teachers, the school may be considered AMI Affiliated or AMI Associated. Schools must reapply for recognition status on an annual basis with an AMI consultant visit every three years.

Specifically Trained Educators

Montessori guides (the term we often use for our teachers) are specially trained. In addition to college degrees they have obtained, they have also earned special Montessori credentials from recognized training programs. Many of these programs run for several years, include many hours of lectures and reading, practical examinations, written papers, material making assignments, and multiple observations in classroom settings. Many people consider the level of work required for obtaining such a credential to be similar to that required for earning a master’s degree.

Multi-Age Groupings

One of the most important elements of a Montessori school is that the classes are organized not by single chronological year classes, but into multi-age mixed groups. This approach is intentional and critical to higher levels of learning. Children ages three to five (preschool and kindergarten) are grouped together, as are elementary-aged children. Some schools break the elementary years up into lower (grades 1-3) and upper (grades 4-6) while others keep them all together. Infants, toddlers, and adolescents are also placed into similarly mixed groups.

Why do we do this?

There are many reasons. For one, younger children have no shortage of models to surround themselves with. They can see what is expected of them as they grow, both socially and academically, and they work to emulate what they see older children doing. As for the older children, they are given the unique opportunity to practice leadership skills and cultivate empathy for younger children. In addition, they often help teach, which reinforces their own mastery of subjects.

The Classroom Environment

There is much to be said for the Montessori classroom environment - more than we could possibly summarize in a paragraph or two here. That said, we can certainly highlight the most critical features you should look for in a well-run program.

We hope this article has been a helpful guide as you embark on your journey into Montessori education. If you have any questions or would like any guidance, please feel free to contact us.

Series to Get Hooked On: A Book List to Keep Them Reading!

Mon, 03 Aug 2020 05:00:00 GMT

When was the last time you read a book that was so good you hated to see it end? Perhaps it was part of a series and you quickly got your hands on the next book, or perhaps it was an author’s style that you loved so you began reading everything you could find that they’d written.

New readers can experience the same feeling. All it takes is a one truly positive reading experience to send them searching for more. In this article, we share some series of various levels that may just be your child’s new (amazing) obsession.

Miss Rhonda’s Readers

Written by a Montessori guide, these books are perfect for the very earliest readers. While animals feature heavily as the main characters in most of the books, there is some much needed diversity among children characters that is lacking in many early readers. There are now several sets to choose from, but the first set boasts delightful plotlines including a swimming dog who ends up getting children wet, a pair of robins defending their nest from a cat, children catching and releasing a crab at the beach, a very muddy pig, and a clever plan to retrieve an escaped hamster.

Elephant and Piggie Books

Officially, there are 25 books in this series, and there’s no need to read them in any particular order. Gerald the Elephant and his friend Piggie share many adventures, learn about life, and make children and their adults laugh. It’s likely their relatability that makes these books so appealing; the characters’ personalities are quite different yet compliment each other, and they experience emotions and events that kids face in real life. These books are so popular, that several more have been written by other authors as spin-offs, with the original characters featuring briefly. Children will enjoy them from the preschool years into early lower elementary.

Kevin Henkes’ Mouse Books

These books are so sweet it’s almost impossible not to love them. There are more than 20 books and each features mice characters that are personified and navigating the same life experiences as young children. These are likely best utilized as read alouds during the primary years, and as independent reads during lower elementary. Children will learn what to do when a guest behaves less than stellar, how to handle worries, why it’s important to love oneself in the face of teasing, dealing with the complicated emotions of having a new baby sibling, and so much more.

The Princess in Black Series

Princess Magnolia is a proper princess. She hosts polite tea parties, rides a beautiful horse, and dresses as one might imagine a princess typically does. The twist is, she leads a double life. Occasionally she must politely excuse herself to the broom closet to change into her superhero clothing, leap onto her valiant steed, and rush off to stave off monsters. The princess makes some unlikely friends and allies throughout the series, and her one-person mission to defend and protect soon expands to include a merry band of do-gooders. Perfect for kindergarten through lower elementary.

Our Friend Hedgehog, The Story of Us

Author and illustrator Lauren Castillo released the first installment of a new series this past May. Young Hedgehog and her friend Mutty live an idyllic life on a tiny island in the center of a river. When a fierce storm blows Mutty away, Hedgehog is forced to leave home and search for her friend. Along the way she makes new friends who join in the search, each contributing their own unique talents and abilities. This book might be described as whimsical, enchanting, and full of the hope friendship gives us. Great for lower elementary.

The Ramona Series

Beverly Cleary’s books about Ramona Quimby and her family are undoubtedly classics. The series begins as Ramona enters kindergarten and follows her through the fourth grade; children of these ages (and perhaps even a bit older) will love reading these books. Cleary wrote them to be relatable, and the main character stumbles her way through childhood just like any other. Ramona admires her older sister Beezus, at least some of the time. She loves school and her teachers, except when it comes to spelling. She navigates friendships, changes in her family, and stays true to herself.

Who Was? Books

For the nonfiction lovers out there, this popular series highlights the biographical tales of influential historical figures. Ideal for children in later lower elementary and into upper elementary, each book is well organized and features informative chapters and illustrations. There are more than 250 books total - below are just a small sampling of people the series covers:

Where the Mountain Meets the Moon, Starry River of the Sky, and When the Sea Turned to Silver

Newbury Honor author Grace Lin has created this stunning trilogy of books. They need not be read in order, or even together, but they do serve as companions to one another. Lin carefully researches traditional storytelling in Chinese culture and weaves the tales into her books. Utilizing a story-within-a-story format, she takes readers on epic adventures alongside carefully crafted characters that we can’t help but become attached to. Geared for children ages 8-12, the books could be enjoyed as a read aloud for slightly younger children.

The Chronicles of Narnia

C.S. Lewis’ seven-book series has been loved by children for generations. Although the second book - The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe - is perhaps the most well-known, the series as a whole is captivating. Start with The Magician’s Nephew and work your way through the magical world of Narnia, book by book.

Is Montessori Education Right for My Child?

Sat, 30 May 2020 14:32:00 GMT

Montessori education is a “whole child” approach to teaching that encompasses all areas of child development—cognitive, emotional, social, and physical. It encourages children and adolescents to learn at their own pace in an environment that fosters independence, problem-solving, creativity, and collaboration.

That said, parents may find that Montessori schools do things a little differently than traditional schools. This is not right or wrong; it is simply a different way of encouraging children to learn, and one that may or may not be the ideal fit for your family.

If you’ve found this blog as a result of completing our “Is Montessori a good match for your family?” - Welcome! (If you’d like to explore the quiz, click here .)

Let’s look at the questions from our quiz and which answers resonate most with Montessori parents ( in bold ). This will give you a better understanding of the Montessori classroom so you can consider if it might be a match for your child.

Am open to learning about all methods and want to find one that is the best match for my child

(Believe traditional methods are the best option)

(I am looking for a school like the one I attended (schools are all essentially the same).)

Some parents prefer the structure and familiarity of a traditional classroom setting. Typically what we consider “traditional” classrooms, are those in which children follow the teacher’s plan for the day, are grouped with same age children, sit at desks and have little movement through the classroom, and work on a subject for a determined period of time (eg. 25 minutes for math; 25 minutes for language). Grades are used to identify how the child compares with classmates and subject matter and content proceeds regardless of whether a child has mastered the skill or content.

We all know that children tend to learn in different ways and at different paces. There is not a benefit to them to be held back to do work they have mastered; nor is there a benefit to them to be pushed through materials that they have not understood. This increases the focus on comparison between peers and leads to subjective assessment of “he’s smart” “I’m not”.

The Montessori classroom is designed for children to learn in the way that works best for them as individuals. Skills are focused on until mastered allowing for ever increasing complexity and confidence.

A parent whose child may thrive in a Montessori school setting is one who believes in giving their child the freedom to make choices and guide their own learning journey in an environment that fosters creativity and independent thinking.

2. I am choosing a school for my child to:

Prepare my child academically, socially, and emotionally for school and life

(Ensure basic academic readiness for the next level (ie. preschool, kindergarten, elementary school).)

Montessori education does more than ensure academic readiness. It is designed to prepare children to become thoughtful and well-adjusted adults. This is achieved by creating a consistent pathway for learning that begins as early as infancy and carries through to elementary education and even beyond.

3. I believe children learn best when

(They are grouped with children their own age.)

They work with children their own age and children who are older and younger, expanding their social skills.

Montessori classrooms are mixed age communities that develop their norms and social expectations as a result of spending multiple years together. Children start in a class as a novice and graduate as a leader. They learn to interact with others of all ages; develop patience with younger peers; are inspired by the work of older peers; and are immersed in language that is constantly developing as a result of hearing a range of expressive abilities.

4. I believe concentration, problem solving, motivation, and curiousity are:

Skills that can be built and developed over time

Are personality traits that some people have more of than others

Focus and concentration are skills that can be strengthened through experience and opportunity. Hands-on work that requires focus, slow movement, and concentration reinforces these skills. An environment that limits interruptions, distractions, and shifting of tasks further supports the development of these skills.

5. Children learn best when they are:

Given rewards, like stickers, grades, certificates.

Inspired by their interests and experience satisfaction from a task.

We believe learning should be an exciting and joyful experience for children—something they choose to do without the expectation of rewards for academic outcome, participation, or cooperation.

Instead of stickers or other prizes, the reward a child gets from the Montessori classroom is the self-assuredness that comes from reaching a new level of independence or learning a new skill.

Consider: when are you most inspired to work on a project? When are you most satisfied and proud of a task you have accomplished?

6. My child learns best when in an environment that is:

Orderly, bright, and peaceful

Loud, brightly coloured, and highly visually stimulating

Has objects, toys, books that are freely available to the children

You will notice that Montessori classrooms have a calm, inviting atmosphere that tends to be quieter but somehow more active than a typical kindergarten or elementary school classroom; there are a couple reasons for this.

First, because Montessori students are given the freedom to choose their own activities, they are more likely to be fully engrossed in those activities and less likely to be asking the teacher for direction. Children move at their own pace throughout the classroom, and teachers are there primarily to ensure children are engaged and learning.

Second, because quieter environments have been shown to foster quality learning, Montessori students are encouraged to speak softly with each other and with their teachers. In this way, they learn to respect those around them and promote a positive learning environment.

Third, beautiful materials, books, tools for writing and cutting, and creating are readily available to them.

7. I would prefer that my child is in a school environment that:

Encourages exploration and concentrated work with minimal interruption

(Sticks to a schedule for the whole class to work in specific subject areas at the same time and starts and ends by the clock.)

While traditional classrooms are very structured in terms of time (e.g. 30 minutes each day for Math, 30 minutes each day for Reading, etc.) the Montessori classroom is not.

Instead, children can choose which activities they want to participate in and for how long, so as not to interrupt the learning and exploration process.

As adults we have the opportunity to deeply delve into our work and choose when we have reached a natural ending point or time for a break. In our classrooms we aim to provide sufficient time for the children to work and explore as guided by their own interest level, motivation, and daily concentration. A child immersed in a book is not interrupted simply because “reading period is over”. This simple design builds internal skills such as concentration, focus, independence, self awareness and problem solving.

This is not to say that routines and expectations for time management don’t exist in our classrooms. Of course, children thrive on routines and consistency, but the focus of those routines is grounded in societal norms of grace, courtesy, and community. Children in our school know that every day they will be treated with respect and dignity and asked to be courteous and kind. Within this consistency, the children quickly learn to enter the classroom, place their belongings appropriately, and start working without adult instruction as to what to work on. They are permitted their own pace at which to settle in to work. It is much more similar to adult workplaces than other traditional school settings.

8. I would prefer that my child:

(Change teachers, classes, and peer groups each year.)

Have the opportunity to spend three or more years with the same teacher and children

Ideally, a class community has the same teacher for the three years of your child’s experience. This allows for a depth of knowledge and understanding of your child and a true relationship to form between your child and the teacher. This provides an opportunity for a true partner during these years of your child’s life. It is also an aspect of the strong consistency that allows for comfort, confidence, and contentment in the class.

Obviously, this is not always possible. But inquiring about staff retention and staff satisfaction with their school is a more than reasonable question when exploring schools.

9. At school and home, I want my child to learn to:

Build independence and confidence to take action and make decisions

(Rely on adult directions and requests to make decisions and take action)

One of the primary goals of the Montessori method is to teach children to think and do things for themselves instead of relying on adults. That does not mean that they don’t follow directions, but the environment is designed to build self reliance and confidence. Materials and tools are within reach; children are encouraged to ask a peer for help with work prior to the teacher; children are trusted to move about the classroom and choose their work and work companions.

In the words of the American Montessori Society, “Given the freedom and support to question, probe deeply, and make connections, Montessori students grow up to be confident, enthusiastic, and self-directed learners and citizens, accountable to both themselves and their community.”

10. I want my child to:

(Learn following a curriculum designed for the class level and proceeds according to the school calendar)

Learn at their own pace and advance through a curriculum based on mastery of a skill or understanding.

In a traditional education setting, parents are often told that a child is not “reading at their level” or that they should be “further along by now” in a certain subject or task because of their age.

In the Montessori classroom, children are encouraged to learn at their own pace and given the time and space necessary to fully understand each concept. Children naturally want to learn and understand things, and giving them the freedom and the opportunity to do so is the key to helping them achieve their learning goals. Please explore our level curriculums to get more of a sense of how this works in our school.

11. The most important outcome for my child is to:

(Be prepared to achieve in elementary school/highschool/and beyond)

Meet their potential academically, socially, and emotionally

Be a happy, well-adjusted, and self-motivated human being

Happiness, adjustment, and motivation are predictors of academic and life success. Unfortunately too often, we believe that the opposite is true.

Our schools are intentionally designed to cultivate the social, emotional, and academic skills and support consistent experiences that lead to deep authentic life time happiness.

We believe that self knowledge, independence, creative expression, resiliency, and respect for others are essential building blocks for a peaceful and content humanity.

If you are interested in learning more about Montessori education and its unique benefits, we encourage you to schedule a tour, review our website, visit our blog, or simply call us up to learn more.